I’m yours and you’re mine - Ottaekook - 방탄소년단 | Bangtan Boys (2024)

Table of Contents
Chapter 1: His gaze Chapter Text Chapter 2: His voice Chapter Text Chapter 3: His smile Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 4: His tenderness Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 5: His comfort Notes: Chapter Text Chapter 6: His kiss Chapter Text Chapter 7: His favourite Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 8: His baby Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 9: His warmth Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 10: His secret (1/2) Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Chapter 11: His secret (2/2) Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 12: His hold Notes: Chapter Text Chapter 13: His company Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 14: His bunny baby Chapter Text Chapter 15: His angel Summary: Chapter Text Chapter 16: His touch Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 17: His Sunday Mornings Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 18: His protection Chapter Text Chapter 19: His (brief) absence Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 20: His proximity Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 21: His anger Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 22: His forgiveness Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 23: His understanding Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 24: His love Chapter Text Chapter 25: His best part Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 26: His treasure Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 27: His love (YOONMIN EDITION) Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 28: His brave boy Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 29: His (minor) accident Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 30: His hurt Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 31: His healing (1/3) Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 32: His baby’s first time Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 33: His care Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 34: His distraction Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 35: His healing (2/3) Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 36: His support system Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 37: His hometown Notes: Chapter Text Notes:

Chapter 1: His gaze

Chapter Text

Jungkook checks himself out in the mirror for the upteenth time. He started leaving his hair more curly and natural, allowing it to leave his forehead exposed. His jaw has sharpened, he noticed, but his cheeks remained round and childlike. He spent a long time staring at his nose: he has a love-hate relationship with the thing. Jungkook realised he’d been staring at himself for an almost obnoxiously long amount of time. He shook his head and huffed a laugh at himself. Leave him be, he’s nervous alright? It’s his first day at Seoul University and if it weren’t for Jimin-hyung being with him, he’d be a nervous wreck. Jimin is in his third year so he knows the university like the back of his hand. The two boys are sharing a dorm, which is perfect as they’ve been best friends since high school back in Busan. Jimin has been Jungkook’s big brother and partner in crime, and Jungkook knows how lucky he is to have the older boy in his life. Speak of the devil, Jimin walks in to tell Jungkook it’s time to go to orientation.

“You’re gonna be fine, Kook. Everyone is pretty friendly - including the professors.” Jimin said to him, running a hand through his bright pink locks.

Jungkook nodded and then followed Jimin out onto campus. They walked to orientation where Jimin proceeded to reassure him that he’s just a text away.

“It feels like you’re my dad dropping me off at school, hyung. As you said, I’ll be fine ! I’m not that nervous now that we’re here. Besides, you yourself said I’m a charmer- I’ll make friends really quickly.” Jungkook said cheekily.

“Yah, you little brat.” Jimin said, ruffling the younger’s brown hair. “That’s true but be humble about it,” he said laughing.

“Bye Jiminie”, Jungkook said with a hug. Jimin responded by flicking his forehead and telling him to call him hyung. Jungkook pouted and was about to complain before he made eye contact with a boy sitting at a lunch table a few meters away.

A very, very beautiful boy. A very, very beautiful, very intimidating boy.

The boy had bright blue hair and honeyed skin. Even from here, Jungkook could see how thick and long his eyelashes were. Jungkook vaguely realised that the boy’s eyes were staring right at him. Jungkook felt a jolt of awareness flit this through his body, causing his fingers and toes to curl up. They must have been making intense eye contact for a good few moments, cos Jimin turned to see what Jungkook had been staring at. At this, the boy seemed to realize he’d been staring too, cos he simply appraised Jimin before turning to a shorter boy lilac hair who’d just joined him.

“Did you just make prolonged eye contact with Kim Taehyung, or did I imagine that?” Jimin asked, tilting his towards the boy to indicate who he was speaking about.

Kim Taehyung. Taehyung. Jungkook decided he likes that name very much.

“Uhm, I guess?” Jungkook said, finally tearing his gaze away from Taehyung and towards Jimin. “Who is he and why is he so unfairly attractive?”

Jimin snorted before sighing in agreement. “Ugh, I know. He’s yummy - but he’s not up for grabs. That boy is ice cold. The only person he talks to is Min Yoongi, that one who greeted him just now. Yoongi’s got that whole pale, tsundere, I’ll-end-you-with-words-alone thing going for him and I dig it. Those two are probably the hottest boys on campus, and the least available.”

Jungkook looked at Taehyung and Yoongi, still sitting at the lunch table, and watched in fascination as Taehyung seemed to almost-smile. The corner of his lips quirked up and his eyes crinkled. Jungkook tried to figure out why that alone was so ridiculously attractive. Taehyung seemed to sense Jungkook’s gaze and flickered his eyes up to pierce into Jungkook’s. As soon as their eyes met, Taehyung’s face turned blank before he quirked up an eyebrow in question. Jungkook, albeit a bit flustered, gave a shy smile at the blue-haired god.Taehyung appraised him for just a second before getting up and walking with Yoongi to class. He didn’t turn back and Jungkook pouted at the fact.

“Oh my god. You did the eye-contact thing again! I’m telling you Jungkook, he’s not worth pining over. It won’t go anywhere, trust me.” Jimin said, clearly worrying about Jungkook. Jimin knows how innocent and sensitive Jungkook is. He doesn’t trust that Taehyung won’t hurt him, and it’s Jimin’s job to protect the maknae.

Jungkook just brushes his hyung off, giving him a bear hug before dashing into the orientation room. Jimin let out an amused chuckle before heading off to class.

Throughout the day, Jungkook couldn’t help but think about blue hair and dark eyes. That almost smile. He wondered what Taehyung’s real smile looked like. Heck, whatever it looked like Jungkook was sure it would send him into cardiac arrest. Jungkook has always been a bit (read: a lot) of a hopeless romantic and Jimin always warned him about being too vulnerable. Jungkook has never dated anyone and has never really even had a proper crush on someone. He’s certainly never been so intrigued just by looking at someone like he was by Taehyung. This is new and a little concerning, but Jungkook has come to a conclusion nonetheless. He needs to get to know Taehyung. It’s for science, he reasons.

Chapter 2: His voice

Chapter Text

For the life of him, Jungkook could not get the blue-haired boy out of his head. Was this healthy? Was he being a obsessive? Sure he's had crushes and one or two boyfriends, but he'd never felt so fixated on someone before. Jungkook had no idea why he was reacting to Taehyung this way. Taehyung with his electric hair and honey skin and broad shoulders and dark eyes that made Jungkook want to shiver in all the right ways. Taehyung with all his perfection. Okay woah, let’s calm down. He doesn’t even know the guy. But...

He'sTaehyung.There was no other way to describe him at this point. He was like a god among mere mortals. Oh no. Jungkook is just a mere mortal. Why would Kim Godlike Taehyung give him the time of day?

He voiced his thoughts to Jimin, to which he replied: "You are Jeon Jungkook and anyone is lucky to have you even SPEAK to them. You are so kind and so lovely and anyone who doesn't appreciate that is trash, okay?"

Jungkook was so overcome by affection for his hyung he just tackled him in a hug. "Love you, Jiminie. "

Jimin just sighed, "It's hyung, you big baby. " Jungkook whined at the flick he got to his forehead.

"Jungkookie... you're not seriously thinking of going after Taehyung right? You remember what I said about him not being interested in anyone?"

"Yeah I know hyung. I just want to get to know him and maybe be friends. I'm just so drawn to him." There was a quiet sadness about Taehyung that Jungkook picked up on. He'd seen Tae around campus and when he wasn't with Yoongi, he was all alone. He didn't necessarily look lonely, but Jungkook saw how sometimes Taehyung would just stare into space for long periods of time, as if he was contemplating something that troubled him. Other times, he'd have a frown so deep-set in his forehead it looked as though that was the only expression Taehyung would ever have. Most of the time though, he had no distinct expression at all. His face was so meticulously neutral as if he'd mastered that expression through practice. What an enigma the boy was. Jungkook wanted to know what went on in the boy's head.

Jungkook eventually worked up the nerve to introduce himself. It went a little like this: It was Monday afternoon and Jungkook was running late to his first lecture of the day. (Yes he overslept even though it's an afternoon class but leave him be, he's a growing boy who needs his sleep okay?) He'd been rushing to class, his books in his arms 'cause he'd been in to much of a rush to pack his backpack. And yes, the cliché of all clichés happened - Jungkook turned a corner and tripped straight into a pair of arms. Jungkook first registered a heady scent, something like cinnamon and vanilla. It was rich yet not overwhelming, tickling Jungkook's senses in a way that made him want to curl up and cuddle. Jungkook took a deep breath in. Damn. The next thing he registered was a pair of hands grip his shoulders to right him. These hands were large, wrapping around his shoulders in a way that made Jungkook feel so smallyet so safe. He really likes these hands. He likes feeling small. Likes feeling sade. Jungkook finally, finally, looked up and of course these arms just had to belong to the boy he'd been unable to keep out of his head.

Kim Taehyung was looking at him and he did not look impressed.

"Uhm...s-sorry! I'm such a klutz, you know how it is when you're late for lectures." Jungkook was proud of his voice coming out even.

Taehyung removed his hands from Jungkook's shoulders and pursed his lips. His deep voice rumbled: "Watch where you're going next time, yeah? "

Jungkook wasn't even offended, too distracted by the puresinthat was Taehyung's voice. Jungkook suddenly wanted to win the boy's approval.

"Sorry Taehyung-ssi! Jimin hyung told me your name, by the way, he's in your math class? Oh and I'm Jeon Jungkook! You can call me Jungkookie or Kookie." Jungkook beamed his bunny smile while Tae just regarded him with that same blank expression.

Until, one corner of the blue-haired boy's lips twitched up in amusem*nt and Jungkook almost died right then and there when he heard a mumbled: "Cute." escape from Taehyung's lips.

Jungkook cheeks warmed considerably - who is he kidding- his cheeks were on FIRE.

sorry. CUTE???

Taehyung seems to observe the malfunctioning of Jungkook's brain, and Jungkook swears he sees Taehyung smirk before he schools his expression back to stoic.

Jungkook struggles to breathe.

Taehyung regarded him for a moment before stepping back and carrying on walking to his next class. Jungkook just gaped after him dumbly. He couldn't help but notice that the boy had a nice back. Why was everything about Taehyung so attractive?

Jungkook thought he had it bad before, but now that he heard how deep and almost sensual Taehyung's voice was ? Game over. Jungkook wondered what his name would sound like rolling off of Taehyung's tongue. He had to physically repress a shiver from running down his spine.

The rest of the week involved Jungkook making hopeless attempts at "accidently" bumping into Taehyung again, but he rarely saw him. When he did, Taehyung would stride past him coolly, all broad shoulders and long legs. Every time he did, Taehyung would regard Jungkook with dark eyes, lips always curling into the slightest of smirks when the younger's cheeks warmed.

Chapter 3: His smile


(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jungkook stared at the red symbol on his essay.D.He got a D?? He couldn't understand, he hadspent so much time on this essay, not half-assing it the night before like he usually did. The one time he actually puts his blood, sweat and tears into an essay and he gets a D???

He waited until the end of the lecture so that he could speak to his Professor about it.

'Uhm, excuse me Mr Bang, I would just like to inquire about my essay?" Jungkook spoke very politely, trying his best to hide his low-key desire to throw a tantrum. So he had a bratty side, sue him.

Professor Bang looked up at him in sympathy. "Ah, yes. See, Mr Jeon, I'm afraid your focus on the topic was completely off..." He went on to explain the aspects that Jungkook should have written about and how he needs to substantiate his opinion more. By the end of it, Jungkook left his Professor with a deep bow and an even deeper disappointment in himself. His professor made complete sense. Was Jungkook dumb? Was that what this was? Maybe if he focused more in class or wasn't so distracted by other things he would do well. He scowled at his shoes as he continued his trek to the dorm. Of freaking COURSE he had to bump into someone- it seems to be the only thing Jungkook was good at. He glanced up - oh, it's Taehyung - and whispered an apology before carrying on. Jungkook's heart undeniably sped up at the sight and feel of Taehyung, but Jungkook really didn't want Taehyung to see him on his bad day. He startled as he felt a hand wrap around his shoulder to turn him around. Taehyung appraised him with those catlike eyes of his before he frowned. Taehyung reached up his hand and ran his thumb between Jungkook's brows, the frown disappearing in shock at the touch. The younger hadn't realised how hard he'd been scowling. Jungkook didn't move, didn't dare breathe. Kim Taehyung was deliberately touching him.

"What's got a pretty thing like you frowning?" Taehyung asked, tracing his hand along Jungkook's face to cup his rosy cheek.

Uhm, okay, slow down. Pretty thing? Jungkook is going to melt into a puddle right here.

"I-I did really badly on an essay that I worked really hard on." The younger stumbled through his sentence, voice embarrassingly high as he fought to maintain eye contact. Taehyung looked at him expectantly, urging him to continue. Jungkook, flustered as f*ck, directed his gaze to the broad chest in front of him. "I spoke to my professor and he explained where I went wrong and he totally made sense. I'm just disappointed, s'all."

He felt Taehyung's thumb travel from his cheek to stroke his bottom lip, effectively cutting off the younger's breathing. "Don't pout, I prefer it when you smile okay?" Taehyung graced Jungkook with comforting smile causing Jungkook's lips to twitch up in a tentative smile too.

"Good boy." Taehyung said, clearly pleased. Jungkook tried to suppress the shiver Taehyung's words elicited but he failed. Taehyung's right eyebrow raised in the younger's reaction, appraising. Jungkook just stared at the blue haired boy with his big doe eyes.

"Interesting". Taehyung hummed and ran thehand that had been cupping the boy's face through soft, black tresses. Jungkook's eyes fluttered as he leaned into the touch. Jungkook vaguely registered how strange it was for them to be having such an intimate moment when it was only their second interaction. He opened his eyes to gauge Taehyung's expression. He seemed to be captivated by the younger. "You like being a good boy, Jungkook?"

Jungkook nodded, yes, leaning closer to the older boy, already greedy for more of his touch. Jungkook was starting to become overwhelmed, he'd never been so affected by someone before. Yes, he was naturally submissive, but to show this side of himself to a practical stranger?

He must have had a conflicting look on his face because Taehyung frowned before removing his hand from the other's hair and stepping back. Jungkook acted instinctively, reaching out to fist Taehyung's shirt to prevent him from moving further back. "Would you...uh... would you like to grab a coffee with me or something?"

Taehyung seemed genuinely surprised before he schooled his expression to neutral. "I don't drink coffee."

"Oh, okay. Uhm, that's totally cool. I'm sorry for being so forward-"

He stopped abruptly by Taehyung's chuckle. "Jungkook I was just kidding. Well, I really don't drink coffee but we can still catch a drink together okay?"

Jungkook gaped at him for a few seconds before he snapped his mouth shut and nodded. His knees turned gooey at the sound of his name rollin gof Taehyung's tongue. "Okay, great! Where d'you wanna go hyung? Can I call you hyung, that's cool right ? We're friends now?"

Jungkook was an excitable person, so his mood change wasn't odd in the slightest. Taehyung simply stared at him for a moment before agreeing that yes, he could call him hyung but he didn't know if they were friends yet - they'd only spoken to one another twice after all. At it took was a sad pout and puppy eyes to have Taehyung quickly backtracking.

"Aish, okay we're friends, you little brat." Taehyung's eyes sparkled with a playfulness that matched Jungkook's own. Pretty.Jungkook beamed at him, a little awe-struck, but so incredibly happy.

They ended up going to the café a little ways away off campus. Taehyung said he knew the owner, so they could get discount drinks. He really is perfect, huh? The café itself wasn't too big and had a bumbling warm atmosphere. Jungkook loved it. Along the walls were all kinds of paintings and sketches, each with a different theme but seemingly the same style. A tall, broad-shouldered man walked over to them and noticed Jungkook's gaze.

"Taehyungie over here created these pieces himself. He's the artist in the family." The man said this proudly, eyes regarding Taehyung. Jungkook immediately felt a flare of jealously at the nickname. Who was this guy, who was almost as handsome and just as intimidating asTaehyungie. Yes, he was bitter.

Taehyung sounded exasperated as he gave the man a pointed look. "Jungkookie, this is my brother Kim Seokjin. Hyung, this is Jeon Jungkook, a fellow SU student."

Jungkook blushed as he realised how ridiculous his bout of jealousy had been. He bowed deeply to the man before him. Seokjin held a hand to his chest and looked to Taehyung: "Kim Taehyung where did you find this adorable boy? His manners are so charming!"

Jungkook simply blushed more but was secretly pleased by Seokjin's praise. He huffed as he was suddenly engulfed in a friendly hug. Seokjin placed his hands on his shoulders as he stepped back before speaking to the maknae. "You need to teach my brother how to be a gentleman. He can be so aloof around guests, I'm almost afraid to take him anywhere."

"Good, because I don't want to go anywhere." Taehyung replied stoically. Jungkook simply stared at the two like a deer caught in headlights. Were the brothers not on good terms? His fretting was cut short by both men laughing and pulling each other into a hug. Jungkook felt his shoulders release the pent up tension from moments ago.

"You haven't come here in a few weeks Taehyungie, I don't even know if you're eating properly!' Seokjin hyung scolded and Jungkook decided he liked him a lot. Taehyung let Seokjin fuss over him before taking Jungkook's hand to lead them over to a table to the side of the room.

Jungkook bit his lip and willed the butterflies in his stomach to chill the flip out. Taehyung's hand was bigger than his and warm, engulfing Jungkook's hand so securely. Jungkook mourned the loss of it when Taehyung pulled away.

"Excuse my brother," Taehyung said as they settled into their seats. "He's a bit of a crackhead."

Seokjin whacked a menu card over the back of Taehyung's head before smiling sweetly at the maknae.Jungkook couldn't help but giggle at Taehyung's affronted expression. Seokjin gasped dramtically yet again as he grabbed Taehyun's arm. "Taehyung!" he stage-whispered. "He's a bunny!"

"Hyung, STOP. We'd like a cappuccino and a hot chocolate please. And yes, that is ALL."

Seokjin looked at Jungkook mouthing: "See what I mean? No manners." Taehyung breathed a sigh of relief as Seokjin whooshed away with a cheeky wink. Jungkook's giggles were finally dying down when he locked eyes with the unfairly attractive boy sitting across from him.

"I like your brother," he said earnestly.

Taehyung seemed pleased, lips twitching up into a little smile. "Good, because he clearly loves you." Jungkook preened, feeling his cheeks warm at Taehyung's gaze. They only warmed further when Taehyung reached over to caress one.

"Your blush is lovely." Jungkook looked up at the older through his lashes as his heart hammered in his chest. He wanted Taehyung to be his. Jungkook was never good at being patient, he was always greedy about things that caught his attention and Taehyung hadn't just caught it, but stolen it and kept it for himself. Jungkook didn't even look at other people when Taehyung was in the same room as him, let alone touching him. He wanted to get close to him.

The moment was broken by Jungkook blurting out: "Can I call you Taehyungie-hyung?"

Taehyung removed his hand, to Jungkook's displeasure, asking him why. Jungkook knew he wasn't offended because he had that playful look in his eyes again, his lips curving up into that almost-smile of his.

"Because Seokjin-ssi uses it and I think it's really cute. Also, I may just call you that anyway so you might as well say yes." Jungkook said matter-of-factly.

"Hmm, you're a bold one, aren't you?" Taehyung mused, dark eyes studying Jungkook. "Yes, little Jungkookie, you may call me Taehyungie-hyung."

Jungkook flushed at the nickname Taehyung had suddenly given him, though he was very pleased with it. It made him feel pleasant tingles all along his body. He smiled brightly at Taehyung before they launched off into conversation.

They spoke for at least 3 hours, simply learning about one another. They found they had a common passion for art and were intrigued by one another's preferences and styles of artwork. Jungkook told him about his Jiminie-hyung and how they grew up together in Busan, and Taehyung told of his childhood friend now roommate Yoongi. They spoke about their majors (Taehyung's doing Civil Engineering and Jungkook Photography and Media), music, their favourite places to hang out - all sorts of things. Jungkook didn't want the day to end. Seokjin came to tell them it's closing time and Jungkook hopped up and hugged him goodbye before taking Taehyung's hand to leave. He didn't miss Seokjin shooting wild finger hearts at Taehyung while gesturing to Jungkook. Taehyung simply yelled "BYE HYUNG", and lead Jungkook to the younger's dorm. They talked some more as they walked, the conversation lulling into a slower pace to match that of the day's. They reluctantly reached the door to Jungkook's dorms. Jungkook was looking down at their joined hands and swinging it between them.

"Thank you for agreeing to have coffee - well, hot chocolate - with me Taehyungie-hyung." Jungkook said, not wanting to let Taehyung go just yet. He felt Taehyung's other hand lift up his chin so that they could make eye contact. The older's eyes were regarding him so softly, Jungkook swooned, slumping his weight into his door.

"Thank you for inviting me, pretty one." Taheyung's voice sent shivers through him. Taehyung thinks he's pretty.

Once again, Jungkook brought up his hand to fist the fabric of Taehyung's shirt, making a brave attempt to tug the older forward. He let out a small whine of protest when Taehyung remained at arm's length. Jungkook looked at the older with a pout as he saw something like protectiveness pass through the older's dark eyes. Long arms gently wrapped around Jungkook, trapping him in delicious warmth and a calming scent. Jungkook nuzzled his face into the inviting neck to bask in it. He let out a satisfied hum when a gentle hand came up to stroke through his hair.

"Jeon Jungkook, what are you doing to me hmm?" He felt Taehyung's words rumble out his throat. "I barely know you and I want to keep you right here, in my arms." He emphasised his words by tightening his arms around the younger. Jungkook hummed in approval before squeezing closer to the blue-haired boy.

"Then keep me, hyungie."He whispered into the older's neck. Taehyung responded by pressing his lips to Jungkook's temple, making Jungkook snuggle all the more closer.

"Maybe I will, little Jungkookie."


i know for a fact that this escalated really quickly but i just love established Taekook so much
tell me what you guys think, should i slow it down ?

Chapter 4: His tenderness


(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jungkook lay in bed attempting to stop smiling like an absolute goofball. He failed. He couldn’t stop thinking about their date. Taehyung eventually (sadly) went home, only after promising to have lunch tomorrow after their last morning lectures. Jungkook wouldn’t let go of the older’s shirt until he received several more forehead kisses to appease him. Jungkook really loved forehead kisses. No, he loved Taehyung’s forehead kisses. He already loves all Taehyung kisses – even ones he hasn’t received yet. He wonders how the softness of Taehyung’s lips would feel against his own, if-

Okay let’s slow it down. They’re not even together - well, not officially anyway. Taehyung hadn’t really said much besides wanting to keep Jungkook – mega-swoon – and the maknae was not about to pressure his hyung into anything. His Taehyungie-hyung. It was at this point that Jungkook started sporadically kicking his legs in the air, body unable to contain the mush of happy feelings inside him. He squealed before cuddling into his pillow, and if he pretended the pillow was a certain blue-haired boy, no one needed to know.

The next day Jungkook just about threw himself into Taehyung’s arms as soon as he set his eyes on him. Taehyung huffed before ruffling his hair fondly. Jungkook blushed at having Taehyung’s undivided attention at such close proximity.

“Missed me, Jungkookie?”

Jungkook retorted, “Didn’t you miss me Taehyungie-hyung?”

Jungkook felt a pleasurable tingle travel down his spine at the warm laugh his sass earned.

‘I did, little one.’

Jungkook couldn’t look him in the eye, flushing at the petname, so he just smiled and watched his hand grab onto Taehyung’s bigger one. A hand tilted the younger’s head up and their eyes met. Taehyung was gazing at him so fondly, so differently to the stoic expressions Jungkook observed from afar. Jungkook was basking in the attention. “Missed you more, Taehyungie-hyung.” came a little voice. Taehyung’s lips quirked up into a gentle smile as his thumb caressed the younger’s cheek. Jungkook’s eyes were on the verge of fluttering closed when –

‘IS NO ONE GOING TO EXPLAIN WHAT IS GOING ON RIGHT NOW?” was shouted from a few metres behind him. He turned around and oh yes, he had been walking with Jiminie-hyung. Jiminie-hyung didn’t know about what transpired between Jungkook and Taehyung. Jungkook connected these two points and smiled brightly at his hyung.

“Jiminie-hyung, relax. Taehyungie-hyung and I are…” well, technically they weren’t anything. “…friends.” He concluded lamely. He looked to Taehyung who had been sizing up Jimin before he turned his gaze on the younger.

‘We’re a bit more than friends, aren’t we?” He asked, raising a frustratingly attractive eyebrow at Jungkook and purposely deepening his voice. Jungkook nodded dumbly before hiding his face in the other’s neck. He felt Taehyung laugh and stroke the back of his head. Jungkook was preening at being treated so gently, loving the playful way Taehyung teased him. Jungkook turned his head so that he could look at Jimin from the comfort of Taehyung’s shoulder. Jimin locked eyes with Jungkook for a long time before doing the same to Taehyung. He just said: ‘Be careful with him, Taehyung, I mean it.”

Jungkook felt the arms around him tighten and something in Taehyung’s eyes must have reassured Jimin because he suddenly looked at the attached pair with a soft smile.

‘I will be.” He heard Taehyung reply, voice sure and leaving no room for doubt.

“See ya later, Kookie.” His roommate said before walking to the dance studio. Jungkook called out a cheerful “Bye Jiminie-hyungie!’ before leaning back to look at Taehyung. Taehyung just smiled at him before stroking Jungkook’s fringe away from his eyes.

“He really cares about you, huh Jungkookie?” Jungkook smiled and nodded.

“Jiminie's like a brother to me, I’m really grateful to have him in my life. He’s the best hyung ever.” The younger says, the words falling naturally from him.

Taehyung frowned at him before asking: “What about me, Jungkookie? Am I not the best hyung?”

Jungkook stared at Taehyung with wide eyes and spluttered at the petulant look on the older's face. “Taehyungiiiie… don’t be offended! I’ve known Jiminie-hyung my whole entire life and – and you haven’t done anything for me as my hyung yet anyways.” Jungkook blurted out.

Taehyung’s face set in determination as he said: “You’re right. I’m buying you lunch right now.” He grabbed the younger’s hand and dragged him to the cafeteria with a firm yet careful grip. Always so gentle – Jungkook adored it. They got to the counter and Taehyung waited for Jungkook’s giggles to die down before he asked him what he wanted. Jungkook couldn’t help but notice the smile Taehyung was trying to suppress.

It became somewhat of a routine. Taehyung bought Jungkook lunch for a whole week until the younger put his foot down and paid for the both of them. Taehyung had protested until Jungkook told him he was his favourite hyung so he didn't have to buy him lunch anymore. Taehyung's smile had been so big that Jungkook just had to lean over and plant a warm kiss to his cheek. Depending on who ends class earlier, they wait outside the other's class. It's usually Taehyung waiting for Jungkook, but on rare days Jungkook catches Taehyung outside of his classroom with a bottle of iced tea in each hand. One day had been particularly hot and Taehyung had just groaned in relief when he saw the cold drinks before he pressed a firm kiss to Jungkook's forehead. Jungkook was smiling for the entire day.

Today was on the cooler side and peaceful too. The two boys opted to sit outside to kill some time before their next lectures. Jungkook wished he could spend the rest of the day with Taehyung but they both had assignments and homework to do. Gross. Jungkook didn’t want to focus on that, he wanted to enjoy the moment he was in right now. Taehyung had his back pressed to a tree with Jungkook between his legs, his back pressed against his hyung’s chest. Taehyung’s arms were wrapped around his waist and Jungkook was playing with his fingers, admiring his pretty silver rings. The conversation had lulled into a comfortable silence and Jungkook could almost sink into it and sleep. He was so comfy and warm and he just felt good. Jungkook was pretty sure Taehyung was the best person in the world. He made Jungkook feel so safe and cared for which is exactly what he needed. Taehyung’s lips press to his temple before he hears a quiet: “What are you thinking so hard about?”

Jungkook tilts his face so that Taehyung’s lips are pressed to his cheek. They do that now, kiss each other's cheeks and foreheads and even noses. Jungkook leans back further into Taehyung’s embrace as the older presses more soft kisses to his skin.

“I was just thinking that I’m really happy right now.” Jungkook yelps then giggles as Taehyung (gently) bit his cheek before soothing the skin with kisses. Taehyung pulls away from him and turns him around so that he sat straddling his hyung. Jungkook blushes sweetly at their position but discards any suggestive thoughts when he sees the seriousness in Taehyung’s eyes.

“I wanna take things slow with you Jungkook. We’ve bonded unusually quickly for a pair of strangers – and I’m definitely not complaining- but I don’t want to f*ck this up. I’ve never felt this way about anyone before and…” Taehyung trailed off, eyes searching helplessly into those of the boy on his lap. Jungkook took Taehyung’s face into his hands and gently caressed his cheeks. “I’ve had a really bad experience in a past relationship. It kinda f*cked me up for a while and I haven’t had a serious partner since. I don’t want to ruin this Jungkookie, it almost seems too good to be true. Almost as if you’re perfect for me and I don’t want to risk losing you.” Taehyung looks so lost and Jungkook’s heart aches.

“Me too, hyungie. I feel the same way, so don’t be scared. There’s two of us in this relationship, remember? I’m here with you.” Taehyung stares at him with what looks like awe before he nods.

“I’m with you too Jungkookie, always.” Jungkook smiles at him before cuddling into Taehyung’s arms.

“I’m sorry for being so… intense I guess. I just had the fattest crush on you from the moment I saw you and I can be really pushy about what I want. I think I rushed us and I'm sorry. I know I’m a lot-“ Jungkook was pushed back from Taehyung’s chest so that he could look at the stern look on his hyung’s face.

“Baby, no. You’re perfect- so, so perfect for me. Don’t doubt that because of my own insecurities, okay? Just give me some time to figure myself out some more.” Taehyung said gently, rubbing his hands slowly up and down Jungkook’s biceps. Jungkook looked at him in silence. His brain was currently malfunctioning:


“You called me baby.” Jungkook said, thinking maybe Taehyung didn’t realise.

“Was that the only thing you got from that?” Taehyung asked incredulously, one eyebrow raised to appraise him.

“I’m baby?”

The younger was suddenly pulled into a broad chest, his face tucking into his favourite spot. “Jeon Jungkook stop being so f*cking adorable. Please. You’re making it SO hard not to kiss you.”

Jungkook gasped delightedly before giggling and pressing closer to his hyung. He tilted his head up and whispered: “But I love your kisses, hyungie.” Taehyung groaned in exasperation before tickling Jungkook's rib-cage in retaliation.

Jungkook’s cheeks hurt from laughing so hard.


should i add in some yoonmin?

Chapter 5: His comfort



Chapter Text

Jungkook and Jimin were fixing one another’s appearance as they stood in front of their bathroom mirror. Jimin was currently parting Jungkook’s hair over his forehead because “it’s hot as hell Kookie, trust me” and Jungkook was unbuttoning the first two buttons of Jimin’s blouse to add some spice to his look. Jimin said he was going to do that anyway and Jungkook said he knew because “Jiminie-hyung is kind of a hoe”. Jimin called him a brat and chased the younger out of their apartment. They were on their way to a Frat party -Jungkook had never been and Jimin said they’re really fun. Jungkook had asked Taehyung to come but the older had declined, saying it wasn’t really his scene. Jungkook couldn’t even convince him with a pout because they had been having this conversation over the phone. Taehyung had made Jungkook promise to call him if anything happened and to call him when he got home safe. Also to be careful about what he drinks and tell people to back off when they get too close. Taehyung was clearly fussing over him and Jungkook loved it. Jimin had read Taehyung’s texts and snorted before telling Jungkook that he got Taehyung all whipped for him.

Jungkook sighed, secretly pleased at Jimin’s comment, and got the urge to cuddle with Taehyung right now. Of course he couldn’t, Taehyung was hanging out with Yoongi and Jungkook was on his way to a party. It just sucked because the two boys hadn’t seen each other much this week because it was jam-packed with tests. Taehyung would sneak in a hug and a forehead kiss when they happened to pass each other on campus, but Jungkook couldn’t help the longing he felt for his hyung. He sighed again and this time Jimin threw an arm over his shoulder and started talking excitedly about the party. It took Jungkook’s mind off Taehyung and the roommates entered the frat house ready for a good time.

Holy moly, Jungkook forgot how fun being drunk was. He’d only been drunk once or twice before, and always under Jimin’s supervision. But now Jimin was currently dancing while Jungkook played Beer Pong. He was really good in the beginning, but the other team swapped players and his new opponent was even better than him. It wasn’t long before Jungkook was a mess of flushed-cheeks and giggles. He felt an arm wrap around his waist and he turned to find Jimin looking at him curiously. “You okay, honey?” Jimin asked and wow Jungkook loves Jimin SO much. He hugged him tight and exclaimed his love for his roommate and Jimin just laughed. “I think you’ve had enough Kookie, let’s get you home huh?”

“But Jiminie-hyung I’m having so much funnn…” He slurred off in a lilted accent.

“Babe, when you whip out the satoori, I know you’re at your limit.” Jimin’s voice was amused but he still led the stumbling boy to the door. The two walked painstakingly slowly back to their dorm, Jungkook leaning heavily on his smaller hyung. Jungkook was singing songs except he couldn’t remember the lyrics so he started making up his own. Jimin nearly let Jungkook fall on numerous occasions because he had a habit of doubling over whenever he laughed.

Jungkook suddenly sighed and said wistfully into the air: “You know who likes music?”

“Uhm, everyone?”

“Taehyungie-hyung. My Taehyungie-hyung loves music – we always talk about our favourite songs. And art! Tae-hyungie likes art as much as me, but he’s more into abstract…”

Jimin listened to the maknae ramble off about Taehyung with a soft smile. He was initially skeptical about the two being together, Jimin knew first-hand how naive and eager-to-please Jungkook was. Jungkook was pure, soft-hearted and kind and it was his job as the younger’s hyung to protect that. However, that day he had first witnessed the two practically get lost in each other’s eyes calmed his worries. Jungkook had all but melted into Taehyung’s arms and Taehyung had looked so enamoured with the younger. When Jimin had locked eyes with Taehyung, he saw something protective and fierce flash through Taehyung’s eyes before he schooled his expression. That’s when Jimin knew Jungkook was in good hands. Jimin smiled at the memory as they entered their dorm.

“… and he’s so pretty, Jiminie-hyung. He’s the prettiest. But he’s also so hot, you know? Like his jaw-line. And his hands. His hands are so hot and pretty and they’re so big but so gentle with me hyung. He’s so gentle and…” Sniff.

Jimin froze. Oh no, he knows that sound. “Aigoo, Jungkookie why are you crying honey?”

Jungkook just shook his head and Jimin lead them to the couch before laying the boy’s head in his lap and stroking his hair. Jimin wasn’t too worried, he knew how emotional alcohol can make the maknae. It didn’t stop his heart from aching a bit though.

“Kookie, you wanna call Taehyungie? Let him know you’re home safe? I’m sure he misses you just as much as you miss him.” Jimin asked the maknae, using his special gentle voice reserved for drunk Jungkook or sad Jungkook, or sad-drunk Jungkook. The boy blinked up at him with glassy eyes and Jimin ran a hand through his fluffy hair to comfort the younger. After an eager nod, Jimin grabbed Jungkook’s phone with one hand and grabbed Kookie’s hand with the other. Taehyung picked up after two rings and Jimin handed the phone over.

“Baby, s’that you?” Taehyung’s voice calmed Jungkook down immediately. He felt his body relax but his longing for Taehyung to be right here almost doubled, if possible.

Jungkook sniffled. “Hey hyungie.” He sounded miserable even to his own ears.

“Baby, are you crying? What’s wrong, did something happen? Where are you? Where the f*ck is Jimin?” Taehyung sounded so worried and Jungkook felt bad for making Taehyung think he was in danger.

“Hyungie, nothing happened. Just miss you.” Jungkook cut off Taehyung’s endless questions. There was a beat of silence.

“Are you crying because you miss hyungie, little one?” Taehyung’s voice was so comforting and low, Jungkook needed him here. Jungkook whispered a yes and blushed furiously when Taehyung cooed at him through the phone. “Want me to come over for a bit?”

“Yes!” Jungkook yelled, so eager he shot up into a sitting position and consequently felt himself feel nauseous. He leaned against the back of the couch as he felt Jimin rub a comforting hand on his back, telling him to be careful. “Please come, hyungie.”

“Alright baby, I’ll be there as soon as I can, mkay? Can you ask Jimin if it’s okay if Yoongi tags along? We’re still on our way home but your dorm is closer than ours.” Jungkook turned to Jimin and asked if it was cool and Jimin’s eyes widened before he nodded. Jungkook assured Taehyung it was fine and told him to hurry up and come cuddle me hyungie. Taehyung hung up after a “See you soon, little one.”

Jimin led Jungkook to his room to change into his pajamas (sweatpants and his favourite iron man shirt – YES he had more than one.) Jimin instructed him to drink two glasses of water and swaddled him in a blanket after Jungkook sat on the couch. Jimin made himself some tea and hot coacoa for the maknae. Jungkook kept complaining that Taehyung was taking too long and Jimin was trying to get him to stop because the younger’s voice was interrupting Rupaul’s Drag Race. Jungkook had just dozed off when a knock sounded at the door. Jimin hopped up and opened the door, coming face to face a determined looking Taehyung. “Where is he?”

“Hello to you too Taehyung.” Jimin said sarcastically before he opened the door further to usher them in.

Taehyung locked eyes with Jungkook and it was game over. Jungkook lifted his arms up and called out a soft “hyungie”. Taehyung’s breath hitched before he made a beeline for the couch. He lifted the boy into his arms before sitting back down with the maknae in his lap. Taehyung pressed Jungkook to his chest and the younger tucked his head into Taehyung’s neck. Taehyung rocked them gently as he murmured that I missed you so much, baby and I’m sorry we didn’t spend time together this week and I’m here now, it’s okay.”

Taehyung looked up at Jimin a bit alarmed when Jungkook did nothing but whine and press closer.

“He’s alright, the little brat just missed you. He gets overemotional when he’s drunk. Just give him lots of cuddles and he’ll be okay.” Jimin assured, still standing by the door with Yoongi.

Taehyung nodded, smiling gratefully at Jimin before he pulled Jungkook away from his neck. Jungkook whined in protest but Taehyung shushed him gently. “Let me see my baby’s pretty eyes, hmm?”

Taehyung was delighted by the blush that adorned the pouty boy’s cheeks. Taehyung smiled when his eyes met those sparkly, doe ones. He leaned forward and kissed Jungkook’s blush and felt the younger melt into him. Taehyung pulled back to which Jungkook frowned and grabbed Taehyung by the jaw, pulling him closer. Taehyung chuckled at Jungkook’s reaction before pressing his lips to Jungkook’s forehead and keeping them there as he relaxed back against the couch. Jungkook got comfortable and relaxed into Taehyung’s embrace. The younger kept humming, almost like a cat purring in content. Taehyung smiled before tightening his hold around the sweet boy in his arms. Taehyung looked up, remembering that they weren’t alone in the room. However, it seemed they actually were alone. Taehyung relaxed when he heard the husky baritone of Yoongi’s voice filter in from the kitchen. The two must have gone there to give Taehyung and Jungkook some privacy. Taehyung was really starting to like Jimin. He smiled to himself and started playing with Jungkook’s hair. Jungkook’s eyes fluttered open and he blinked up at Taehyung with smiling eyes before dozing off again. "Hyungie, stay." Jungkook mumbled before nuzzling into his hyung's neck. Taehyung decided Jungkook was the most precious boy in the world.

In the kitchen, Jimin was making more hot coacoa. This time it was for himself and Min Yoongi. Min Yoongi was in his kitchen. He was making Min Yoongi hot coacoa. Min Yoongi was also staring at him expectantly.

Park Jimin get your sh*t together. He’s just a boy. A boy you’ve low-key been checking out for two years but its okay. It’s chill. You’re CHILL. Jimin was shocked out of his thoughts by a throat clearing. He looked up and Min Yoongi was staring at him with impossibly dark eyes.

“You okay? You’re frowning pretty hard there.” Yoongi’s voice was even deeper than Taehyung’s, and huskier. Jimin’s knees were turning to jelly.

“Don’t mind me Yoongi-ssi. I get lost in my head sometimes.” Jimin responded with an awkward laugh. He avoided Yoongi’s gaze as much as possible, focusing on stirring the hot coacoa. It was silent as he finished up and handed Yoongi the warm beverage. Yoongi’s hand brush over Jimin’s small one as he accepted the drink.

“Me too, you know.” Came Yoongi’s voice, abruptly breaking the silence. Jimin quirked an eyebrow up in question. “I get lost in my head sometimes, too.”

Jimin smiled at him and Yoongi swallowed some cocoa as his adam’s apple bobbed up and down. Jimin had a thing for boy’s necks. Yoongi had a nice neck. Jimin blushed at his thoughts and flickered his gaze up to Yoongi’s. Oh sh*t. Yoongi’s eyes had darkened considerably, he must have seen Jimin checking him out.

“You’re gorgeous.” Yoongi’s tone was soft and rumbly and Jimin stared at him in disbelief.

Yoongi smirked and Jimin wanted to get on his knees right there. But no. He was stronger than that. Yoongi leaned forward as he set his mug on the counter behind Jimin. Jimin was breathless at the proximity and he felt his back stiffen in anticipation. Yoongi leaned forward before Jimin pressed his fingers to pink, plush lips.

“You’re gonna have to try harder than that to get a kiss from me, Min Yoongi.” Jimin’s voice was quiet but seemed loud in the silent kitchen. Yoongi blinked at him in shock before Jimin hopped up onto the counter behind him, away from Yoongi’s tempting lips.

“Oh, you’re a special one Park Jimin.” Yoongi said as he leaned into Jimin’s space. “Always knew you were.” Yoongi’s eyes were playful as his hands rested just next to Jimin’s hips, not touching him.

Jimin bit down his lip leaned forward into Yoongi's space. “Then you must know you need to work for it.”

Yoongi accepted the challenge wholeheartedly. This boy was something else and Yoongi liked it.

Chapter 6: His kiss

Chapter Text

Jungkook woke up and immediately scowled because his mouth felt like it was filled with cotton and his skin was itchy. He needed to shower and brush his teeth now. He dragged himself to the shower, barely registering that he had slept on the couch last night. He brushed his teeth robotically in the shower (he liked to save water like this) and was washing his hair when he finally started to wake up from his zombie-like state. He rinsed the vanilla scented conditioner from his hair and stepped out of the shower to put some sweats on. He walked to the kitchen in his boxers and hoodie, about to ask what was for breakfast when he stopped dead in his tracks. He rubbed his eyes but no, Taehyung was still there when his eyes refocused. He was leaning against the counter, all long legs and broad shoulders, with a mug cradled to his chest. Taehyung’s eyes focused on Jungkook and the poor maknae’s heart almost stopped at the blinding smile that was directed at him. Taehyung’s hair was now a chestnut brown, making him look so boyish and soft that Jungkook’s heart ached.

“You just gonna stand there or are you gonna come get a good morning cuddle?” Taehyung's morning voice was really...yes. Just yes.

Jungkook walked over and ran his hands through his hyung’s hair. “Your hair’s brown.” He stated dumbly. Taehyung set his mug down and looped his arms around Jungkook’s torso.

“You didn’t notice last night?” He asked, mirth swimming in warm eyes. Jungkook never realised how warm the colour brown was. Taehyung watched as Jungkook frowned before realisation dawned on him. “Did you forget I was here, baby?”

Jungkook wanted the ground to swallow him whole. He can’t believe he called Taehyung, crying for cuddles. CRYING. He really was a hot mess, huh.

“You came just 'cause I was drunk-crying and wanted cuddles?” Jungkook asked, a little surprised and a lot pleased. Taehyung pulled Jungkook closer to him so that they were chest to chest.

“Of course, baby. I’ll always come when you call.” Taehyung said it as if it were the most obvious thing in the world. This proved to be too much for the sleepy boy, because he responded by hiding his face in his hands and then burrowing into his hyung’s chest. Taehyung laughed and pressed his lips to Jungkook’s hair.

“Are they always like this?” A deep voice interrupted their little moment. Jungkook lifted his head and realised that there were two other people in the room.

“Oh, all the time. It’s so cute it’s almost sickening. Scrap that, it is sickening.” Jimin said, sending a wink to Jungkook to let the younger know he was only teasing. Jungkook raised an eyebrow at the blush that bloomed across Jimin’s cheeks when Yoongi laughed at Jimin’s words. Interesting. Jungkook was about to make a smart-ass quip about it when Yoongi got up and said he was meeting someone at the recording studio, so he had to go. Jimin deflated a little, Jungkook probably wouldn’t have noticed if he didn’t know the boy like the back of his hand. Again, interesting. Jimin offered to see him out and Jungkook looked up to see Taehyung sending a smirk at Yoongi. Yoongi chose to ignore him. The two walked out the kitchen after the eldest bid them farewell before Taehyung turned his attention to the boy in his arms.

“You wanna eat, baby?” He asked the younger, brushing Jungkook's fringe out of his eyes. The raven-haired boy nodded but made no move to step back from their embrace. Taehyung whispered an okay and shuffled them over to sit at the table, Jungkook sideways on his lap. Jungkook picked up a slice of toast from the stack on the table and proceeded to spread some strawberry jam on it. He grabbed a side-plate leaned back against Taehyung as he ate. Jungkook held the toast up to offer Taehyung a bite but Taehyung only kissed his hand sweetly and told him he was already full. Jungkook, satisfied that Taehyung had eaten, settled back down and watched Jimin as he came to sit opposite them. Jimin smiled at him before turning to Taehyung.

“Do not mention a word about Min Yoongi. Whatever you’re thinking, don’t say it. Okay, sweetie?” Jimin said all this with the scary passive, aggressive smile of his.

Taehyung just snorted. “All I’m saying is, you guys looked pretty cosy this mor-“

“Yah, Taehyung you’re just as much of a brat as Jungkookie. You two deserve each other.” At the mention of his name, Jungkook looked up at Jimin and stuck his tongue out at him. Jimin did it right back, causing the maknae to smile.

“Why’re you so quiet, baby? You feeling okay?” Taehyung asked, wondering why Jungkook had barely said anything the whole morning.

“Calm down, Tae. It takes him at least an hour to start functioning as a human after he wakes up. He’s still half-asleep.” Jimin piped up.

“I’m ‘wake.” Jungkook attempted to say but interrupted himself with a yawn. Taehyung smiled at the sleepy boy and kissed his head. Jungkook made himself another slice of toast and then munched on some of the sliced fruit as he half-listened to Taehyung and Jimin’s conversation. He caught some words about some webtoons they read and also about the professors they shared. Jimin was taking math and science electives because despite dance being his passion, he was really good at those subjects. Jungkook started getting restless as he finally became more alert. He realised how much he missed Taehyung and proceeded to turn his torso so that he could wrap his arms around his hyung’s neck and hug him close close close. Taehyung rubbed his back and gave him a squeeze but otherwise kept his attention on Jimin. Jungkook frowned, dissatisfied with the lack of attention, and kissed Taehyung’s cheek. It worked as Taehyung looked down at him with a small smile. Taehyung kissed Jungkook’s forehead before turning back to Jimin. At this, Jungkook huffed and turned to Jimin.

“Jiminie-hyung, I love you but you’re hogging Tae.” Jungkook said, fully aware of how petulant he sounded.

“Am I, now?” Jimin said, amused and used to the younger’s antics. Jungkook nodded Very Seriously.

“Baby, that’s no way to speak to your hyung.” Taehyung said, wanting to tease the younger. He thought a jealous Jungkook was a cute Jungkook.

Jungkook turned back to Taehyung with puppy eyes. “But I don’t want to share you today. I missed you, hyungie.”

Taehyung softened immediately and ran a hand through Jungkook’s soft hair. Jungkook leaned into the touch and Taehyung couldn’t help but press a kiss to the boy’s nose.

“Ugh, you guys are doing that sappy sh*t again. I’m outty.” Jimin said, not before reaching over to pinch Jungkook’s cheek and then Taehyung’s. “Don’t do anything I wouldn’t do.” Jimin said with a wink. “Actually, just don’t do anything. I’m watching you Kim.” Jungkook groaned in embarrassment and told Jimin to Get Out, Please. Taehyung just laughed as Jimin blew them a kiss as he left the apartment. Jungkook hopped off Taehyung’s lap and switched the kettle on, getting out his favourite mug – surprise, surprise it was an Iron Man one. Jungkook yelped as he felt two arms snake around his middle.

“Why’re you running away from me, little Jungkookie?” The words whispered into his ear sent goosebumps scattering across the back of his neck. Jungkook turned around and looped his arms around his hyung’s neck.

“M’not.” The maknae giggled, nudging Taehyung’s nose with his own.

“You’re not?” Taehyung asked, not missing the mischievous glint in Jungkook’s eye. He was fully prepared when the maknae whipped around and attempted to bolt out the kitchen. Taehyung grabbed onto the younger’s waist as he tried to run past him, and firmly picked up the boy before placing him on the counter. Jungkook was giggling uncontrollably as Taehyung caged him in, his arms bracketing the younger’s thighs. Jungkook seemed to like this and immediately wrapped his legs around his hyung’s waist and his arms around his neck. From his position perched on the countertop, Jungkook had to tilt his head down slightly to look at Taehyung. Taehyung was usually a few centimetres taller than him so the swapped roles made Jungkook giddy.

“You’re not going anywhere, Jungkookie.” Taehyung said, cupping his hands around Jungkook’s hips. Jungkook shook his head and started tracing Taehyung’s features with his fingertips.

“Don’t wanna,” he said softly. “Wanna stay here.”

Taehyung’s eyes fluttered shut as Jungkook cupped his cheek with one hand and explored his face with the other. Jungkook used the lightest of touches to trace a strong, defined eyebrow and feel the brush of soft, thick lashes. He trailed his fingertips down a proud nose and along a soft cheek. Taehyung’s eyes opened when Jungkook traced a plump bottom lip with his index finger. Jungkook moved his hand so that both his hands cupped the face of the boy in front of him. Taehyung was watching Jungkook intently, barely breathing. Jungkook looked at his hyung and for once, Taehyung looked vulnerable. Jungkook pressed a kiss to Taehyung’s left eyelid, then his right. A kiss to each cheek, slow and soft. A kiss to his forehead, his nose and his chin. When Jungkook pulled back, Taehyung’s eyes were half-lidded. Jungkook simply looked at him for any sign of discomfort before he finally, finally met Taehyung’s lips with his own.

Taehyung was soft and warm. The kiss lasted for a few seconds before Jungkook pulled away. It was nothing more than an innocent press of lips. Just a show of affection and comfort. Jungkook stroked Taehyung’s cheeks with his thumbs, hoping that he hadn’t just crossed a line. When the brunette opened his eyes, Jungkook let out a sharp exhale. Taehyung was looking at him so intensely, Jungkook almost wanted to hide away. Yet he held his gaze, letting Taehyung find whatever he was searching for. Jungkook gasped when Taehyung surged forward and connected their lips for the second time. Jungkook was in no way prepared for the way his heart started acting up. It was almost as if his heart tried to leap out his chest and into Taehyung’s hands. Taehyung squeezed Jungkook impossibly closer as he gently moved their lips together. When Jungkook felt Taehyung press these tiny little pecks to his lips, he just sort of-

Melted. He sagged against Taehyung when he felt a tongue glide wetly against his bottom lip, asking for entry. Jungkook parted his lips and nearly fainted at the first touch of Taehyung’s tongue against his. Taehyung wasn’t just kissing him, he was tasting him. Jungkook let out a soft moan when Taehyung stroked their tongues together. Taehyung pulled back at the sound and Jungkook just followed his lips. Taehyung’s lips quirked up into a small smile before he placated the younger boy with those same small pecks that made him weak in the first place. Taehyung pulled back when Jungkook was nothing but a lump of flesh and bones in his arms.

“My baby.” Taehyung murmured as he rested his forehead against Jungkook’s.

“Yours.” Jungkook agreed, closing his eyes and reveling in the closeness of his hyung.

Chapter 7: His favourite


Thank you to everyone who has been commenting, you guys literally make my day <3333

I hope this fic can make you guys feel all the good feels

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Hyungie NO!!” Jungkook’s voice rang out throughout their apartment, followed by Taehyung’s deep laugh. The two boys were on the couch, eyes not straying away from the television for even a second.

“Tae-hyungie, STOP, you’re being unfair!” Jungkook was shamelessly whining at this point.

“Baby, I’m just playing – you told me not to go easy on you!” Taehyung defended, amusem*nt evident in his voice.

Jungkook had challenged Taehyung to a game of Overwatch after he found out the older could play. Taehyung had riled him up by saying he didn’t want to hurt Jungkook’s feelings by winning, so naturally Jungkook demanded they play. Unfortunately for Jungkook, Taehyung hadn’t been lying – he was really good. Jungkook was better though, he thought, no one was better than him. Taehyung pulled some fancy ass move that Jungkook hadn’t anticipated and he almost lost AGAIN. This was unacceptable. Jungkook huffed and leaned back against Taehyung. He was sat between the older boy’s legs, Taehyung’s arms coming around his middle so that his controller was held in front of Jungkook’s tummy. As the younger leaned back, he felt Taehyung press a kiss to his temple which significantly helped chase away his annoyance. It was only a few moments later that Taehyung won and Jungkook didn’t even know how this time. Jungkook was upset, he was competitive okay? He was currently sporting a bratty pout as he threw his controller to the side.

“Aw, baby are you mad that you lost?” Taehyung teased, which made Jungkook even more frustrated because he could hear the smile in his hyung’s voice. Jungkook said nothing and crossed his arms over his chest.

“Baby, I did warn you.” Taehyung crooned into his ear as he discarded his own controller, opting to tighten his arms around the boy in front of him. Still, Jungkook said nothing. Although, he started to smile a bit as he felt Taehyung use affection to try and win him over.

“Don’t be upset. How about we play again and I let you win, hmm?” At this, Jungkook scoffed but he couldn’t help the blush that spread across his cheeks as Taehyung pressed light kisses along his neck. He tilted his head to side to give Taehyung more access and Taehyung let out a pleased hum against his neck. Jungkook’s whole body erupted in goosebumps. Taehyung laced their fingers together and squeezed, making Jungkook smile even more. The older turned them so that he could lay on his back and Jungkook moved to straddle his hips. Their hands were still laced together as Jungkook looked down at him. Taehyung was looking at the maknae so fondly, he knew his annoyance at losing had long since dissipated. Jungkook leaned down to kiss him but was stopped as Taehyung kept his arms straight out, preventing the younger’s movements as their hands were still joined.

“Hyungie,” Jungkook demanded petulantly, “want a kiss.”

Taehyung’s eyes gleamed. “Not until you admit I’m the best Overwatch player.”

Jungkook glared at him for a few moments, wondering if it was worth it. He just really loved Overwatch. He sighed. Nothing could come close to Taehyung’s kisses, not even Jungkook’s own competitiveness.

“You’rethebestoverwatchplayer.” He mumbled, so quickly it was barely counted as Korean.

“Sorry, what was that?” Taehyung asked, enjoying this way too much. Jungkook clenched his jaw.

“Hyungie is the best Overwatch player.” He repeated, eyes narrowing.

“Could you say that again? I can’t hear so well.” Taehyung was really gonna milk this, huh.

“Hyungiiiie.” Jungkook objected, knowing that Taehyung heard him perfectly well. Taehyung just flashed his boxy smile before he brought his hands to his own chest, bringing Jungkook down with them. “You’re the best Overwatch player.” The younger admitted, eyebrows furrowing into an endearing frown.

“And you’re the prettiest boy.” Taehyung countered fondly, Jungkook’s frown disappearing instantly as his lips were caught in a sweet kiss. It seemed that being left breathless by Taehyung’s lips was going to be a common occurrence for the poor maknae. Not that he was complaining, he loved it. Jungkook pressed all his weight onto Taehyung and Taehyung finally freed Jungkook’s hands so that he could wrap his arms around the maknae’s waist. Jungkook placed his forearms on either side of Taehyung’s head and lost himself in the kiss. Taehyung pulled back a few centimetres to look into doe eyes.

“I like you so much.” Jungkook whispered, almost as if it was a secret only meant for the boy who had captured his heart. Taehyung’s eyes softened and crinkled in the corners, showcasing his happiness.

“Good.” He whispered, just as quietly. “Cause you’re my favourite, baby.”

Jungkook had to stop himself from squirming in happiness and settled for pressing their lips together again. They lost all concept of time, wrapped together like this. Lips kept insisting on more kisses, bringing one another back whenever one of them pulled away to breathe. They couldn’t get enough.

“I don’t know how I’m ever gonna stop kissing you, little one.” Taehyung said, even then pressing quick kisses to Jungkook’s lips in between his words. Jungkook giggled, pressing his smile into his hyung’s lips.

“I don’t want you to ever stop kissing me.” He whispered, sweet and vulnerable in the older’s arms.

Taehyung turned them over so that they were laying on their sides, arms pulling each other impossibly closer. Jungkook nudged his nose against Taehyung’s in an affectionate eskimo kiss as Taehyung closed his eyes and tightened his arms around the younger. Jungkook proceeded to grant little butterfly kisses on any patch of golden skin he could reach, wanting to show Taehyung just how happy he made him. Taehyung caught his lips with his own and they were kissing again. Jungkook sighed into it and allowed his eyes to close in bliss. Suddenly the door burst open and Jungkook squeaked in surprise, ducking his head into Taehyung’s neck.

“Taehyung you better not have stolen my dongseang’s innocence!” Jungkook peeked out of his hiding spot to see Jimin walking towards them.

“Jeez Jimin, calm down, would you? And don’t burst in like that, you scared him.” Taehyung said as he stroked Jungkook’s hair.

Jimin rolled his eyes playfully and plopped into the armchair across the couch. “So Yoongi invited us to Open Mic Night tonight. He’s gonna be performing some of his songs.” Jimin said, eyes shining as he spoke of the pale boy.

“His songs?” Jungkook asked curiously, turning around in Taehyung’s hold so that he was facing Jimin.

“Yoongi-hyung’s a rapper. He goes by the name Agust D - cool, right?- and he records songs at the recording studios in the music building. He’s so cool and so talented, we have to go tonight.” Jimin was practically gushing over the boy.

“Jiminie, have you even heard his songs?” Taehyung asked with a knowing smirk.

Jimin flushed. “Well, no…but he told me all about them when we were hanging out in the kitchen and they sound like they’re really good. They are good, right?”

“Yeah, Yoongi-hyung’s amazing at what he does.” Taehyung supplied. “I’m surprised he told you about his music though. He’s usually very private about it. It’s a wonder he invited you to the Open Mic gig.”

Jimin hung onto Taehyung’s words, looking mighty pleased at Taehyung’s musings. Jungkook watched his hyung carefully. “Jiminie-hyungie you have SUCH a crush on Min Yoongi.”

Jimin looked at Jungkook blubbering in indignation. “I – what? Don’t be ridiculous, we spent one night together – TALKING, just talking! I – I can’t possibly-"

“Jimin and Yoongi sitting in a tree” The maknae began singing with an evil smile painted on his lips, wanting to give his hyung as much grief as possible. Jimin jumped up and made for his room. “K-I-S-S-I-N-G” The maknae continued as he jumped up from Taehyung’s arms and chased Jimin around the living room. He caught him and tackled him to the ground, clinging to him like a koala. “First comes LOVE then comes MARRIAGE-”

“Taehyung, I swear to God, get your overgrown 5-year-old of a boyfriend OFF me right this moment.” Jimin said, shooting daggers with his eyes at the brunette laughing on the couch. Jungkook loved Taehyung's laugh, in any way it was delivered. Whether it be in his low chuckles or his booming laugh - Jungkook loved it all. Taehyung's laugh felt like the sound was hugging Jungkook, wrapping him in warmth and affection.

“Sorry Jimin, I gotta go. We wouldn’t want you to miss seeing the love of your life perform, now would we?” Taehyung said as he got up and walked to the door. At this, Jungkook popped up and let Jimin go immediately so that he could latch onto Taehyung.

“Hyungie, why are you going?” He said, wrapping his arms around Taehyung’s neck and nuzzling his nose against the older’s.

Taehyung hugged him and kissed his cheek. “I gotta go get ready, baby. Besides, I’m Yoongi’s ride so I gotta pick him up from the studio soon and then take him to the gig.” He turned to Jimin. “You guys need a ride? We’ll have to leave much earlier though 'cause Yoongi has to be there for set up.”

Jimin had gotten up from where he’d been tackled and was straightening his clothes. “Hmm… no I think we’re good. Kookie and I can take the bus, is that okay honey?” Jungkook nodded in agreement. “We take quite long to get ready.” Jimin said, waving goodbye to Taehyung as he entered his room. Jungkook knew they were going to take extra long so that they could impress two certain Daegu boys.

Taehyung turned back to the boy in his arms and was met with a pout. “Why the pout, baby?”

“I’m gonna miss you.” The younger said pressing closer, always closer.

Taehyung cooed and assured him they’d see each other in a few hours and that they could all hang out together after the gig. Satisfied, Jungkook tilted his head chin up in for a kiss. Taehyung obliged, cupping the maknae’s face in his large, warm hands to keep him right where he wanted him. Jungkook chased after his lips when Taehyung pulled away.

“My pretty baby.” Taehyung said, making Jungkook think of how they had spent the whole afternoon wrapped up with one another on the couch. Jungkook’s whole body flushed, both at the memory and at Taehyung’s words. Taehyung was really feeding his praise kink over here. The maknae leaned up and pressed one last kiss to his hyung’s lips before Taehyung stepped back and out the door.

“See ya later, little Jungkookie.” He said, eyes raking down Jungkook’s form. Jungkook realised he hadn’t had pants on the whole day as he’d been chilling in the hoodie and boxers he slipped on this morning.

“B-bye hyungie.” He stammered and almost got whiplash from the way Taehyung’s expression went from predatory to endeared in an instant. He flashed a boxy smile and walked out of their apartment building. Jungkook closed the door and leaned back against it, smiling to himself.

“Yah, Jungkook you’re just as lovesick as Taehyung. You guys are much worse than me.” Jimin said, carrying a towel as he headed to shower.

“So you admit you're crushing on Yoongi-hyung?” Jungkook said, pleased that he’d picked up on Jimin’s slip up. Not that he needed a reason to tease Jimin, the older boy was always so obvious when it came to his feelings. It’s one of the reasons the two boys understood each other so well; they each wore their hearts on their sleeves.

“Ugh Kookie, stop yourself.” Jimin called over his shoulder, locking himself in the bathroom before Jungkook could tease him some more. And if Jimin’s cheeks were flaming red at the thought of Yoongi, no one needed to know.

About an hour later Jungkook was sitting on the bathroom counter, swinging his legs as Jimin stood between them, applying soft pink eye shadow to the younger’s eyelids.

“Jiminie-hyung, it’s okay to like Yoongi-hyung, you know.” Jungkook said, watching as Jimin packed the eyeshadow away.

“I…I don’t know. I haven’t really had a crush on anyone in a really long time. It’s all just been casual hook-ups you know? I don’t know how to act around Yoongi.” Jimin confessed, running a hand through his hair.

“It’s okay hyung, really. I mean, Tae and I bonded really quickly too. And I’m not scared, I don’t believe Taehyung will ever hurt me intentionally.” Jungkook said, hating to see Jimin worried and unsure. Jimin hummed as he brought the strawberry red-tinted lip balm to Jungkook’s lips.

“Yeah but you are guys are really upfront with your feelings. You let yourselves be vulnerable with one another from the get-go.” Jimin mused. “Yoongi’s more closed off and careful. I think he only told me about his music because we were sharing a bottle of soju.”

“I don’t believe that,” Jungkook stated before he rubbed his lips together to even out the lip balm. “He wouldn’t have invited us tonight if he didn’t want you there.” He hopped off the counter, swapping places with Jimin. They’ve been doing each other’s make up for years – ever since they started experimenting with it back in high school. Jungkook preferred a soft, natural look and Jimin liked bold and eye-catching. Jungkook gently applied a shimmery violet shade of eye shadow to his hyung’s eyelids.

“I guess you’re right,” Jimin sighed, staying perfectly still as Jungkook began doing the wings of his eye liner. Jimin always complained that Jungkook got them perfectly even every time (without fail) when Jimin couldn’t do so by himself. Jungkook would just remind him that his skills benefited Jimin more than himself at the end of the day.

“I guess there’s just something special about Daegu boys huh.” Jimin sighed again, swoony in a way that made Jungkook giggle.

Something special indeed.


Be prepared for some jealous and possessive Tae in the next chapterrr
But super soft cos I'm weak hehe

Chapter 8: His baby


(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The gig was at a club called Oblivion. It was an open event so Jungkook and Jimin had no issues getting in. The two boys were almost opposites in their appearances. Jimin wore shiny black leather pants and a dark blue silk v-neck. Jimin’s pale skin seemed to glow in comparison to the dark colours. Jungkook, on the other hand, wore ripped white jeans just as tight as Jimin’s own pants, coupled with a fitted silver crop top ending just above his belly button. Below his belly button, the top of his fishnets was visible. Jungkook eyes stood out more as his pink eyeshadow contrasted against the subtle colours of his clothing. Both boys had long earrings dangling from their lobes, Jimin’s silver and Jungkook’s gold. In short, the two boys looked hot. The venue was spacious and the lights were dimmed to bring an intimate atmosphere. Taehyung had phoned Jungkook when the older had arrived and said to find him at one of the tall tables close to the bar, apparently that’s where the best view was. Jimin grabbed Jungkook’s hand so that they wouldn’t get separated and lead them to the bar to find Taehyung. It wasn’t easy to miss him, Taehyung stood out, even with his brown hair. He wore black skinny jeans with a slightly oversized black t-shirt tucked into them. His fingers were adorned with silver rings and his brown hair was slightly curled, parted over his forehead. Jungkook didn’t know if he wanted to stare at Taehyung’s long legs or exposed collarbones more. He didn’t even know he found collarbones sexy, but Kim Taehyung made everything sexy. Jungkook dropped Jimin’s hand and hurried over to the beautiful boy waiting for him. Taehyung’s eyes lit up when he saw him, before they visibly darkened as his gaze travelled down the length of Jungkook’s body. Taehyung stood up from the bar stool and pulled Jungkook to him as soon as he was within reach.

“Baby,” he said, his voice low and huskier than usual, “are you trying to kill me?”

Jungkook's brow furrowed in confusion as he looked at Taehyung. His breath caught as he felt Taehyung trace a finger along the waist band of his fishnets.

“Who allowed you to be so gorgeous, huh? Just look at you.” Taehyung’s words were making Jungkook overheat.

When Jungkook looked at him, Taehyung was running his gaze from Jungkook’s legs up to his face. A tanned hand came to tug on his earring. “I like these on you, baby.”

Jungkook couldn’t help the little whimper that escaped his lips. His ears were always a sensitive spot for him and Taehyung’s deep voice and sultry gaze were putting the poor maknae’s body into overdrive.

“Tae, can you not rile the poor kid up in public?” Jimin said. “Give him a break, Jungkookie looks like he’s going to burst into flames.”

Jungkook was both relieved and disappointed when Taehyung’s intense gaze turned into a fond one.

“I’m sorry baby, I can’t help it. You’re irresistible.” He said to the younger, bringing him closer for a sweet kiss.

He turned Jungkook around so that he was leant back against his hyung’s chest, facing the stage. He passed Jungkook a co*ke and pressed another kiss to his still overheated cheek. Jungkook leaned back so that Taehyung’s chin was rested on his shoulder.

“You don’t look too bad yourself,” Jungkook said, tone both playful and flirtatious. Taehyung laughed and nuzzled his nose against the other’s cheek.

“Yoongi’s on now, look!” Jimin said, jumping up from his seat in excitement. Jungkook was excited too, and immediately turned his attention towards the stage.

Yoongi’s presence completely dominated the sizable stage. Like Taehyung, he wore all black coupled with a leather jacket. Yoongi introduced him as Agust D and the crowd erupted in cheers and applause. Jungkook turned to Taehyung with his eyebrows raised.gratefully

“He’s really popular in the underground music scene.” Taehyung explained proudly. Jimin was just about swooning.

Yoongi performed two songs. One was called “Give it to Me”, and Jungkook was so awed by Yoongi’s rapping skills. Taehyung wasn’t exaggerating when he said Yoongi is amazing at what he does. The second one was a softer, almost unexpected side of the boy on stage. It was called “So Far Away” and Jungkook couldn’t help but feel his heart clench in empathy for the Yoongi’s hardships. The song ended and Jungkook whipped his head around when he heard a sniffle close by. His eyes softened as he saw Jimin dabbing at his eyes so his mascara wouldn’t run.

“Aigoo, Jiminie-hyungie come here.” Jungkook said to his hyung, grabbing his hand and pulling him into a hug. Taehyung kept one arm around Jungkook’s back and used the other to card through Jimin’s hair.

“I didn’t know you were so soft Jiminie.” Taehyung teased lightly to try and cheer Jimin up. It worked because Jimin scoffed at him before smiling at the two boys.

“Jimin-ah, are you okay?” Came a deep, concerned voice. Jimin stepped away from the group hug and blushed furiously as he faced Yoongi.

“Yeah, I’m just being silly .” Jimin said, daring to make eye contact with the rapper. “So Far Away was beautiful, Yoongi, but heartbreaking.”

Yoongi seemed surprised before his eyes softened. He pulled Jimin closer by his hand. “You cried because of my song?”

Jimin nodded and Yoongi was looking at him like he dropped straight down from heaven. When Yoongi pressed his forehead to Jimin’s, Jungkook turned around in Taehyung’s embrace to give them some privacy. Jungkook was surprised to see Taehyung’s eyes looking a bit glossy.

“Hyungie, are you crying?” He asked worriedly, cupping Taehyung’s cheeks in his hands. Taehyung smiled and kissed him.

“No baby. I’m just,” Taehyung took a deep breath in, “I’m just happy Yoongi finally has someone. I can tell he's been lonely and I’m glad he can find happiness like I have with you. I think Jimin can make him really happy.” Taehyung laughed at himself as his voice got choked up again.

Jungkook’s heart was going to burst with how much he adored this boy. He pressed kisses all over Taehyung’s face, cooing at him and coddling him for as long as Taehyung allowed. To be honest, Taehyung was enjoying it - even if he was embarrassed. Taehyung eventually pulled away from Jungkook's smothering affection, ending it by kissing the maknae so deliciously that Jungkook went pliant in the older’s arms. Taehyung will never get tired of that. He looked up and smirked.

“I think Yoongi and Jimin went somewhere more private.” Taehyung said, wiggling his eyebrows suggestively. Jungkook flushed but wasn’t surprised - Jimin wasn’t shy when it came to his physical needs. Jungkook on the other hand was still a blushing virgin. “Yoongi probably took him to the dressing room backstage to talk. He likes to take things slow.”

Jungkook raised an eyebrow. “Good luck to Yoongi. Jimin can be quite…persuasive when it comes to what he wants.”

Taehyung laughed. “Oh, I have no doubt.” He looked at Jungkook’s empty co*ke glass. “You want another co*ke, baby? Or do you want something else?”

“Hmm, can I get a Mojito please?” Jungkook asked, kissing Taehyung lightly just because he could.

“Of course,” Taehyung said against his lips, smiling slightly. He pulled back. “Don’t move, I’ll be right back.” He pecked Jungkook once more before sitting the maknae on his seat after he got up. Jungkook watched Taehyung go order at the bar before he turned his attention to the current performer. She was tall with curly hair, singing a jazz song that Jungkook was really enjoying.

“She’s really good, don’t you think?” Someone asked and Jungkook startled as he realised a guy had sat down at the table.

“Sorry, didn’t mean to scare you,” the boy laughed good naturedly. “My name’s Yugyeom.” He held out his hand and Jungkook shook it hesitantly. The boy didn’t seem threatening, his features boyishly attractive and expression friendly.

“Jungkook,” he replied, noting how Yugyeom held his hand for longer than necessary. “I’m just waiting for my boyfriend.” Jungkook said pointedly, removing his hand from Yugyeom’s grasp. Yugyeom just raised his eyebrows before he smirked. Jungkook wanted to wipe the smirk right off his face.

“And who might the lucky guy be?” He said.

“Me.” Jungkook jumped as Taehyung set the Mojito down forcefully on the table. He relaxed immediately as Taehyung circled his arms around him. “What’s it to you?” Taehyung directed the question to the boy across from them.

Yugyeom appraised him for a moment before turning to Jungkook, “Why don’t you come home with me, beautiful. I’ll show you a good time.”

Jungkook gave him a dirty look. “As if.”

He placed his hands on Taehyung’s arms to prevent him from doing anything stupid.

“What the f*ck is your deal, he’s taken asshole.” Taehyung’s voice was filled with authority. Even Jungkook’s spine straightened in response.

“My deal is that I want him, and I’ll take him over and over until he’s begging for more.” Yugyeom had the never to grab Jungkook's wrist.

Before Jungkook could react, Taehyung was on Yugyeom, grabbing him by the collar of his shirt and slamming him into a wall. Yugyeom just smiled tauntingly.

“He’s not a f*cking object.” Taehyung growled, face intimidatingly close to the other’s. “You’re a f*cking sleaze.”

Yugeom’s smile dropped and he shoved Taehyung backwards unexpectedly. Taehyung dodged the fist flying at nose, but not quickly enough as it slammed into his jaw.

“Motherf*cker.” Taehyung spat at him, about to punch him right back, before a body slammed into his.

“He hit you, hyungie he hit you. Hyungie,” Jungkook’s voice was frantic, tears spilling out of his eyes. Taehyung switched his focus immediately, his priority was always Jungkook.

“Baby, I’m okay. Shh shh, I’m okay love.” Taehyung cradled him close as the bouncers came in.

He expected to be thrown out, but the bouncers told him that Yugyeom was a regular instigator and was often causing fights at the club. They dragged Yugyeom out and Taehyung couldn’t help feeling smug. Jungkook sniffled and Taehyung’s smirk dropped.

“Baby, did I scare you? I’m so sorry, little one, you shouldn’t have had to see that. I couldn’t not do anything.” Taehyung lifted Jungkook’s chin to look in his eyes. “No one is allowed to speak to or treat you like that. Ever. Okay?”

Jungkook nodded and Taehyung wiped his tears away. “You didn’t scare me, Taehyungie. I was scared for you. That dipsh*t hit you.”

Jungkook was pouting so furiously and Taehyung couldn’t stop his fond smile from expanding, even though it hurt his jaw. He ran a hand through Jungkook’s hair as Jungkook inspected his jaw, looking over the spot where a bruise was likely to form. The two boys looked up as a Yoongi and Jimin approached them hurriedly, fingers intertwined. Jimin went straight to Jungkook, demanding what happened.

“Some asshole was hitting on me and punched Taehyungie.” Jungkook said, still very much upset. Jimin turned worried to angry real quick. Yoongi too.

“Don’t worry, they kicked him out.” Taehyung assured. “I’m okay, promise. Just pissed off.”

“Jiminie, he hit his jaw.” Jungkook complained, sounding so heartbreakingly sad.

Jimin immediately started inspecting his jaw along with the maknae, both boys fussing over the red skin. Yoongi just looked at Taehyung. You really okay? He asked the silent question with a quirked eyebrow. Taehyung nodded, rolling his eyes and Yoongi snickered. The two Daegu boys have dealt with much worse than a drunken punch to the jaw.

“You guys wanna head home? Tae could use some ice or a cold compress.” Yoongi suggested.

Jungkook agreed immediately and Jimin moved to Yoongi to intertwine their fingers again. Yoongi drove them home as Jungkook refused to be separated from Taehyung for more than a few centimeters. The maknae sat snuggled in Taehyung’s arms in the back seat, pressing kisses to his jaw every few moments. Taehyung smiled with every press of lips, nuzzling Jungkook’s hair to comfort the worrying boy. Jimin sat in front, his hand that was still holding Yoongi’s was placed on his own thigh. Jungkook relaxed quickly in the safe and calm atmosphere of the car and brought one of Taehyung’s hands to his lap so that he could play with his rings. They ended up going to Taehyung and Yoongi’s apartment as it was closer. Jungkook clung to Taehyung like a koala, Taehyung’s hands supporting the legs that wrapped around his waist. They entered the apartment and Taehyung sat Jungkook on the kitchen counter as he retrieved a frozen bag of peas from their freezer.

“Tae, why are those even in our freezer?” Yoongi chuckled. Him and Jimin were sitting at the kitchen table. Jungkook found it cute how they still hadn’t let each other’s hands go.

Taehyung huffed a laugh. “Jin-hyung brought them that one time, remember? Told us to cook ourselves proper food.” He rolled his eyes fondly at the thought of his brother.

Jungkook grabbed his wrist before he could lift the peas to his jaw, drawing him to stand between his legs. Jungkook took the makeshift cold compress and placed it on his hyung’s jaw, placing his other hand on Taehyung’s shoulder. Taehyung dropped his hands to run comfortingly along the younger’s thighs, just watching him as Jungkook focused his concerned gaze on the task at hand.

“Baby, stop frowning so hard. I said I’m okay, didn’t I?” Taehyung said gently. Jungkook wrapped his hand around Taehyung’s neck to bring him closer.

“Let me take care of you, Tae.” Jungkook said. Taehyung pressed their lips together in a chaste kiss.

Taehyung moved them to sit at the table with Yoongi and Jimin. Jungkook sat sideways in his lap, still holding up the peas to his jaw. The four boys spoke about Yoongi’s performance and Jimin squealed and pinched Yoongi’s cheeks when he tried to hide his blush at their praise. Jungkook put the peas on the table when they started defrosting and ran his fingers along Taehyung’s jaw, pleased to find the swelling had gone down completely.

Jimin yawned and placed his head on Yoongi’s shoulder. Yoongi looked pleased with the gesture. “You wanna go to bed, Jimin-ah? I don’t mind taking the couch.”

Jimin looked almost offended. “Wanna share with you.” Jimin said, eyes half open. He always was more direct when he was sleepy. Yoongi looked enamoured.

“Okay, angel.” He said, taking Jimin’s hand and pulling him up from his seat. Jimin shuffled over to kiss Taehyung and Jungkook on the cheek as he said goodnight. Yoongi gave him a piggy back ride to his room, to which Jimin giggled sleepily.

Jungkook snuggled into Taehyung’s neck, enjoying the silence.

“Bedtime?” Taehyung whispered against his temple.

Jungkook nodded. He latched onto his hyung in a koala hug and kissed his cheek repeatedly as Taehyung carried him to his room. Taehyung gave him clothes to change into before he went to find a new toothbrush in their bathroom cabinet. Jungkook stood beside Taehyung as they brushed their teeth, giggling as they made silly faces at each other in the mirror. Taehyung walked out after pressing a kiss to Jungkook’s head, telling him not to take too long so that they could cuddle quicker. Jungkook washed off his make up and changed his clothes. He put on the oversized t-shirt Taehyung gave him, foregoing the pants. He never liked sleeping in pants. He came out the bathroom and was met with the sight of Taehyung sitting up in his bed, all soft and cuddly looking. The softness in Taehyung's gaze morphed into something darker as he appraised Jungkook in his shirt.

“Come here, baby.”

Jungkook didn’t hesitate for a second, hopping onto the bed and crawling over to straddle his hyung. Taehyung ran his hands under the T-shirt and up along Jungkook’s back, skin to skin. Jungkook shivered.

“You’re mine, little one. My baby, yeah?” Taehyung crooned softy. Jungkook nodded and leaned into his hyung’s touch.

“Only want you,” he said, looking at Taehyung from lowered eyelashes. Taehyung hummed in approval, leaning forward to kiss along Jungkook’s sensitive neck.

“My little Jungkookie,” Taehyung murmured before sucking a mark right next to Jungkook’s adam’s apple; a spot he wouldn’t be able to cover up, even with a high collared shirt. Jungkook moaned at the feeling, leaning all his weight forward onto Taehyung’s body.

“Yours.” Jungkook gasped, hips starting to rock against Taehyung’s.

Taehyung pulled back from his neck, trailing slow kisses up to his lips. He kissed him, running his hands soothingly up and down Jungkook’s back as he tried to calm the maknae down. Jungkook’s body was just so sensitive, he couldn’t allow himself to get carried away. As much as he wanted Jungkook, he wanted to take it slow for both their sakes. He soothed the younger and began swaying them gently side to side, their kisses slowing down into a sweeter, softer pace.

“I’m yours,” Jungkook repeated against his lips. “I’m yours and you’re mine.”

Taehyung pulled back and looked at the beautiful boy in his lap. “That’s right, baby. You have all of me.”


I actually really love Yugyeom IRL, I just chose him cos he’s hot and friends with JK in real life lol

Chapter 9: His warmth


2k words of Taekook cuddling


I think this is the softest thing I’ve ever written

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The sound of a phone vibrating woke Taehyung up. He gently removed his arms from around the other sleeping boy so that he could turn around and check his phone. Now laying on his side, Taehyung squinted at the brightness of his screen. He saw that it was just after 10am and Jimin had texted him.

From: Jiminie
Morning Tae Tae (✿◠‿◠)
You and Kookie wanna join us for breakfast?
We’re going to the cafe around the corner in about half an hour.

Taehyung was reading the message when he felt an arm snake it’s way around his waist and Jungkook’s forehead settle in the nape of his neck. Taehyung caressed Jungkook’s hand that laid on his tummy and used his other hand to respond to Jimin.

To: Jiminie
Morning :)
Nah, it’s gonna take Jungkook a
while before he’ll want to get up.
Do you mind bringing something back for us?
I’ll pay you when you get back

From: Jiminie
Don’t be ridiculous Tae, it’s on me x
How’s your jaw btw? Need some painkillers ?

To: Jiminie
Feels a bit stiff but not painful.
I’ll see how it feels later.
Thanks Jiminie

From: Jiminie
pleasure uwu

Taehyung was about to put his phone back on the nightstand when he got another message.

From: Jiminie
You’re totally gonna go all Soft Mode on Kookie
cos he’s sleepy and clingy, aren’t you?
You’re probs gonna be a total creep and watch him sleep ( ͡° ͜ʖ ͡°)

To: Jiminie
Oh so we’re gonna pretend you didn’t
do the exact same to Yoongi this morning?

From Jiminie:
…..shut up

To: Jiminie
Thought so hehe.
Also, how did you get Yoongi to wake
up so early on a Sunday?
Hyung sleeps like a rock.

From Jiminie:
( ͡° ͜ʖ ͡°).

To Jiminie:
Ya nasty.

Taehyung snorted at Jimin’s coyness before he stretched to put his phone on the nightstand. His movement jostled the boy snuggling into his back and he heard an adorable sound of protest from the sleeping boy. Taehyung turned around and Jungkook quietened down once he was tucked into Taehyung’s chest. Taehyung was laying so close to the other that their noses brushed. One of Taehyung’s arms was slung across Jungkook’s waist, his hand running up and down the boy’s back. Jungkook’s hands curled themselves into Taehyung’s shirt as he slid a leg through Taehyung’s own. The younger’s breathing evened out as he fell back into a deep slumber. Taehyung was oddly mesmerised by the flutter of Jungkook’s eyelashes once he started to dream. Taehyung decided not to let Jimin know how accurate his accusation was - Taehyung was gonna watch Jungkook sleep and he was definitely in Soft Mode. He ran a hand though the maknae’s messy locks and smiled gently when the younger leaned into his touch. He went back to stroking Jungkook’s back and the younger sighed in content, trying to get closer to Taehyung in his sleep. This went on for a while and Taehyung found himself dozing off again. He tried to think of a time when he felt this warm, safe and untroubled. He couldn’t.

Jungkook felt unusually warm as he started to wake up, but pleasantly so. He snuggled closer and felt the warmth engulf him even more. He blinked his eyes open and was hit with a wave of love as he took in his hyung's peaceful face. Taehyung’s eyes opened as he felt Jungkook’s gaze and his lips immediately stretched into a lazy smile.

“Hi,” Jungkook whispered, soft and sleep-dazed.

“Morning baby,” Taehyung whispered just as softly, gracing Jungkook’s forehead with one, two then three kisses. Jungkook closed his eyes and breathed in the warmth and safety. He opened his eyes to find Taehyung gazing at him intently. The sleepy boy couldn’t handle Taehyung’s gaze so early in the morning and burrowed his face into Taehyung’s neck. Taehyung turned onto his back, bringing the younger to lay half on top of him, legs still intertwined. Jungkook could almost fall back asleep, he felt so warm and tranquil. Taehyung ran one hand though the hair above Jungkook’s nape and his other drew circles against the small of the maknae’s back. Jungkook layed completely still, just feeling Taehyung’s heartbeat sync up with his own against their aligned chests. Jungkook knew his heart was no longer his own. He gave it Taehyung after their first kiss.

“I think our hearts are twins, hyungie .” His voice was still so soft, not daring to break the tender atmosphere surrounding them.

“Hmm?” Taehyung enquired, prompting the younger to elaborate.

“I think our hearts are connected. Even though our hearts have been apart up until now, when we met it was like they knew they belonged together. Like twins who’ve been separated at birth but then find one another years later without even knowing they were searching, you know?” the boy rambled, sweet and honest.

Jungkook was sleep-induced enough to have lost his brain to mouth filter, so he didn’t consider the depth of his words. Taehyung, on the other hand, was shocked wide awake. He wondered, not for the first time, what he did to deserve the angel that is Jeon Jungkook. He was glad that Jungkook was still tucked into his neck, Taehyung wasn’t sure what emotion his own eyes were displaying and the intensity of his feelings kind of scared him.

“You think so?” Taehyung asked, desperately trying to hide how in love he was with the boy in his arms.

Jungkook pulled back a bit so that his head was rested on Taehyung’s shoulder. He traced a heart with his finger over Taehyung’s chest, right where his own heart had been resting moments ago.

“Hm mm.” The maknae acknowledged. “It explains why my heart always speeds up when you’re near. It’s like it’s trying to get enough momentum to jump out of my chest and into yours.”

Taehyung was f*cked. Jungkook was quickly becoming the focal point of his whole world, everything else just revolving around him. Taehyung watched the younger’s eyelashes flutter in slow blinks, still trying to combat the heaviness of sleep. His heart ached at the boy’s beauty - all of it, inside and out. All of him was beautiful.

“When did you turn into such a poet, baby?” Taehyung asked, wanting to sound lighthearted and teasing but his voice was thick with emotion.

Jungkook’s eyes peeked up at him from below long lashes, becoming more alert as he saw whatever struggles Taehyung was going through in his head. Jungkook smiled softly, reassuringly, like he knew. He knew this level of intimacy and honesty was terrifying to Taehyung. He knew that Taehyung had a bad experience when it came to love and that he was afraid to get hurt again. Jungkook knew and he understood. The younger leaned up and pressed his lips to Taehyung’s own, allowing the brunette’s mind to calm down and his heart to be freed from an imaginary vice-like grip. Jungkook pressed closed mouth kisses to his hyung’s lips, each imprinting a message into Taehyung’s nerve endings. I’m here, one said. I’ve got you, said the next. I won’t hurt you, another.

Taehyung opened his eyes when he felt Jungkook move back to look at him. He marveled at the stars he saw in the younger’s eyes. The black-haired boy held the whole universe inside of him.

“You’re a wonder, Jeon Jungkook.” He said, tracing Jungkook’s bottom lip with the pad of his thumb. Jungkook blushed a pretty pink and tilted his chin up, his way of asking for a kiss. Taehyung granted it, he would always grant Jungkook what he asked for. Taehyung moved forward until Jungkook was pinned under him, laying docile and willing as his hyung kissed him. Taehyung tilted his head to place little kisses along Jungkook’s jaw.

“You hungry, baby? Jimin and Yoongi went out for breakfast and they said they’d bring something back for us, they should be back by now.”

Jungkook just shook his head no, wrapping his arms around Taehyung’s neck. “Wanna stay here for a while.” He said, staring up at Taehyung with starry eyes.

“Okay,” Taehyung whispers, connecting their lips once more. There was nothing urgent or demanding about their kisses, every touch of lips and hands was slow and comforting. They offered each other peace and warmth. Jungkook gasped lightly when Taehyung licked across his bottom lip, toes curling when their tongues met. Jungkook was grateful that Taehyung was controlling the pace, otherwise Jungkook would surely lose his mind. He relaxed into the kiss, body feeling soft and small under Taehyung’s own caging him in. Taehyung pulled back and Jungkook was a mess of rosy cheeks, unkempt hair and wet lips.

“You’re the most beautiful person I’ve ever seen.” Taehyung’s voice was so deep and sincere and Jungkook felt his cheeks burn. “I’m being serious, little one. Everything about you drives me crazy. My beautiful baby boy, aren’t you?”

Jungkook was positively squirming at Taehyung’s words.”Hyungie,” it came out as a whine. He nuzzled his nose into Taehyung’s cheek, willing his heart to calm down.

“Aigoo, I’ll let you breathe baby.” Taehyung chuckled. He cupped the back of Jungkook’s head and guided him to lay against the pillow so that they could see one another properly. “I never meant to overwhelm you. I just get so caught up with you, I can’t help myself. I know how dominating I can be, so you need to tell me when to back off okay?” He said, kissing Jungkook’s awfully cute nose.

Jungkook blinked up at the other. “I always want you close Taehyungie,” he carded a hand through Taehyung’s hair. “and I’ll always be overwhelmed by you because that’s what you do to me. It’s like, the law of nature or something.”

Taehyung smiled at him, so genuine and open and Jungkook was a bit dazzled. “In that case, good. Cause I like making you a little desperate.” Jungkook flushed and hid his face. “You overwhelm me too, little one, in the best way.”

Jungkook popped up from his hiding place in Taehyung’s neck and kissed his hyung with all he had. They rolled over and Jungkook straddled the older, hands grabbing one another’s hair and tongues trying to taste as much as possible. When Jungkook pulled back, they were both panting and holding each other tightly. Their foreheads pressed together and Taehyung smirked.

“You’re a little vixen, aren’t you? Here to tempt me into sin.” Taehyung murmured teasingly, his hands massaging the grooves of toned muscle in Jungkook’s back.

“Nuh uh,” Jungkook breathed, body relaxing under Taehyung’s ministrations. He flopped down to snuggle into the warmth holding him, body worked up but in a lazy type of way. Jungkook just wanted to feel Taehyung's body against his own, to touch his warm skin and love him. Taehyung continued his gentle touch, pressing kisses onto his boy’s head. He smiled when Jungkook tilted his head so that Taehyung’s lips were pressed to his forehead, skin on skin. He felt their hearts sync up once again, they probably always would.

“The things you do to me, little Jungkookie…” Taehyung murmured to no one in particular. Jungkook took ahold of the older’s wrist, bringing it to his lips and kissing his love into Taehyung’s veins.


Will post another chapter tomorrow x

Chapter 10: His secret (1/2)


Taekook’s first fight :(


So sorry this is late ! My WiFi was bugging the whole weekend x

LIGHT ANGST AHEAD, It passes quickly though, don’t worry

Chapter Text

"Hyungie, Iwanna stay.” Jungkook was giving Taehyung his best puppy eyes and pout. It was now Sunday evening and Jimin had texted Jungkook, asking when he would be coming home. Yoongi had dropped Jimin off in the afternoon and was now at the studio.

“Baby, we’vebeen togetherfor three days, you don’t have any fresh clothes for class tomorrow.” Taehyung countered, trying his best to soothe the boy who had climbed into his lap with pleading eyes.

”Three days isn’t enough time, hyungie.” Jungkook was adament in staying. He briefly wondered if Taehyung was getting sick of him. The thought left his mind as soon as it entered. Taehyung had made it clear how much he adored being with Jungkook.

”We’ll have to get up earlier togetyou back home before class.” Taehyung sighed.

”Hyungie, please please please.” Jungkook was relentless, now resorting to pressing pleading kisses along Taehyung’s jaw. “I’ll be good, please.”

Jungkook didn’t bother hiding his triumphant smile when Taehyung sighed in defeat and caught Jungkook’s lips in a kiss. Taehyung pulled back from the kiss with a loud lip-smacking sound.

“I think I’m spoiling you too much, little one.” Taehyung said, looking down his nose at the boy straddling him. Jungkook smiled his bunny smile at his hyung. “God, you’re so cute baby.”

The maknae squealed as Taehyung tickled the younger’s neck with countless kisses. They were currently on the couch, having watched three seasons of Skam (the original, it’s the best.) Jungkook was just staring at his hyung with sickening sweetness pooling in his eyes, not noticing the cooling temperature as it got later into the night.

”Baby, you’ve got goosebumps.” Taehyung tutted, grabbing the fluffy blanket thrown over the back of the couch and wrapping it around Jungkook’s shoulders. Jungkook leaned forward and brushed his nose against the older’s as thanks. He giggled when his nose received a kiss.

“Taehyungie,” Jungkook started, suddenly shy as he watched his fingers fiddle with the buttons on Taehyung’s shirt.

”Yes, baby?” Taehyung began rubbing his hands up and down the boy’s back, wondering why he was so nervous.

“You know how Yoongi is going back to Daegu for a few days in the holiday?”

”Yes?” Taehyung confirmed, gently prompting the younger.

”And you know how he invited Jimin to come along?” Jungkook asked, still avoiding Taehyung’s eyes.

”Hmm.” Taehyung was now running one hand through Jungkook’s hair.

”Well, I was thinking and...” the maknae trailed off, biting his lip. Taehyung brought his hand down from Jungkook’s hair to gently cup his jaw, tilting the boy’s head up so that he could smile at the younger reassuringly. “I was thinking that maybe we could go with them...to Daegu. It’ll be fun, right?” Jungkook asked, face hopeful and nervous.

Taehyung froze. “Jungkookie...I don’t know if that’s the best idea.”

Naturally, Jungkook’s eyebrows furrowed in confusion. “Why not?” His voice was no longer nervous, but rather curious.

Taehyung hesitated, not wanting to offend Jungkook. “I’m just not comfortable with it.”

“Not comfortable?” Jungkook was confused. “What? It’s not like I’m expecting to meet you family or anyth-“

”You are definitely not meeting my family.” Taehyung cut him off, voice hard and eyes narrowing.

Jungkook froze. “Why are you being so defensive?“ he demanded, moving off of Taehyung’s lap to sit next to him.

Taehyung ran his hands through his own hair in frustration. “I just don’t want you guys to meet, okay?”

Jungkook felt like a rock was dropped into his stomach, having never been on the receiving end of Taehyung’s anger and frustration. “Are you ashamed of me?” The maknae uttered quietly, yet it was loud in the silent room.

Taehyung whipped his head to look at the younger, eyes softening momentarily. “Baby, no, never. I’m not ashamed of you, okay? I could never be, believe me when I say that.” Taehyung grasped Jungkook’s hands in his own, eyes boring into the maknae’s so that he could see his sincerity.

”I believe you.” Jungkook said, because he did. Taehyung’s shoulders relaxed a bit. “I just don’t understand why this is such a big deal. What aren’t you telling me?”

Taehyung let go of his hands and Jungkook suddenly felt freezing, despite the blanket wrapped around him. “Jungkook, please just drop it.” He sounded exhausted.

”Drop what, Taehyung? What are you hiding? I tell you everything and you don’t-“

”Jungkook, can you stop being so goddamn pushy?” Taehyung’s voice was hard, his raised voice grating on Jungkook’s ears. Immediately, all of Jungkook’s insecurities came rushing up. How he’s been told how he's too clingy and demanding, exhausting all his previous partners into breaking up with him and scaring off love interests. Jungkook swallowed, willing the tears not to surface in his eyes. He didn’t dare look at Taehyung. He slowly removed the blanket from his shoulders and put his shoes that were laying underneath the coffee table back on. The tension in the air was thick, none of them speaking.

”Baby I didn’t mean-“

”Can you take me home, please? I could call an Uber but I don’t like taking those at this time.” Jungkook’s voice was so so small, Taehyung’s heart was aching horribly.

”Baby, I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to raise my voice, I was just upset.” Taehyung came to kneel in front of him, reaching his hands out to cup Jungkook’s cheeks but the younger leaned back out of his touch. Taehyung froze -thatstung.“Baby? You don’t have to go.” Taehyung tried to catch Jungkook’s gaze but the younger stared at his own hands. To be honest, Taehyung didn’t understand why Jungkook was so upset by his words. By the way the boy was withdrawing from him, Taehyung knew he said something that struck a chord, but he didn’t know what.

”I just wanna go home. Please.” Jungkook said. When his shoulders started drawing inwards to make himself smaller, Taehyung gave up. He didn’t want to make Jungkook more upset or uncomfortable.

”Okay, baby. Let me just fetch the keys.” Taehyung made his voice as gentle as possible, wary of the glossiness of his baby’s eyes. He was the world’s biggest asshole.

Jungkook waited by the door as Taehyung fetched the keys and put his shoes on. The two boys walked to the car in a tense silence, followed by an even more tense car ride. Taehyung attempted to apologize but Jungkook just said it was fine. The younger didn’t want to argue and upset Taehyung more. Taehyung walked him to his door, even though Jungkook said it was fine, and caught his wrist before he entered.

”Call me when you’re ready, okay?” Still, Jungkook refused to meet his gaze, knowing that he’d probably start crying and Taehyung didn’t need to see that. He would feel obligated to comfort Jungkook and that was unfair. Jungkook knew he was in the wrong, he knew he was clingy and “pushy.” Jungkook just nodded in response to Taehyung and whispered a goodbye before he left a confused Taehyung in the hallway. Jungkook was already crying before he entered Jimin’s room to snuggle up to his hyung’s back. Luckily Jimin was awake, laying on his side and scrolling through a webtoon on his phone.

“Honey,” Jimin said, immediately turning around so that Jungkook’s head was rested on his chest. “Kookie, what happened?”

”I’m being stupid, that’s what.” Jungkook said, voice thick and nose clogged.

“Is it Tae?” Jimin asked gently, one hand playing with Jungkook’s hair. At the mention of Taehyung, Jungkook sobbed and pressed closer to Jimin.

”Hyung he’s gonna leave me,” he choked out, “he’s g-gonna l-leave me c-cause I’m annoying a-and clingy.”

“Honey, Taehyung would never. You’re none of those things Kookie and if he called you that then he doesn’t deserve you.” Jimin winced as Jungkook wiped his eyes and nose on his sleepshirt. He sighed but let the younger be.

Jungkook just shook his head and started to relax when Jimin started humming a song they used to play on repeat during their high school years, whenever one of them felt down or lonely.They drifted off to sleep and Jimin woke up to a dejected Jungkook staring at his phone.

“Morning, Kookie.” Jimin said, reaching over to smooth down the younger’s bed head. Jungkook mumbled a greeting in response.

“Anything from Tae?” Jimin asked softly, mindful of Jungkook’s fragile state.

”No, he said I shouldcall when I’m ready.” Jungkook sighed.

“Kookie, what exactly went down last night?”

Jungkook explained the argument they had and told Jimin how he wasn’t only upset that Taehyung was hiding something from him - cos that hurt - but also because he felt like he was being a burden to Taehyung.

”Kookie,” Jimin sighed, using his Hyung Voice, “I totally understand why you’re upset that he called you pushy. But I don’t think he meant you’re “too clingy” or “attention-seeking”, as you put it. I think the topic of his family might be a sensitive one for him, and he already told you he’s not ashamed of you. There must be something else troubling him.”

Jungkook sighed, thinking that maybe Jimin was right. The maknae has a tendency to take things very personally, even if words were just splurged out in the heat of the moment. Jimin and Jungkook have had their fair share of arguments because of this, sometimes having gone days without talking to one another - Jimin too stubborn and Jungkook too weak in the face of conflict.

“You should speak to him today, Kookie. Maybe call him tonight? The way I know Tae, he’s probablybeating himself up over this. The boy adores you.”

Jungkook’s heart hurt even more, not completely believing Jimin’s words. He nodded though, because he knew he owed Taehyung an apology for pressing of a touchy subject. The boys got ready for school and parted ways with a hug and a playful pinchto the cheek from Jimin. Jungkook distracted himself with classes and spending his break doing some studying in the library. By the time he entered his dorm again, his mind was focusing on Taehyung and Taehyung only. He dialed Taehyung’s number and after many rings he was sent to voicemail. That’s weird, he dialed again and the same thing happened.

To Hyungie 💜:

Hi Taehyungie, I’m ready to speak now? You didn’t answer my calls so I think you’re busy. Call me when you get this x

Jungkook sent the message and decided to take a shower, he didn’t need to stress himself out over this. Taehyung was probably doing an assignment or something. Jungkook tried (and failed) to not obsessively check his phone the whole evening. He watched a movie with Jimin and they even ordered Take-out, a treat from Jimin. Jungkook slept in his own bed that night, wanting to mope over Taehyung in peace. When Taehyung still hadn’t contacted him by morning, Jungkook was sure he was going to be single. This was Taehyung’s way of weaning Jungkook off of him. Jungkook tried not to burst into tears on his way to class. The day went by in a blur, all Jungkook could focus on was how he f*cked up something so beautiful he had with Taehyung. Taehyung was perfect and Jungkook lost him. Jungkook hated this feeling. Hated feeling...unwanted. By the third day Jungkook was convinced Taehyung was never speaking to him again. Call him dramatic, but that’s how these types of things worked in his previous relationships. People would just ghost him before they could become a serious couple.

He was on his way home when his phone buzzed.

From Hyungie💜 :

Baby, I’m waiting in your room...Jimin let me in after I explained everything

I can leave if you want? Whatever you need, baby, just let me know. ❤️

Jungkook stopped walking as he read the message, heart already accelerating. He broke into a sprint, only a few minutes away from his dorm, and slammed into his home. He raced to his bedroom door and flung it open. True to his word, Taehyung was in his room, sitting on his bed with his head in his hands. The brunette looked up when he heard Jungkook’s door open, features changing into relief at the sight of the younger. Jungkook didn’t move towards him, afraid Taehyung might not want to be close to him right now. Taehyung seemed to see his struggle and he suddenly looked pained.

”Baby,” he pleaded. “Come here.”

A sound akin to a sob escaped the younger as he threw himself onto Taehyung’s lap and wrapped his limbs around him. The maknae tucked his head into Taehyung’s neck, clinging tightly as Taehyung nuzzled his face into fluffy black hair, squeezing his boy close.

“f*ck, I missed you. Baby, I was such an idiot, I overreacted and you didn’t deserve to be spoken to like that. sh*t, baby. You deserve so much better.” Taehyung sounded so desperate, Jungkook was shocked that Taehyung was apologizing. The maknae pulled back so that their foreheads were resting together.

“So you’re not breaking up with me?” Jungkook asked, watery eyes hopeful and vulnerable.

Taehyung couldn’t believe it. He cupped Jungkook’s face in his hands, pushing him away a few centimeters so that he could look into his eyes.

“Baby,” he whispered, voice cracking, “never. You thought I wanted to break up with you?”

Jungkook looked down. “S’just...well you didn’t answer my calls or respond to my text for a few days and I...” He took a deep breath in, embarrassed at the way his voice broke. “I just thought you got sick of me bugging you.”

“Baby, look at me,” Taehyung's voice was so pleading that Jungkook looked up at him in shock, “I will never get tired of you, baby. Never ever. You’re perfect and I’m the one that overreacted. I was at Seokjin’s for the past two days and I left my phone at home accidentally. I didn’t fetch it 'cause I wasn’t expecting you to call so soon.” At this, Jungkook dropped his gaze again and Taehyung frowned. “Baby, what is it?”

When Jungkook’s eyes welled up with tears Taehyung became almost frantic. Putting their foreheads together, he wrapped his arms around the boy in his lap, pulling him closer.

”Was I wrong to call so soon?” Again, voice soft and small.

”Baby, no. I was so happy when I got your text and saw your missed calls, I came straight here. I’ve been here for the past three hours, waiting to text you when you finished class. I was an idiot for assuming you’d need more time. It’s just ... in my past relationships, they would usually hold grudges for a good while. I’m sorry for assuming you were like that.”

Jungkook was visibly relieved, moving his head to rest on Taehyung’s shoulder. Taehyung ran a heavy hand down the younger's tense back. “Baby, what is this really about?” Jungkook kept quiet, nuzzling into Taehyung’s neck. "Speak to me, little one, please.” At the nickname and Taehyung’s pleading, Jungkook relented. He refused to come out of his hiding space though, far too embarrassed by his emotions.

”I’m scared of being too clingy.” He whispered, ironically tightening his hold on the back of Taehyung’s t-shirt.

”Too clingy? Where is this coming from, baby?” Taehyung asked, tightening his arms around Jungkook.

”In my past relationships...I’ve never been in a serious relationship because they always said I’m too clingy and demanding. And, w-when you said I was p-pushy, I knew I crossed a line.” Jungkook began to stutter as his tears started to fall.

Taehyung made a pained sound as he pulled Jungkook from his neck, kissing the younger’s tears away. “Jungkookie, I want you to listen to me, okay?” Jungkook nodded tearfully. “You are the best thing that has ever happened to me and could never, ever be too clingy or demanding. I love when you want me close because I want you even closer. I love how you know what you want and know to ask for it. I admit that I was upset because I really didn’t want to speak about my family and you didn’t respect that, but I also admit that I reacted in the wrong way. I shouldn’t have spoken to you the way that I did, that was uncalled for. Baby, don’t think I don’t want you. f*ck, I want you more than I probably should. I just...” Taehyung’s voice cracked before he pressed a desperate kiss to Jungkook’s forehead. He pulled back and stared into doe eyes. “I love you, my little Jungkookie. So f*cking much.”

Jungkook didn’t move, didn’t dare breathe. Taehyung loves him? Him? Taehyung?

Oh my god. Taehyung loves him. His Taehyungie just told him he loves him.

”Hyungie,” Jungkook whined pitifully as his face scrunched up and his vision blurred. He hid in his face in his hyung’s neck as he wrapped his arms around Taehyung’s neck.

”Baby? sh*t, should I not have said that?” Taehyung was clearly panicking, squeezing his baby tightly and rocking them side to side. “Baby, please stop crying, you’re breaking my heart.”

Jungkook pulled back and pressed a messy, uncoordinated kiss to his hyung’s lips. “I love you too, Hyungie.”

Taehyung wiped Jungkook’s cheeks with his thumbs. “Then why are you crying, little one?”

At the term of endearment, Jungkook’s face scrunched up again and he pouted. “I’m just so happy hyungie. I love you so much," the boy all but wailed.

”Aigoo, my baby. Why are you so precious, hm?” Taehyung teased, eyes impossibly soft as he couldn’t hide the adoration - the love - he had for the younger.

Taehyung pressed kisses along Jungkook’s face as he started to calm down, tears ceasing, breathing becoming less erratic. It wasn’t long before he was chasing Taehyung’s lips, trying to get closer to his hyung. Taehyung indulged him, making sure the kiss didn’t get too heated. Jungkook would be too overwhelmed in his sensitive state. Jungkook started getting fussy when his hyung wouldn’t deepen the kiss, so Taehyung resorted to his favourite tactic - pressing little pecks to Junkook’s lips until he was putty in his hands. It worked every time and Taehyung loved it. At one point he had asked Jungkook why he was especially weak when he did that and Jungkook said it was because it made him feel adored. Taehyung had responded with little pecks.

”Baby,” Taehyung whispered, staring into Jungkook’s sparkling eyes. “Are we okay now? Do you forgive me?”

Jungkook nodded immediately, connecting their lips yet again. This time, Jungkook pulled away first.

“I love you, hyungie.”

ToTaehyung, lookinginto the maknae’seyes felt like star-gazing.

“f*ck, I love the sound of that.” Taehyung almost groaned, kissing Jungkook more urgently before he pulled back. “I love you, little Jungkookie.”

Jungkook blushed a deep red and totally understood Taehyung’s reaction to the words. Hearing Taehyung say he loves him, now that the shock was gone, made him feel needy in a different way. For what, he wasn’t sure, but he wanted Taehyung. He loved Taehyung.

Chapter 11: His secret (2/2)


Taehyung finally tells Jungkook about the Daegu situation


(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

A spicy aroma filled the kitchen as Jungkook made ramen for dinner. He was currently making two pots, one spicy for himself and Jimin and one mild for Taehyung - his pallet was sensitive and Jungkook found that ridiculously cute. Jungkook was half listening to Taehyung speak to Yoongi over the phone about the trip and half in his own world. He couldn't help but be a bit put out that Taehyung didn't want to go to Daegu, it would have been fun. But more than that, Jungkook was still a bit upset that Taehyung wouldn't tell him the reason why that is. Did Taehyung not trust him? Of course, Jungkook knew it was Taehyung's personal business and he didn't owe it to the maknae to tell him, it was just disheartening because Jungkook told Taehyung almost everything about himself.

"What's on your mind, baby?" Taehyung's voice brought Jungkook out of his thoughts. The younger turned around from his position at the stove and saw Taehyung looking at him from his seat at the kitchen table.

"It's nothing," he smiled reassuringly at his hyung, not wanting to bring up the topic. Jungkook turned around and stirred the pots of noodle some more. He knew Taehyung still felt guilty and Jungkook did too, so he didn't want to make either of them upset. He felt the warmth of Taehyung's body press against his back and his chin settle on the maknae's shoulder.

"You sure? You can tell me anything, little one."

Jungkook relaxed into Taehyung's embrace as arms snaked around his waist and gave a gentle squeeze. He couldn't help but contemplate the irony of Taehyung's statement. Why could Jungkook tell Taehyung anything but Taehyung didn't feel he could tell Jungkook anything? Was he over thinking this? Or did Taehyung just not trust him as much as he thought?

"Hey, hey, baby. I can feel you tensing up." Taehyung turned Jungkook around, reached around him to turn off the stove and then cupped the younger's cheeks in his pretty hands. Jungkook bit his lip when Taehyung raised his eyebrow expectantly, silently asking him what was wrong. Taehyung's eyes caught on the movement and kissed him gently so that Jungkook released his bottom lip from his teeth.

"I was just thinking about Daegu and..." Jungkook's voice was uncertain, " how you don't want to go. Also about why that is. And also about how you're not obligated to tell me but it kind of feels like you don't trust me and that hurts a bit because I tell you everything. And also about how I'm probably overthinking this and am being dramatic."

Taehyung let Jungkook finish his rambling, eyebrows pulled together in a frown as he listened carefully to Jungkook's words. When Jungkook finished, snapping his mouth shut as he worried he'd said too much, Taehyung just stared at him. Jungkook relaxed a bit as Taehyung stroked the younger's cheeks with his thumbs but he knew it was more of a subconscious act than anything.

"You're right." Taehyung said, voice sure and gaze serious. Jungkook blinked.

"That I'm overthinking? Ugh I knew I -" Taehyung cut Jungkook off with a kiss.

"You're right that it's unfair that I haven't told you." Taehyung clarified. Oh. "How about we eat while the ramen is still warm, yeah? We can speak after." Taehyung was speaking softly, but with resolve. Jungkook looked at him carefully, trying to see if he was uncomfortable or felt pressured. Taehyung reassured him with a slow, comforting kiss. Jungkook leaned forward to peck him one last time before Taehyung could move too far away, causing the older boy to smile. Jungkook really loved him. Jungkook told him just that and Taehyung's answering smile was ten times brighter than his previous one.

"I love you too, my baby." Taehyung surged forward for another kiss and Jungkook surrendered to it. Taehyung had just met Jungkook's tongue with his own when they were interrupted.

"Can you guys save that for the bedroom? This is a sacred space." Jimin said as he moved to the stove to dish his ramen.

"Why are you always co*ckblocking me though?" Taehyung teased Jimin, wrapping his arms around Jungkook as the younger snuggled into him. He turned his attention to Jungkook. "Sit down baby, I'll bring the food." His voice was talking in that soft, sweet way and Jungkook loved it. He quickly sat down when Jimin told him that his blush was going to become permanent given how much Taehyung triggers it. Taehyung laughed and kissed Jungkook's forehead before grabbing two bowls from the cupboard. The three boys sat at the kitchen table and ate their noodles, using the cute We Bare Bears chopsticks Jungkook bought online. They joked around as they ate, spoke about what animes they're watching and also made plans to watch Yoongi's next gig in a couple of weeks. Jimin didn't bring up the trip because he didn't know if Jungkook and Taehyung had discussed it yet. Jimin thanked Jungkook for dinner and said he was gonna go call Yoongi for a bit, retiring to his room.

"Thank you for dinner baby. You make the best ramen." Jungkook couldn't help but preen at Taehyung's words. When Taehyung got up and gathered the dirty dishes and placed them in the sink, Jungkook went to switch on the kettle. Washing dishes and making tea took longer than it should have as each boy kept abandoning his task to kiss the other. By the time Taehyung had finally stayed away from Jungkook long enough to dry the dishes and pack them away, Jungkook was a rosy-cheeked mess of giggles and twinkling eyes. Taehyung had stroked his cheek, smiling at him, and told him he was the loveliest boy in the world. Jungkook had escaped to the living room with their tea, unable to handle Taehyung's sweetness. Taehyung laughed and followed him, the two boys settling onto the couch as they set their tea on the coffee table. Jungkook bent his legs to his chest and turned to face Taehyung, his side leaning against the back of the couch. Taehyung turned his body towards Jungkook and let out a heavy breath. Jungkook took Taehyung's hand between both of his own, running his thumbs along the back of it.

"Taehyungie, you really don't have to tell me. I'll understand if it's too personal." Jungkook said, bringing Taehyung's hand up to his face and leaning his cheek against it.

"I want to tell you. I trust you with my life, I swear. I just haven't told anyone besides Yoongi, and that's because he lived through it with me." Taehyung admitted. Jungkook started to worry and pressed Taehyung's palm to his lips, keeping it there for a few seconds.

"When I was 16, my mom walked in on me kissing a boy. I didn't even know I liked boys, I was kind of experimenting? I don't know. Anyway, they threw the boy, Minho, out and I just remember my parents yelling at me, telling me how I couldn't disgrace their family name like that. I cried a lot and vowed never to do it again. But the thing was, " Taehyung huffed a sad laugh, "I realised that I did in fact like boys and I did want to do it again. I kept it a secret, never bringing Minho home. We used to meet up in secret, go to the movies, hang out with Yoongi and our other friends. Until one day, Minho broke up with me, saying he found someone else. That was my first heartbreak." Taehyung gave Jungkook a small, nostalgic-type smile. Jungkook thread his fingers though Taehyung's and scooted closer.

"I remember feeling so down, thinking that it must have been my fault. He was probably tired of having to hide, you know? Anyway, so I came out to my parents knowing that I wouldn't be able to live with myself if I didn't. My mom slapped me for the first time in my life. My dad just walked out and got sh*t-faced at the closest bar. My mom looked me in the eye and told me that gays weren't allowed under their roof." Taehyung scoffed. "So I left."

Taehyung looked at up at Jungkook and frowned. "Baby, no." He whispered, reaching out to wipe Jungkook's cheeks dry. "Don't cry, little one."Jungkook just sniffled and crawled into Taehyung's lap, wanting to comfort the older but also needing the closeness for himself.

"It all turned out okay." Taehyung assured him, leaning his cheek against Jungkook's hair as he hugged him. "I moved in with Yoongi until I graduated and we moved to Seoul straight after. And here we are." Taehyung concluded, kissing Jungkook's temple.

"You don't deserve sh*tty parents, hyungie." Jungkook said, moving back so that he was sitting straight up in Taehyung's lap. "You deserve so much more."

Taehyung looked at Jungkook with all the love in his heart shining through his eyes. "Thank you, baby." A sweet kiss. "I'm better off without them anyway."

Jungkook nodded with fierce agreement and Taehyung chuckled.

"I'm not ready to go back to Daegu because I haven't spoken to my parents since. I know if I'm there I'll just be thinking of them the whole time and I'm not ready to speak to them." Taehyung was looking down at their linked hands.

"I understand, hyungie, really. Thank you for telling me." Jungkook's sincerity was clear through his gentle voice and comforting touch. Taehyung met the younger's eyes and offered him a small smile. Jungkook unlinked their hands and wrapped his arms around Taehyung's neck, just hugging him. They stayed this way for a while, breathing one another in.

"Hyungie, do you wanna stay here for the few days that Jimin-hyung and Yoongi-hyung are in Daegu? I spoke to Jimin-hyung about it and he said it's a good idea 'cause I hate being alone and I really love being with you and we haven't spent a lot of time together and stuff and I really missed you." Jungkook paused to take a breath. "I talk too much, don't I." he stated, rather then asked.

Taehyung tilted his head to kiss Jungkook's ear. "Nope, you're perfect." Jungkook wiggled closer to his hyung in response. "I'd love to stay with you, little one." Taehyung murmured, voice traveling straight from Jungkook's sensitive ear to the nerve endings in his fingertips, goosebumps raising along his arms. Jungkook was sure that Taehyung had purposely deepened his voice. His accusation was confirmed when Taehyung pressed a kiss to the sweet spot behind Jungkook's ear. The younger shivered and Taehyung groaned. He brought Jungkook's lips to his own, kissing him deeply, nipping rosebud lips and licking into his mouth.

"I should go home, baby." Taehyung gasped as they caught their breath.

"No." Jungkook said, nuzzling their noses together.

"Baby, if I stay we're not going to sleep anytime soon." Taehyung's gaze was dark but his hands were gentle where they kneaded Jungkook's thighs. "We both have a full day of classes tomorrow and you gotta help Jimin pack."

Jungkook knew he was right, but he couldn't help but feel excited by what Taehyung suggested. "Okay, but you have to come extra early on Friday afternoon." Jungkook relented, leaning up to steal a few more kisses.

Taehyung smiled, "Deal."

Jungkook reluctantly got up from Taehyung's lap and walked him to the door.

"See you soon, baby." Taehyung said, kissing Jungkook once more.

"Bye hyungie," Jungkook whispered against his lips. Taehyung gave him a few more kisses before he pulled himself away, visibly reluctant.

Jungkook laughed when Taehyung just stared at him from the doorway. "Hyungie, go. Before I take you hostage." He was only half joking.

Taehyung looked like he was about to say something, no doubt suggestive, but he ended up smiling and kissing Jungkook's forehead.

"Bye baby boy," Taehyung said, eyes teasing as he walked backwards a few steps before turning around and walking out the building.

Jungkook couldn't wait for Friday.


Thank you to everyone who's been commenting and leaving kudos, you guys make my day <3

Get ready for things to heat up on their weekend alone *wink wink

Chapter 12: His hold


This is my first time having written smut, bear with

Chapter Text

Friday rolled around surprisingly quickly, much to Jungkook’s delight. He would no doubt miss Jimin but he couldn’t help but focus solely on the fact that he would get to spend 3 whole days alone with Taehyung. Jungkook had skipped his final class of the day so that he could say goodbye to Jimin when he left with Yoongi to Daegu. Jungkook walked through the door and found Jimin pacing up and down the small area of their living room.

“Impatient, much?” He said, smirking at his smaller hyung. Jimin rolled his eyes good-naturedly.

Just as Jimin opened his mouth to respond, there was a knock at the door. Jungkook, closer to the door, opened it to find Yoongi standing there with his hands shoved in his pockets and a bandana pushing his hair back from his forehead. Jungkook just knew that Jimin was having an internal meltdown - the boy always ranted about how hot Yoongi was when he exposed The Forehead. True to his suspicions, Jimin was flushing slightly as he bit his lip - more out of nervousness than seduction - and made his way over to Yoongi. Jungkook watched how Yoongi’s eyes visibly softened as his gaze settled on Jimin, hand reaching out to pull him close. They did nothing but hold hands, standing close to one another with small smiles playing across their faces.

“Yoongi-hyung are you gonna greet me or just stare at Jimin like a boy in lo-”

“IGNORE him hyung,” Jimin interrupted, sending Jungkook a glare that was about as threatening as a kitten. “We should get going or we’ll miss our bus.”

Yoongi’s chest rumbled with his deep chuckle as he booped Jimin’s nose with his finger. Jimin’s cheeks blossomed into a pretty pink and Jungkook was 100% going to remember this moment to tease Jimin in future. Jimin was Whipped. Yoongi picked up one of Jimin’s travel bag and pulled Jungkook into a one-armed hug.

“You be on your best behavior for Tae, okay?” Yoongi said, clearly teasing Jungkook by using a fake parent voice. Jungkook scoffed but hugged the rapper back.

Jimin hugged Jungkook for a bit longer, kissing him on both cheeks and telling him to call if anything happened. Jungkook told him to stop worrying and that he and Taehyung would be just fine.

“You sure?” Jimin asked, all sincere and worried.

“Yes, oh my god, now go and get that Agust D.” Jungkook winked, incredibly proud of his witty pun. Jimin deadpanned him for a few moments before cackling with laughter too. Yoongi hadn’t heard the joke, already standing by the door to give the Busan friends some privacy. The kids were being separated for only a few days and acted like it was for weeks. Yoongi couldn’t help but find their bond sweet. Jungkook squeezed Jimin in a hug once more and then waved to Yoongi as his two friends left the building.

Once alone, Jungkook realised how quiet the apartment was. The silence unsettled him a bit, so he played some random Lofi playlist through the speakers in the living room and took out his sketchbook. It’s been a while since Jungkook took time for himself just to reflect and wander off into his own little world. He quickly fell into the soothing atmosphere that was always created whenever he brought the images in his head to life. Time seemed to escape Jungkook, because the next time he checked his phone it was already 2pm, 3 hours after the two others had left for Daegu. Jungkook had finished his sketch, a realistic pencil drawing of two hands holding, fingers intertwined. One hand was small and a little chubby, the other skinny with long, bony fingers. On each wrist of the hands were the initials MYG and PJM. Jungkook snapped a picture and sent it to Jimin, who would probably shed a tear over the drawing because he was a soft mess like that. Jungkook pouted to himself, suddenly (but not surprisingly) missing Taehyung terribly. He grabbed his phone off the couch.

To Hyungie 💜:
Hyungiiiee, please come soon. I’m all alone (。•́︿•̀。).

When he didn’t get an immediate response, Jungkook figured Taehyung was busy and went to his room to change into sweats. He put on his favourite pastel purple jumper with some light blue sweatpants. It was pretty chilly so he put on some fluffy pink socks to keep himself warm. Jungkook was sliding down the hallway, pretending to be a figure skater because his socks allowed him to glide effortlessly, when the front door opened.

“Baby, you gotta lock the door - oof.” Taehyung huffed at the impact of Jungkook’s body slamming into his.

“Hey hyungie!” Jungkook said excitedly, wrapping his arms around Taehyung’s neck as he looked up at him with pretty doe eyes. Taehyung smiled, honest and bright, before he captured Jungkook’s lips in a kiss. Jungkook didn’t reciprocate the kiss immediately, momentarily in shock from being blessed with Taehyung’s smile AND kiss in the span of two seconds. When Taehyung started to pull back, Jungkook surged forward to continue the kiss. Taehyung smiled, gently biting down onto Jungkook’s plump bottom lip and tugging just slightly. Jungkook felt something in his tummy tighten at the action and he let out a soft sound. Taehyung, like always when things got heated, pulled back and soothed Jungkook with gentle touches. Jungkook loved how caring Taehyung was but he wanted to be touched god dammit. He needed Taehyung to know that he wasn’t going to break. Jungkook’s pout was replaced by a gasp when Taehyung bent down and cupped the backs of Jungkook’s thighs to pick him up. Jungkook complied and the two boys ended up on the couch, Taehyung’s head tilted back to rest against the cushions and Jungkook straddling his lap.

“Tell me about your day, baby.” Taehyung said gently, hands rubbing up and down Jungkook’s thighs in slow drags, more comforting than anything. Taehyung looked so genuinely interested in Jungkook’s day that the younger felt his heart swell with appreciation for having someone like Taehyung love him.

“It was good, except my one professor-” Jungkook rattled off about his day, making witty comments here and there just to hear Taehyung’s warm laughter fill the bubble of intimacy surrounding them. Jungkook asked Taehyung about his day and Taehyung said his day was considerably less interesting. He did, however, say he thought about Jungkook the whole morning and Jungkook was overly-pleased by the fact. Jungkook’s tummy rumbled and the boy blushed something fierce.

“Have you eaten today, little one?” Taehyung inquired, reaching up to stroke Jungkook’s nose with the tip of his finger.

Jungkook shook his head no, pouting when Taehyung frowned. “I forgot ‘cause I was helping Jiminie with last minute plans before I went to class.”

“Baby, you gotta look after yourself for me, okay?” Jungkook leaned into Taehyung’s touch when the older cupped his cheek. The maknae nodded and tilted his head to kiss Taehyung’s palm. Taehyung smiled and ran his thumb along the younger’s bottom lip. “Should we order some take-out?”

“Actually, can we maybe go to your brother’s restaurant?” Jungkook asked, wanting to see Taehyung’s warm and goofy hyung.

Taehyung looked amused. “You wanna go see Jin-hyung?” Jungkook nodded. “He’s gonna love seeing you again.” Jungkook’s eyes crinkled happily before he leaned into Taehyung, hugging him all snug and warm. Taehyung kissed his forehead. “Do you wanna put your beanie and scarf on? It’s cold out”

Jungkook hopped off Taehyung’s lap and went to fetch TWO beanies and TWO scarves because “you’ll get cold too hyungie.” The 10-minute drive to Jin consisted of Jungkook intertwining his fingers with Tae’s free hand and pressing kisses to the back of it. (Taehyung’s heart was so full it was almost painful. He really f*cking loved Jungkook.) They pulled into the parking lot across from the cafe and hurriedly made their way into the warm shelter that was Jin’s creation. To say Jin was happy to see them was an understatement. Taehyung pretended to be offended when Jin pulled Jungkook into a bear hug, not even glancing at Taehyung for a full minute. Taehyung couldn’t blame him though, Jungkook deserved your full attention. Jungkook was giggly and happy and Taehyung was glad they were here. Jungkook and Jin made some jokes and comments at Taehyung’s expense. When Taehyung pouted at their teasing, Jungkook pressed endless kisses to his cheek in between his giggles. Taehyung didn't mind the teasing after that. When they made their way to sit, Jin caught Taehyung’s elbow to tug him close for a second.

“It's wonderful to see you so happy, Tae Tae.” Jin whispered in his ear as he hugged him. Taehyung squeezed his hyung and pulled back to smile at him, silently showing his gratitude for his hyung’s love and support. Jungkook lifted his eyebrow in question when Taehyung finally made his way over to their table. Taehyung just shook his head, leaning down to peck Jungkook on the lips before sitting across from him. Jungkook flicked water at him from his fingertips when Taehyung teased him over his blush.

Jin made them the Chef’s Special and on the house too because he said he missed them so much. Taehyung still sneakily slipped some bills into Jin’s apron as they left. The two boys made their way back home, Jungkook going straight to the kettle to make them some tea once they reached the dorm. Taehyung unwound their scarves from their necks and took off their beanies (placing a kiss on Jungkook’s forehead) before he went to put them in Jungkook’s closet. Jungkook hopped onto the counter as he waited for the water to boil, replying to Jimin’s texts which just consisted of crying emoji’s and hearts at the sketch he was sent. Jungkook jumped a bit when Taehyung was suddenly in front of him.

“How are you so freakishly silent when you walk?” Jungkook asked, wrapping arms around Taehyung’s neck and legs around hips to pull him closer into his space.

“You’re just shockingly oblivious to your surroundings, little one.” Taehyung said, leaning forward to kiss the younger before he could complain. The kiss was slow and languid, a lazy type of kiss. Taehyung ran his large hands up Jungkook’s plush thighs before rubbing up a toned back. Jungkook sighed in response, loving the feeling of Taehyung’s hands caressing his back. The kettle must’ve stopped boiling - Jungkook hadn’t noticed - because Taehyung moved away to start making their tea. Jungkook caught him before he moved too far, trapping the older with his arms and legs wrapped around him.

“You’re not allowed.” Jungkook mumbled against his lips, kissing Taehyung as soon as the words left his mouth.

“Not allowed to what?” Taehyung asked, half amused and half aroused.

“Not allowed to stop touching me.” Jungkook stated, moving back to stare into Taehyung’s eyes. Taehyung’s eyes darkened, pupils dilating as he stared at the tempting boy in front of him.

“Is that a command, little one?” Taehyung asked quietly, smirking when Jungkook shivered as Taehyung trailed one hand up his back to stroke the maknae’s nape. Jungkook nodded, eyes slipping closed as he reveled in Taehyung’s lowered voice and soft touch. Taehyung pressed his honeyed pecks to the younger’s rose petal lips. Each one was slow and purposeful, starting out feather light and gradually increasing in pressure. Jungkook tightened his legs around Taehyung’s hips when his lips became hypersensitive from the attention.

“Hyungie,” Jungkook sighed, leaning into Taehyung’s body. Taehyung wrapped strong hands around Jungkook’s hips and lifted him off the counter and into his arms. The younger clung tighter as Taehyung walked them to the couch. As soon as Taehyung was sitting, Jungkook began clumsily sucking and nibbling his hyung’s neck.

“sh*t, baby.” Taehyung groaned, gripping Jungkook’s hair and firmly pulling him up to look him in the eyes. Jungkook moaned at the feeling of his hair being tugged, eyes hooded as he gazed at Taehyung. “You like having your hair pulled?” Taehyung asked, a bit surprised. Jungkook nodded, running his hands along Taehyung’s chest. “What am I going to do with you, little one? Everything about you is tempting me.” Taehyung tugged Jungkook’s hair so that his head tilted back. Jungkook whimpered and crumpled Taehyung’s shirt in tight fists. The older leaned forward and ran the tip on his tongue up the pretty skin of his exposed neck, stopped to suck once he reached the hinge of the maknae’s jaw. Jungkook was positively shivering at the intensity of the sensation. He kept making these small, pleasured sounds that drove Taehyung insane.

“Hyungie,” he whispered, “please.” Taehyung pulled back and cupped Jungkook’s cheeks at his desperate tone.

“What do you want, baby? Tell hyung and I’ll give it to you.” Taehyung said, not wanting to overwhelm the worked up boy.

Rose colour blossomed on the younger’s cheeks, eyes averted downwards as he softly confessed to Taehyung: “Wanna feel good.” Jungkook’s eyes flickered up to feline ones. “Want to make hyungie feel good too.”

Taehyung’s breath hitched at the boy’s words. How could Jungkook sound so innocent and so sinful at the same time? Taehyung ducked his head and kissed the younger’s collarbones, feeling one of Jungkook’s hands tangle in his hair. He kissed his way right up to the corner of the younger’s lips. Jungkook tried to kiss him but Taehyung moved back slightly, teasing him. He smiled when Jungkook released a small, disapproving whine. Taehyung licked Jungkook’s bottom lip, holding Jungkook’s face between his hands to keep him still. He repeated the action and Jungkook whimpered, tugging on Taehyung’s shirt to try and bring him closer. God, Taehyung loved how sensitive Jungkook was. One touch of Taehyung’s tongue and the boy was squirming and whining in his lap. Taehyung placated the poor boy, pressing their lips together and proceeded to stroke the younger’s tongue with his own. Jungkook moaned into the kiss, hips started to grind against Taehyung’s. The older could feel how hard Jungkook was, he himself quickly catching up as Jungkook moved his hips against him.

“Taehyungie,” it came out as a whine, “hyungie more.” Jungkook’s face was tucked into Taehyung’s neck as he shivered and rutted against Taehyung. “Want more, hyungie, ah-" Jungkook keened when Taehyung cupped his large hands around his ass, squeezing appreciatively.

“Take what you need, baby. You’re doing so well for me.” Taehyung murmured in his ear, biting the tip of it. “Come on, baby, make yourself feel good.”

Jungkook’s movement became frantic. His moans were borderline obscene as brought himself to the edge in Taehyung’s lap, the friction both too much and too little. When his moans started to stutter as he gasped, Taehyung grabbed his hips to guide him in smooth rolls.

“Hyungie, feels -“ Jungkook moaned, “feels so good.”

Taehyung watched as Jungkook sat up straight, head thrown back to expose his kiss-abused neck. His eyebrows were furrowed in pleasure and mouth half open as moans slipped out. His hips were rolling in smooth, deep grinds that made his body move so prettily atop Taehyung's. He was gorgeous, and all Taehyung’s.

“Mine. My gorgeous boy.” Taehyung praised, watching transfixed as Jungkook moaned louder as his hips stuttered. The knot of heat in the younger’s belly uncoiled in a burst of pleasure that racked through him. His toes curled and his back arched as Taehyung’s name escaped his lips. Jungkook kept rotating his hips in light circles as he came down, coming to a stop when he became too sensitive. He opened his eyes and looked at Taehyung, gaze blissed out and sated.

“f*ck, you're a dream.” Taehyung said reverently, running his hands up Jungkook’s back. Jungkook shifted forward so that his ass was directly over Taehyung’s still very much hard length. He pressed his soft lips to Taehyung’s pillowy ones, just feeling him.

“Baby, you don’t have to- f*ck.” Taehyung released a gutteral groan as Jungkook ground against his hard on. “sh*t, you’re so good at this, making me feel so good.” His head flopped back against the back of the couch and Jungkook whined when Taehyung started bucking his hips upwards to meet Jungkook’s movements. Jungkook gently bit down onto a long, tanned neck because Taehyung just looked so delicious. Taehyung moaned and bucked up once as he released into his jeans. Jungkook pulled back just in time to watch Taehyung’s face contort in pleasure, his deep groan sending shivers down Jungkook’s spine. Jungkook pressed himself to Taehyung’s chest, wanting to be as close as possible. Taehyung cupped the younger’s jaw and pulled him into a saccharine kiss, all warmth and affection.

“I love you,” he murmured against Jungkook’s lips. “You were so good for me. So perfect.”

Jungkook shivered at the words, tangling a hand into Taehyung’s hair. “Love you.” He said breathlessly, tilting his head up, asking for a kiss. Taehyung obliged.

“My precious boy.” Taehyung said as he pressed indulgent kisses to his boy’s lips. Jungkook was soft and pliant and hopelessly in love. Taehyung carried the younger to the bathroom where they cleaned up with wet wipes and changed into new undies and sweats. They ended up laying on the bed, a quilt thrown over their legs as the space heater provided the room with enough warmth. Jungkook was battling to keep his eyes open, clearly tired out from their little activity. Jungkook lay on his tummy, head turned to face his hyung, one hand clutching Taehyung’s. Taehyung lay on his side, facing the sleepy boy. He ran his free hand through Jungkook’s endearingly messy hair. Every once in a while Jungkook would tilt his chin up for a kiss. Taehyung adored this action and adored Jungkook even more. After several kisses and nose nuzzles later, Jungkook finally slipped into a peaceful sleep, sated and warm. Taehyung, feeling tiredness overcome him as well, moved forward so that his forehead was rested against Jungkook’s, heads sharing a pillow. Taehyung pressed one last feather-light kiss to his baby’s lips.

“I love you, baby.” He whispered, before succumbing to sleep.

Chapter 13: His company


(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Taehyung had woken up a few moments ago and was basking in Jungkook’s warmth. Although they were more or less the same height, Jungkook’s shoulders were narrower and allowed him to fit perfectly against Taehyung’s chest to be cradled. Their legs were intertwined and Taehyung’s arm was snuggly secured around the younger’s waist. Taehyung felt a vibration under his hand and he got a slight fright before he realised Jungkook’s tummy had rumbled. The boy was too cute for his own good. Taehyung craned his neck to see Jungkook’s bedside clock and saw that it was already 6.30pm. They’d slept for about 3 hours and he was feeling pleasantly relaxed. As he thought about it, he could feel his own stomach’s discomfort as hunger kicked in. There was hardly any food in the house except ramen and bread, so Taehyung decided to go on a quick grocery shopping trip. The problem was that he'd have to wake up the sleeping beauty in his arms, something he hated doing because Jungkook loved his sleep. He could just slip out for a bit and be back as soon as possible, but no doubt Jungkook would hate waking up alone - especially after their newfound physical intimacy. Taehyung slowly propped himself up on his elbow so that he was hovering over the younger boy. He gently kissed Jungkook’s soft, slightly flushed cheek and tightened the arm still resting around Jungkook’s middle.

“Baby,” Taehyung murmured into the other’s ear. No reaction. “Jungkookie,” he said louder. He gently bit down on Jungkook’s ear lobe. At that, Jungkook’s breath hitched and his hips twitched forward, but he simply settled further into Taehyung’s embrace and continued sleeping. Taehyung huffed a quiet laugh; of course his boy was an impossibly deep sleeper. “Baby, can you wake up for me for a moment?” Taehyung said as he gently shook Jungkook's shoulder. Jungkook responded this time, eyebrows pulling together in a frown.

Taehyung pulled away from Jungkook completely, causing the younger to roll onto his back. The sleepy boy’s eyes blinked open, his expression clearly Not Impressed. He seemed confused for a moment before his eyes landed on Taehyung. He reached out and caught hold of Taehyung’s shirt, pulling him closer.

“Hyungie, s’cold.” Jungkook mumbled, voice thick with lethargy. Taehyung cooed at him and lowered himself to cover Jungkook’s body. He placed his forearms on either side of Jungkook’s head and straddled the younger’s hips, peering down at him. Jungkook’s displeased expression instantly disappeared as he relaxed underneath his hyung.

“Aigoo, I’m sorry baby. I’m just gonna make a quick trip to the grocery store, okay?” Taehyung said, leaning forward to kiss Jungkook’s forehead.

“No, I’m so comfy and warm.” Jungkook complained, trailing his hands up Taehyung’s legs to rest on the small of his back.

“Exactly why you should stay and sleep some more while I go. I don’t want my baby going outside now, it’s even colder than this afternoon.” Taehyung stated, pressing a kiss to Jungkook’s nose.

“But I don’t want you to go out into the cold alone.” Jungkook countered, words still slurring as sleep threatened to overtake him.

Taehyung smiled at the younger’s concern. “I’ll be fine, little one. I don’t get cold as easily as you.” A kiss to the younger’s right cheek. “Besides, I’ll be back in an hour max.” A kiss to the left cheek.

Jungkook’s eyes fluttered shut as the sweet pressure of Taehyung’s lips on his skin sent him back into dreamland. The drowsy boy forced his eyes open. “Mkay, hyungie. Take a beanie and scarf.” Taehyung nodded in agreement and kissed Jungkook’s pouting lips. “And buy some banana milk.” Another kiss. “Please.” A shy bunny smile.

“Okay, sleepy baby. Don’t miss me too much.” Taehyung teased as he pulled away and got out of the bed. Jungkook whined at the loss of warmth and Taehyung was immediately back by his side. The younger smiled as his hyung gave him a few more kisses until he settled back to sleep. Jungkook heard a whispered “Sweet dreams, little one.”

Jimin had told Taehyung to use money from the jar in their kitchen labeled “Food.” Taehyung found it cute how they kept their grocery money in a jar, even if it wasn’t the most reliable method of safekeeping. At the store, the first thing he put in the trolley was banana milk - Jungkook was always the priority. Next, Taehyung bought ingredients for japchae and then some household basics like eggs, meat, pasta etc. He also bought some of his favourite snacks and some that he’d seen Jungkook eat. Satisfied with his cart, he paid for the groceries and set off home to make some Japchae. True to his word, Taehyung was back within an hour and placed the grocery bags in the kitchen. He was careful not to make too much noise as he went to check up on Jungkook. He opened the door just enough to pop his head into the room and smiled as he saw Jungkook cuddled up to a pillow. He still wore the lilac jumper and his black hair was an unruly mess. Taehyung was convinced he was dating the softest boy to ever exist. He stopped his thoughts before they got too sappy - they tended to whenever he thought about Jeon Jungkook - and set to unpack all the groceries in the kitchen. He turned on the radio, making sure the sound was low, and set it on a station playing 70s and 80s love songs. He started on the japchae, a smile playing on his lips as the love songs made him think of a certain doe-eyed boy.

Taehyung was adding the final ingredients to the japchae when he heard little footsteps walk down the passage and into the kitchen. He smiled when he felt a body snuggling into his back, arms snaking around his waist.

“Ah, sleeping beauty has risen.” Taehyung teased softly as he brought one hand to stroke Jungkook’s that was resting across his stomach. Jungkook didn’t reply, just pressed closer to Taehyung’s back and scattered little kisses across Taehyung’s nape. They stayed like that as Taehyung stirred the Japchae in the pan. He felt Jungkook shiver against him, so he peered across his shoulder to assess Jungkook’s outfit as best he could. He was dressed warmly apart from his bare feet. “Aish, your feet are probably freezing. Don’t you wanna go put some fluffy socks on, baby?” Taehyung asked, bringing his hand up to reach back and stroke through Jungkook’s hair.

“Fine.” Jungkook mumbled, rolling his eyes before retreating to his room to fetch socks. Taehyung smiled at Jungkook’s apparent moodiness. He knew he was just acting bratty because he was groggy and wanted to stay with Taehyung. Taehyung finished up the japchae and dished it into a large bowl to cool slightly. Jungkook shuffled back into the kitchen, dragging his feet because he liked the sliding sensation socks granted him. Taehyung turned up the music a bit and reached out a hand for Jungkook. Taehyung watched as Jungkook made his way over to him, not stopping until they were chest to chest. Jungkook circled his arms around Taehyung’s waist and Taehyung cupped his face in his hands.

“Did you sleep well, baby?” Taehyung asked, running a hand though Jungkook’s adorable bed-head.

Jungkook’s eyes shone as he preened under Taehyung’s attention. “Yeah.” He nodded. “I feel really rested.” The younger sighed into the kiss that Taehyung pressed against his lips.

“I’m glad.” Taehyung responded after he pulled back from Jungkook’s soft lips. Jungkook tucked his face into Taehyung’s neck as they hugged, both boys beginning to sway along to the music.

Stay a minute, can’t you see that

Taehyung began making their dancing more purposeful, twirling Jungkook around, pushing him outwards and pulling him back into his arms. Jungkook followed effortlessly, giggling sweetly as Taehyung exaggerated his singing of the lyrics.

I wanna fall from the stars
Straight into your arms

Jungkook was pulled flush against Taehyung’s body before their foreheads gravitated to rest against one another.

I, I feel you.” Taehyung crooned. “I hope you comprehend.”

Jungkook momentarily lost himself in Taehyung’s intense gaze, feeling simultaneously overwhelmed yet deeply calm. Loving Taehyung was experiencing everything all at once. It terrified Jungkook, the amount of power Taehyung had over him, even if Taehyung would never abuse it.

Taehyung was Jungkook’s person.

Jungkook tilted his chin up and received a careful kiss, one that was gentle yet perfectly encapsulated how intertwined the boys were. They broke away and breathed one another in.

“I love you,” Jungkook whispered, needing Taehyung to always know that Jungkook loved him, always know that he was loved. Taehyung smiled softly and nuzzled his nose against the younger's.

“I love you too, baby.” The deep timbre of Taehyung’s voice sent pleasant tingles down Jungkook’s spine. He wondered if he’d ever get used to Taehyung’s voice, if it would always affect him this much. “Come on, let's eat.” Taehyung said, pecking Jungkook’s nose.

The two boys dished the japchae and settled by the table. Taehyung received a bunny smile when he handed Jungkook a pair of chopsticks from his We Bare Bears set. They ate in relative silence, ankles brushing against one another’s as their legs were intertwined under the table. Jungkook was a quick eater, finishing his bowl and then hopping up to make some hot chocolate.

“Baby, there’s banana milk in the fridge.” Taehyung said before Jungkook could get the mugs out.

“You bought banana milk? How did you know?!” Jungkook was ridiculously excited as he yanked the fridge open and took out one of the mini bottles of banana milk. He placed it on the counter and proceeded to straddle Taehyung’s lap and loop his arms around the older’s neck.

“You asked me to buy, remember?” Taehyung said, laughing as Jungkook all but attacked his face with kisses. Taehyung put down his chopsticks and cupped Jungkook’s cheeks in his hands, promptly ending the kiss attack.

“Thanks hyungie.” Jungkook said, bringing his hands up to hold onto Taehyung’s wrists, stroking the tan skin with his thumbs. Taehyung guided Jungkook’s face forward and brought their lips together in a chaste kiss.

“Anything for my baby,” he ran his thumbs across Jungkook’s blushing cheeks.

“Finish your food,” Jungkook said, partly because he wanted to distract Taehyung from teasing him and partly because he didn’t want Taehyung’s food to get cold. He pecked Taehyung’s lips before getting up to retrieve his banana milk from the counter. Jungkook set about making his hyung hot chocolate because he knew the other liked something sweet and warm after dinner.

Taehyung was washing up by the time Jungkook was stirring the hot chocolate and adding some mini-marshmallows. Jungkook hopped onto the counter and sipped from his banana milk as Taehyung dried the dishes. When the older was done, he walked over to Jungkook and pressed a kiss to his lips as he grabbed his hot chocolate. Having finished his banana milk, Jungkook had both hands free to latch onto Taehyung’s arms and gently guide him to stand between his legs. Taehyung leaned his back against Jungkook’s chest, checking the messages on his phone with one hand and holding his hot chocolate with the other. He showed Jungkook a text from Yoongi telling him that the two boys had arrived safely in Daegu. Jimin was sleeping but he would call tomorrow. Jungkook’s eyes crinkled happily at the thought of Jimin getting to just relax and let himself be with Yoongi - no overthinking or stressing out. Jungkook watched as Taehyung replied to some texts from Jin and felt the tension melt away from his body because of Taehyung’s warmth and scent. He nuzzled his face into Taehyung’s neck and breathed him in. Taehyung noticed his subtle clinginess, putting down his phone and using that hand to cup Jungkook’s knee and rub soothing circles with his thumb over his sweatpants. They stayed like that for a while, Taehyung finishing his warm drink and tilting his head to the side to let Jungkook nuzzle and kiss the tan skin of his neck. Taehyung set his mug aside and turned around in the boy’s arms, leaning forward to capture his lips in a kiss. Jungkook must have been feeling braver than usual as he ran his hands up Taehyung’s shirt to feel the warm skin of his back. Taehyung sighed at the feeling, prying Jungkook’s lips open to deepen the kiss. Jungkook unknowingly dug his nails into Taehyung’s back, causing Taehyung to groan. He wrapped his large hands around Jungkook’s thighs, dragging him closer.

“Hyungie.” Jungkook gasped, running his hands down Taehyung’s back to feel his skin and ground himself. Taehyung moved to place his forehead against Jungkook’s, trailing his hands up and down the younger’s thighs.

“Baby, stop tempting me like this.” Taehyung said, breathing slowing down as his heart rate calmed. Jungkook smiled coyly, trailing his hands further down to grope Taehyung’s ass. Taehyung jumped a bit in surprise, taking one look at Jungkook giggling, before he launched a tickled attack on Jungkook’s ribs. The maknae squealed and toppled forward from the force of his body thrashing, Taehyung barely catching him.

“Clearly having you in the kitchen is hazardous.” Taehyung said pretend-stern, hoisting Jungkook up and walking towards the lounge. Jungkook, delighted to be in Taehyung’s arms, tightened his limbs around the older and squeezed tight.

“Aigoo, my little koala.” Taehyung teased, plopping down on the couch with Jungkook is his lap. Jungkook, obviously blushing, kissed Taehyung’s cheek before popping off his lap to retrieve a deck of cards from their rarely used bookshelf. Jungkook sauntered back over to Taehyung, exaggerating his seductiveness to make his hyung laugh, before stopping right in front of him. He leaned over so that he just slightly above Taehyung as their eyes met.

“Think you can beat me Taehyungie?” Jungkook asked, eyes twinkling playfully and goddamn was Taehyung a lovesick fool for this boy. He wasn’t about to show his weakness though.

“Game on, baby.” Taehyung smirked, snatching the deck from Jungkook and beginning to shuffle the cards.

The boys ended up playing every single card game they knew, except poker because Taehyung said when they’ll play it’ll be R-rated and they weren’t ready for that yet. Jungkook didn’t know what Taehyung meant and insisted on playing until Taehyung mentioned Strip Poker. Jungkook shut his mouth real quick, looking down to hide his rosy cheeks. Of course, Taehyung pinched and kissed the warm, soft skin. Turns out, Jungkook was better at card games than Taehyung. He won the most rounds per game and instead of being a sore loser, Taehyung was visibly impressed by his opponent - basically the opposite of how Jungkook would have reacted. They played until the early hours of the morning, not realizing the time passing. When Jungkook yawned one time too many, Taehyung checked his phone to see it was past 3am. He promptly called it a night, leading Jungkook to the bathroom by his hand. They brushed their teeth and washed their faces, eyes barely open as exhaustion hit them. The boys crawled into bed, Jungkook immediately claiming Taehyung’s body as his pillow. Taehyung smiled sleepily as Jungkook blindly tried to find his hyung’s lips with his own in the dark, kisses landing up on his chin, neck and even his left ear. He cupped Jungkook’s jaw, leading him to his lips for a goodnight kiss.

“Sweet dreams, baby.” Taehyung said, pressing a final kiss to Jungkook’s forehead.

“Love you.” Jungkook said into Taehyung’s chest. Taehyung responded in kind, running a hand through the younger’s hair.


Song they dance to: Stars - Simply Red

Chapter 14: His bunny baby

Chapter Text

Jungkook stretched out onto his tummy, feeling his joints pop deliciously as his arms and legs reached outwards. Some sunlight was pouring through the gap in the curtain, so Jungkook knew it was already day time. The curtain provided enough coverage from the sun that the room was lit up with only a warm glow of light. He relaxed his body and turned his head to the side, observing the beautiful boy sleeping beside him. Taehyung was on his side, chest rising and falling steadily. Slightly overgrown brown hair was tousled and fell over his eyebrows, his lips slightly parted. He was gorgeous. The maknae’s fingers itched to touch, so he did. Jungkook began tracing a careful finger along Tawhyung’s jaw. His finger traced patterns down his hyung’s neck and along his collarbones. One of Jungkook’s favourite things about Taehyung was his skin. It was a beautiful shade of honeyed tan and was always warm. Jungkook ran his hand down Taehyung’s arm and intertwined their fingers once he reached his hand. Taehyung’s eyes slowly opened.

“Baby?” Even his voice was perfect. Always deeper in the morning, thick with sleep yet still so smooth. Jungkook shifted closer yet and pressed a kiss to his lips. Taehyung’s eyes slipped shut as he hummed into the kiss. He lay still as Jungkook controlled the kiss for once, sucking on Taehyung’s bottom lip. Jungkook could feel how tired Taehyung still was, so he pulled back and began leaving slow kisses along Taehyung’s jaw. Taehyung sighed at the wonderful pressure of Jungkook’s lips on his skin. Jungkook made his way down Taehyung’s neck before reaching the neckline of Taehyung’s t-shirt. Jungkook, displeased that all that golden skin was being covered up, pulled back and ran a hand up Taehyung’s side.

“Hyungie, can I please take your shirt off?” He whispered, pressing a kiss to Taehyung’s cheek. “I’ll let you sleep. Just wanna touch.”

Taehyung nodded, tilting his head to press his lips to Jungkook’s. He sat up slightly and Jungkook pulled the shirt up and over his head before placing it on the bed. Taehyung flopped back down and snuggled up into the pillows, ending up on his tummy. Jungkook carefully straddled Taehyung’s hips and ran his hands along Taehyung’s back. Jungkook felt Taehyung relax into the bed as he began feeling the shape of Taehyung’s broad shoulders beneath his hands. Jungkook leaned forward and pressed an innocent kiss to Taehyung’s nape. The older hummed at the action. Jungkook pressed another kiss there and ran his handsalong Taehyung’s arms, warming the skin. Taehyung let out another loneexhale as he began to succumb to sleep again. Jungkook shifted so that he was laying on his side next to his hyung. He slid a bare leg over Taehyung’s hips, his thigh laying snug across the dip in the older’s lower back. His head was rested on Taehyung’s back, close to the nape of his neck. He drew the universe along his love’s back, occasionally pressing kisses to the skin.

Around lunch time, the lazy boys had made their way to the kitchen, settling for cereal as it was the easiest meal. They were currently on the couch, pressed close together as they watched some wildlife documentary. Taehyung snorted milk out his nose when Jungkook imitated David Attenborough’s narration perfectly. At Taehyung’s reaction, Jungkook launched off in his own bout of laughter, clapping his hands as he wheezed for breath. Taehyung set their bowls on the table to avoid any more mishaps. They eventually calmed down and turned their attention back to the documentary, Jungkook’s head leaning against Taehyung’s shoulder.

“Hyungie, that’s you.” Jungkook said, pointing to the tiger prowling through the jungle on the television.

“Why a tiger?” Taehyung asked, amused.

Jungkook lifted Taehyung’s arm so that he could cuddle closer into the older's bare chest. Taehyung curled his arm around the younger and rested his hand on Jungkook’s hip, thumb stroking the sliver of skin exposed by Jungkook’s jumper.

“Because,” Jungkook continued, eyes admiring the tiger make his way up a tree, “you’re really fierce and protective. You’re really strong but your movements are careful and you’re kinda graceful? Like you move effortlessly.” Jungkook turned his head to lock eyes, sparkling with mirth, with his hyung. “And you’re territorial. You’re possessive of what’s yours.”

“Am I now?” Taehyung murmured as he smirked, looking down at the younger. No matter how close they were, Jungkook would probably always find Taehyung a bit intimidating.

“Yeah.” Jungkook said, leaning into the hand that Taehyung brought up to cup the younger’s cheek. “But more than anything, you’re beautiful. To me, tigers are one of the most beautiful creatures in the world. So yeah, you’re a tiger.”

“You’re the beautiful one,” Taehyung said softly, looking at Jungkook like he was the only thing he’d ever want to see.

“Nuh uh.” Jungkook disagreed, pressing a kiss to Taehyung’s lips when he saw him about to argue. “What am I?”

Taehyung’s face softened immediately as he smiled. “Easy. You,” Taehyung gripped Jungkook’s hips and guided him to straddle his lap, “are my baby bunny.”

Jungkook pouted and leaned back. “Nooo hyungie, everyone says I look like a bunny. I wanna be something cool, like a wolf.”

Taehyung chuckled as he stroked his thumb along Jungkook’s pouting lower lip. “But you are a bunny, little one.”

Jungkook frowned and folded his arms, a stubborn little thing. Taehyung moved his hand to bury his fingers in Jungkook’s hair.

“You’re so fluffy and soft,” He emphasized his point by running his hands though Jungkook’s hair. “Your nose scrunches and twitches adorably,” Jungkook’s nose did just that when Taehyung tapped it with his index finger. “You bounce on the balls of your feet when you’re excited.” Jungkook flushed a little at that.

“Did you know bunnies purr when they’re content? Sometimes when we cuddle, you make these little humming sounds as you fall asleep.” Taehyung sounded so endeared and Jungkook was mortified.

“No I don’t!” Jungkook denied, face blazing hot. “Do I?”

“You do.” Taehyung laughed, pressing his hands against Jungkook’s back to bring him closer. “It’s adorable, I love it.” Taehyung assured, softly kissing his baby’s lips. “I love everything about you.”

Jungkook pressed his face into Taehyung’s neck, nuzzling into him as Taehyung rubbed his back. “You even burrow into me like a bunny.” Taehyung chuckled. “Don’t get me started on your precious bunny smile. Baby, you’re the cutest boy in the whole world. There’s no way you’re not a bunny.”

Jungkook peeked up at his hyung with smiling eyes. “The cutest?”

“The absolute cutest.” Taehyung smiled at how happy that made Jungkook. His baby and his praise kink.

Jungkook leaned up and kissed the older, hands cupping Taehyung’s jaw. “My tiger-hyungie.” He teased, nuzzling his nose against Taehyung’s.

“My bunny baby.” Taehyung answered, almost groaning at how sickeningly cheesy they were being. He kinda liked it though. A lot. He captured Jungkook’s lips in a kiss.

Chapter 15: His angel


Taekook date night featuring a run-in with Jungkook’s ex

Chapter Text

Jungkook was drying his hair with a towel as he spoke to Jimin on the phone. He’d just finished showering when Jimin called. Taehyung pressed a kiss to his cheek as he grabbed a towel to go take his own shower. Jungkook grabbed his wrist and dragged him back for a kiss on the lips. They both smiled into the chaste kiss and Taehyung pinched Jungkook’s cheek as he escaped to the bathroom. Jungkook refocused on his phone call, feeling bad for not giving Jimin all his attention. He smiled when he realised Jimin was still gushing over Yoongi.

He’s just...everything, Kookie. He’s so considerate and his affection is very subtle but I see it all. I think-“

“So are you guys dating now?” Jungkook butt in, not able to contain his curiosity.

Well, not really no, he hasn’t asked me yet, but I think he will soon.”

“Asked you? He doesn’t have to ask you. Taehyungie didn’t ask me and we’re definitely boyfriends.” Jungkook stated, a bit confused.

Jimin’s laugh tinkled through the phone, making Jungkook smile a little. “ Aish, not everything is as easy as you and Tae make it.”

“Oh,” Jungkook said, ignoring his pinkening cheeks as he ran a comb through his hair. “Well, you should just ask Yoongi-hyung then.”

There was silence from Jimin’s end as he pondered over his dongsaeng’s words. “ That’s...not a bad idea, Kookie. Maybe I’ll do it tonight, we’re going out to dinner.”

“Promise you’ll tell me how it goes when you get back tomorrow.” Jungkook said, trying to hide how much fomo he was having by his best friend being so far away. He loved being alone with Taehyung but he wished Jimin was at least in Seoul.

“I promise Kookie. Okay I gotta go now, gotta start planning for tonight!” Jungkook smiled at Jimin’s palpable excitement.

“Come back safe, okay?”

“I will, honey. See you soon.”

“Bye Jiminie-hyung. Tell Yoongi-hyung I say hi.”

I will, same to Taehyungie. Bye Kookie.” Jimin hung up and Jungkook, not for the first time, counted his blessings as they both found boys to love them right.

Jungkook was getting restless from being inside for a few days, he got like that sometimes, and wondered if Taehyung would want to go out for the evening. He bounded over to the bathroom door and knocked.

“Hyungiiie,” he called, pressing his ear to the door.

“Yeah, baby?”

“Can we go out when you’re done?”

“Of course. Where do you wanna go?”

“Hmmm...I don’t know yet.” Jungkook supplied unhelpfully.

He thought he could hear Taehyung chuckle. “Okay little one, let me finish up and we can decide then, alright?”

“Okay hyungie.” Jungkook agreed, satisfied, and went to change out of the fresh pair of sweats he’d just put on. He was in the middle of taking off his socks when a thought popped into his head. He gasped and ran back over the bathroom, tapping on the door.

“Hey, hyungie?”

“Yes, my Jungkookie?” The water was no longer running, so Taehyung had probably stepped out and was drying himself. Jungkook tried his best to not picture what Taehyung looked like at this very moment. He shook his head clear of his thoughts and remembered what he came to ask.

“Is this gonna be a date?” The two boys hadn’t really been on a proper date yet, besides going to Jin-hyung’s cafe, if that even counted.

There was a beat of silence. “I guess it is, baby. Dress pretty for me, yeah?”

Jungkook knew that Taehyung was just teasing him, but he couldn’t help the pleasant tingles he felt slide down his spine. He hurried back to his room and threw open his cupboard. He settled on a pair of skintight light blue jeans and a basic v-neck long sleeve shirt under a fluffy white jumper. He ran some product through his hair so that the natural curl was more pronounced and parted his fringe over his forehead like Jimin taught him. He put on his white sneakers and went to Jimin’s room to find some small silver hoops. He slipped the earrings in and decided to use some of Jimin’s white shimmer eyeshadow too. It was barely visible on the eyelid, only showing a subtle shimmer that Jungkook loved. Jungkook emerged from Jimin’s room and went to the kitchen to let Taehyung change in peace. He was surely tempted, but he was still shy when it came to Taehyung and … R-rated stuff. Jungkook decided to have some tea while he waited for Taehyung. He was just about to pick up his cup to have a sip when arms slipped around his waist.

“You made tea?” Taehyung asked, resting his chin on Jungkook’s shoulder.

“You were taking too long.” Jungkook grouched, leaning back into the older.

“Impatient, much?” Taehyung playfully sunk his teeth into Jungkook’s shoulder.

Jungkook gasped. “See? You’re a tiger!” He tilted his head back and so their lips were aligned. “Tigers bite.” He said softly, looking up at Taehyung from under his lashes. Taehyung stared back for a few seconds, seemingly entranced. His eyes dropped down to Jungkook’s lips and the younger tilted his chin up so that their lips were teasingly brushing up against one another. Taehyung leaned forward and captured Jungkook’s bottom lip between his teeth. Jungkook’s eyes fluttered closed and he let a little whimper escape when Taehyung tugged his lip gently. He couldn’t suppress his shiver when Taehyung dragged his tongue over the younger’s captured lip.

“So sensitive.” Taehyung murmured, coming back to press a close-mouthed kiss on Jungkook’s lips. The older stepped back, hands linked with Jungkook’s, to look at his boy. Jungkook tried to stand still as Taehyung raked his gaze down his form, eyes trailing back up to rest on his face.

“Like what you see?” Jungkook meant to sound coy but his voice was too affected, too hopeful.

Taehyung pulled Jungkook’s hands to link around his neck before cupping baby soft cheeks. “You look like an angel.” Taehyung’s voice was low and honest and Jungkook was in love.

Jungkook, feeling a bit needy, tightened his arms around Taehyung’s neck to bring him closer. He brought their lips together and Taehyung kissed him for a bit before murmuring against his lips: “If you keep kissing me like this, we’re not going anywhere anytime soon.”

Jungkook responded by leaning more of his weight onto Taehyung, causing the other to tighten his hold around the younger. “Baby, don’t you wanna go on our date?” Taehyung said, tone teasing as he pressed a kiss to the maknae’s forehead before leaning back to look at him properly. Jungkook’s lips curled into a small smile at the thought of going on a date with his hyung. “Yeah?” Taehyung asked, smiling at the younger. “Where do you wanna go?”

“Mmm...bowling.” Jungkook said, running both hands through Taehyung’s hair.

Taehyung raised an eyebrow. “Is this gonna be another competition?”

Jungkook nodded, bunny smile emerging as his eyes sparkled. Taehyung just sighed, accepted the challenge and led Jungkook out the apartment by his hand. They decided to walk because it wasn’t a long distance away and the weather was quite nice in the evening. Taehyung slung his arm over Jungkook’s shoulder, his hand linked to Jungkook’s. Jungkook’s other hand was cheekily tucked into the older’s back pocket. They arrived at the bowling alley in no time, Jungkook dragging Taehyung to the counter to pay. Jungkook whipped out his wallet and paid for their session before the older could protest.

“Dinner’s on me.” Taehyung said as they went to an open lane. The place was pleasantly busy, not too many people that Taehyung felt overwhelmed, but just enough to feel lively. They typed their names into the scoreboard and Jungkook picked up a bowling ball first. He twirled around to face Taehyung as he stood at the top of the lane.

“You ready, hyungie?” Jungkook asked sweetly. Taehyung almost believed the boy was harmless. Almost.

“The question is, are you ready little one?”

Jungkook smirked. “I’ve been ready for years.” He turned around and (with perfect form) launched the ball at the pins. Taehyung blinked dumbly as he watched all 10 pins fall. His eyes returned to the smug boy already looking at him. “I was on the school team.” Jungkook shrugged.

“Now is probably an inappropriate time to be turned on, right?” Taehyung asked, head co*cking to the side as his eyes ran down Jungkook's body. Jungkook’s hands flew up to his mouth, face burning.

“Hyungie you can’t just say that in public!” The younger had to stop himself from squirming under the older's gaze. Taehyung smirked as he sauntered over to the blushing boy.

“It’s true.” He whispered in his ear, before grabbing a bowling ball. He took a swing and lo and behold, he scored his own strike. When Taehyung turned around to wink at the flabbergasted maknae, he didn’t tell him that his strike was by pure luck. In actual fact, Taehyung was usually next to hopeless when it came to bowling. Jungkook soon found out and was acting so smug and bratty about it, but Taehyung was anything but annoyed. He was a confusing mix of endeared and turned on - wanting to kiss the smirk off Jungkook's face. Taehyung knew that Jungkook would beat him, so he quickly switched tactics to weaken his opponent. Taehyung would whisper in Jungkook’s ear as the younger was about to bowl, flustering him and making his aim less accurate. He even went so far as to grip Jungkook’s waist and slide a hand down his arm, pretending to correct his already perfect form. When Jungkook had gone soft in his hold after a sneaky bite to his earlobe, Taehyung decided he was being too harsh on the younger and stopped all the hanky panky. Jungkook ended up winning, not by too much but he was still very pleased with himself. He bounded over to Taehyung and threw his arms around his neck in a hug. Taehyung really wanted to kiss him but there were some kids that just arrived and started bowling in the aisle next to them and PDA was always gross to kids. Taehyung cut his losses and went for the next best thing.

“You’re the best opponent I’ve ever had.” Taehyung said, pulling Jungkook closer before stepping back from their hug. “You played so well, angel.”

Jungkook was positively glowing, from the pet name and Taehyung’s compliments. “Thanks hyungie.” He said, eyes focused on his fingers that played with the buttons of Taehyung’s oversized denim jacket.

Taehyung pressed a kiss to his forehead (that wouldn’t scar the kids) and stroked Jungkook’s cheek with one hand. “The cutest boy,” he whispered.

“Hyungie,” Jungkook complained, “stop being this way.” He loved hearing Taehyung speak to him like that, but there was a time and place. Jungkook really didn’t want to become a needy, blushing mess at a freaking bowling alley.

“Am I making you shy, baby?” Taehyung asked, a teasing grin on his face that Jungkook both loved and hated. Jungkook just huffed an exasperated breath and glared halfheartedly at his hyung.

Taehyung took Jungkook’s hand in his and brought it to his lips to kiss as an apology. Jungkook’s face softened immediately and Taehyung really wanted to kiss him but those damn kids. It was fine, he’d kiss his baby to his heart’s content when they got home. They made their way to the diner across the street, tucked closely into one another's sides. Taehyung ordered their meals as Jungkook made his way to get a table that was a bit off to the side, to have a bit of privacy. Jungkook was checking his phone as he walked and accidentally bumped into someone much like he had Taehyung when they’d first met. The other person steadied him and Jungkook’s eyes widened as he stared at who it was.

Kim Namjoon.

As in: his ex-boyfriend Kim Namjoon. Jungkook hadn’t seen him in almost a year, since they’d broken up.

“Kookie?” His voice brought back memories of high school and his first real boyfriend. The two had gotten together when Jungkook was in grade eleven and Namjoon in second year. They’d met at the music store where Jungkook was working part time. It didn’t work out because Namjoon was always swamped with school work and Jungkook felt neglected and lonely. They had a nasty fight one night and after a few days of talking through it, they decided it was best to break up. Namjoon had been Jungkook’s first love.

“Hey Namjoon-ssi.” Jungkook said, a bit in shock.

“What’s with the formalities Kookie?” Namjoon laughed. “I know it’s been a while but there’s no hard feelings, I hope?”

Jungkook snapped out of his stupor and smiled. Namjoon was just as polite and welcoming as always. “Of course not, Joonie-hyung. How are you these days?”

“I’m good, thanks. Still producing music. It’s going good so far. How about you? You’re looking good. Still as beautiful as ever.” Namjoon smiled with familiarity and Jungkook smiled back as he didn’t feel uncomfortable. Namjoon was being as friendly and charming as he always was. Jungkook was about to answer when Jungkook felt a familiar arm settle around his waist and tug him into a warm body.

“You okay, baby?” Taehyung asked, clearly sizing up Namjoon. Taehyung tucked his right hand into the front pocket on the right of Jungkook’s jeans. Everything about his posture was screaming mine. Jungkook knew he shouldn’t but he really felt the urge to swoon.

“Hyungie, this is Kim Namjoon...we uh…used to date when I was in high school.” Jungkook cringed a bit at how awkwardly the words stumbled out of his mouth.

Jungkook felt Taehyung stiffen against him and immediately turned his body so that he could loop an arm around Taehyung’s waist. Taehyung relaxed and offered a hand to Namjoon.

“I’m Kim Taehyung, Jungkookie’s boyfriend.” Taehyung stated, not unkindly, and Jungkook pressed a little closer, secretly preening at Taehyung’s introduction. The maknae really needed to gain a hold of himself.

Namjoon shook Taehyung’s hand with a polite smile. “Nice to meet you. I hope you’re keeping Kookie outta trouble?” He said jokingly, smiling warmly at Jungkook.

Taehyung didn’t laugh, only barely lifted up a corner of this mouth to suggest a smile. “Well I’m definitely keeping him.”

Namjoon’s eyebrows raised a bit in surprise. Jungkook felt heat rush to his face as Taehyung’s clear display of possession. He needed to end this conversation before it turned into an Alpha Male battle of testosterone.

Jungkook laughed nervously and grabbed Taehyung’s hand out of his pocket. “Sorry Joonie-hyung, I think our food is being taken to our table. It was great seeing you.”

“Uh, yeah. ‘Course. I’ll see you around sometime?” Namjoon asked, pointedly looking at Jungkook.

Jungkook just smiled and dragged Taehyung to their table before he said anything. The pair sat down across from one another and Jungkook was clearly a bit psychic because a waitress appeared with their food. Jungkook thanked her and assured her that would be all for now. Taehyung had been quiet and Jungkook could feel his eyes on him. He braved peeking up at his hyung.

Joonie-hyung ? See you around?” Taehyung lifted an eyebrow as he relayed snippets from the awkward encounter.

Jungkook took a sip of his milkshake. “Well, we used to date so I’m obviously familiar with him.” Taehyung scowled and Jungkook dropped the smart act. “He just said he’d see me around to be nice.”

“When did you guys stop dating?” Taehyung asked, pulling his fries towards himself.

“About a year ago.” Jungkook said nonchalantly, relaxing as Taehyung began to eat.

“Why?” Taehyung asked, narrowing his eyes as he seemingly had to drag the information out of the younger.

“He was always busy and I was lonely and we weren’t what the other needed. We broke things off mutually and moved on.” Jungkook stated matter-of-factly and Taehyung’s frown was still very much there. Jungkook made a soft sound of displeasure and grabbed Taehyung’s hand that was on the table. “Hyungie, what’s wrong?”

Taehyung’s expression softened at Jungkook’s tone. “I just- I don’t like the way that he looks at you, baby.” Jungkook co*cked his head to the side like a confused puppy. Taehyung was endeared. “He looks at you the same way I do.”

Jungkook blinked at him for a few moments before breaking out into a smile. “Don’t be silly, hyungie. I know that’s impossible because no one has ever looked at me the way you do. Like... like I’m everything. Besides, I only want your eyes on me.” Jungkook brought Taehyung’s hand to his cheek and leaned his face into it. “I love you, Taehyungie. Only you.”

Taehyung’s face finally split into a smile and he stroked his thumb along Jungkook’s cheek. “I know, little one. I’m being a bit of a possessive dickhe*d, aren’t I?”

It was Jungkook’s turn to frown. “Hyungie, no. You’re being a bit unreasonable, I think, but you’re not- you’re - you can’t- ”

Taehyung saw Jungkook start to work himself up, the way he sometimes did when Taehyung said something self-deprecating. He stood up slightly and grabbed Jungkook’s face with both hands. He leaned over the table and pressed a warm kiss to the younger’s lips. He pulled back and smiled at the pink dusting the younger’s cheeks.

“I love you too, baby.”

Taehyung released Jungkook’s face and plopped back down in his seat. Jungkook was left trying to remember how to breathe as Taehyung resumed eating his food. Taehyung looked up at him with a smirk playing on his lips.

“Little one, your food’s getting cold.”

Jungkook shook his head to clear it and dug into his food. He didn’t notice Taehyung’s fond gaze and soft smile.

After dinner the boys were standing on the curb waiting for the bus. It was already dark out and Taehyung didn’t want to risk running into any riff-raff on the walk home. The temperature had gotten considerably colder and Jungkook was trying to steal as much of Taehyung’s body heat as possible. The younger’s arms were wrapped around his hyung’s torso, beneath the denim jacket. Taehyung had his arms wrapped around the younger’s back to keep him cocooned in his jacket. The maknae had buried his cold face into the warmth of Taehyung’s neck and had no intention of moving until he absolutely had to. Taehyung rubbed his hands along Jungkook’s back to help warm him and every once in a while he left a kiss on the younger boy’s hair.

“Baby, here comes our bus.” Taehyung whispered, kissing Jungkook’s forehead when the younger whined because Taehyung stepped back. The bus pulled up and the two hopped on, paying the small fee and settling into seats close by. Jungkook immediately laid his head on Taehyung’s broad shoulder and brought the older’s hand onto his lap so that he could play with the rings decorating long, tan fingers. Taehyung rested his head against Jungkook’s and the two sat in a cozy silence on the short ride to the university residence block.

The boys hurried into the dorm to get out of the cold. Jungkook toed off his shoes once he’d entered and twirled around to look at Taehyung. He smiled at his hyung when he saw his eyes were already on the younger.

“Have I told you how gorgeous you look today, baby?” Taehyung asked as he leaned back against the door, gaze running over Jungkook’s whole body. Jungkook felt tingles run down his spine.

“Yes,” he answered, voice already adopting a breathless quality, “But you should tell me again.”

A smile broke out on Taehyung’s face at Jungkook’s words. “Come here, angel.”

Jungkook didn’t hesitate for a second before obeying Taehyung and stopping a few centimeters away from him. Taehyung ran his hands up the sleeves of Jungkook’s fluffy sweater before his hands landed on his neck. He cupped the younger’s neck in both hands and used his hold to tip his head back so that he was looking up at his hyung. Jungkook gripped onto Taehyung’s shirt.

“So beautiful.” Taehyung whispered as he ran his eyes along Jungkook’s face. Jungkook’s eyes fluttered shut when Taehyung pressed a kiss to his lips. “My beautiful boy.” The older murmured and Jungkook opened his mouth to get a taste. Taehyung slid his tongue into Jungkook’s mouth and groaned. Jungkook moaned in response and tried to tug Taehyung closer. Taehyung slid one hand up to protectively cup the back of the younger’s head and swiftly turned them around to press him against the door. Jungkook gasped at the force of the movement and brought his arms up to link around Taehyung’s neck. Jungkook moaned at the delicious pressure of Taehyung’s body pinning him to the wall and gasped when the older grasped the maknae’s thick thigh in his hand to hitch it up on the older's hip. When Taehyung brought his lips to the maknae's collarbone and started to leave featherlight kisses, Jungkook curled a hand into the older’s shaggy hair to urge him closer. Taehyung took the hint, increasing the pressure of his lips as he made his way up Jungkook’s neck. The younger felt like he was losing his mind; his whole body reacting to Taehyung. Taehyung used one hand to stop Jungkook’s hips from grinding forward and used his other to keep Jungkook’s head cradled in one position. When hot, wet lips brushed over the spot just below Jungkook’s right ear, he whimpered so wantonly that Taehyung momentarily froze before an almost animalistic groan escaped his lips. He pressed his lips to the sweet spot and Jungkook gasped and tightened his hand in the older’s hair.

“Hyungie,” Jungkook was panting as Taehyung kept pressing small kisses to the spot. Taehyung didn’t respond, opting to press an open-mouthed kiss to the sensitive area and laving his tongue over it. Jungkook keened, head thrown back, desperate moans spilling from his lips as Taehyung proceeded to suck a pretty bruise on the spot. Taehyung pulled back when he was satisfied with his work, kissing his way up Jungkook’s neck and stopping right before parted lips. He pulled back slightly and soothed Jungkook’s whine by lifting him up so that both his legs were wrapped around Taehyung’s hips. Jungkook hid his face in his hyung’s neck as he started to grind forward onto Taehyung’s lower tummy. Taehyung walked them to the bedroom and laid Jungkook down on the bed. The boy’s black hair was stark against the white pillow, his cheeks flushed a pretty pink and his body squirming with impatience and desire.

“Pretty baby,” Taehyung crooned as he responded to the grabby hands Jungkook directed at him. “What do you want, hmm? Tell hyungie.” He said gently, caging Jungkook against the mattress and pressing a kiss to the already purpling mark on his neck. Jungkook shivered, wrapping his arms around Taehyung to bring him closer.

His eyes were half-lidded and pooled with want . He blinked up at Taehyung as the older brushed his fringe off his forehead.

“Can hyungie…” Jungkook paused as he dropped Taehyung’s gaze. Taehyung simply nuzzled their noses together to silently tell him it was okay. Jungkook looked back into his hyung’s eyes and was overcome by the love, adoration and lust he saw there. Suddenly feeling brave, he took Taehyung’s hand in his own and brought it to the button of his own jeans. “Can hyungie please touch me?”

Chapter 16: His touch


I was incredibly shy while writing this but also 🤪

NB: this // indicates the beginning and end of smut chapters so feel free to skip some parts uwu

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text


Taehyung leaned down to capture the maknae’s lips in a kiss. Jungkook felt his jeans loosen and then Taehyung was slipping his hand into the younger’s boxers to pull him out. He pushed the material of Jungkook’s pants down just enough so that it wouldn’t be in the way. Jungkook shivered when the older cupped his bare hips with large hands and stroked his thumbs along his hip bones.

“Everything about you is so damn pretty, baby.” He moved one hand to trail his fingers along the inside of Jungkook’s thigh.

Tae,” Jungkook gasped. “No teasing, please hyungie.”

He reached his arms out and Taehyung complied immediately, leaning over to meet Jungkook’s lips in a kiss. Jungkook’s pleased hum turned into a desperate moan as he felt Taehyung wrap his hand around where he was aching.

“So wet for hyung, aren’t you?” Taehyung groaned into his ear, hand big and soft as he stroked the younger in slow, easy movements.

Jungkook shivered, goosebumps erupting along his body. He threw his head back and bucked his hips up when the older twisted his hand just right.

“Hyungie ... uh ...please.” Jungkook whined, hips rocking up frantically into Taehyung’s touch.

Jungkook felt like he has no control, could only surrender to the sensations running through him. He clenched his hands into the sheets to anchor himself, fully believing that he’d fly off the bed if it weren’t for Taehyung pressing him down. Everything was hot and felt, f*ck, it felt so good. When Taehyung bent down to lick a wet stripe up his neck, Jungkook felt his tummy tighten and his toes curl.

Taehyungie, ” Jungkook body started to shiver as Taehyung pressed small kisses to his sweet spot.

When the older tilted his head to bite down on his earlobe, whispering: “My Jungkookie.” voice thick with arousal yet so tender, Jungkook felt a harsh tremble rock his whole body. Jungkook’s back arched as he released with a long whine of Taehyung’s name. His org*sm washed over him and he sunk down into the mattress as he reveled in the feeling. Taehyung was kissing his temple and running his hands along Jungkook’s sides. He felt so warm and floaty and sated . Jungkook’s eyes fluttered open after he felt Taehyung kiss his lips gently. Taehyung pulled back to look him in the eyes and Jungkook whined, tilting his chin up to chase Taehyung’s lips.

“You with me, angel?” Taehyung murmured, running his thumb along Jungkook’s pouting lower lip.

Jungkook nodded, whining again because Taehyung wasn’t kissing him goddamnit. He was granted another kiss from a smiling Taehyung, sending pleasant warmth through his whole body. Jungkook wrapped his legs around the older hips, bringing him closer. He couldn’t help the whimper that escaped his lips when he felt Taehyung’s hard-on press against him. It seemed that Taehyung had wiped the younger down with a tissue and pulled his pants up while he was coming down from his high. Right now, the two boys’ were separated by four layers of material and Jungkook was not happy. He trailed his hand down Taehyung’s torso and stopped at the button of his jeans, hesitating. Taehyung pulled away from the kiss and nuzzled their noses together.

“I want to.” Jungkook said because he knew what Taehyung was going to say. Taehyung pulled back further and raised an eyebrow at him. Jungkook pulled Taehyung back into another kiss to hide his sheepishness. Jungkook unbuttoned Taehyung’s jeans and slipped his hand inside to cup him over his boxers. Taehyung bit onto Jungkook’s bottom lip and grinded into his hand. Jungkook was already unraveling, body thrumming with newfound heat as he felt Taehyung’s arousal. He felt f*cking big. Taehyung licked over Jungkook’s bottom lip before trailing kisses to his ear.

“Wanna touch hyung, baby? Make me feel good?” He whispered hotly, soothing a hand down Jungkook’s side when he felt him start to tremble again.

He leaned back and cupped Jungkook’s cheek, the younger immediately nuzzling into his palm. Jungkook started to rub his hand eagerly against Taehyung’s length, wanting to please his hyung. Taehyung groaned, catching Jungkook’s wrist to pause his movements.

“Baby, can you use your words for me? I need to know you’re with me.”

Jungkook’s eyes snapped up to Taehyung’s from where they’d been ogling the veins in his neck - they’re nice , really nice veins - and felt his heart flutter at the sincerity and care in the older’s eyes. Taehyung kept their eyes locked, helping Jungkook come down a bit from his floaty headspace. It felt like the fogginess in his brain was thinning so that he could think more clearly. He placed his hands in Taehyung’s chest, gently pushing him away. Taehyung looked alarmed, immediately backing away sitting up on his knees. Jungkook got into his own knees and pressed his hands against Taehyung’s thighs for purchase as he leaned up to brush their noses together. Taehyung let out a huge breath, worry still there but less obvious as he cupped Jungkook’s face.

“Hyungie.” Jungkook said Very Seriously, leaning back the slightest bit so that his eyes wouldn’t squint when he looked into Taehyung’s. “Let me be good for you.” He begged, squeezing his hands around Taehyung’s thighs.

He watched as Taehyung’s eyes dilated and became predatory, looking like he was seconds from pressing Jungkook into the mattress again. Jungkook got up from the bed and pulled Taehyung along with him, using every ounce of his willpower not to kiss him because he’d surely lose himself in it and he wanted to do this for Taehyung. So no distractions. They stood beside the bed and Jungkook hooked his thumbs into the sides of Taehyung’s jeans. He looked up at Taehyung for permission. Taehyung nods and Jungkook swiftly pushes his pants and underpants down to his ankles, not patient enough to take them off. Taehyung huffs a breath of surprise when he’s pushed done to sit on the edge of the bed, looking down to see his baby kneeling between his legs. He grips onto Jungkook’s jaw and smoothes his thumb along the skin.

“What are you doing, baby?” He asks and Jungkook feels the welcome haziness return to his head at Taehyung’s deliciously commanding tone. The younger closes his eyes and immediately opens them when he hears Taehyung click his tongue in warning. “Words.”

Taehyung’s tone was far from harsh, yet still chastising and it caused Jungkook’s spine to straighten and hands to grip onto the wrist of the hand holding his face. Taehyung understood the reaction of minute panic and leaned down to press his lips to the maknae’s forehead.

“You’re okay, baby. I’m not mad.” He dropped another kiss there and leaned back to sit up. “Can you answer the question for me, angel? Hyungie needs to know so he can help you if you need.” Taehyung said, removing his hand from Jungkook’s face and out of his grasp to run through the younger’s fluffy, messed up hair.

Jungkook’s spine relaxed under the touch, hands coming to grip around each of Taehyung’s calves. He very nearly forgets Taehyung’s question before the other gently prompts him again. The younger is suddenly shy, trying to hide away by pressing his face into Taehyung’s inner thigh. He feels goosebumps rise along the back of his neck yet again when he hears Taehyung’s deep chuckle and he tries to squirm closer to his hyung. He peeks up at Taehyung, cheeks just about ready to explode from overheating.

“I wanna suck hyungie off.” He states before feeling the rest of him is going to burst into flames too under Taehyung’s intense stare. “Please.” He adds when Taehyung still hasn’t answered.

Taehyung shakes his head once like he was snapping himself out of a daze, using the hand in Jungkook’s hair to tilt his head up with a small tug. It causes Jungkook to gasp at the sensation. “Of course, baby. f*ck, whatever you want.”

Jungkook didn’t waste any time, diving forward to wrap his lips around him. Taehyung groaned and tightened his hand in Jungkook’s hair in surprise. The younger boy moaned around Taehyung’s length, sliding his mouth down further to take more of him in.

f*ck, keep going baby.”Taehyung’s voice was so deep and to Jungkook, that alone turned him on so much he wanted to get one his knees for Taehyung all the time.

Keep going, Jungkook did. He worked his mouth around Taehyung as the elder kept one hand firmly clutched in his hair, gently guiding him. Jungkook responded to every sound slipping past Taehyung’s lips with his own, feeling like his hyung’s pleasure was his own. At one point Jungkook reached his hand out and Taehyung linked their fingers together, letting their hands rest on his thigh.

“You’re doing so well for me, Jungkookie. Such a good boy.” Jungkook whined, thighs trying to press together as he got Taehyung off, desperately trying to relieve the ache that returned between his legs.

“Baby, sh*t I-I’m coming.” Taehyung warned, releasing his grip on the younger’s hair so that he could move off.

The younger did no such thing, going down as far as he could on the older’s length and moaned. Taehyung immediately released into his mouth from the stimulation, head thrown back as he bit his lip, veins in his neck visibly pulsing. At this sight and Taehyung’s careless pulling of his hair, Jungkook felt himself close to his second wave of pleasure. He pulled off of Taehyung and reached a hand down between his legs. He pressed his forehead against Taehyung’s thigh when he felt the pleasure wrack through him, his entire body shaking. He moaned and gasped into Taehyung’s skin, feeling his body begin to calm as the older rubbed his scalp gently with his fingertips.

“Jungkook? Baby, did you just- ?” Taehyung sounded awed and Jungkook was feeling shy and small. He nodded, blinking up at Taehyung from his position on the floor with spaced-out eyes. “f*ck , baby you’re gonna be the death of me.” Taehyung groaned. Jungkook was still nestled deep in his headspace, beginning to nuzzle into Taehyung’s inner thigh, mindlessly kissing and sucking the soft skin there.

Jungkook whimpered when Taehyung eased him away, before he was hoisted up onto Taehyung’s lap to receive a slow kiss on his lips. Jungkook moaned delightedly into in, sagging forward and wrapping his limbs around the older. He chased Taehyung’s lips when theirs separated. He really didn’t like this pulling away business Taehyung was always doing. Taehyung pecked his lips as consolation before leaning back to look at him properly.

Baby.” Taehyung murmured and Jungkook preened at the adoration layered thick in his voice. “You were so good for me, hmm?” He pressed a kiss to the younger’s nose. “My good boy.” He murmured, the next kiss pressed to his cheek. “Mine.” He said, pressing a firm kiss to Jungkook’s pliant lips.

Jungkook moaned at how good it felt to be Taehyung’s - warm, warm warm. Taehyung gently leaned back and rolled over so that Jungkook was lying under him. He managed not to break the kiss and Jungkook was grateful, feeling like he needed Taehyung lips on his at All Times. They kissed lazily for what felt like both very long and too short a time for the maknae. If he felt boneless before, he just about lost any sense he may have held onto when Taehyung pressed those sweet, honeyed pecks to his lips. Jungkook could feel every confession of love, gratitude, adoration and pleasure pressed to his lips. Taehyung pulled awayagain, going so far that their bodies weren’t even touching anymore and Jungkook was torn between crying or hitting the older. Probably the former.

“Stay.” He pleaded, eyes starting to water as he clutched onto Taehyung’s shirt. Taehyung was pressed against him immediately, peppering kisses all along his face until Jungkook caught his lips with his own.

“My baby,” Taehyung murmured against his lips, “I’m just going to clean myself up and fetch us some water okay?” Jungkook frowned and circled his arms around Taehyung’s torso to trap him. “I’ll get you banana milk.” Taehyung bribed. “And snacks.” He kissed the younger’s nose, smiling when it scrunched.

Jungkook thinks about it, weighing up the pros and cons of letting the older go. All thoughts go flying out the window when Taehyung fixes him with a look. “Baby boy, be good and let me take care of you, okay?”

Jungkook was sure his whole body flushed at Taehyung’s use of the Voice. The younger nodded, feeling assuaged by the approving look Taehyung fixes him with.

“Good.” Taehyung whispered, kissing Jungkook one last time before getting up.

As Taehyung left to the bathroom Jungkook immediately regretted letting Taehyung go, suddenly feeling cold and alone in his bed. He wriggled out of his jeans and t-shirt, the material feeling uncomfortable against his highly sensitized skin. He crawled under the blankets and clutched onto a pillow as he waited for Taehyung. It felt like forever before Taehyung returned, dressed in a pair of sweatpants and the same t-shirt, holding a pack of Jungkook’s favourite chips and a bottle of banana milk. Slung over his shoulder was a small towel. He dropped the stuff on the bed instantly when Jungkook sat up and held out his arms for him. He sat against the headboard and pulled the younger into his arms. The tightness in Jungkook’s chest lifted as he settled into Taehyung’s arms, pressing kisses into the crook of his hyung’s neck. Taehyung ran a hand across the back of his head, fingers burying into his hair.

“Was I gone too long, baby?” He asked rocking them gently.

Jungkook nodded against his neck, kissing along his skin until their lips met. Taehyung takes the lead naturally, delivering his apology with soft presses of lips and little nips of teeth.

"Let me clean you up." Taehyung whispered.

He laid Jungkook back and wiped the dampened towel along flushed skin. As soon as he set the towel on the bedside table, Jungkook was sitting back up and climbing into his hyung's lap, clinging close. Taehyung seemed to sense the younger’s mild distress, reaching back to take off his shirt and put it on a confused Jungkook. Once the soft material was on him, swallowing him in Taehyung’s warmth and scent, Jungkook smiled all sweet and dopey as he wrapped his arms around Taehyung in a hug. His hands had free reign as Taehyung’s upper body was bare. Jungkook hummed happily and leaned back to run his hands along Taehyung’s broad chest. He smiled when Taehyung opened the banana milk and brought the straw up to the younger’s lips, drinking happily as he traced his fingers along Taehyung’s collarbones. He pulled away when he was satisfied, nipping Taehyung’s collarbone when the older stretched out to place the banana milk on the bedside table. Taehyung jerked back, eyes narrowing playfully as he spread his large hands around Jungkook’s (horrendously ticklish) rib-cage. Jungkook’s eyes widened in panic, hands grabbing Taehyung’s forearms.

“Hyungie, no.” He said, trying to sound firm but ended up whiny. The older loved to tickle him there. Taehyung took pity on him and used his hold on the younger to pull him closer.

“You back with me, baby?” He asked, looking at him softly as he moved his hands to rub Jungkook’s back. Jungkook really loved his back-rubs and Taehyung knew it.

The younger nodded, the haziness of his headspace gone, leaving behind a pleasant feeling of being wholly satisfied and content. His nod caused their noses to brush together- another thing Jungkook loved. He smiled when he saw Taehyung’s visible relief, wrapping his arms around his hyung’s neck.

“Always, hyungie.” He whispered, sweet and honest as he looked up at the older with sparkling eyes and a bunny smile.

“God, I’m so in love with you.” Taehyung said, squeezing his arms around the younger as he pressed their lips together.

Jungkook giggled into the kiss, body bursting with good feelings. Taehyung eventually stopped kissing him when they were too short of breath to ignore the need for oxygen. Jungkook ran both hands through the older’s hair as they regarded each other with soft smiles and even softer eyes. Jungkook yawned and migrated to snuggle into Taehyung’s chest, arms wrapping around the older’s waist. He was in his element with all of Taehyung’s golden skin in reach. The older reached over and opened the pack of crisps, bringing one to Jungkook’s lips. Jungkook ate it and moved his head to lookup at his hyung.

“I can feed myself, you know.” He sassed, eyes still dazzling as he pestered Taehyung (just to be a brat).

Taehyung rolled his eyes. “Don’t act like you don’t love it.”

“I love you.” Jungkook retorted, leaning up to kiss the older. Taehyung dropped the packet of crisps onto the nightstand before he wrapped his arms tightly around Jungkook’s waist. Taehyung managed to shift them down until he was laying flat on his back, Jungkook laying on top of him, without breaking this kiss. Jungkook pulled back this time, but only far enough that their lips would still brush against one another.

“I like when you do that.” He said, kissing the corner of Taehyung’s lips. Taehyung hummed as a sign for him to elaborate. “When you do stuff without breaking our kiss.” He said, going back to sucking Taehyung’s bottom lip. Taehyung chuckled and Jungkook smiled automatically.

“You get really pouty when I stop kissing you, so I try to avoid that.” Taehyung peppered the younger’s lips with a few kisses. Jungkook smiled shyly, pressing his lips back where they belong as large hands massage his thighs.

Jungkook must’ve started to drift off because he jolted slightly when Taehyung was moving too much. Jungkook whined in complaint, relaxing once Taehyung managed to grab the duvet from under them and lay it over Jungkook. Jungkook hummed happily, shifting so that his head was laying on Taehyung’s chest. Taehyung pressed a kiss to his hair and rubbed one hand down his boy's back.

“Comfy, little one?” He asked and Jungkook wanted to cry at how happy and safe he felt.

He settled for nodding, mumbling that Taehyung can move him next to him if he wanted, but asked to stay just like this til he fell asleep. He doesn't think he's ever been this comfortable in his life, warm and sated with his thighs bracketing Taehyung's hips. Taehyung continued rubbing his back slowly and rested his other hand on Jungkook’s behind. He made a lame joke about tapping Jungkook’s ass and literally tapped his ass with a quick pat of his hand.

Jungkook laughed sleepily into his chest, heart fluttering even at his hyung's lame joke.


Thank you everyone for being so patient with my typos, this fic isn’t beta read and I sometimes accidentally miss any mistake that I’ve made until I’ve reread it a few times after I’ve updated - idk why I’m like this

Also HUGE thanks to anyone reading this fic, I write it to find comfort and be soft and I hope you guys find comfort in it too.


Chapter 17: His Sunday Mornings


Sleepy Taekook


(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jungkook woke up slowly. Everything about the boy was slow in the mornings; the way he dragged himself out of bed, the way he showered, the way he ate his breakfast. Each action was heavy with lethargy. So although his slowness made getting ready for school a nightmare, there were perks to it. For example, on Sundays. Sundays were his favourite days because (if he had a productive week) he could spend the whole morning and afternoon in bed. Jimin would usually make lunch and come eat it with Jungkook in his bed. Sometimes they’d talk non-stop or sometimes not talk at all, depending on their mood. If it wasn’t too hot they’d nap again or Jimin would drag Jungkook to the living room to play video games or watch a drama. Sundays with Jimin were always lovely.

But Sundays with Taehyung? Almost sacred. Jungkook woke up like he usually did, slowly and in stages. He would gain some awareness, shift his body to be more comfortable. Over the past few nights he’s quickly grown accustomed to sleeping next to a warm body so he naturally changed his position in a way that allowed him to stay close. He vaguely registered that said other body was wrapped around him from behind, their legs pressed to his own and a tan arm wrapped around his waist. Jungkook sighed in content and pressed further back to be closer.

The next time his brain teetered on the edge of consciousness, the maknae was turning around to face the boy who held him. Not awake enough to even attempt to open his eyes, Jungkook snuggled his face into warm skin until he was comfortable. He inhaled deeply and even half-asleep, his body reacted to Taehyung. At the smell of the combination of Taehyung’s fruity shampoo and heady scent (Jungkook had no idea how Taehyung smelled so good naturally), he wanted to drown in it. He moved so that the bridge of his nose was tucked nicely against the warm skin of Taehyung’s neck. One hand drifted to rest against the small of Taehyung’s back, a bare leg dragging upwards to curl between Taehyung’s own. He felt a gentle hand rest against the back of his head, the reassuring weight of it making him want to sink into the body he cuddled. When long fingers started to gently massage his scalp, Jungkook almost fell back asleep, but not quite. Instead, he floated in that pleasant space between deep slumber and wakefulness, everything feeling soft and warm and like time didn’t exist at all. When the fingers in his hair trailed down to tease the nape of his neck, Jungkook involuntarily shivered. He peeled his heavy eyelids open, only managing to get them half way up when his eyes settled on Taehyung. The poor maknae struggled to keep his eyes open, be it halfway, as his lids kept drooping back down every few seconds. He briefly saw the lazy, appreciative gaze trained on him and the small curl of Taehyung’s lips. He leaned forward to kiss the barely-there smile, feeling warmth shoot through him when Taehyung leaned forward into the kiss.

“You awake?” Taehyung’s voice reverberated from his chest, his lips transferring slight vibrations from his own to Jungkook’s. Jungkook hummed to answer his question, alerting Taehyung that yes he was awake, but too lazy to bother forming words. Taehyung pressed their lips together in a chaste kiss, hand on the maknae’s nape curling so that he cradled Jungkook’s neck in his hand.

“Wanna sleep some more?” He asked, resting his forehead against Jungkook’s. The younger didn’t even register the question, not really. He was mainly concerned about the softness of Taehyung’s lips and the warmth radiating from his body. Jungkook tilted his head up, tightening the arm around Taehyung’s waist. Taehyung answered his wordless plea, connecting their lips once more. Jungkook felt himself melt into Taehyung, limbs going slack when their kiss deepened. They kissed with no intent other than to kiss. The heat between them pleasant and soothing rather than the urgent, needy heat of last night. Taehyung’s lips were full and plush against Jungkook’s own. Taehyung trailed kisses from the maknae’s lips and along his jaw. He leaned back and nuzzled their noses together.

“You’re doing it again.” Taehyung sounded amused, fond. Jungkook opened his eyes and made a sound in question. “You were purring.”

Jungkook’s cheeks heated up, hands pinching lightly at Taehyung’s sides in retaliation. His words came out endearingly slurred: “Hyungie, stop. I don’t purr.”

Taehyung just smiled, leaning more of his weight into Jungkook as he captured his lips in another kiss. “Do too.” He teased, sliding his other hand into Jungkook’s fluffy hair. Jungkook didn’t bother replying, mind going blank as his whole world narrowed down to Taehyung's touch.

“Love you.” Jungkook confessed, feeling his bones turn molten when Taehyung gave him his sweet pecks. “Love you so much.”

Taehyung kissed him one more time, long and wonderful and causing Jungkook’s fingers to flex against the smooth skin of his hyung’s back. He leaned away and pressed his lips to Jungkook’s forehead. I love you too, itsaid. He shifted them again so that he was laying on his back, Jungkook tucked under his arm. The maknae’s head was situated directly above the older’s heart. Jungkook brought his left leg up to hook across Taehyung’s left hip. He felt a pleasant shiver gently glide across his leg when Taehyung cupped a hand around his knee, thumb rubbing soothingly into the skin. Taehyung’s other hand came up to nestle into Jungkook’s hair. Jungkook sighed and felt himself fall back asleep when Taehyung gently ran his fingers through his hair.

“I don’t know what I did to deserve you, little Jungkookie.” Taehyung murmured. Jungkook squirmed impossibly closer, kissing the skin above Taehyung’s heart.

“Hyungie.” He whispered over the older’s heart. Not having the brain capacity to articulate his feelings, Jungkook settled for pressing small kisses to Taehyung’s chest, hoping he felt cherished and adored in the same way Jungkook felt when he was on the receiving end. After a good few loving pecks to Taehyung’s chest, Jungkook settled back down with his head over the older’s heart.

" My Taehyungie-hyungie.” He breathed out, snuggling down. Taehyung pressed his lips to Jungkook’s hair and that was enough. They were in love and warm and sleepy and it was Sunday, so Jungkook closed his eyes to bask in it all.


hint hint at Taehyung’s insecurity

Chapter 18: His protection

Chapter Text

Taehyung checked his phone with one hand, the other running steadily through his boy’s hair. Jungkook was still sleeping, the soft exhales of his breath slightly tickling the bare skin of the older’s chest. The time read 1pm on his phone, which explained the sunlight streaming through the cracks in Jungkook’s curtains. He received a text from Yoongi that they’d be back late in the evening. Taehyung was excited to see the pair again but he couldn’t deny the twinge he felt in his chest at the thought of leaving Jungkook. He knew he was being dramatic, he lived about twenty minutes away from the boy and he’d see him tomorrow on campus. He just couldn’t shake the constant need to protect the younger. Especially today, the younger was so soft and sweet when he was sleepy, the playful twinkle usually present in his eyes replaced by full blown adoration and trust - all aimed at Taehyung. To be honest, Jungkook overwhelmed him. The boy would do something as mundane as yawn or sneeze and Taehyung’sheart would stutter at his cuteness. Jungkook had him wrapped around his little finger. Taehyung put down his phone and slowly turned to his side so that the younger was cradled to his chest. Jungkook didn’t wake up, just made a cute sound as he let Taehyung manhandle him. Taehyung hugged the younger for a few moments, resting his lips on Jungkook’s head. As much as he’d like to stay here forever, he desperately needed the bathroom and also wanted to cook a nice dinner for when Yoongi and Jimin got home. He gently eased off the bed, placing the pillow he’d been laying on in Jungkook’s arms. He had to stop himself from cooing out loud when Jungkook immediately cuddled it to his chest. He pressed another kiss to Jungkook’s head and grabbed a towel and some clothes, figuring he might as well shower.

He connected his phone to the Bluetooth speaker Jungkook kept in the bathroom, both him and Jimin liked to play music while they showered. He played some RnB jams as he washed his hair, singing along to some of the lyrics. He was done in twenty minutes, dressed in a thin pair of sweatpants and a muscle tank top since it was quite hot today. He brushed his teeth with one hand as he towel dried his hair with the other. He entered the kitchen after checking on Jungkook who, naturally, was still asleep. He had no idea how the younger slept so much. Taehyung thought he slept more than he probably should, but Jungkook would seemingly sleep for days given the chance. Taehyung thought it was probably because the younger tended to forget about his health when he immersed himself in school work - not eating or sleeping the way he should unless Jimin was there to remind him of these things. Taehyung was really glad Jungkook had someone like Jimin in his life, was even happier thatJimin was now with Yoongi. The eldest of the group deserved to be loved and cared for by someone as special as Jimin. Speak of the devil, Taehyung’s phone vibrated in his pocket and Taehyung whipped it out to see Jimin’s name on his phone. He answered, holding the phone between his cheek and shoulder as he used his hands to pull out ingredients for French toast.

“Hey Minnie.” Taehyung said, laughing softly when Jimin gasped.

“Minnie? That’s so cute!” The blonde boy babbled. “I’m just calling to check up on you guys. Kookie is usually still asleep this time.”

“Yeah he is.” Taehyung replied, the fond obvious in his voice. “Yoongs said you guys will be home in the evening?”

“Yup,we’re packing now. Should we buy dinner on the way?”

“No don’t worry about it, I’m gonna make some sticky chicken a bit later.”

“Yummy! Thanks Tae. Wait, hold on for Yoonie.” Taehyung took the chicken out the freezer to let it defrost in the sink. “Tae-ah?” a deep voice rumbled.

Taehyung felt his chest warm a bit atthe sound of his hyung’s voice. “Hi hyung! Or should I say, Yoonie?”

“Shut UP.” Yoongi’s voice was gruff but still managed to sound whiny. Taehyung knew without a doubt his hyung’s lips were pursed in a pout. “Only he can call me that.”

Taehyung smiled widely, cracking eggs into a bowl as he spoke to his second favourite person in the world. “I know, hyung. You guys are good though?”

“Yeah. We’re gonna have lunch with my parents in about an hour. Oh by the way, Eomma said to call her soon. She said it’s been too long since you’ve spoken.”

Taehyung laughed. “I spoke to her last week.”

That’s what I said! She speaks to you more than me, I swear you’re the favourite.”

Taehyung felt his heart warm again. It was an ongoing joke the two had, that Taehyung was the favourite son. He’d pretty much become part of the family after his parents kicked him out. He wasn’t the favourite though, the Daegu boys knew that Mr and Mrs Min loved them both wholly and unconditionally. Taehyung was just more openly affectionate with them, while Yoongi showed his love by doings things for his parents like taking his mom to get her hair done or showing his dad how to start a Facebook group for his Chess Club friends.

Tell them I’ll skype call them next weekend.” Taehyung said. “And tell them I love them.”

“I will, you sap. See you soon,‘kay ?”

“Mkay. Travel safely hyung.”

“I will, Taehyung-ah. Jiminie says bye.” Yoongi sounded like a Whipped man whenever Jimin’s name sounded from his lips.

“Bye-bye. ” Taehyung said one last time, hanging up the call and proceeding to place the egg-soaked bread on the heated pan.

He’d just piled six golden-crispy slices on a plate when he heard the telltale footsteps of Jungkook shuffling down the passage from his bedroom. Taehyung turned around and leaned back against the counter to watch Jungkook’s grand entrance. The boy was rubbing one of his eyes, his hair only a little messy - as if he had made some attempt to tame it. He was still only in Taehyung’s t-shirt and his own boxers, not bothering to pull on pants. He stopped in the doorway, sulky pout momentarily disappearing when his eyes landed on Taehyung. He blushed slightly at Taehyung’s attention, one hand flying to his hair to try and flatten some disobedient strands. Beautiful boy. Jungkook seemingly decided he didn’t like the space between them, walking over to Taehyung with determined steps. He took the older’s hands in his own, intertwining their fingers as his pout reappeared.

“Why are we not in bed?” He asked petulantly, eyebrows furrowed to show his displeasure. Taehyung smiled before pressing a barely their kiss to the younger’s pout.

“We have to eat, baby.” Taehyung said softly, running the tip of his nose along Jungkook’s. The younger sighed in content at the affection, his breath warm and minty. He must have brushed his teeth then. Taehyung took that as his cue to mold their mouths together, Jungkook’s mouth opening pliantly when Taehyung licked across his bottom lip. When Jungkook let out a soft moan, Taehyung un-linked their hands to place them on the sides of Jungkook’s neck, his long fingers brushing his hair and his thumbs stroking along a defined jaw. He felt Jungkook’s hands slide under his shirt to grip the bare skin of his hips. They kissed languidly for a few moments, Taehyung pulling back when Jungkook's knees threatened to buckle. He wrapped his arms around Jungkook’s waist, pecking Jungkook’s lips slowly and repeatedly. The younger brought his arms to loop around Taehyung’s neck, eyes opening after Taehyung’s last sweet kiss to his lips. Taehyung nearly became breathless at the look in Jungkook’s eyes. His eyes sparkled, leaving the boy’s feelings open and vulnerable for Taehyung to see, to understand. When the younger tilted his head up for another kiss, Taehyung complied. This one was a longer, sweet press of lips. He pulled away and leaned back against the counter when Jungkook relaxed his weight against him. His head tucked against Taehyung’s neck as the two breathed each other in. They stood there for as long as they could without their food getting cold. Taehyung dropped a kiss to Jungkook’s forehead before he led him to sit at the table. Jungkook grabbed his wrist and pulled him back when he moved away to fetch their breakfast. At Jungkook’s ridiculously exaggerated, ridiculously cute pout, Taehyung bent down to grant him another kiss.

“Needy baby today, hmm?” Taehyung teased. He knew Jungkook was sensitive about being needy but Taehyung made a point to make sure Jungkook wasn’t ashamed to ask for what he wants and needs. He made sure his voice was layered thick with adoration whenever he teased the boy for being clingy or needy. To his delight, Jungkook brought up his other hand to grip on Taehyung’s shirt. The older gasped when the younger bit onto Taehyung’s bottom lip. He laughed at the younger’s way of retaliating against his teasing.

“Your needy baby.” Jungkook said. “Take responsibility.” Jungkook’s lips curled into a teasing smirk. Taehyung hummed and pressed another kiss to his lips.

“I like the sound of that.” He purposely deepened his voice just to make Jungkook shiver. Another kiss. “You gonna let me get some food in your tummy, my baby?”

Jungkook nodded, chasing Taehyung’s lips when the older pulled away. The sound of his laugh warmed the kitchen when Taehyung playfully bit the tip of his nose. Taehyung smiled as he placed the toast onto two plates before pouring two glasses of banana milk. He managed to carry everything to the table with one trip (bless his large as f*ck hands) and placed it in front of Jungkook on the table. He proceeded to lift Jungkook up by his waist and situate himself on the chair, Jungkook now on his lap. Jungkook wiggled happily before pouring some honey onto the French toast. He cut the food up into bite sized pieces before re-situating himself to sit sideways across the older’s lap. He stabbed a piece of toast with his fork and held it up to Taehyung. Taehyung smiled at the younger’s cuteness, opening his mouth to accept the toast. Next, Jungkook ate a piece for himself, bunny smile emerging after he swallowed.

“Tastes good, hyungie.” He praised. Taehyung’s chest puffed out in pride at the younger’s approval.

They finished that way, Jungkook insisting on feeding them both. After the last bite of toast, Jungkook pressed his honey-sticky lips to Taehyung’s. Their lips separated with a loud mwah and Jungkook licked the stickiness off his own lips. Taehyung exhaled sharply when the younger did the same to him, lips pleasantly wet and warm when Jungkook stole another kiss. Jungkook got up when Taehyung pat his thigh, hopping up to sit on the table after Taehyung took their plates to wash. Taehyung downed his glass of banana milk while Jungkook slowly sipped his. Taehyung washed up quickly, wanting to return to the boy perched on the table and swinging his legs idly. When he turned to do so, Jungkook slid down onto the floor and dragged Taehyung to the living room. He pushed Taehyung onto the couch and climbed up to straddle his lap. Taehyung wrapped his arms tightly around him when his boy cuddled into his chest, nose tickling the soft skin of his neck. Taehyung ran a hand up and down Jungkook’s back, slightly worried about the younger. He was being a bit clingier than usual, a bit quieter.

“You okay, angel?” He asked, his other hand soothing from Jungkook’s lower back to his thigh. He felt Jungkook nod and press closer to him. “You sure? You’re quiet today, love.” He eased Jungkook away from his so that he could look at him properly. Jungkook sat up and ran his hands up and down Taehyung’s exposed arms.

“I’m good, hyungie. Promise. I just,” he stopped, eyes flickeringup to Taehyung’s before returning to watch his hand run along Taehyung’s arm. Taehyung cupped Jungkook cheek in one hand, bringing up his other to run through the younger’s hair. Jungkook leaned his cheek into Taehyung’s hold, eyelashes fluttering before his eyes settled back on Taehyung’s. He took a deep breath before continuing.

“Sometimes I just feel a bit...softer? Like I feel a bit smaller and like to be quiet and close to someone I love and trust. I just want...need to be held and do-doted on and uhm, and pampered with kisses and cuddles and stuff.” He stammered through the last part of his sentence, cheek warming beneath Taehyung’s palm. Taehyung picked up the slight lilt in the boy’s voice, his words coming out softer, decorated with a hint of satoori.

Taehyung moved his hand from the younger’s cheek to lightly massage the back of his neck. Jungkook reached up to take the hand Taehyung had in his hair between his own.

“Jungkookie?” Jungkook looked up at him. “Have you ever heard of Little Space?” Taehyung didn’t want to overstep but Yoongi once told him about it. Yoongi’s friend had been dating someone who was an age-regressor. Taehyung hadn’t understood it at the time, but he couldn’t help but connect what Jungkook was saying to what Yoongi had told him.

Jungkook’s cheeks flushed bright red and his hands gripped tightly onto Taehyung’s. “Uhm, yeah. I came across it online. I uh...I tried it once with Jimin but it didn’t feel right. I don’t feel young or small in the sense of a child. I feel like how I always do, just more sensitive I guess.”

Taehyung hummed in understanding, running the hand massaging Jungkook's neck down his back and up again. Jungkook peeked up at Taehyung before resting his gaze on their hands again. “Do you… would hyungie want that kind of relationship?”

Taehyung momentarily froze. He brought his hands up to cradle Jungkook’s face so that the younger was looking at him. “Baby, what do I always tell you? What do I say about what you are?”

Jungkook’s back straightened at the seriousness in Taehyung’s voice. “You say that I’m perfect for you.”

Taehyung pecked his nose in approval. “Exactly, baby. I want you just the way you are. Don’t think you have to change, little one, please. Promise me you’ll always be who you want to be with me, not who you think I want you to be, okay? Promise.”

Taehyung relaxed when Jungkook nodded. “Promise, hyungie.” He tilted his head up for a kiss. “I love you.” The younger murmured against his lips.

Taehyung’s heart just about burst. “My baby, I love you so much.” Kiss. “You’ll never know. Never know how much.” He kissed him sweetly, Jungkook’s fingers curling into Taehyung’s shirt. He pulled back and slid his hands down to link across the small of Jungkook’s back.

“I do know, hyungie.” The younger whispered. To Taehyung’s horror, the younger’s eyes started to well with tears.

“Baby-“ he started, worry already thick in his voice.

“M’fine.” Jungkook interrupts him tearily. “Jus’ love you a lot. Makes me emotional.”

Taehyung presses his boy to his chest, one hand cupping his head to guide it to rest in the crook of his neck.

“I love you too, my little crybaby.” Taehyung croons, pressing his lips to Jungkook’s shoulder. He chuckles when Jungkook wraps his arms around Taehyung’s torso and squeezes as tightly as he can. The younger relaxes his arms so Taehyung can breathe, humming sweetly as he relaxed into the arms keeping him warm and safe. Taehyung keeps one hand in Jungkook’s hair, the other slipping under Jungkook’s (Taehyung’s) shirt to rub along the warm, bare skin of his back. The two sat like that for a while, Jungkook pressing innocent kisses to Taehyung’s neck and shoulder while Taehyung rubbed along the younger’s back and thighs. After a long while, Jungkook popped up from his hiding place and looked at Taehyung curiously.

“Aren’t Jiminie-hyungie and Yoongi-hyungie coming back today?” Taehyung kissed his nose before digging out his phone from his pocket.

“They’ll be here in about an hour or two, I think. They said they’ll arrive late evening.”

“You spoke to them?” Jungkook asked, running his hands down Taehyung’s chest. Taehyung nodded.

“Jiminie called while you were sleeping.” Jungkook pouted, resting his hands on each of Taehyung’s pecks. Taehyung was starting to think the younger had a thing.

“I wanted to speak to them.” He complained, adorably offended by the other two. Taehyung chuckled before pressing a kiss to Jungkook’s cheek.

“You’ll see them soon, angel. Want to help me make a nice dinner for all of us?”

Jungkook nodded enthusiastically, bouncing off Taehyung’s lap to stand and hold his hand out. Taehyung smiled at the younger’s excitement, taking his hand and allowing himself to be dragged to the kitchen. Jungkook turned to him, bouncing slightly on the balls of his feet.

“What are we making, hyungie?” He asked, hands gripping onto Taehyung’s long fingers.

“Sticky chicken okay with you, baby?” Taehyung smiled as Jungkook’s eyes widened,

“I love sticky chicken, hyungie. And Jiminie too.” He said proudly, gasping slightly when Taehyung pulled him into a kiss. He looked a bit dazed when Taehyung pulled back.

“You’re so cute, little one.” Taehyung stepped back to see Jungkook’s cheeks pinken. Taehyung shook his head slightly to gain focus. They wouldn’t even begincooking if Taehyung kept getting distracted by the younger. “Let’s get started.”He said, stepping back to start taking out the utensils they’d need.

He turned around and saw Jungkook placing the chicken on a wooden cutting board before washing his hands at the sink. Taehyung followed suit as Jungkook started to cut up the chicken. Taehyung put on the radio andgot out all the ingredients.

Taehyung was just checking on the chicken in the oven when they heard the door open. Taehyung was sure he locked the door last night so that it could only mean it was Jimin. Jungkook looked at Taehyung excitedly before running out the kitchen. Taehyung heard some squealing from the living room before Jungkook came back in the kitchen, carrying a laughing Jimin who was clinging around the maknae’s front.

“Hyungie look, it’s Jiminie-hyung!” Jungkook exclaimed.

Taehyung laughed, watching the two. “I see that, baby.”

“Tae!” Jimin exclaimed equally as excited, waving wildly like Taehyung might not see him. Ridiculously cute, both of them. Just then, Yoongi waddled in, taking off his jacket.

“Yah, Jungkook-ah, careful. That’s precious cargo you got there.” Yoongi admonished teasingly. Jungkook squeezed Jimin tightly before letting him down.

“Yoonie’s just jealous, honey.” Jimin said to Jungkook, sticking his tongue out at Yoongi.

Yoongi rolled his eyes, walking over to Taehyung with a Can you believe I’m in love with this brat? look on his face. Taehyung shook his head fondly, smiling widely at his hyung. Yoongi stopped in front of him and waited for what he knew was coming. Taehyung wrapped Yoongi up in a bear hug, lifting Yoongi off the ground for a moment. Yoongi grumbled, pretending to hate it, but Taehyung knew his hyung. He set Yoongi down, the older hugging him tightly before stepping back to open the oven and check on the chicken. Yoongi would always hover and intervene when Taehyung cooked. After all, he was the one who taught the younger.

“Looks good, Tae-ah.” Yoongi said, closing the oven and switching it off. It was done then. Taehyung smiled boyishly when Yoongi ruffled his hair.

“Jungkookie helped me.” Taehyung felt his expression soften when he saw Jungkook making his way over. He held his arm up and let Jungkook cuddle into his side.

“Ah, well done then Kookie.” Yoongi said. Taehyung watched Jungkook smile, a little shy but pleased with the comment. “I knew it looked too good to be Taehyung’s alone.”

Hyung. ” Taehyung whined, offended. However, he immediately forgave Yoongi when Jungkook’s sweet giggles filled the kitchen.

“You like when my hyungs bully me, don’t you?” Taehyung accused the maknae, raising his eyebrow at him.

“No,” Jungkook shook his head, but he was still giggling. Taehyung lost himself a bit in Jungkook's twinkling eyes. He snapped out of it when Yoongi cleared his throat pointedly.

“Where’s Jimin-ah?” Yoongi asked as he used two dishcloths to pull the oven tray out and onto the counter.

“Shower.” Jungkook answered, shifting so that he was chest to chest with Taehyung, hugging him tightly. Taehyung turned them around and lifted Jungkook onto the counter, nuzzling their noses together before turning around and leaning his backagainst the younger’s chest. Jungkook circled his arms around him and rested his chin on Taehyung’s shoulder.

“How’s Eomma andAppa ?” Taehyung asked, curling his hands around Jungkook’s bare calves.

Yoongi prattled on about Daegu and their family as he dished the chicken into a bowl and prepared quick side dishes of rice and ramen. Yoongi was busy dishing the sides into bowls when Jimin walked in, cheeks pink from the heat of the shower.

“Just in time, sweetheart.” Yoongi smiled, cupping Jimin’s face when he was close enough and kissing his forehead. He gave the bowl of chicken to Jimin and grabbed the side dishes, the two heading to the living room. They were going to use the coffee table as their dinner place, something that reminded them of family meals and home. Taehyung turned around in Jungkook’s arms.

“Hyungie?” Jungkook asked, hands cupping the sides of Taehyung’s neck.

“Hmm?” Taehyung warmed his hands up along Jungkook’s thighs.

“Where was Jinnie-hyung when...when you went to live with Yoongi-hyung?” Jungkook bit his lip, a telltale sign that he was worried he’d overstepped. He was trying to ask why Jin didn’t do anything when Taehyung’s parents kicked him out.

“He was already here in Seoul.” Taehyung replied easily, his hands running back down to cup Jungkook’s calves. “Jin-hyung had just started up his café. He couldn’t afford to look after me and I wasn’t ready to leave Daegu. He came to visit whenever he could though, that’s why he and Yoongi are also so close.”

Jungkook nodded, wrapping his limbs around Taehyung to bring him closer and into a kiss. Their lips had just met when they were interrupted.

“Enough with the hanky-panky, we eat here you heathens.” Yoongi jabbed, taking glasses from the cabinet. Taehyung rolled his eyes and pulled away, helping a blushing Jungkook down from the counter. “Bring something to drink, would you?” Yoongi called out as he left the kitchen.

Taehyung grabbed some juice from the fridge and held Jungkook’s hand with the other. They made their way to the living room, settling on the cushions on the floor across the table from the other two. They tucked into the food almost immediately, conversation starting to flow easily. They spoke of Yoongi’s parents and friends, his dog Min Holly. Jimin made sure to explain things to Jungkook so he wouldn’t feel left out. Jungkook asked lots of questions about Yoongi and Taehyung’s favourite places. Taehyung’s heart ached. He brought Jungkook’s hand to his lips.

“I’ll take you someday. Promise, baby.” He whispered. Jungkook smiled at Taehyung, sweetly pecking his cheek.

“You guys are gross.” Jimin stated, like he hadn’t just licked some sticky sauce from Yoongi’s cheek. Jungkook just huffed a laugh, laying his head on Taehyung’s shoulder. Jimin’s face softened when Jungkook didn’t tease him back. “You okay, honey?”

“Yeah, Jiminie-hyungie. I’m really happy.” Jungkook sighed, leaning more into Taehyung. All three of the older boys cooed at the maknae.

“He’s extra sappy today.” Taehyung teased gently, lifting Jungkook up onto his lap. Jungkook rested with his back against Taehyung, playing with the older’s fingers.

The boys carried on talking, now about Yoongi’s music and Jimin’s dancing and Taehyung’s engineering stuff and Jungkook’s art. It was nice, really nice. Jungkook fell quiet in Taehyung’s arms, but smiled to assure Taehyung he was good when Taehyung tilted his head up. Yoongi sighed and Taehyung knew it was home-time.

“It’s late, kitten.” Taehyung heard Yoongi murmur when Jimin protested him leaving. Likewise, Jungkook turned on the Puppy Eyes when he realised they’d leave soon.

“We have to be up for early classes tomorrow and I don’t have clothes for tomorrow.” Taehyung reasoned, rubbing a hand down Jungkook’s back.

“Me too. And I have that early morning meeting at the studio, remember?” Yoongi said regretfully, pressing a kiss to Jimin’s forehead.

“Wear our clothes.” Jimin said, Jungkook perking up and nodding in agreement. He turned around on Taehyung’s lap and wound his arms around his hyung’s neck.

“Our books are at home.” Yoongi reminded them gently, standing up and pulling Jimin up along with him and into his arms. “I’ll see you at lunch tomorrow, sweetheart.” Yoongi promised, swaying them slightly when Jimin hugged him.

“Fine.” Jimin acquiesced, pulling back and pressing a light kiss to Yoongi’s lips. Jimin glanced at Taehyung, noting the way Jungkook was clinging to him. “Help me wash these up before you go?” He asked Yoongi, clearly giving Taehyung some time to comfort Jungkook. Taehyung thanked him with a small smile, one hand cupping Jungkook’s head where it was pressed to his shoulder. Jimin and Yoongi gathered the empty plates and glasses and made their way to the kitchen. Taehyung took a deep breath.

“Baby.” He started.

“No.” Jungkook said, tightening his hold around Taehyung.

“Baby.” He tried again, feeling Jungkook relax against him when he massaged the back of the younger’s neck. “You heard what Yoongi-hyung said, hmm?”

Jungkook nodded but didn’t lean back to look at Taehyung. Taehyung hugged him close as he kissed his shoulder. “Do you need me to stay?”

At this, Jungkook turned his head to peek up at Taehyung. He leaned back and looked at Taehyung properly. “You’d do that?” He whispered.

“Of course, angel. I’ll just have to wake up earlier to catch a bus home before class.” Taehyung explained. Jungkook frowned.

“How much earlier?”

“Probably at about 5.30.” Taehyung winced at the thought.

Jungkook dropped his head, knowing how much Taehyung hated Monday mornings. It would suck if he had to lose precious sleep because of Jungkook.

“Baby, I don’t mind. Well, not that much. Waking up next to you will make up for it.” He smiled, tilting Jungkook’s head back up. Jungkook sighed into the kiss pressed to his lips.

“Hyungie should go home with Yoongi-hyung.” Jungkook whispered, eyes opening after he spoke. “I promise I’m fine. I’m just acting spoilt.”

Taehyung smiled softly at that, yet still looked at Jungkook carefully. “I’ll stay if you need me to, baby.”

Jungkook sighed. “Taehyungie. Go home before I manipulate you to stay with my irresistible charm.”

Taehyung laughed. “That wouldn’t be hard to achieve. You have me at your beck and call.”

“Damn straight.” Jungkook said, pressing their lips together to hide his smile. They pulled apart when Yoongi and Jimin entered the room, looking a bit debauched with messy hair and swollen lips.

“Have fun?” Taehyung asked, raising a co*cky eyebrow at the couple. Yoongi cleared his throat awkwardly while Jimin winked suggestively.


“Jimin.” Yoongi admonished, dragging Jimin to the door before he made him more shy.

Taehyung managed to stand up while still holding Jungkook to him, the younger’s legs winding tightly around the older’s waist. Taehyung cupped Jungkook’s thighs and squeezed gently.

“My baby boy.” Taehyung crooned, heart stuttering when he felt Jungkook suck a small hickey onto his collarbone. Jungkook pulled back and Taehyung set him on the ground. He coaxedthe maknae into a toe-curling kiss before kissing his forehead once. They made their way to the door, Yoongi and Jimin holding hands as they whispered to each other. Jimin smiled softly when he saw them. He pressed one last kiss to Yoongi’s lips before turning to hug Taehyung goodbye. Jungkook made his way to Yoongi, somehow making himself small in Yoongi’s arms.

“He’ll be fine.” Jimin whispers to Taehyung reassuringly. Then, louder: “We’re gonna have our own sleepover tonight, face masks and a chick flick in bed.”

“Not too late.” Yoongi warns, smiling when Jimin glides towards him for one last kiss. Jungkook was already making his way into Taehyung’s arms.

“I love you, little one.” Taehyung reminded him, pressing his lips to Jungkook’s ear as the younger squeezed him close.

“Love you.” Jungkook tilted his head up for kisses and Taehyung pecked him once, twice, three times before letting him go and picking up his overnight bag. Jimin must have brought it to the door for him earlier, his stuff having already been packed. Taehyung pressed a kiss to Jungkook’s forehead before smiling at Jimin. Then he and Yoongi were on their way.

Later on, after Jungkook had let Jimin coddle him for a bit before showering, the two boys were in Jungkook’s bed. Their faces were fresh and soft after their cucumber based sheet masks and they cuddled together as they watched 10 Things I Hate About You.

“Do you love Yoongi-hyung?” Jungkook asked. Jimin had both arms wrapped around one of Jungkook’s, his head pressed to Jungkook’s bicep.

“Yeah I do.” Jimin whispered, small hand grasping onto Jungkook’s.

“You ever feel like it’s too good to be true?”

“Hmm...sometimes. But not really. We deserve good things, honey.” Jimin mumbled, falling asleep. Ifhe were more awake, he would probably grill Jungkook about where all of this was coming from.

“Me too.” Jungkook whispers, turning onto his side and dragging Jimin’s arm with so that the older cuddled into his back. “Sleep, Jiminie.”

“Mkay. You too.” Jimin said, kissing Jungkook’s shoulder blade before burying his forehead against his back.

Jungkook had just closed his eyes when his phone buzzed on the bedside table. He reached over and opened the message from an unknown number.

From: Unknown

Hey Kookie, it’s Namjoon. Is this still your number?

I hope so, lol. Anyway, I’m in town for a few months.

Wanna meet up for lunch sometime? It’d be nice to catch up.

We’re still friends right?

Jungkook blinked at the message. This was kind of unexpected, but not unlike Namjoon. He was always thinking about his friends and wishing them well. Jungkook’s mind flashed to Taehyung and how upset he’d gotten at the restaurant. It wasn’t like that, though. Jungkook would just tell him about it. Taehyung could even come with, if he wanted.

To: Joonie-hyung

Hey Joonie-hyung. Yes it is me ^-^

Sure, I’d love to!

How about Wednesday? I only have a morning

class that day.

From: Joonie-hyung

Perfect! See you then Kookie xx

To: Joonie-hyung

Bye hyung!

Jungkook locked his phone and set it on the bedside, ignoring the uncomfortable feeling tickled his conscience.

It wasn’t like that.

Chapter 19: His (brief) absence


(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jungkook’s day was overall pretty dull. He dragged himself out of bed and although he loves Jimin dearly, he was disappointed to wake up next to someone other than Taehyung. His classes seemed to go on for ages, his professors droning on about things that Jungkook wasn’t even processing. He just wanted Taehyung. The older had texted him earlier in the day, telling him he was swamped with assignments that he needed to meet with his teachers about. He wasn’t able to have lunch with Jungkook either, which wasn’t that bad because at least the maknae had Jiminie and Yoongi-hyung. But that also just made him miss Taehyung more because Yoongi and Jimin were being all coupley and holding hands and sh*t.

Jungkook was currently in an empty art class, sorting through his sketches and photographs as the afternoon stretched into early evening. He needed to update his art portfolio and was trying to pick out his best works. He was so absorbed in his task, he nearly jumped out of his skin when a pair of arms snaked around his waist. He whipped around and was overcome with relief at finally seeing Taehyung, being with him.

“Hyungie.” He sighed, twisting his arms around Taehyung’s neck.

“Hey beautiful,” Taehyung smiled, dazzling Jungkook for a moment. “Are you having a good day?”

“It’s better now.” Jungkook said, head co*cking to the side playfully. “How did you know where to find me?”

“Minnie told me.” Taehyung said, resting their foreheads together.

“Minnie?” Jungkook jerked his head back and raised an eyebrow. “Since when are you two so close?”

Jungkook was joking...mostly. He loved that Jimin and Taehyung were becoming really good friends, truly, but he’s always a little greedy with Taehyung’s affection. Hell, the older could be gushing over his dog back in Daegu and Jungkook would feel a petty spark of jealousy.

Taehyung huffed a laugh. “Got a problem with it, little one?” Taehyung was smiling, like he could see right through Jungkook.

Jungkook shook his head lightly. His eyes closed when Taehyung brought a hand up to cup his head. “Hyungie, you know what I have a problem with?”

“What?” Taehyung asked, watching as the maknae opened his eyes to look at Taehyung.

“The fact that you haven’t kissed me today.” He said, eyes falling down to Taehyung’s lips. The lips that pulled into another smile.

“Hmm, that is problematic, isn’t it?” Taehyung teased, fingers tugging slightly on Jungkook’s hair.

“Yup.” Jungkook popped his “p” obnoxiously. “You should fix that. Preferably now.”

“So demanding.” Taehyung whispered, leaning forward until his lips rested against Jungkook’s. The maknae sighed into it, arms tightening around Taehyung because Taehyung should always be close . He shivered when he felt the older’s large hands smooth down his back, sliding into the back pockets of Jungkook’s jeans to pull him that much closer. They kissed sweetly, presses of lips tinged with a little desperation but mostly with comfort. Like getting into bed after a long day or listening to a good song that you hadn’t heard in a while. They kissed like they were coming home.

“Missed you this morning.” Jungkook whispers against his lips, one hand playing with the overgrown hair falling over Taehyung’s nape.

“Me too.” Taehyung whispers, moving his head to press his lips against Jungkook’s forehead. He pulls back to look over Jungkook’s shoulder at the table scattered with Jungkook’s sketches on one side and photographs on the other. “What have you been doing? Are these yours?”

Jungkook nods and Taehyung slips his hands out of his back pockets to lightly grip his hips. The younger turns around to face the table, Taehyung’s arms circling his waist properly. Jungkook picked up the sketch of Yoongi and Jimin’s hands, showing it to Taehyung.

“Is this hyung and Minnie?” He asks. Jungkook nods, leaning back until Taehyung’s chin hooks over his shoulder. “Baby, you’re so talented.”

Jungkook’s cheeks warm and he tilts his head to peck Taehyung on the cheek as thanks. They go on like this, Jungkook picking up sketches or photographs to show Taehyung, telling him about when he created them and the emotion he was trying to establish through them. At some point Taehyung pulls up a chair to sit down, Jungkook seated in his lap. Taehyung helps Jungkook choose pieces for his portfolio, giving input on his favourites and ideas on which themes Jungkook wants to portray. It’s a little after 5pm when they’ve packed away all of Jungkook’s pictures and are making their way to Jungkook’s apartment. They walk pressed closely together, Taehyung’s arm curling around Jungkook’s shoulders. At the sight of his building, Jungkook turns around so that he’s facing Taehyung, coming to a stop so he can wrap his arms around Taehyung’s torso.

“Are you gonna come in?” Jungkook asks, giving his best puppy eyes.

Taehyung brings his hands up to brush his thumbs lightly along Jungkook’s jaw. “Baby, don’t look at me like that.”

In response, Jungkook juts out his bottom lip slightly, leaning forward to brush their noses together before moving back again. Taehyung breathes deeply before cupping Jungkook’s face properly. “I have to catch the bus, angel. I have a lot of studying to do.”

Jungkook nods in understanding, gaze dropping despondently.

“None of that, little one. I’ll see you tom-” Taehyung stops himself, wincing a bit. “Actually, I won’t be able to see you for the next few days. I have a really big test on Thursday that I haven’t started studying for.”

Jungkook’s eyes snap up to Taehyung’s, whine already escaping from his lips. “But hyungie.”

“I’ll try and come visit you baby, I promise. I won’t have the same lunch break as you because I’m taking extra classes.” Taehyung speaks gently, one hard carding through Jungkook’s hair. Jungkook’s pout is unintentional this time, but all the more heartbreaking. “Baby?”

Jungkook grips Taehyung’s shirt in loose fists. “S’fine hyungie. I understand. But you should sleep over on Thursday.”

Taehyung smiles, Jungkook’s heart fluttering at the adoration aimed at him. “Sounds like a deal.”

Taehyung takes Jungkook’s hand in his own and walks him all the way to the door of his apartment. Jungkook opens the door, stepping inside before turning to Taehyung. He hooks his fingers into Taehyung’s belt loops and gently tugs him forward. The older jerks forward slightly and braces his hands on the doorframe to resist Jungkook’s light tugging.

“Nice try, baby.” Taehyung said, eyes sparkling with amusem*nt. Jungkook sighs and steps closer.

“Come inside.” Jungkook tries to lure him in by rubbing their noses together again, knowing it made Taehyung soft.

“I have to go, angel. I’ll text you later, yeah?” Taehyung assures the younger, leaning closer as he watches Jungkook nod reluctantly. He lowers his hands from the doorframe to cup Jungkook’s cheeks.

Their lips meet and Jungkook wishes he could kiss Taehyung forever. His hyung’s lips are soft and full where they surround Jungkook’s bottom lip, kissing and tugging and nipping. The younger chases after them when the older retreats.

“It’s only a few days, baby.” He murmurs, leaving slow, chaste kisses on the younger’s lips. “You’ll call me if anything happens, yeah? I’ll come right over.”

Jungkook nods, lips seeking out Taehyung’s even as he attempts to speak. Taehyung kisses him one last time before pulling back completely.

“Be good, okay baby?” Jungkook almost rolls his eyes at Taehyung’s playful smirk, but a smile dances across his lips instead.

“Bye hyungie.” Jungkook whispers, hand linked to Taehyung’s as he steps away. Taehyung presses a kiss to his hand and then he’s sauntering down the hallway and outside to go and catch his bus. As soon as Taehyung is out of sight, Jungkook misses him. He closes the door and retrieves a bottle of banana milk to cheer himself up, kicking his shoes off on the way to the kitchen. He then migrates to the living room, settling on the couch to watch whatever kdrama is on.

It’s much later when Jimin gets home from dance practice. Jungkook is woken up by the smell of spicy ramen and a rumbling tummy. He blinks his eyes open and realizes there’s a blanket draped around him from where he was laying on the couch. Jimin must’ve covered him up when he got home. He follows the smell of food, spotting Jimin dishing the noodles into two bowls. Jimin looks up when Jungkook walks in, eye-smile all pretty and genuine when he greets the younger. Jungkook shuffles over and circles his arms around Jimin’s shoulders as he works. Jimin gives his arm an affectionate squeeze before he gently nudges Jungkook off him so that he can pop onto the counter and face the younger. Jungkook accepts the bowl of noodles and leans against the counter next to where Jimin’s legs are dangling.

“What’s got you all sulky?” Jimin asks, blowing onto a forkful of noodles.

Jungkook sighs and chews his noodles slowly. He swallows. “Taehyungie is busy with studying, so I won’t see him for a few days.”

Jimin hums in acknowledgment. “It’s only a few days though, honey.”

“I know but… after being with him constantly for four days, these next few days feel like forever. The more time I spend with him, the more I wanna stay with him.”

“Ah, young love.” Jimin says dramatically. Jungkook pinches his arm and Jimin flicks him back. “Everything will be fine. Taehyung is gonna work really hard and you’re gonna take some pictures for your portfolio and I’m gonna be here to watch kdramas with you before bed. Everything works out.”

“Is Yoongi-hyung gonna come over?” Jungkook asks, not wanting to think about not seeing Taehyung for three. whole. days.

Jimin brightens up immediately. “We don’t have plans, but maybe he can cook for us when Tae is finished writing? His food is really good, you’ll love it.”

Jungkook always smiles at how gushy and lovesick Jimin’s voice gets when he talks about Yoongi. They finish their food like that, talking about their days and their boyfriends and their boyfriend’s days. Jungkook washes up while Jimin goes to shower. A few hours later and the boys are trudging off to bed after watching Something in the Rain. Jungkook is feeling all soft and fluffy from the romantic feel of the kdrama, so he spams Taehyung with heart emojis and kissy faces and heart eyes. Taehyung responds within a minute.

From: Taehyungie hyungie <333

Aigoooo, I love you too.

Sweet dreams angel

Angel. Jungkook is so tempted to call Taehyung that his fingers twitch, but he knows Taehyung needs to rest. He locks his phone and closes his eyes.

It’s Tuesday afternoon when Jungkook remembers about his lunch plans with Namjoon. Jungkook doesn’t think much of it, it’s like meeting up with any of his friends, really. In his aloofness, he doesn’t tell Taehyung or Jimin about it. It’s not that he’s hiding it, he just doesn’t want to distract Taehyung from his studies and he knows Jimin will blow it out of proportion. As if psychic, Namjoon texts Jungkook that moment.

From: Joonie Hyung

Hey Jungkookie, we still on for tomorrow?

I was thinking I could pick you up from up from your house?

Just text me your address x

To: Joonie Hyung

Hi Joonie hyung. Yep!

It’s Apartment Block A, I'll meet you outside the building.

From: Joonie Hyung

Great, see you then Kookie <3

Jungkook doesn’t think twice about the interaction, entering his bedroom and collapsing on his bed. His days suck without seeing Taehyung smirk at him flirtatiously from across the corridor or sharing food at lunch time. His hands reach to message Taehyung but he decides against it. He shouldn’t be bothering his hyung. He takes out his camera and sets about going through the pictures he’s taken on campus, nothing satisfactory. Maybe Namjoon will take him somewhere to get cool shots for his portfolio.

Wednesday rolls around and Jungkook is straight-up grumpy from not seeing Taehyung for so long after practically living with the boy over the weekend. That morning, Jimin easily picks up on his low mood. He makes eggs and bacon for breakfast and gives Jungkook extra cheek-kisses and cuddles before he leaves for early morning dancing.

Jungkook is walking out his first class and finds himself excited to have lunch with Namjoon. Not having lunch with Taehyung have made his days considerably dull. He walks to the parking lot where Namjoon said he’d be waiting. They were going to go in the city centre for the day. He spots Namjoon quite easily as there aren’t many cars in the lot. He bounds over and taps on the window of the passenger side so Namjoon knows he’s here. Namjoon looks up from his phone at the tap, smile lighting up his face at the sight of the younger. Jungkook gets in and greets him politely.

“Hi Joonie-hyung. Hope you weren’t waiting too long.”

Namjoon shakes his head nonchalantly. “Don’t worry about it, Kookie. You ready to go?”

Jungkook nods and they set on the road. Some alternative music plays on the radio - typically Namjoon, Jungkook thinks fondly. He asks Jungkook about uni is going and if Jimin is still dancing. Jungkook’s eyes light up when he speaks about how much Jimin has grown, not only as a dancer, but as a person in general. It only takes about 30 minutes to get to the cafe Namjoon was talking about. The place is quaint and minimalist yet still bustling with customers. Jungkook finds himself missing Jin-hyung and his cafe. They grab a table and Namjoon orders their drinks - two caramel macchiatos. Jungkook laughs fondly.

“This is what you bought us on our first date.”

Namjoon nods, cheeks dusting lightly with pink. “For old times sake.” He offers.

Jungkook learns that Namjoon is working at a small music producing company in LA called BigHit. They don’t have many artists but Namjoon says he’s gaining a lot of experience from them. He’s still living in the US, but is back for a year to be with his family and “remember his roots”. Namjoon has always been sentimental like that.

They finish their coffee and walk down the busy streets of Seoul. Jungkook asks if Namjoon would mind if he takes some pictures. Namjoon says of course not and they walk until they get to a small park - quite out of place in the bustling city. The sun is high in the sky, though there’s still a chill in the air. Jungkook snaps pictures of a couple huddling together on a bench, facing away from the camera and towards a kid playing with ducks. Jungkook snaps a picture of that too, being careful to not include the child’s face in the shot. Namjoon chats idly while Jungkook works, but eventually falls silent. It’s not uncomfortable, Namjoon wasn’t really one to talk much unless he was in the mood. They walk some more and Jungkook takes pictures, mostly of people, before he turns off his camera and lets it hang around his neck. They make their way back to the car, talking softly about theirs plans for the future and other unintentionally deep stuff. They get in the car and Jungkook is thankful when Namjoon turns on the heat. The car starts and they’re on their way home.

“So…” Namjoon starts, pointedly looking ahead. “That guy you were with when I saw you last? Taemin, was it?”

“Taehyung.” Jungkook corrects easily. He isn’t aware of the smile playing across his lips at the thought of Taehyung. “Taehyung and I have been dating for a month or so. It hasn’t been long but I feel like I’ve known him my whole life.”

“Does he treat you well?” Namjoon asks, side-eyeing Jungkook briefly.

Jungkook nods. “He treats me like I’m the centre of his world.” He admits softly, heart clenching as he just misses his hyung. “He loves me the way I need him to.”

They pull up to Jungkook’s building. Jungkook turns to Namjoon. “What about you? Do you have anyone special in your life?”

Namjoon smiles a little sadly. “No,” he shakes his head. “But I...I was hoping to rekindle an old flame. Looks like he’s out of reach now though.”

Jungkook blinks as Namjoon looks him in the eye. “Joonie…”

Namjoon shakes his head and smiles softly. “It’s okay, Kookie. I’m glad you’re happy.”

Jungkook feels bad for rejecting him but he can’t help but ask. “This wasn’t a date right? I’ll feel horrible if I lead you on.”

Namjoon huffs a laugh. “Don’t worry, Kookie. It was just a lunch between friends.”

Jungkook nods and then reaches over and hugs Namjoon. “I hope you find what you’re looking for.” He says before pulling away.

“Thank you, Kook. Keep well, yeah? Look after yourself.”

Jungkook nods and exits the car, feeling strangely light. Jungkook is sure his heart would be unavailable for the rest of his life. Even if Taehyung decided he didn’t want him one day, he would still have all of Jungkook’s love. He waves goodbye as Namjoon drives away and enters his apartment. Jimin is lounging on the couch, stretched out on his back watching Produce 101. Jungkook toes off his shoes and flops down onto his hyung. Jimin doesn’t react much, just released a small groan from the weight of Jungkook’s taller body.

“Hi Minnie.” Jungkook says, resituating himself so his ear is pressed to Jimin’s sternum.

“Minnie? You learn that from Tae?” Jimin teases, one hand running through Jungkook’s hair. Jungkook nods and squeezes Jimin a bit.

“You okay, honey?” Jimin asks, picking up on Jungkook’s not-so-subtle requests for comfort. Jungkook nods again. “Where were you today? You end early on Wednesdays.”

“I had lunch with Joonie-hyung.”

Jimin’s hand freezes. “Namjoon? Wait, does Tae know about this?”

Jungkook shakes his head and frowns. “No, he’s studying and I didn’t want to distract him.”

“Honey.” Jimin sighs. “ What happened anyway?”

“Nothing, we just went to a cafe and I took some pictures.” Jungkook leaves out the part where Namjoon insinuated that he was hoping to get back with Jungkook. That was unnecessary information.

“Jungkookie are you-” Jungkook cuts him off, pushing up off his elbows so he can look at Jimin.

“Minnie, can we talk about this later? I’m tired and cold and I miss hyungie so much and I’m only going to see him tomorrow afternoon. Can we just watch these kids perform?” He nearly whines, pointing at the show still playing on the tv.

Jimin looks at him for a moment before nodding, guiding Jungkook back down to lay on his chest. “Sure, honey.” He whispers, resuming his soothing ministrations along Jungkook’s scalp. Jungkook sighs and gives Jimin another squeeze.


Lol can you pick up on my inability to keep Taekook separated for a reasonable amount of time

Chapter 20: His proximity


I DESPISE conflict so here’s some fluff before

The Talk.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Jungkook wakes up to his phone ringing. He answers blindly, eyes stubbornly shut.

“Mnallo?” His greeting is warped by his tongue’s laziness to cooperate. A familiar chuckle has his eyes flying open.

“Did I wake you up, little one?”

“Taehyungie.” Jungkook smiles sleepily, turning in his bed to latch onto a pillow, his arms feeling horribly empty at the sound of his hyung’s voice.

“Morning, cutie. I’m just calling to get some good luck for my exam.” Taehyung’s deep voices causes Jungkook’s body to sink into his bed yet still thrum with a newfound alertness. “I thought you’d be up by now, your first class is in half an hour.”

Jungkook groans. “Don't wanna go.”

Taehyung hums. “Is it cause you’re tired and grumpy or because you have a legitimate reason?”

Jungkook sighs and settles deeper into his pillows. “Miss you.”

“I know, baby. I can’t wait to see you tonight. I’ll come over as soon as I can, but you should go to class okay? I don’t want you missing any important stuff, it’s the busy part of the semester.”

Jungkook hums in acknowledgement, feeling warmth bloom across his skin at the pet name. Then, he remembers what Taehyung had called for. “Just do your best, hyungie. You’ve worked hard and that’s all you can do. I’ll be thinking of you the whole day.”

“Aigoo, thanks baby. I’ll see you soon, okay? I love you.”

Jungkook swoons. “Love you, hyungie. Knock ‘em dead.”

Taehyung chuckles, bidding Jungkook goodbye before he hangs up. Jungkook sighs and turns over in bed, fully preparing to bunk today. His plan is rudely interrupted when Jimin barges in and switches on his blindingly bright bedroom light. He prances over and perches himself on Jungkook’s bed, beaming.

“Tae’s coming over today! So that means you aren’t allowed to mope anymore.” Jimin smacks a kiss on his forehead and ruffles his hair. Jungkook groans and tries to hide away.

Jimin’s already walking out the door when he calls out: “And go to school or I’m telling Tae.”

Jungkook sighed and heaved himself out of bed. Taehyung wouldn’t be mad if he bunked, but he’d be worried that Jungkook wasn’t doing okay and that was worse. He hated making his hyung worry. Jungkook was fine, he was just a bit sad because he hadn’t touched Taehyung in ages. Hadn’t held his hand, or traced his smile with his fingertips or twirled his fingers in his hair. Who wouldn't be sad in his position?

He trudges off to shower and finishes in no time. He grabs an orange on his way out, having only 10 minutes to get across campus. His mood hasn’t improved much after Taehyung’s phone call, only proving to make Jungkook miss him more. He sits down at the back of the lecture room and glares at his notebook. This was going to be a long day.

Surprisingly, Jungkook’s day seemed to improve. His photography teacher complimented the pictures he’d taken yesterday, saying he captured the mundane moments of life beautifully. Jungkook beamed and bowed slightly to her, thanking her for the compliment. He was suddenly inspired, so he set about taking some pictures of students around campus, the sun setting a beautiful backdrop as the day eased into evening. When it hit 6pm, Jungkook was excited to go home. Taehyung might be there already. He walked home briskly, almost running in his excitement. He reached his building and felt his heart accelerate when he saw Yoongi’s car parked on the curb. He raced upstairs and burst into the apartment, eyes roaming the living room for his hyung. He made his way to the kitchen when he heard voices. Jimin was perched on the counter, chatting animatedly as Yoongi stood nearby, stirring a delicious smelling pot. Jungkook back-hugged Yoongi before standing in front of Jimin to pout up at him.

“Where’s Taehyungie?” He demanded. Jimin pinches Jungkook’s cheek.

“Yah, brat, hello to you too.”

Jungkook’s pout deepens. Jimin rolls his eyes fondly. “He’ll be here soon, honey. He was just finishing up a project and said he’s getting on the next bus.”

Jungkook sighs and Jimin pats the counter next to him. The younger hops up and joins in on Yoongi and Jimin’s conversation. Yoongi occasionally holds a spoon of food up to their lips to taste. He calls them useless critics when they offer no valuable input on the flavour, only asking for another bite. Yoongi is just switching off the stove when they hear the door open. Jungkook jumps off the counter and flies to the living room.

Taehyung is halfway through the doorway when he sees Jungkook round the corner and lock eyes with him. Jungkook allows himself five seconds to take in Taehyung’s appearance. Brown hair falls messily over his forehead and curls around his ears. He’s wearing a maroon hoodie and thick grey sweatpants. He looks soft and warm and like Jungkook’s. The younger hurries over and presses himself to Taehyung’s body. He breathes out deeply when he feels Taehyung’s arms wind around him, his own fists curling into Taehyung’s hoodie.

“Hey, baby.” Taehyung’s voice is deep and soft and Jungkook shivers at the name, pressing closer.

He rubs his nose along Taehyung’s neckline, breathing him in.Taehyung’s hands drift to the younger’s thighs as he bends down slightly. Jungkook hops up, curling his legs around Taehyung waist as he twists his arms around his hyung’s neck. He retreats from his hiding place and smiles down at Taehyung from his position slightly above him.

“Hi.” His own voice comes out light and playful. Taehyung’s eyes shine with fondness. Jungkook preens at the fact that this look is for him.That look was for Jungkook becauseTaehyung was Jungkook's.

“My Taehyungie.” Jungkook claims, running both hands through Taehyung’s hair. He leans down and connects their lips, smothering the smile playing on the older's lips. He sighs as Taehyung’s hands tighten around his thighs, lips demanding yet gentle against the younger’s. Jungkook moans softly as Taehyung’s tongue curls around his own. He vaguely registers Taehyung walking over to the couch and carefully lowering himself to sit down. Taehyung gives him endless, soothing little kisses as Jungkook just melts on his lap, fingers twisting into Taehyung’s hair. Taehyung pulls back when Jungkook is putty in his arms, running a hand up under the younger’s shirt when he sits back to look at Taehyung properly. Taehyung seems to be admiring him just as closely, soft smile on his lips as his eyes roam across Jungkook’s face. Jungkook blushes under the attention, fighting the urge to hide away in Taehyung’s neck. Taehyung brings up his free hand to rub his thumb along Jungkook’s blush.

“Gorgeous boy.” He says, voice warm and doting. Jungkook’s blush travels down his neck and the poor boy wouldn’t be surprised if his chest was a rosy pink too. He closes his eyes and nuzzles into the hand on his cheek.

“I missed you.” Taehyung murmurs. Jungkook sighs as he feels Taehyung press soft kisses to his cheek.

Jungkook hums at the feeling of Taehyung’s lips on his skin. Taehyung leans back against the couch and Jungkook immediately follows, lips catching Taehyung’s again. It's only been a few days but Jungkook feels like he's just come home after a long trip, finally back where he feels most comfortable and secure. Jungkook pulls back and nuzzles against Taehyung’s cheek, a little overwhelmed with the way Taehyung makes him feel.

“Did my baby miss me?” Taehyung teases softly, arms winding tightly around Jungkook’s torso.

Jungkook nods and presses warm kisses along Taehyung’s cheek and down his jaw to his neck. He bites teasingly at Taehyung’s neck, causing the older’s breath to hitch. He settles for sucking a bruise onto the golden skin of his hyung’s neck, preening as Taehyung’s hand cards through his hair. He obeys when Taehyung guides his head away from his neck, holding him in place so he can trace his thumb along the younger’s reddened bottom lip.

“If our hyungs weren't here and I wasn’t so tired, I’d take you to your room right now.” Taehyung states, dark eyes attentive as Jungkook moves forward to press their chests together. It’s only then that Jungkook notices the exhaustion in Taehyung’s eyes. He traces his fingertips along the sleep-deprived skin below him hyung’s eyes, his face looking a bit paler. Taehyung seems to sense his oncoming worry, leaning up to peck his lips quickly.

“I’m fine, baby. Promise.”

Jungkook accepts this, suddenly eager to get Taehyung fed and in bed to rest.

“We should eat, hyungie.” He says, voice still soft to match their bubble of intimacy.

He leaned in for another kiss before standing up. Taehyung follows suit and they make their way to the kitchen, bodies pressed close. They walk in to find Yoongi and Jimin seated at the table, sipping on wine and staring at each other with sickeningly sweet gazes. Taehyung clears his throat and Yoongi whips his head towards him, blush lightly dusting his cheeks. Jimin leans forward to kiss it, only causing the pink hue to deepen into a fierce red. Yoongi looks helpless and Jungkook smiles at him sympathetically, knowing all too well how it felt to be overwhelmed by someone’s affection.

Taehyung and Jungkook sit at the table and start dishing immediately. Jungkook dishes more meat onto Taehyung’s plate, telling him to eat well. Taehyung just regards him with that look, that look that makes Jungkook feel like his bones have turned to honey, and Jungkook starts up conversation with Yoongi before Taehyung says something equal parts dumb and romantic. Jungkook has an itch under his skin that usually goes away once he koala's around his hyung, but it feels different. Their little reunion on the couch wasn't nearly enough to satisfy his neediness. The need to be close to Taehyung is so intense that it feels like anyway he touches Taehyung will be far too intimate for company. His need almost makes him shy, makes him feel incredibly vulnerable - a vulnerability he only wants to share with Taehyung.

Taehyung seems to pick up on Jungkook’s odd behaviour, the way he’s pulled his chair close to Taehyung’s yet hasn’t claimed his lap as his seat yet. The way he keeps glancing over when Taehyung stops eating for too long but doesn’t bring food up to Taehyung’s lips himself (Taehyung secretly loves when Jungkook feeds him). When Taehyung curls an innocent hand around the nape of his neck, just offering a soothing weight to the younger, Jungkook has to bite his lip to prevent an unnecessary sound from escaping. Jungkook just wants to crawl into Taehyung's lap and see how close he can get to burrowing into the older's chest, try to curl up right in Taehyung's very heart.

They eat well and soon their tummies are full and their eyes drooping. Jungkook is tired enough that he nods immediately when Taehyung suggests an early night. They leave a love-drunk pair of boys at the table, Jimin’s hand playing with Yoongi’s hair. In the hallway, Jungkook is tempted to stop and lift up his arms like a child. He refrains, however, knowing how tired Taehyung is.

His hyung works so hard. He's the best.

They shuffle into the bedroom. Taehyung goes to brush his teeth and Jungkook makes quick work of stripping down and changing into a fresh tee and boxers. He enters the bathroom as Taehyung leaves, the older dropping a sweet kiss on his forehead as they pass. When they’re eventually in bed, Jungkook is wiggling against Taehyung’s chest, not seeming to get comfortable.

“Baby, what is it?” Taehyung asks in the dark, voice anything but annoyed. He sounds as gentle as always but Jungkook still feels guilty.

“Sorry.” He whispers. Taehyung shushes him and runs a hand along the back of his head.

“What’s bothering you, hmm?” Taehyung prompts again. Taehyung slips his hand under Jungkook’s shirt and the younger shudders with it.

“You’re too far away.” Jungkook’s voice is almost petulant. Taehyung breathes a noise of confusion, but tries to bring Jungkook closer (he can’t, they’re pressed as closely together as possible.)

“What do you mean, angel?” Taehyung asks, kissing Jungkook’s forehead.

Jungkook whines, too shy to ask. Instead, he slips his cold hands under Taehyung’s shirt, kissing Taehyung’s cheek as an apology when the older jolts at the cool touch. There’s a soft pause where Jungkook presses another kiss to Taehyung’s cheek. Then Taehyung leans up and shucks off his shirt, fingers trailing along the hem of Jungkook’s to ask permission. Jungkook lifts his arms eagerly and then they’re both half dressed, one in light blue boxers and the other in black sweatpants. Jungkook presses close to Taehyung’s chest and shivers at the contact, tangles their legs together and feels something settle within him. He breathes in and feels his body finally relax on the exhale. Taehyung presses slow kisses all along Jungkook’s face, Jungkook almost mewling at the affection and attention. Their lips meet and they both sigh into it, bodies warming against one another’s.

“Baby, if this is what you needed, why were you acting off at dinner?” Taehyung asks. He smoothes Jungkook’s hair off his forehead.

Jungkook shrugs, eyes closing at the sensation on his head. “Just wanted you close. Really close. And I didn’t want to be only a little close to you and want more and not be able to get it. I want you to be the closest possible.” The younger was rambling, not sure if he was making any sense.

Taehyung hums in acknowledgement anyway and kisses his lips lightly. “I'm here, baby.” He whispers, settling his head on his pillow and nuzzling his nose into Jungkook’s hair.

The younger stubbornly tries to be closer, settling for latching his lips around the hickey he’d sucked earlier. Taehyung hums at the action and Jungkook pressed a kiss to the bruised skin. Jungkook squeezes Taehyung affectionately before finally succumbing to sleep.


The calm before the storm...

Chapter 21: His anger


(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The thing is, the day had started out so well. Jungkook had woken up soft and warm against a sleeping Taehyung. Jungkook had spent an embarrassing amount of time just studying Taehyung’s features - lax and peaceful in his unconscious state. Taehyung’s perfectly arched brows and defined nose made him look very intimidating when he wasn’t smiling. Yoongi once told Jungkook that he’d never seen Taehyung smile so easily around someone, not even around Yoongi. Jungkook knew it was a privilege to be able to love Taehyung and make him happy. He promised himself he’d do hisbest to not abuse that privilege.

Taehyung’s nose twitched in his sleep and Jungkook thought that it was so cute he had to kiss it. He propped himself up on his elbows and pecked Taehyung’s nose. When Taehyung didn’t respond, Jungkook pressed a few kisses to his cheek, temple, brow and chin.

“Jungkookie.” Taehyung mumbled, voice deliciously deep and heavy with sleep andcomfort. Jungkook pressed a kiss to the corner of his hyung’s lips. Taehyung’s lips curled into a small smile, eyes barely opening. “Baby can you let hyungie sleep a little longer? I’m beat.”

Jungkook immediately felt guilty for disturbing Taehyung, obviously he would be tired.

“Sorry, hyungie.” Jungkook whispered, laying back down on his pillow.

Taehyung just smiled sleepily, eyes closing as he tugged Jungkook closer by the arm around his waist. Jungkook snuggled close and tried to fall back asleep, but he felt fully rested for once. He carefully extracted himself from Taehyung’s arms, pulling on a t-shirt before he shuffled to the kitchen to satisfy his grumbling tummy. Jimin was already awake, stirring a cup of coffee. Jungkook greeted him and made himself a cup of tea.

“Hyung, I’m gonna make breakfast today.” Jungkook said, blowing on his tea to cool it.

Jimin’s eyebrows shot up in playful surprise. “Is that so? Is my breakfast not good enough?”

“Jiminie, hush. I just wanna make breakfast today for Tae, this week has exhausted him.”

Jimin pinched the younger’s cheek. “Cutie.” Jungkook pretended to be annoyed. “What do you wanna make?”

“Pancakes.” Jungkook says, bunny smile wide and precious.

“Let me guess, chocolate chips?” Jimin asks, eyes smiling when Jungkook nods enthusiastically. “Well, we better get started then.”

Jungkook connects his phone to a Bluetooth speaker and starts getting out the ingredients while the sound of Twice filled the kitchen. Jungkook hummed along to Someone like me as he googled a recipe and set about measuring the amount of flour he’d need. Jimin was getting the pan ready, greasing it and letting it warm up on the stove. Jungkook whipped up the batter and added in chocolate chips.

In no time, Jungkook was flipping pancakes and shimmying his hips to Likey. Jimin may or may not have recorded him (denying it profusely), before the older trotted off to shower and drag Yoongi out of bed for breakfast.

Jigeum haneul gureum saegeun tropical, yeah

Oh YES. This was Jungkook’s sh*t.

Jeo taeyang ppalganbit ne du bol gatae

Oh tell me I'm the only one, babe

I fancy you, I fancy you, fancy you

Jungkook hopped around while transferred the last pancake to the plate, switching off the stove.

“Dalkomhan chocolate ice-cream-cheoreom, nogabeorineun jigeum nae gibun so lovely.” He sang, as his hips swayed. “Kkamkkamhan uju sok gajang banjjagineun, Jeo byeol jeo byeol geu yeope keun ne byeol.”

He put down the everything and busted out the moves right there.

Geogi neo I fancy you

Amuna wonhaji anha

Hey, I love you (Love ya!)

Geurae neo I fancy you

Kkumcheoreom haengbokhaedo dwae

'Cause I need you (What?)

He brought up his hand to the side of his head, signing I Love You.

Fancy you, ooh

Nuga meonjeo johahamyeon eottae

Fancy you, ooh

Jigeum neoegero gallae

“Fancy,” Jungkook twirled. “ooh!” Jungkook froze as he caught sight of Taehyung leaning against the door frame of the kitchen, sweatpants hanging low on his hips and arms crossed over his broad chest. He had on a white t-shirt that strained against the expanse of his chest. Jungkook’s cheeks burned under Taehyung’s amused gaze.

“I had no idea I was dating Korea’s biggest fanboy.” He teased as he walked over to Jungkook. His morning voice never failed to make Jungkook feel tingly. “And Twice, of all groups?”

Jungkook jutted his chin up in challenge. “If you don’t like my girls, there’s the door.” He said cheekily, one eyebrow raised but eyes playful.

“Is that so?” Taehyung mused, large palms running up Jungkook’s sides. Jungkook tried to hide his shiver by twisting his arms around Taehyung’s neck and twirling his fingers in his hyung’s hair. Taehyung’s smirk told him his hyung noticed exactly what he was doing to the poor maknae.

Jungkook sang along softly when the chorus played, wiggling his hips as he sang against Taehyung’s lips. He smiled when Taehyung laughed, arms winding tighter around each other.

“You total dork. ” Taehyung said between laughs.

Jungkook leant back and batted his eyelashes playfully. “But you fancy me, right?”Taehyung rolled his eyes and Jungkook was offended. “Hyungie!”

“Fine, baby.” Taehyung laughed. “I fancy you.” Jungkook smiled widely and kissed his hyung. “So f*cking much.”

Jungkook pressed himself closer and Taehyung deepened the kiss. Jungkook could match words to the beat of their hearts. I love-you, I love-you, I love-you. Taehyung’s hands were trailing down his back when they were interrupted by a loud groan.

“Why is it that you guys are almost always making out in the kitchen?” Yoongi grumbled, walking over to fill a mug with coffee. Taehyung stole another kiss from Jungkook’s reddened lips before letting him go. Jungkook retrieved the pancakes from beside the stove and placed the plate on the kitchen table.

“Look what I made.” He said, getting both hyungs’ attention.

“Looks good, Kook.” Yoongi said, ruffling Jungkook’s hair as he sat down at the table.

Jungkook turned to Taehyung and felt himself melt a little when he met Taehyung’s eyes. Taehyung laced their fingers together and pulled the younger close. “You made breakfast, angel?”

Jungkook nodded. “I wanted to do something for you because your week has been so difficult.”

Taehyung leant down to kiss him gently, resting their foreheads together. “Thanks, baby. You’re too good to me.”

Jungkook pressed their lips together again, just about to deepen the kiss when Taehyung pulled back. He got a sweet peck before he could start complaining.

“Let’s eat while they’re warm, baby.” Taehyung whispered, eyes bright.

Jungkook had no qualms sitting in Taehyung’s lap this morning, but sideways so that he could feed his hyung. Jimin walked in about halfway through their meal, blond hair damp and skin bright. He wore a casual blue, short-sleeved button up and knee-length jean shorts. Yoongi look enamoured as he watched him.

“Ugh, you guys are being gross again.” Jimin complained to the couple wrapped around one another. Jungkook stuck his tongue out at him.

“Come eat, sweetheart.” Yoongi murmured, dishing pancakes on a plate for his boyfriend. Jungkook didn’t miss the pinkening of Jimin’s cheeks. Jimin kisses Yoongi’s cheek as thanks when he sitsdown and Jungkook doesn’tmiss the opportunity to call Jimin out for being ‘gross’.

Breakfast was filled with sweet pancakes and bitter coffees (except for Tae) and sweet smiles and playful quips at one another. It all felt so domestic and Jungkook decided he wanted his whole life to centre around this. He slid off Taehyung’s lap so that they could drink their hot beverages without spilling on one another. Jungkook made sure to throw a leg over Taehyung’s thigh, his hyung’s hand rubbing over the exposed skin above his knee.

“I wanna run down to the shop quickly. I’m out of face wash and we need some fruit in this household.” Jimin said as he piled the dishes into the sink, Yoongi helping.

“Wait for me, I’ll get ready.” Yoongi said, still in his pajamas.

“No need, I’ll be like 30 minutes max. I know you’re still tired, Yoons.” Jimin said, running his loving fingers through Yoongi’s fluffy hair.

“You sure?” Yoongi asked, hands settling around Jimin’s hips. Jimin nodded and pressed a kiss to Yoongi’s lips.

“Anyone need anything from the store?” Jimin asked as he stepped back. Yoongi shook his head no, Taehyung politely declined and Jungkook asked for some pretzels.

Jimin was out the door and Yoongi went to grab a shower. Taehyung and Jungkook made quick work of washing and drying the dishes. Fifteen minutes later and they were on the couch, aggressively pressing down on a controller as Overwatch displayed on the tv screen. Jungkook had managed to lose only once when Jimin came home, true to his word about half an hour later. Yoongi had come out a few minutes ago and was making his second cup of coffee in the kitchen.

Jungkook startled when Jimin tossed a pair of earphones at him.

“Oh my gosh, I was looking for these.” Jungkook says, pausing the game as he picked up his treasured earphones.

“I bumped into Namjoon at the store. He said you left them- ” Jimin’s eyes widened as he cut himself off. “Um.”

Jungkook’s eyebrows furrowed in confusion at Jimin’s behavior. “Joonie-hyung? Oh yeah, that makes sense.” Jungkook nodded, he couldn’t find his earphones the whole of yesterday. He must have dropped them in Namjoon’s car.

“What makes sense?” Jungkook froze at Taehyung’s tone, a certain stiffness to it but mostly confused. Jungkook turned around from where he’s been looking at Jimin, so that he was facing Taehyung.

“I left these in Namjoon’s car.” Jungkook said simply, not noticing the tension in the room. “We went out for lunch on Wednesday and he took me to the city to take some pictures.”

Jungkook’s confusion deepened when shock flittered over Taehyung’s features.

“You had lunch with Namjoon?” Taehyung asked, like he was trying to comprehend something incomprehensible.

Jungkook nodded. “Yeah, he texted me in the week to organize.”

“You’re texting Namjoon?” Taehyung asked, voice a bit louder. Jungkook didn’t notice Jimin slip out of the room.

"No, not texting. Texted. Before the lunch.” Jungkook said, inching closer to Taehyung now that he picked up something was wrong.

Taehyung got up from the couch and paced across the living room. “Just.” He laughed lightly, a laugh that sent unpleasant shivers down Jungkook’s spine. “Let me get this straight. You’ve been texting your ex behind my back while I’ve been studying my ass off, and even met up with him on the sly?” Jungkook’s blood froze. “Help me understand this, Jungkook.”

Jungkook flinched at the stale use of his name. Taehyung never calls him Jungkook. “Hyungie, it’s not like that.” He starts, standing up and walking over to Taehyung. “I just forgot to tell you because it wasn’t a big deal. And when I did remember, I didn’t wanna distract you from your exam.”

“Why didn’t you tell me yesterday?” Taehyung's jaw twitched as he clenched it.

“Because you were so tired and I missed you so much.” Jungkook said, taking Taehyung’s hands in his. “I didn’t want you to get upset over nothing.”

“This isn’t nothing Jungkook.” He pulled his hands out of Jungkook’s graspand pushed them harshly through his own hair. “I’m struggling to see why this is something you think I shouldn’t have known about.”

Jungkook’s eyes hardened, his patience was wearing thin. “Because you really didn’t have to! I promise you hyungie, nothing happened. It didn’t mean anything, it was just two friends hanging out.”

“Jungkook.” Taehyung sounded exasperated. “The point is that you didn’t tell me. This is something I should have known. You have the right to see whoever you want, but why the f*ck did you hide it from me?” Taehyung’s voice was considerably louder and Jungkook’s hackles were raising.

“I didn’t hide anything, Taehyung. Stop twisting it around. I just didn’t think it was important to tell you, because it was NOTHING.”

“I’m not twisting anything, I’m just telling it like it is. You met up with Namjoon behind my back, KNOWING how I felt about him and didn’t even bother to tell me? To let me know? Hell, if Jimin didn’t just spill the beans would you even have told me ever?”

Jungkook opened his mouth but no sound came out. He honestly didn’t know. When would have been a good time to tell Taehyung?

“Well, maybe I wasn’t ever going to tell you because I knew you’d blow it up out of proportion and overreact! Surprise, surprise, you’re only proving me right.”

Taehyung’s jaw clenched and eyes narrowed, Jungkook suddenly felt small. “I’m not overreacting, Jungkook. I saw the way he looked at you. Did he come onto you? Tell me the truth, or I swear to God..”

Jungkook was tempted to ask him what he was threatening. He decided against and took a deep breath in. “He...he said he was hoping to get back together maybe-” Jungkook grabbed into Taehyung’s wrists when the older started backing away. “Hyungie, I told him I was happy with you and then he left! I promise that’s all that happened. The whole day we were just hanging out like friends.”

“Jungkook, do you realize how f*cked up this is?” Taehyung said, stepping away from Jungkook yet again. Jungkook let him. “You meet up with your f*cking ex and he confessed to you and you don’t tell your own boyfriend?”

“Tae you’re blowing this out of-“

“I am NOT overreacting. How the f*ck can I trust you after this? I don’t even know if you’re telling the truth about all that happened.”

Now THAT send a burst of hot anger through Jungkook. In hindsight, Jungkook knew it was hurt that sliced through his chest, but he quickly used anger to cover it. “Don’t you DARE insinuate I cheated on you! You have the f*cking NERVE to say that after everything? After I’ve spilled my heart and soul out to you?”

Taehyung sighed. “I didn't say that. That’s not what I meant-”

“You don’t get to play victim. You even said that I have the right to see who I want. And I DO. So stop being so f*cking possessive because you don't control me. I’m my own f*cking person Taehyung, I don’t have to report to you like you're my f*cking probation officer or some sh*t. ” He spat, chest heaving as he clenched his fists.

The two boys were at opposite ends of the room, staring at each other.Jungkook was too blinded by his anger to see the flash of hurt on Taehyung’s face before his expression turned unreadable. Jungkook was scowling when Taehyung walked to the door and slipped on his sneakers.

“Where are you going?” Jungkook asked, fight leaving his body as cold air seemed to seep into his skin.

“Home.” Taehyung said, tone clipped and devoid of the warmth usually enriching it whenever he spoke to the maknae.

“You're really running away, right now?” Jungkook accused, walking to plant himself between Taehyung and the door.

Taehyung sighed, looking resigned. “Jungkook, move.”

Jungkook crosses his arms. “No. Not until we resolve this.”

Taehyung growled. “Get out of the way and open the door.”

“No.” Jungkook repeated, stubborn. “Talk to me.” Please, hyungie.

They stared at one another for a long moment. “Jungkook. I’m barely keeping it together right now and looking at you hurts. It hurts, okay? So please just open the f*cking door and let me go home.” By the time he reached the end of his sentence, the anger had left his voice.

Jungkook was frozen in shock, arms falling limp by his sides. Taehyung nudged him aside and then he was gone, Jungkook left staring at a closed door. Yoongi and Jimin entered the room, the eldest quickly darting out the door to go after Taehyung. Jimin looked sad.

“Oh, Kookie.”

“I don’t understand.” Jungkook said, feeling anxiety coiling in the bottom of his stomach. “Why would looking at me hurt? Minnie, what did he mean?” Jungkook was confused by the overwhelming sadness he had felt at Taehyung’s words.

“He's hurting, honey.” Jimin said gently, following Jungkook to the floor when the younger slid down against the wall. No matter how gently Jimin said it, no matter how lovely it always was when he called him honey , it couldn’t stop the white hot pain that slashed through the maknae’s chest.

“But- no. We both fought. It wasn’t just me, he also said mean things! He implied I cheated, Minnie. I would never. Never ever. I love him so much, how-”

“I know, I know. But Kookie, imagine if your Taehyungie texted and met up with an ex without telling you. That would stress you out a bit wouldn’t it?”

Jungkook nodded, feeling tears fill his eyes. “But it’s different.

“I know, honey, but we gotta look at it from Tae’s perspective too. He told you he felt wary around Namjoon, didn’t he?”

Jungkook nodded solemnly.

“And then you said Joon confessed to you?”

Jungkook nodded.

“If the situations were reversed, how would you feel Jungkookie? I bet you’d feel pretty similar to how Taehyungie is feeling - if not worse. He loves you so much Kookie, but that doesn’t mean he’ll understand you perfectly all the time. He's probably also got a lot of pent up stress from studying.” Jungkook started sobbing and Jimin wrapped him up in his arms. “I’m so sorry, honey. It was my fault for not thinking when I gave you your earphones. I swear it slipped my mind that Taehyung didn’t know.”

Jungkook shook his head. “S’not your f-fault. I sh-should have t-told hy-hyungie.”

Jimin just held the poor crying boy before getting them to move to the couch. Jimin put on Produce 101 to distract the sad boy laying on his chest. Jungkook was almost inconsolable. The tears kept flowing as he thought about how inconsiderate he’d been of his hyung’s feelings. Then he remembered all the nasty things he’d shouted at his hyungie and he started to cry even more. Jimin ran a hand through his hair and hummed a familiar childhood melody, which helped calm him down a bit.

“Minnie, I have to say sorry.” Jungkook said, making as if to get up. Jimin pulled him back down into his arms.

“I don’t think right now is a good idea, Kookie.”

Just then, the door opened and Jungkook sat up to look who it was, heart beating erratically. His face crumpled when he saw it was Yoongi, no Taehyung in sight. Yoongi walked over and let Jungkook hug him from where he kneltupon the couch.

“I didn’t mean any of it, hyung, I swear. Taehyungie needs to know. I’m so sorry, so so sorry.” The maknae rambled as Yoongi pat his back.

“Shh, shh. It’s okay Kookie. It’s all gonna be okay. Taehyungie just needs some time alone for a bit, okay?”

Jungkook pulled back from the hug and Yoongi wiped his tears. “Is Taehyungie sad?”

Yoongi smiled sadly and nodded.

Jungkook’s heart clenched. “Is hyungie.” He hiccuped from his earlier sobbing. “Is hyungie crying?”

When Yoongi didn’t answer immediately, Jungkook already knew. He made his hyungie cry . He was a monster, an ugly, ungrateful, manipulative monster who hurt the loveliest person in the world. Jungkook curled back onto the couch and let the tears overtake him. Jimin pulled him into his lap but that just made Jungkook miss Taehyung even more. Nevertheless, he selfishly clung onto Jimin for comfort as he choked on his own guilt, heart calling for it’s twin.



Chapter 22: His forgiveness


I love them so much, help

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Jungkook was a mess the whole day. When he wasn’t biting his nails, he was pacing up and down the living room and when he wasn’t doing that, he was curled up on the couch staring at his socked feet. He was wearing his purple ones with daisies on them and Taehyung had once called them cute.

Jimin managed to convince the maknae to have a shower, saying he’d feel better if he was refreshed. He didn’t. If anything, the shower made it worse because he had a whole lot of time to cry and pretend it was only the water from the shower-head running down his cheeks. Jungkook emerged into the living, dressed in soft black sweatpants and the maroon hoodie Taehyung showed up in yesterday. Jungkook almost felt he didn’t deserve to wear it, but he felt too small and sad not to. There was a bone deep chill in his body that settled as soon as Taehyung told Jungkook he was going home. Jungkook brought the neckline of Taehyung’s hoodie up so he could bury his face in Taehyung’s smell.

Jungkook sat on the couch next to Yoongi, clutching a pillow to his chest. “Hyung, are you sure I can’t go see Taehyung? Even just for a moment? Just to say sorry. That’s all I need to do right now.” Jungkook said, doe eyes large and sad as they begged Yoongi for an answer.

“Kookie, we’ve been over this. He really wants to be alone for the rest of the day. He promised me he’d call if he needed me, so we need to give him his space.” Yoongi said, softening his tone when Jimin pinched his arm. “Look, how about I take you over there tomorrow morning if Tae is up to it?”

Jungkook desperately wanted to demand to see Taehyung now, but it wasn’t up to him. He would go when Taehyung was ready. He sniffled and Yoongi squeezed his hand gently. The maknae ended up with his head pillowed by Yoongi’s lap as they watched some music documentary of a rapper Yoongi was studying. Jimin was whipping up a quick lunch in the kitchen. It was a little after 4pm and Jungkook hadn’t eaten since breakfast. He didn’t eat much when lunch was ready either.

“Honey, please? Just a few bites.” Jimin coaxed, placing a plate of chicken fried rice on Jungkook’s lap where he sat on the couch. Jungkook let out a long-suffering sigh before bringing up a forkful of food to his mouth. Jimin smiled and pressed a kiss to his forehead before joining Yoongi on the floor by the coffee table.

“Hey, why do you call Jungkook honey?” Yoongi asked, no malice, just curiosity in his tone.

“I’ve been calling him that since he was a six year old menace, causing havoc in Busan.” Jimin said, laughing slightly. “His mom calls him that, used to even when he was still in her tummy. I call him that to comfort him in a way, it reminds him of home.”

“I’m in the room, you know.” Jungkook grumbled, annoyed that he was being spoken about in third person.

“Don’t get snappy with me.” Jimin chastised. “I know you’re hurting but that’s between you and Tae.”

Jungkook scowled but still settled on the floor next to Jimin and laid his head on his shoulder as an apology. Jimin intertwined their fingers and kissed Jungkook’s hair.

“It’s gonna be okay, Kook. Taehyung loves you with everything he has.” Jimin whispered.

“I was so horrible to him.” Jungkook whispered.

“The blame isn’t all on you, Jungkookie. Taehyung should trust you.” Yoongi said, surprising Jungkook. “You should speak to him about it rather than just apologizing.”

Jungkook nodded and then retrieved a bottle of banana milk from the fridge. They almost always cheered him up, but it didn’t work too well this time.

It was around 9pm when Jungkook cracked, breathing turning erratic at the thought that Taehyung wouldn’t want him anymore. He had been huddled up on the couch, staring at whatever was on TV when he started replaying his argument with Taehyung. The way Taehyung’s eyes had lost its warmth and his voice like steel. What scared Jungkook most was when Taehyuhg’s face turned blank. Jungkook could always read his hyung and suddenly he didn’t have a clue what was in Taehyung’s head. Taehyung had shut him out. Jungkook’s heart clenched and suddenly he was having trouble breathing.

“sh*t.” Jungkook heard someone mutter, then a pair of hands was cupping his cheeks.

“Breathe.” Jungkook blinked and focused on the lips speaking in front of him. “Jungkookie, come on. Deep breath in for me.”

Yoongi. It was Yoongi in front of him. Yoongi was trying to help him.

Yoongi breathed in deeply and Jungkook copied, hands clutched around Yoongi’s wrists. They counted down from four for each breath and each time it became easier. When Jungkook could breathe easier, he noticed Jimin had swapped places with Yoongi, wiping away the latent tears rolling down Jungkook’s cheeks.

“So-sorry.” Jungkook croaked, eagerly downing the water Yoongi presented him.

“Don’t you dare apologize for that, Kookie.” Jimin’s voice was hard, but he softened it immediately when Jungkook’s head dropped.

“Come on, you’re sleeping with us tonight.” Jimin said. He grabbed the maknae’s hand and led him to his room. Jimin had invested in a king sized bed with the money he won from a dance competition last year, so it easily fit three fully grown boys.

“But it’s still early.” Jungkook said while Jimin pulled back the covers and tucked Jungkook in.

“Yeah well, it’s been a long day for all of us.” Jimin replied, climbing in next to Jungkook and pulling him into his arms.

“Where’s Yoongi?” The maknae asked, letting Jimin clutch onto his hand.

“He’s coming now, honey. He’s just clearing up inside a bit.”

Jungkook waited until Yoongi climbed in on Jimin’s other side before he relaxed. He shut his eyes and willed sleep to come. When Yoongi and Jimin’s breathing evened out, Jungkook knew the likelihood of him falling asleep was next to none. Jungkook stared and the luminous numbers on Jimin’s bedside clock.

12.05 a.m.

Jungkook didn’t think twice afterthe idea popped in his mind. He eased out of Jimin’s arms and out of the bed. Jimin simply rolled around and latched onto Yoongi, neither boy waking up. The maknae grabbed his phone from the living room and pulled on his sneakers before leaving the apartment. It was a cold five minute wait for the midnight bus and a lonely 20 minute ride to Taehyung and Yoongi’s apartment. Jungkook was alone, save for a young couple who were most likely on their way to a club, given the way they were dressed. The girl offered a tissue to Jungkook when he kept sniffling and Jungkook thanked her, terribly embarrassed but grateful.

Jungkook stood shivering outside the door to Taehyung’s building, not being able to enter unless he was buzzed in. Jungkook, for the life of him, couldn’t remember which apartment number Taehyung was. He’d only been here once before and they’d arrived late at night so Jungkook hadn’t been paying attention. He whipped out his phone and prayed Taehyung was awake.

To: Taehyungie <3

I’m outside

Jungkook held his breath when the message was marked as read. He stood outside, shivering, for a total of sixty seconds before the door in front of him was forcefully yanked open.

Taehyung’s heart broke for the second time that day when he saw his Jungkookie standing in front of him, tiny in Taehyung’s hoodie and shivering from the cold. Jungkook’s bambi eyes looked so sad and hopeful and Taehyung couldn’t believe he had caused that look, yet again. He stumbled back when he suddenly had an armful of the boy, Jungkook pressing close to him and muttering a string of apologies. He lifted the younger’s legs to wrap around his hips and placed his hand on the younger’s head where it was pressed into his neck. Taehyung fought down the panic at the fact that his baby had used public transport in the middle of the night, alone . The younger had put himself in danger and Taehyung squeezed him close to assure himself that Jungkook was okay. Jungkook made a soft sound at the squeeze and leaned back to look at Taehyung with teary eyes.

“Hyungie.” He said, lips wobbling as he looked at the older. Taehyung gently pressed his lips to Jungkook’s trembling ones, calming the younger.

“Shh, baby. Let’s get you inside and warm first, okay?” Taehyung murmured, heart clenching when Jungkook burrowed into his neck again, squeezing tight like Taehyung might let him go.

“I’ve got you, angel.” Taehyung whispered, walking them to his apartment. Luckily he was on the first floor. He walked to his door as he stroked Jungkook’s hair with his one hand, cradling one of his thighs with the other.

He swung his door open, kicking it shut behind him after he entered his home and made a beeline to his bedroom. Jungkook didn’t relax until Taehyung sat down on his bed, room dimly lit by Taehyung’s lamp. Taehyung ran his hands up and down Jungkook’s back to warm him, the room already warmed from the space heater. He pressed kisses to Jungkook’s clothed shoulder as the younger refused to let up his hiding space.

“Baby.” Jungkook shivered again, but it was one of his good shivers. The shivers that tickled him whenever Taehyung did or said something he liked a lot. Taehyung moved to press his lips to Jungkook’s hair. “You’re okay, my little Jungkookie.” Taehyung said, swaying them gently from side to side.

“Wanna tell me why my baby came here in the middle of the night and put himself in danger, hmm?” Taehyung asked as gently as he could. Jungkook still whined at the words. “Baby, I’m not mad at you. I just don’t want you in dangerous situations that you can avoid, okay?”

Jungkook nodded, finally leaning back when Taehyung coaxedhim to.

“I just wanted to say sorry.” Jungkook started, eyes focused on his fingers that fiddled with the buttons on Taehyung’s pajama top. “I couldn’t sleep and I was so...so scared. I was scared because you were so far away and we didn’t send an I love you message to each other before bed and I was so mean to you Hyungie-”

“Breathe, baby.” Taehyung reminded him, bringing up a hand to cup the younger’s cheek.

Jungkook breathed in deeply and flicked his eyes up to Taehyung’s. “You just needed to know I love you. And I didn’t want to text you because it’s not the same. I wanted you to feel how much I love you.” Taehyung watched, enamoured, as Jungkook brought the older’s hand from his cheek to his chest, right over his heart. “I love you and I’m sorry. I’m so sorry for what I said Taehyungie. I was way out of line.”

Taehyung shook his head, gathering Jungkook back in his arms so that he could rock them again. “No, baby. I thought about it a lot today and I was being unfair. And I’m sorry.” Taehyung said, squeezing Jungkook closer.

Jungkook hummed at the action. “Hyungie, no. I was-”

“Baby.” Taehyung cut him off gently, recognizing the sleepy slur in the younger’s voice. “How about we sleep, hmm? We’ll talk in the morning.”He feels Jungkook nod against his shoulder and sink even deeper in Taehyung’s arms.

Taehyung chuckled. “Little one, you gotta move off me to get into bed.” Jungkook whined but listened, climbing off Taehyung’s lap and under the covers, hands immediately stretched out to his hyung. Taehyung got under the covers and faced Jungkook, both boys laying on their sides. He shuffled closer until their legs were intertwined. Jungkook clutched lightly onto Taehyung’s shirt over his chest and Taehyung wrapped his arm around the younger’s waist.

“I like your hoodie.” Taehyung teased softly, pressing a kiss to Jungkook’s flushed cheek. “Makes you look like mine.” He whispered. Jungkook tilted his chin up and Taehyung responded without hesitation, kissing the maknae so sweetly that Jungkook let out a soft whimper. Taehyung kissed Jungkook’s nose and then left a lingering kiss to his forehead, the younger boy snuggling into his chest.

“I love you.” He whispered into Jungkook’s hair. Jungkook hummed and pressed a kiss to Taehyung’s collarbone.

Jungkook woke up a little too warm and a lot disoriented because he was definitely not at home. It took about five slow blinks and two full body stretches across the sheets before last night’s events surfaced through the sleepy haze of Jungkook’s brain.


Where was Taehyung?

Jungkook got up, stripping off his (Taehyung’s) hoodie to let his overheated skin breathe.He wandered around the house before seeing Taehyung outside in the small back garden, crumbling up some bread to feed the few little birds hopping about. The sun was already high in the sky and created a gold glow around the tips of Taehyung’s hair. His skin was like honey against the lilac t-shirt he wore, loose off-white shorts rolled up neatly to three-quarters down his thigh.

Jungkook ached to touch.

He slid open the glass sliding door and wrinkled his nose at the feeling of grass beneath his socks. He would prefer to be barefoot but that would waste time getting to Taehyung, so he ignored it. Taehyung’s back was to him, facing the birds. To his left, there was a small, round table with two outdoor lounging chairs. On the table was a cup of tea that was still steaming. Taehyung mustn't have been up too long then.

Jungkook reached his hyung and curled his arms around Taehyung’s waist, pressing his face to the soft skin of Taehyung’s nape. Neither of them spoke for a moment, just breathing in the morning air as Taehyung stroked his thumbs along Jungkook’s hands.

“You’re in trouble with Jimin.” Taehyung informed, leaning back slightly when the maknae rested his forehead against the older’s temple. “Pretty sure he’s gonna ground you.” Taehyung joked. Jungkook wouldn’t put it past Jimin to at least try.

Jungkook groaned lightly in annoyance. “Did he call?”

“I woke up around the 4th call.” Taehyung mused. “Also, your Jiminie-hyung is a very aggressive texter.” Jungkook rubbed the tip of his nose against Taehyung’s cheek, squeezing him closer. Taehyung turned around and held Jungkook’s face, thumbs smoothing along his sleep-puffy cheeks.

“I don’t blame him at all.” Taehyung said, eyes running all along Jungkook’s face, like he was drinking in every detail. “The only reason I didn’t have a heart attack was because you came to me. I at leastknew you were safe.”He admitted. Jungkook felt guilty at the amount of worry he’d caused his hyungs, but he didn’t regret it at all. Jungkook’s eyes closed involuntarily. The sun was so warm and gentle on his skin and Taehyung’s touch was much the same.

“I can’t believe you were so impulsive, baby.” Taehyung murmured, looking at Jungkook thoughtfully. “ Actually, I can. ” Taehyung continued, his voice lulling Jungkook to sink deeper into his drowsiness. “You are an impatient little thing, aren’t you.” The younger pouted at Taehyung’s gentle chastising. “Forfeiting the comfort and safety of your bed to come and remind me you love me and that you’re sorry.” Taehyung mused, tone incredulous. Jungkook huffed a disgruntled breath, eyes opening half way to look at his hyung. “Silly boy.” Taehyung said, both serious and not.

And okay Jungkook knows it wasn’t the smartest idea but damn, he just wanted to see his hyung. He tilted his chin up and his pout eased away at the feather-light kiss Taehyung pressed there.

“I just really wanted to see you.” Jungkook defended.

Taehyung looked at him closely, searching his eyes. Jungkook saw something like guilt reflected in Taehyung’s.

“You ready to talk yet?”

Jungkook shook his head, hugging Taehyung closer. “Wanna be quiet with you for a little more.” He whispered. Taehyung pressed a kiss to his cheek.

The older pulled him over to one of the cushioned lounge chairs and sat down, legs stretching out and back laying on a gentle incline. Jungkook slipped into the space Taehyung left for him. He lay on his side, head pillowed on Taehyung’s chest and leg thrown over one of Taehyung’s. He breathed out slowly as Taehyung ran his hand through his hair. The sun was pleasantly warm, it’s rays too weak to cause any damage. It was only around 9am, so Jungkook didn’t have to worry about sunscreen and the like. His eyes closed without him realizing. He breathed in Taehyung’s comforting scent and nuzzled his face against the softness of his hyung’s t-shirt.

Taehyung sipped his tea carefully with one hand as he cradled the precious boy next to him with the other. Jungkook had fallen asleep a short while ago, breath evening out and hand clutched to Taehyung’s shirt. Taehyung thought over the mess of a day that was yesterday. He knows he was being unfair by isolating himself, especially knowing how stressed out conflict makes Jungkook, but he couldn’t bring himself to face the younger - to face anyone, really - for most of the day. He just felt so hurt. And so incredibly angry at himself. Facing people meant facing his own demons, and he wasn’t ready for that. Unless...unless it was for Jungkook. Jungkook deserved better. As if sensing Taehyung’s thoughts, the younger stirred in his arms. Taehyung set his empty mug back on the table just in time to catch the boy who rolled over until he was hovering over the older, black hair unruly and eyes steadily gaining awareness.

“Why are you thinking so hard?” He asked, elbows bracketing Taehyung’s head so he could lean down and nuzzle the noses together. Taehyung slowly sat up so that Jungkook could rearrange himself to sit comfortably between the older’s outstretched legs. Jungkook faced the other, legs bent so that his ankles bracketed Taehyung’s hips. Jungkook supported his weight by placing his hands slightly behind him while Taehyung took to running his palms along the younger’s calves.

“Well?” Jungkook prompted, stubbornly awaiting an answer.

Taehyung sighed. “I was thinking about yesterday.” He gently massaged Jungkook’s calves when the younger tensed up. “We need to speak about it, baby.”

“I know.” Jungkook whispered, lips unintentionally pushing into a pout. Taehyung wanted to kiss it. “I don’t wanna fight again.”

Taehyung hummed in understanding, trailing his hands down to rub his thumb along the sliver of exposed skin between Jungkook’s sweatpants and socks. “I know Jungkookie, but couples fight sometimes, yeah? It’s how we deal with it that matters.”

Jungkook looks at Taehyung for a moment before dropping his eyes to study his knees. “Okay.” His voice is still soft.

“Do you wanna start?” Taehyung prompts. Jungkook shakes his head and Taehyung leans over to press a kiss to Jungkook’s knee. His eyes soften when Jungkook giggles at the gesture. “You sure, baby?”

Jungkook bites his lip hesitantly. Taehyung leans back and runs his hands up along Jungkook’s calves as silent encouragement.

“I just…” The younger begins, eyes watching the rhythmic motion of Taehyung’s hands. “I don’t understand why you were so upset.” His eyes flickered up to Taehyung’s like he was afraid he’d said something wrong. Taehyung lightly squeezed the toned muscle his hands cupped, supportive. He was quiet for a moment as he thought of how to word his answer.

“You know I had weird vibes from Namjoon from the start. And then you assured me it was nothing, so we moved on.” Taehyung begins. “Then I leave you for a few days and come back to find that you’d went out with him for the day and you were texting him prior to that?” Taehyung’s voice wasn’t angry, just honestly revealing his displeasure. “I took it badly. Initially I was upset because you didn’t just tell me, or let me know. That’s how these things ought to work angel, we tell each other about things. Like meeting up with an ex who is still into us.”

“But I wasn’t hiding it from you.” Jungkook near whined. “I just didn’t want to disturb you. I would have told you eventually.”

“Really?” Taehyung asked, tone leaning towards skepticism. Jungkook shrunk under Taehyung’s intimidating gaze.

“Possibly…” Jungkook trailed off, eyes dropping away from Taehyung’s. Taehyung sighed and dropped his hands from Jungkook’s legs, leaning back. He got a bit of a fright when Jungkook launched at him and wrapped his limbs tightly around his upper body, sitting in Taehyung’s lap.

“Don’t do that.” Jungkook pleaded, eyes blazing with anger but alight with desperation. “Don’t pull away when you get upset with me.” His brows were furrowed harshly but his bottom lip threatened to wobble. Taehyung wrapped his arms tightly around Jungkook’s waist, softly kissing him until his grip loosened around the older, no longer holding on as if Taehyung might push him away.

“I’m sorry, baby.” Taehyung whispered when they pulled apart, faces still close together. “I didn’t realize I was doing that.” He said honestly, rubbing the tip of his nose against Jungkook’s until the younger released a shaky breath. He pressed another kiss to his boy’s lips, opening his mouth slightly to suck on a pink, plush bottom lip. He pulled away when Jungkook relaxed completely in his arms.

“I promise I'm telling the truth.” Jungkook murmured, forehead pressed to Taehyung’s. Taehyung was quiet and that seemed to unsettle the younger, who leaned backwards to search Taehyung’s eyes.

“I believe you.” Taehyung said, seeing the oncoming panic in the younger. Taehyung really did believe him though, he could tell Jungkook was being genuine.

“Hyungie,” Jungkook looked at Taehyung with sad eyes. “Why don’t you trust me?”

Taehyung blanched, heart squeezing. “Baby, of course I trust you.”

Jungkook shook his head, eyes pleading. “No, you don’t. You freaked out when I told you Namjoon confessed that he still liked me, even though I said I turned him down. Even now, you still hesitate before believing me.”

Taehyung cooed when a tear slipped out of Jungkook’s eye. He surged forward and kissed the offending moisture away. “My baby.” He murmured. “I’m so sorry for acting like this.” He sounded tortured as he hugged Jungkook close.

For once, Jungkook was the first to lean away from the hug. “Taehyungie, just tell me. What did I do?”

Taehyung sighed, slipping his hands beneath Jungkook’s sweater to cup his lower waist. “Nothing.” Taehyung said, shushing Jungkook when his mouth opened to argue. “Baby, I promise. It’s me. I don’t trust that I deserve you.”

Taehyung let out a long exhale as he admitted his insecurity. Jungkook made a sound of confusion, hands coming up to cup Taehyung’s cheeks. “Hyungie?”

“You’re just everything, baby. You’re so warm and lovely and kind and you deserve all the stars in the sky.” Taehyung stated simply, like it was known fact. “How am I supposed to compete with the Namjoons ofthe world? Guys who have their sh*t together, who know what they want and for Christ’s sake, Namjoon was your first love.”

“But I love you. ” Jungkook implored, frown adorning his forehead. “You can’t compare to those guys because you’re so much more, hyungie. You’re my everything.” Jungkook said fiercely, making sure Taehyung held eye contact, as if making sure Taehyung believed him. “You may not be the friendliest with strangers, but that’s fine. People have to earn your trust and friendship and I get that. And you may not like most people but that doesn’t mean you’re not kind. You’re always respectful to the elderly - like that time you gave up your seat on the bus and I had to sit next to that old lady that smelled like peanuts.” Taehyung laughed at the memory of Jungkook whining about it for the rest of the day. “And you’re the loveliest person I know.” Jungkook whispered, tracing Taehyung’s features with the fingertips of one hand. “Well, maybe after Jiminie, but you’re a close second.” Jungkook teased, and Taehyung playfully bit onto the finger that was tracing his lips.

Taehyung released his finger to accept the kiss Jungkook was leaning down to plant on his lips. They kissed for a few soft moments, basking in the warmth of the sun.

“I’m sorry for letting my insecurities get the better of me.” Taehyung whispered when Jungkook pulled back. He immediately cupped the younger’s cheek when Jungkook’s eyes looked suspiciously glossy.

“I’m so-sorry.” Jungkook whined, burying his face in the crook of Taehyung’s neck. Taehyung was confused, had he upset the boy? “I-I used your insecurities against you.” He said, squeezing Taehyung tighter.

“What do you mean, baby?” Taehyung asked, running a hand through the boy's hair.

“I said you were too possessive and that - that you didn’t own me.” Junhkook whispered, whimpering when Taehyung pushed him away from his neck so that he was sat up straight.

“Baby.” Taehyung said seriously, hands firm around Jungkook’s biceps. “You were completely right. I don’t own you and I was being a controlling asshole.”

Jungkook shook his head frantically, hands coming up to grip Taehyung’s shirt. “No Hyungie, you do. You do own me, I swear.”

Taehyung winced at Jungkook’s words. “Jungkookie. Listen to me carefully, okay? You are your own person and have every right to make your own decisions without telling me.”

Jungkook seemed dissatisfied. He pushed forward until he was hugging Taehyung tightly. “I know . I know I’m my own person but I want to be your person too. Hyungie, you have my whole heart. You have me. I’m yours, remember?” He leaned back enough to press their foreheads together. “And you’re mine.” He whispered.

Taehyung felt like his heart was going to explode. This boy, this precious creature of a boy, was going to be the death of him. Taehyung nodded when Jungkook leaned further back.

“You’re right, little one.” Taehyung didn’t let it pass him that Jungkook always softened at the endearment. “We can be our own people and each other’s.”

Jungkook nodded, satisfied and pressed their lips together. Taehyung smirked slightly.

“But can you imagine? What if an ex of mine showed up, giving me gooey eyes and meeting up with me behind your back.” Taehyung murmured against Jungkook’s lips, being justa little cruel. Jungkook stilled, breathing against Taehyung’s lips before letting out a playful growl. Taehyung laughed loudly when Jungkook trailed ticklish kisses down his jaw to his neck, where he began working on a hickey.

“Mine.” The maknae whispered as he kissed the bruising skin. He leaned back and smiled at Taehyung with sparkly eyes.

And Taehyung was supposedly the possessive one.


Hope this makes up for the angst uwu

Chapter 23: His understanding


Literally just Taekook cuddling cos I’m weak


(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jungkook enters the living room after a warm shower. He’s wearing an oversized black t-shirt and dark blue boxers - both of which belong to Taehyung. To top it off, the maknae had indulged in using Taehyung’s body wash and shampoo, so he was feeling extra content as his whole being was encased in Taehyung. He pads over to where said boywas setting out the boxes of take-out on the coffee table. The older glances over to Jungkook as soon as he is in his line of sight, smiling as he pulls him close.

“You look comfy.” He says, eyes gaining a possessive gleam as he sees the younger in his clothes. Jungkook succesfully suppresses his shiver.

“I am comfy.” Jungkook says, tilting his head to the side coyly. “Which is why you should cuddle me.”

Taehyung laughs, presses a kiss to the maknae’s forehead. “Let’s eat first, angel. We’ll cuddle all you want after, okay?”

Jungkook sighs but nods, plopping down on the couch and reaching for a small box of Thai pad noodles. Taehyung picks the honey-glazed chicken and joins the younger on the couch, switching on the tv as he sits. They eat relatively quietly, stealing bites from each other’s meals. At one point Jungkook leans over and just opens his mouth, waiting for Taehyung to pop a chicken strip in his mouth. Taehyung does, pecking him with honey-sticky lips straight after. When Jungkook's bites become less and less frequent and his chewing slows down considerably, Taehyung knows he’s full. Pleased that the maknae had finished his noodles, he kisses him and throws away the empty boxes. He grabs banana milk and a sprite from the fridge before making his way back to Jungkook. The boy’s eyes light up at the sight of the banana milk, immediately snuggling under Taehyung’s arm once he’s seated next to him. They sip on their drinks as a random American movie plays on the screen. Taehyung is laid back comfortably against the large, plush cushions of the couch. His head is propped against the back of the couch, legs “manspreading” as Jimin calls it. Jungkook has made himself considerably smaller, legs curled up under him as he lays his head on Taehyung’s shoulder. Taehyung looks over when the younger keeps fidgeting, body squirming against him. Taehyung doesn’t even have to ask. He sits up to place his drink on the coffee table, doing the same to Jungkook’s. He leans back and looks at the boy next to him looking so small and so soft in Taehyung's clothes.

“Come here, baby.” Taehyung says, patting his thigh once. Jungkook’s shoulders sag in relief as he straddles his hyung, tucking his face into the older’s neck.

“You okay, angel?” Taehyung inquiressoftly as he runs a hand through the maknae’s hair. Jungkook nods, pressing a bit closer, squeezing a bit tighter.

Taehyung slips a warm hand under Jungkook’s ( his ) shirt and strokes his thumb along the small of his back. Jungkook lets out a soft, sad sound that immediately has Taehyung on edge.

“Baby,” he cooes, “I love you so much. You know that?” Taehyung says, wanting Jungkook to feel safe before he gets him to open up.

Jungkook nods, sniffling softly. “Love hyungie too.” He mumbles against the skin of Taehyung’s neck. Even though he’s worried, Taehyung can’t help but smile a bit at how precious the boy in his arms is.

“Do you wanna look at me for a second? Let me see you.” Taehyung coaxes, hands never letting up on the soft touches.

Jungkook sits up and lets Taehyung cup his cheeks in his hands. Taehyung is thankful the younger isn’t crying, but his doe eyes seem a bit sad.

“Can you tell me what’s wrong, baby?” Taehyung asks, smoothing his thumbs along warm cheeks.

“M’fine.” Jungkook says, eyes dropping to Taehyung’s chest. Taehyung grasps one of the maknae’s hands and bring it to his lips. It has the desired effect, Jungkook swaying closer and letting himself be more vulnerable. “I just feel..I don’t know, off? Like not bad, but just … I don’t know. I always feel a bit badafter I fight with Jiminie-hyung, this feels like that.”

Taehyung hums in understanding, circling both arms back around Jungkook’s waist. “Do you feel a bit overwhelmed?” Jungkook nods as he leans his forehead against Taehyung’s, eyes closing.

“Is there anything you still want to talk about?” Taehyung asks softly. Jungkook shakes his head no quickly, talking is the last thing he wants to do.

“I feel kinda drained.” Jungkook admits, wincing at the bluntness in his tone. “It’s not your fault hyungie. I just- it’s a lot sometimes a-and I don-”

Jungkook starts to stutter over his words and Taehyung hushes him with a soft kiss. The maknae sags against the older’s body, thankful to finally have Taehyung take control in some way. Taehyung pulls back and Jungkook makes that same, sad sound.

“Shh, baby. We don’t have to talk, okay? How about I just hold you for a while, hmm?” Taehyung presses sweet pecks to Jungkook’s lips.

Jungkook melts into Taehyung and just lets himself feel small and protected and loved. And he knew he was loved; loved perfectly.

He cuddles against Taehyung’s chest, face tucking in Taehyung’s neck and arms circling Taehyung’s torso. Taehyung runs his hands up and down Jungkook’s back, occasionally twirling his fingers into Jungkook’s overgrown hair. Jungkook wants to cry at how good the warmth and weight of Taehyung’s hands on his back feel. Instead, he pressed soft kisses to Taehyung’s neck and shoulder to show him how much he appreciates him. Taehyung hums and drops a kiss to Jungkook’s hair. Jungkook’s eyes drift closed when Taehyung starts humming a song that sounds suspiciously similar to Someone Like Me that Jungkook had played for him just yesterday. Jungkook feels his whole body warm and he nuzzles his nose against Taehyung’s neck in content.

“M’sorry, hyungie. Didn’t mean to hurt your feelings.” Jungkook says softly, hands clutching the back of Taehyung’s shirt.

“Shh, little one. None of that now. We’ve both apologised.”

“I know but-”

“Baby.” Taehyung says, voice with a hint of sternness that makes Jungkook shut his mouth immediately. “Have you forgiven me?”

Jungkook sits up and frowns. “Of course, hyungie.” His large eyes imploring why he would ask such a thing.

“And I’ve forgiven you.” Taehyung kisses him softly. “So no more feeling guilty.”

Jungkook frowns again and Taehyung leans up to kiss it away. The younger closes his eyes as he soaks up the affection his hyung is giving him. Taehyung presses a featherlight kiss to each eyelid, one to his nose and a long, innocent kiss to his lips. Jungkook cuddles close again and sighs when Taehyung’s fingers return to his hair and lower back.

“We’re never fighting again.” Jungkook declareswith a hint of petulance. Taehyung’s laugh vibrates from his chest and Jungkook smiles softly at the sound.

“We can’t really control when we fight, angel. Sometimes it just happens.” Taehyung says, scratching Jungkook’s scalp softly.

“No.” Jungkook refuses. “I hate it. So we’re not doing it.”

“Okay, baby.” Taehyung murmurs with mirth, pressing one, two, three kisses to the younger’s forehead. Jungkook hums.

“There’s my bunny.” Taehyung teases softly at Jungkook’s “purr”.He leanshis cheek against the maknae’s soft hair, hands running down his back to lightly glide along his thighs.

To his surprise, Jungkook doesn’t protest the nickname, only nuzzles his nose against Taehyung’s neck. Taehyung cups his hands around the younger’s hips.

“Hyungie, hold me tighter.” Jungkook whispers.

Taehyung does, wrapping his arms tight around the angel in his lap and dropping a kiss to his shoulder. Jungkook feels the unease in his chest lighten and he finally relaxes all of his weight against the older.

Taehyung feels it. “We’re okay little one.” He says, squeezing his arms lightly when the younger trembles a bit at the emotion flowing through him. “Hyungie’s got you. I’m always gonna have you, baby.”

Jungkook lets Taehyung’s soft voice and even softer words wash over him, easing his nearly imperceptible trembling. If Jungkook wasn’t practically glued onto the older, he was sure Taehyung wouldn’t even notice. But then again, Taehyung’s eyes were always on him. The thought warmed Jungkook’s heart and he squirms happily in Taehyung’s lap.

“And now?” Taehyung asks, laughing at the restless boy in his lap. Jungkook leans back and his eyes are sparkling.

“You love me.” Jungkook says, as if Taehyung might not know.

Taehyung leans forward and rubs the tips of their noses together. He loves how it always causes Jungkook’s to scrunch up slightly and his cheeks to pinken.

“More than anything.” Taehyung confesses, pressing a soft kiss to his lips.

Jungkook sniffs and Taehyung gathers him close, already knowing the younger is feeling extra soft today.

“Are you going to cry every time I proclaim my love for you?” Taehyung teases, soothing the boy sniffling into his shoulder. Jungkook nods and Taehyung laughs. “My sweet boy.” Taehyung croons, sinking into the soft cushions of the couch as he cradled the younger. Jungkook shifts up so he can wrap his arms around Taehyung’s neck and bury his face between his arm and Taehyung’s neck.

“Are you going to hide away in my neck for the day, little one?”

Jungkook nods again, pressing his lips to warm, caramel skin. Jungkook keeps trying to press closer, so Taehyung maneuvers them to lay down on the couch. He hoists Jungkook up to roll him over in a way that leaves him trapped between the soft cushions of the back of the couch and Taehyung. Jungkook curls his fingers into Taehyung’s shirt to pull him closer, head ducking under the older’s chin. Taehyung slips an arm around Jungkook’s waist, the other cushioning Jungkook’s head.

“Better?” Taehyung asks gently as Jungkook slides a leg between Taehyung’s own.Jungkook hums in affirmation, preening at the fact that his hyung is so close and Jungkook feels so small and safe.

Taehyung brings a hand up to tilt Jungkook’s chin up, meeting his eyes. “You sure you don't wanna talk?”

Jungkook bites his lip as Taehyung searches his face. The younger shiftsuncomfortably and Taehyung’s eyes soften. He kisses his boy until he settles down again.

“It’s okay, baby. You don’t have to do anything you don’t want to. I’m just worried about you.”

“I’m fine.” Jungkook promises, slipping his hand under Taehyung’s shirt to feel warm skin. Taehyung sighs, both in relief and at the touch. “Just cuddle me.” The maknae demands, pouting slightly. Taehyung kisses it away.

“With pleasure.” Taehyung murmurs, squeezing his boy closer.


Thank you for all the lovely comments!!! and for those who have left kudos!

Chapter 24: His love

Chapter Text


Jungkook is soft and sweet in his arms, blinking slowly as Taehyung runs his fingers through impossibly soft hair. At the familiar smell, Taehyung figures the younger must have used his shampoo. It makes him happier than it probably should. Taehyung presses his lips to the younger’s forehead, heart stuttering when Jungkook leans into it. The maknae pushes forward when Taehyung pulls back, following the soft press of lips. Taehyung indulges him - he always will - by scattering slow kisses all along the younger’s face. Jungkook preens under the attention, toes wiggling against Taehyung’s ankle and eager hands grabbing onto Taehyung’s shirt. The barest brush of lips against lips and Jungkook whines softly, the sound urging Taehyung to lift up onto his elbows so that he can hover over the beautiful boy below him. He settles some of his weight onto the younger, knowing he likes to feel surrounded. Taehyung trails his hands down Jungkook’s waist to curl around his thighs, hitching the younger’s legs - those gorgeous thighs- around his hips. Jungkook reaches for him and then Taehyung is hovering over him, centimetres from his lips. He squeezes his thick thighs generously, noting how Jungkook’s breath hitches and his eyes darken, before placing his elbows on either side of Jungkook’s head. He presses a kiss to the small scar on his cheek - Jungkook said he’d hurt himself when he was very young - and backed away slightly when the other boy turned his head to chase his lips.

“Hyung.” Jungkook chastises, begs, arms twisting around Taehyung’s neck.

Taehyung hums lowly, nudging the scar affectionately with his nose before kissing it again. He trails his lips along Jungkook’s cheeks to the corner of his lips. Jungkook tilts his chin up, groaning in frustration when Taehyung dodges his lips again. Taehyung smiles softly at the boy’s impatience, loving to tease the poor maknae.

“So impatient.” Taehyung whispers, right against the boy’s ear. He shudders underneath Taehyung and whines when his earlobe is caught between the older’s lips. Taehyung tugs on Jungkook’s piercings with his teeth, groaning at the moan that escapes Jungkook’s lips. He releases the lobe, blowing gently onto the wet skin just to see if Jungkook will shiver. He does, hips bucking up against Taehyung’s own. Taehyung can feel how needy the boy is already. His heart swells as he leans back to look at him, Jungkook demanding and desperate at the same time. Taehyung doesn’t resist when Jungkook tilts his chin up to join their lips. They both melt into it, the younger mewling as Taehyung licks into his mouth. Taehyung kisses him slowly, absorbing the soft sounds spilling from Jungkook, the younger probably unaware of them. At one particularly delicious stroke of his tongue, Jungkook’s hips jump upwards and cause Taehyung’s to press down in response.

“sh*t, baby.” Taehyung groans, forcing his hips to still. Their lips part with a wet smack as Jungkook throws his head back to moan.

“What do you want me to do, angel?” He asks, guiding Jungkook to look at him, stroking along his jaw. Jungkook shakes his head, hips canting upwards. Taehyung stills the movement by pressing his hand harder onto Jungkook’s hip.

“Baby.” He warns, resolve faltering when Jungkook’s whole body shivers.

“Want you.” Jungkook gasps, needy hands pulling at Taehyung’s shirt. “Please, hyung.”

Taehyung swoops down to press their lips together. “M’right here, baby. Tell me what you want.”

Jungkook shakes his head again, tears of frustration filling his eyes.

You.” He says, successfully getting Taehyung to shuck off his t-shirt.

Taehyung cups the younger’s cheek, soothing him with a few pecks to calm him down. Jungkook breathes deeply and blinks up with impossibly large eyes.

“I don’t know what I want. Just want you touching me.” He admits, swollen lower lip trapped between his teeth. Taehyung looks into his eyes for a moment, making sure he’s still with him.

“Do you have a safeword, baby?” Taehyung asks, running a hand down to massage soothingly at the other’s narrow hip. Jungkook shakes his head no.

“We can use the colour system, if you like. It’s a lot like a traffic light.” Taehyung speaks clearly, wanting Jungkook to pay attention. “Green for go, yellow for slow down and red for stop. If you don’t like something that I’m doing, you use yellow or red, okay baby? I won’t ever be mad. I only want to take care of you.” Taehyung says, watching Jungkook’s wide eyes comprehend the message. The younger nods, surges up for a kiss.

“Green.” He says against Taehyung’s lips. The older huffs in amusem*nt and Jungkook giggles, breath hitching when Taehyung starts mouthing at his neck.

“My baby has no patience, hmm?” Taehyung’s baritone voice vibrates against the sensitive skin of the other’s neck.

“I do.” Jungkook protests weakly, hands curling into Taehyung’s hair and urging the older’s head closer to his neck so that his lips meet his skin. His eyes close when the wet heat of Taehyung’s tongue trails along his skin. He moans quietly and his back arches when he feels the older suck and nip below his jaw. Taehyung sucks leisurely at the skin, ignoring his own neediness in favour of pleasing Jungkook. His little Jungkookie who was squirming and whining below him, hips trying to rebel against the tight hold of Taehyung’s hand.

"Hyung, please.” Jungkook implores, cheeks flushed and pretty lips red and swollen.

“Relax for me, baby.” Taehyung says, sitting up to strip Jungkook of his shirt. He slips his fingers into the waistband of Jungkook’s his boxers and looks up at the younger for permission. Jungkook bites his lip but nods, lifting his lips and moving his legs to help Taehyung slide them off completely.

For all their intimacy, Taehyung hadn’t seen the other naked yet.

And what a sight.

Jungkook’s cheeks flush a vivid red and he tries to close his legs, hands coming up to cover his face. That won’t do. Taehyung leans down and catches the younger’s wrists, intertwining their hands to rest alongside Jungkook’s head.

“Never hide from me, Jungkook. You’re gorgeous. Every inch of you.” Taehyung says, eyes boring into Jungkook’s. The younger’s eyes sparkle at the comment before he frowns.

“Don’t call me that.” He pouts. Taehyung frowns in confusion. “Don’t like it when you call me Jungkook.”

Taehyung’s lips twitch up into a fond smile. He leans down and nuzzles their noses together. This perfect boy was his.

“Would you prefer baby ?” He presses the words into Jungkook’s hot cheek. The younger nods.

“Angel?” He says into the crook of the younger’s neck.

Another nod. Taehyung trails his lips down to his sternum.


Jungkook must like this because his cheeks flush fiercely and Taehyung can feel the rapid beat of the younger’s heart from where his lips are pressed. He trails kisses further down the younger’s tummy, stopping just above his belly button.

“Love?” He murmurs, partly teasing and partly serious.

Jungkook surprises him when he shivers at the endearment, reaching his hands down to clasp Taehyung’s by his hips. Taehyung intertwines their fingers and presses a kiss to the younger’s hip bone.

“My love.” He says, smiling when Jungkook eyes flutter shut as if he’s soaking it in. He trails his lip to the crease of Jungkook’s thigh, tongue barely licking the skin when Jungkook whimpers.

“You gonna let me taste you, pretty boy?” Taehyung smirks when the younger shudders, nodding as he gazes down at Taehyung with hooded eyes.

“You remember the colours, angel?” Taehyung asks, gently prying his hands out of Jungkook’s so that he can hook Jungkook’s legs, gorgeously long and supple, over his shoulders.

Jungkook’s hands grasp around air before rejoining with Taehyung’s that return to his hips.

“Yellow s-slow down and r-red for s-stop.” The younger struggles through his sentence, squeezing his eyes shut when Taehyung kisses the soft skin of his inner thigh.

“Good boy.” Taehyung hums, trailing his kisses up to where Jungkook is aching for him, throbbing - no doubt from the older’s words.

Taehyung kisses him there so tenderly that Jungkook feels embarrassed, emotional and hopelessly turned on all at once.

“Tae.” He gasps, and then his mind blanks, Taehyung’s mouth is hot and wet and he loses himself to the feeling. He writhes against Taehyung so much that the older has to forcibly clamp his hands down again to still his hips. It causes Jungkook to moan louder.

When Jungkook twists his hands into Taehyung’s hair and pulls, Taehyung groans, causing vibrations to shoot through Jungkook’s length. The younger's legs tremble where they lay over Taehyun's shoulder, his abs clenching and his toes curling as his body tries to cope with the waves of pleasure rolling through him.

"Hyungie," Jungkook whines, almost pitiful with how wrecked he sounds. His hips keep trying to buck up but he can't move an inch with the tight grip Taehyung has on him. His large hands are wrapped around Jungkook's narrow hips and pinning him down with so much controlled strength. Jungkook feels small and vulnerable in the best way.

"Pretty baby," Taehyung coos up at him, hand stroking slow and firm where the younger is wet and achy. "Such a needy little boy."

Jungkook whines loudly, embarrassingly so, back arching as Taehyung speeds up his strokes. Taehyun's head dips to bite into his thigh and Jungkook's breath leaves him. All at once, the tension in his belly snaps and he’s releasing into Taehyung’s mouth. Taehyung pulls off gently, trailing kisses up Jungkook’s thigh as the younger trembles, body starting to calm down. Taehyung looks up and Jungkook is reaching for him, eyes blown.

“Kiss.” The wrecked boy demands.At this very moment, Taehyung can’t think of any instance where he’d say no to him.

He immediately crawls up Jungkook’s body, pressing a few kisses to the soft skin on his way up - how could he not . The boy’s body was made to be loved, worshipped. Jungkook whines when Taehyung spends too long at the sweet spot below his ear, body trembling in pleasure as Taehyung licks over it.

“Taehyungie.” He whines, simultaneously pushing at Taehyung’s chest to get him away but tilting his head to allow the older more access. Taehyung smiles but quickly complies when Jungkook lets out a soft “Please.”

He presses their lips together and feels Jungkook sigh into it, his hands pressing into Taehyung’s back and his legs stretching out to intertwine with the older’s.Taehyung kisses him softly, letting the younger sink into the couch cushions as he becomes boneless.They break away to breathe and Jungkook trails his hands up and down Taehyung’s back, feeling his warm skin.

Taehyung stares down at the Bambi eyes blinking up at him, sated and hooded with satisfaction. Taehyung feels pride bloom in his chest that he did that, Jungkook trusted him with this.Jungkook hums when Taehyung leaves a few kisses on his collarbone. He pulls back and rests their foreheads together.

“My love.” He murmurs, heart swelling when Jungkook nuzzles into his cheek. The younger presses small kisses all along Taehyung’s cheek. Taehyung cherishes each one.

“What about you?” Jungkook murmurs, leaning back to look at Taehyung, cheeks still flushed prettily.

Taehyung takes a moment to realize that he's still very much aroused. He regards the younger for a moment, gauging whether Jungkook actually wants to or if he’s just feeling obligated. The younger makes the decision for him, slipping his hand into the older’s pants and biting into Taehyung’s neck when he feels him. It’s Taehyung’s turn to shudder and gasp, whispering praises into Jungkook’s ear.


After lots of kisses and words of endearment, Taehyung manages to haul Jungkook into the shower. Even though the maknae had technically just showered, Taehyung used the excuse that they were sweaty and sticky - which was true.

Truth be told, Taehyung just had the overwhelming urge to pamper the boy in his arms. To take care of him as his eyes had that dazed, content look, his muscles rendereduselessas he was pliant in Taehyung’s hold.

They stood under the warm stream of water, Jungkook facing Taehyung with his head tilted back. Taehyung massaged conditioner into the younger’s hair, smiling softly at the pleased little hums falling from his lips. Taehyung rinsed his hair and chuckled when Jungkook burrowed into his neck, arms linked loosely around Taehyung’s waist. He poured shower gel onto his hands and rubbed them together, setting about massaging the lax muscles of the younger’s back. Jungkook moaned in appreciation, tightening his arms around Taehyung in a hug before relaxing them again. It took some coaxing before Jungkook allowed enough space between them to wash themselves properly.

Jungkook stood still, eyes closing and body almost malleable as Taehyung dries him off. The older realised he was coddling the maknae to no end but neither were complaining. He towel dried the boy’s hair as best he could, pressing a quick kiss to his lips before drying himself with much less care than he did the younger. Jungkook lasted about 35 seconds before he latched back onto Taehyung. Taehyung kissed the younger’s lips sweetly before leading him out to dress him in boxers and a t-shirt, pulling on a similar outfit for himself. The task proved more challenging than usual as a certain doe-eyed boy kept distracting Taehyung with soft presses of lips - to his shoulder, his hand, his lips, his chest, wherever his pink lips could reach. The kisses had no intention; that Taehyung could tell. The younger just wanted to be close, wanted to show Taehyung that he loved him, that he was grateful for the way Taehyung was treating him.

Taehyung picks him up and lowers him onto the bed, letting himself be pushed onto his back and straddled. Jungkook’s kisses taste sweet. Taehyung rests his hands on plush thighs and opens his eyes when Jungkook leans back and cups his cheeks.

“I know you don’t believe in God or Creation.” Jungkook whispers, thumbs smoothing along honey-toned cheeks. “But I think you were made for me.”

Taehyung stops breathing.

“Or I was made for you - I haven’t quite figured it out yet.” The sweet boy rambles. “But I know - I just know hyung. I know that in whatever parallel universe, whatever reincarnated life, we end up together. This feels too perfect to be created by coincidence.”

Taehyung sits up, arms winding around his whole world. Tries to ignore the feeling of breathlessness in his chest.

“Little Jungkookie, are you calling me your soulmate?” He asks, trying to calm down his heart so it doesn’t explode from all this feeling.

Jungkook’s cheeks flush and he looks down before huffing and looking straight in Taehyung’s face. “Yes.” He says, with conviction and pride yet still a little shy in the way Jungkook always is.

Taehyung loves him.

Taehyung looks at him closely, trying to figure out how in the world he got so lucky. He witnesses the pink on Jungkook’s cheeks deepen to a rosy hue under the attention. He leans forward to feel the heated skin against his lips. Again, how could he not?

“I believe in us.” Taehyung says once he leans back.

Jungkook blinks up at him like he’s hanging onto every word. Taehyung reaches up with one hand to grasp onto one of Jungkook’s that was wrapped loosely around his neck. He intertwines their fingers and brings them to rest between their chests.

“All my faith is right here.” Taehyung murmurs, lifting their hands to kiss where their fingers weave together.

Jungkook watches their hands for a moment before looking back up at Taehyung. His eyes swirl with microscopic galaxies. It kind of makes Taehyung’s chest ache. His pretty lips are lifted in a small smile that Taehyung wants to taste.

So he does.

Chapter 25: His best part


To celebrate Jungkookie’s belated birthday


(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jungkook woke up to pleasant tingles shooting from his neck to the pit of his belly. He moans softly when he registers the warm pressure of lips at his neck, caressing the skin deliciously. His moan turns into a gasp when he feels the lips latch onto his sweet spot and a tongue licking across the hypersensitive skin. His eyes fly open and he immediately curls his hands into Taehyung’s hair, tugging slightly as shivers travel down his body.

“Hyungie.” He gasps, breathing labored when Taehyung pulls back to smile at him devilishly.

“He finally wakes.” Taehyung teases, running a warm hand up under Jungkook’s shirt. “Wouldn’t want you sleeping your special day away, now would we?”

Jungkook blinks up at Taehyung. Disregarding the fact that he was always a bit slow in the morning, he was now basically incapable of thinking as Taehyung’s hand rubbed up and down over the ticklish skin covering his rib cage. He took in Taehyung’s messy bed hair and slightly reddened lips. His eyes were shining with excitement and his lips were pulled into a devastatingly charming smile. Jungkook pulled Taehyung down for a kiss and the older complied. However, he pulled away as soon as Jungkook tried to take his shirt off.

“Baby,” Taehyung laughed as he dodged Jungkook’s lips. “I’m serious. We gotta get up love, it’s a big day today.”

Jungkook blinked again. His brows furrowed and Taehyung looked at him in disbelief.

“Don’t tell me you forgot.

Jungkook’s brain seemed to start working. “Um..oh my god it’s not your birthday is it? Hyungie I’m so sorry I’m the worst-” He’s cut off with a toe-curling kiss.

“Silly boy.” Taehyung says fondly, expression still incredulous once he’s pulled away. “It’s your birthday.”

It’d been over a week since their wretched argument and Jungkook hadn’t been paying mind to much else other than Taehyung - even his own upcoming birthday apparently.

“Oh.” Jungkook says intelligently, letting Taehyung pull him up into a sitting position.

Yeah.” Taehyung says, cupping Jungkook’s sleep flushed cheeks in his pretty hands. “We’re taking you out and we gotta leave by two latest. I already let you sleep til one. Jimin’s been texting me non-stop because he wanted to come and wish you but I wouldn’t let him wake you.”

For some reason, Taehyung letting him sleep in on his birthday made him feel so incredibly happy because he loves sleeping and as much as he loved Jimin waking him up for birthday pancakes, he always wished he could start the whole birthday thing when he felt fully rested. Jungkook climbs into Taehyung’s lap and kisses him enthusiastically. Taehyung groans when Jungkook licks into his mouth.

“Baby,” he mumbles around his lips. Jungkook doesn’t acknowledge him, only presses closer to his hyung, hips starting to tease. He gasps when Taehyung flips him over so that he’s laying on his back, moans when Taehyung’s lips descend onto his and kiss. Taehyung kisses him so thoroughly that Jungkook goes a bit weak, his grip on Taehyung slackening and his lips becoming pliant. Taehyung leans back, looking proud.

“That should hold you off for a while.” He teases, taking a soft Jungkook into his arms and leading him to the bathroom. He sets him on the counter and pecks him once again.

“Did you just use kisses to get me to listen to you?” Jungkook asks, brain catching up to the situation.

Taehyung turns from where he’d turned on the shower and walks over to the younger. He grips the hem of Jungkook’s t-shirt and peels it off his body.

“Yup.” He says to answer Jungkook’s question.

Jungkook ponders over this for a moment, lips pushing into a pout as Taehyung cups his cheeks. “You do this a lot, don’t you.” Jungkook muses.

“Baby.” Taehyung says, bending his knees slightly so that he can catch Jungkook’s eyes in his as he straightens. “Give me this one thing, yeah?”

Jungkook’s frown deepens as he tilts his head to the side in confusion.

“This is exactly what I’m talking about!” Taehyung says exasperated.

“Hyungie, what?” Jungkook implores, reaching out to latch onto Taehyung’s arm to pull him close.

You.” Taehyung says, hands coming back up to cradle Jungkook’s face. “I’m so embarrassingly weak for you, kisses are my only leverage against you. All you have to do is blink those pretty doe eyes or pout your pretty lips and I’d do anything you asked. I need some kind of back up here. You’re irresistible, baby.”

Jungkook’s cheeks are aflame yet that only seems to enamour Taehyung more. He swoops down and presses a kiss to each of Jungkook’s pinkened cheeks, whispering something about how precious he is. Jungkook tilts his chin up for a kiss and Taehyung doesn’t hesitate to respond. Jungkook decides to test out Taehyung’s proclamation.

“Hyungie,” he starts, making his eyes extra big and his voice extra soft. “If I asked to stay in bed all day, would you let me?” Jungkook tilts his head to the side as he finishes his question, fingers dancing along the small of Taehyung’s back. Taehyung looks at him for a moment before groaning, burying his face in Jungkook’s neck.

“I know what you’re doing, you little vixen. It’s not gonna work, not today.” Taehyung stays hidden in Jungkook’s neck but the maknae is having way too much fun with this to drop it. He dips his head to drop slow kisses along Taehyung’s bare shoulder, up his neck and softly biting his ear lobe. He giggles when Taehyung shivers. Taehyung pulls away from his neck and looks almost desperate.

Before you seduce me, what if I told you this thing has been planned out by me, Minnie and Yoongi for over two weeks? And Minnie even managed to keep it a secret from you, so it must be special.” Taehyung says as he eases Jungkook off the counter and strips him of his boxers. Taehyung takes off his own clothes and leads them to the warmed up shower. He runs his hands through Jungkook’s hair to wet it fully under the spray of water before squeezing some shampoo onto it. “Does the surprise sound good, baby?”

Jungkook nods, eyes closing at the wonderful feeling of Taehyung’s hands in his hair. “Sounds good, hyung.”

“Thank god.” Taehyung sighs. “I was one pout away from locking us in your room and keeping you to myself for today.”

Jungkook actually liked the sound of that very much and opened his mouth to say as much before Taehyung silenced him with a kiss. “Angel, cut me some slack here. I’m a weak, weak man and if you ask me to stay in bed one more time I’m definitely going to agree and then Jimin is gonna murder me and Yoongi will find a way to murder my dead body for upsetting Minnie.” He breathes. “So please baby, you can work your charms on me all night, okay? Just let me get you to the Surprise.”

Jungkook blinked at Taehyung as he rambled before bursting into giggles. He circles his arms around Taehyung’s neck and connects their lips for the upteenth time this morning.

“Why are you extra soft for me today, Taehyungie-hyungie?” Jungkook asks, smile beaming as Taehyung rinses the shampoo out of his hair.

“Because, my little Jungkookie,” Taehyung rests their foreheads together. “It’s your birthday. You deserve the world and I'm gonna try and give it to you.”

Jungkook burrows his face under Taehyung’s chin, letting the older hold him close as the water warmed their skin. “Hyungie, you are my world.” Jungkook whispers the words into Taehyung’ skin. He sighs in content when Taehyung’s arms tighten their hold on him.

“I love you too, you sap.” Taehyung teases softly, recognizing the meaning behind Jungkook’s words. The maknae leans back and wordlessly requests a kiss. Taehyung grants him honey-sweet pecks all along his lips, arms wrapping around Jungkook’s waist when he starts to go soft and pliant in his arms. Jungkook opened his eyes when Taehyung leaned back.

“Happy birthday, little one.” Taehyung says softly, nudging their noses together. Jungkook is all bunny smiles and sparkly eyes as he lets Taehyung dote on him.

They make it out of the shower in a record twenty minutes, the time spent trading soft kisses between the gentle scrubs of loofahs and shampoo-styled mo-hawks. They exit the room together, Jungkook dressed in light wash jeans with his timberlands and one of Taehyung’s oversized white button ups. Jungkook thinks it’s doing something to the older because his eyes keep roaming from Jungkook’s exposed collarbones to his waist where the fabric is the tiniest hint of shear. Taehyung is dressed similarly, jeans a darker shade of blue and a simple white tee under a denim jacket. Jungkook likes this jacket because it’s big enough for Taehyung to wrap him in whenever the maknae walks over for a cuddle - which is often. They’re about two steps into the living room when Jungkook is tackled onto the couch.

Minnie,” Jungkook giggles as Jimin quite literally pins him down and attacks his face with kisses.

“Happy birthday Jungkookiiiie!” Jimin squeals, pinching Jungkook’s cheeks.

“Jiminie hyung stop.” Jungkook begs, weakly shoving at Jimin as he pretends to hate the attention. Jimin knows better though, collapses all his weight onto the maknae and squeezes him tight. Jimin lets him go and pulls him up off the couch, the maknae all giggly and red from Jimin’s antics. Yoongi ruffles his hair and gruffly wishes him a happy birthday.

“Okay, okay we’re gonna be late if we don’t leave now.” Jimin declares, fixing up Jungkook’s messy hair and smoothing out his shirt. “Let’s go!”

They lock their apartment and pile into Yoongi’s car, Yoongi and Jimin up front and Jungkook cuddled into Taehyung’s side at the back. After a few minutes Jungkook immediately knows where they’re going, his thoughts are confirmed when they pull up to a familiar cafe.

Jungkook exits the car and runs up into the cafe, face bursting into a smile when he sees Jin-hyung exiting the kitchen.

“Is that the birthday boy I see?” Jin says loudly, opening his arms wide. Jungkook crashes into him and lets Jin sway him dramatically from side to side.

“Hyung, be careful.” Jungkook hears Taehyung say from somewhere behind him. Jin picks Jungkook up and twirls right around before setting him down and letting him go.

“Happy birthday Jungkookie.” He boops Jungkook’s nose with his index finger.

Jin hugs Taehyung just as tightly and then gasps when his eyes settle on Jimin.

“Yoongi-yah is this the sweetheart you were telling me about? What did you say again, the “boy of your dreams?” Jimin blushes furiously yet looks delighted and Yoongi groans.

“Hyung please stop talking.” Yoongi begs, burying his face into Jimin’s shoulder. Jimin giggles and kisses Yoongi’s hair. Jin clutches his chest and immediately pulls Jimin into a bear hug.

“Yoongi he’s so cute. Where are you two finding these boys, huh?” Jin asks.

“Busan.” Yoongi and Taehyung reply at the same time. Jin nods his head like that answer makes sense.

“Can we please eat now, hyung?” Yoongi says, wanting to end his own embarrassment. Jimin coos and wraps his arms around Yoongi’s torso.

“Of course, of course.” Jin exclaims, leading them to a table a bit more secluded from the hustle and bustle of the cafe. “Jungkookie, a little bird told me what your favourite dishes are, so I hope you’re hungry.”

“It’s me, I’m the bird.” Jimin says, looking mighty proud of himself. Jin takes their drinks orders and says the food is already cooking so it shouldn’t be more than ten minutes. He whisks away into the kitchen and comes out with their sodas in a short moment.

They’re teasing Yoongi about Jin’s words when their food comes, all four boys staring at the buffet of food in front of them. Jungkook gives Jin a bone-crushing hug before digging in. They eat as much as they can, talking animatedly and dissolving in laughter when one of them cracks a joke. Jungkook is sure he can’t eat another bite when Jin comes out with a petite chocolate cake, intricately decorated with gold patterns and sparkly glitter. Jungkook’s face reddens when the whole cafe starts singing happy birthday and hides away in Taehyung’s neck. He’s smiling hugely when he pulls away, giggling when Taehyung kisses his blushing cheek and leaning forward to blow out the 23 candle. The cafe erupts in applause and Jungkook turns around in his seat to squeeze Taehyung in a hug, not able to articulate how happy he is this very moment. Taehyung kisses his shoulder and cuts a slice of his cake, feeding it to Jungkook.

“You two may as well be getting married.” Jin says casually, Jungkook nearly chokes on the cake.

He starts choking for real when Taehyung just winks at Jin as an answer. He has to down a whole glass of water before he can breathe properly. Taehyung is pressing kisses all over his face when sets the glass down, apologizing between chuckles for making Jungkook so flustered. The maknae glares at him for a full second before puckering his lips. Taehyung grants him the lightest of pecks, mindful of the public setting, but Jungkook’s bunny smile blooms nonetheless.

“Tae we gotta head out if we wanna catch the sunset.” Yoongi says from across the table.

Taehyung nods and pulls Jungkook up with him as he stands. Jimin is nearly vibrating with excitement as he hops up and drags Yoongi to the door. Jungkook is confused as he lets Taehyung lead him. He’s wrapped up in another warm Jin-hyung hug and even gets a kiss to the forehead before Taehyung prise him away from his hyung and out of the cafe. There’s a soft moment when Jin whispers something to Yoongi and hugs him close for as long as Yoongi allows before he does the same to Jimin. Jungkook doesn’t know what Jin said but he can guess it’s something along the lines of how happy he is for them. By 4pm they’re on the road and driving to an unknown (at least to Jungkook) location.

Jungkook tried asking where they’re going a few times but Jimin keeps interrupting Taehyung before he can crack. Jungkook doesn’t mind though, he’s sure he’ll love whatever it is.

Along the way, Jimin and Jungkook tell the Daegu boys about how they used to celebrate birthdays back home.

“One time, Jiminie didn’t speak to me for three whole days and only gave up on his grudge because I went to his house and started crying.”

“Can you blame me? You ate a huge slice of my birthday cake before I even blew out the candles! And it was a Pokémon cake.”

“I was hungry and it was one of your mom’s special cakes!” Jungkook defends.

“How old were you guys?” Taehyung laughs, looking down at where Jungkook rests his head on his shoulder.

“I was 8.” Jungkook says, smiling at the memory as he fiddled with the thin, silver rings decorating Taehyung’s fingers.

“And the biggest brat out there, I swear.” Jimin says, turning around in the passenger seat to shoot a playful glare at the maknae.

“Well you still chose to be that brat’s best friend so…” Jungkook sasses, jostling Jimin’s chair with a kick when the older sticks his tongue out at him.

“That I did.” Jimin sighs, turning back to the front and Jungkook isn’t surprised at all when he sees Yoongi’s hand linked with Jimin’s over the console.

When they enter the woods through a paved driveway, Jungkook is nearly twitching with curiosity. He’s about to ask where in the world they are when Yoongi parks the car and gets out, the others following. Taehyung walks over to a tree and seems to fiddle with something before it lights up. Fairy lights are wrapped around the trunks of trees and creating a lit up pathway through the forest. It’s not dark to begin with, but the sun has started to set and the scenery has a lazy, orange hue, making the fairy lights glow softly. Jungkook gasps and latches onto Taehyung’s jacket when he approaches.

“You did this for me?” Jungkook asks, staring at Taehyung in earnest.

“I had a few helpers.” Taehyung said, tilting his head in the direction of Yoongi and Jimin.

Jungkook looks back at the pathway and takes Taehyung’s hand. “Lead the way, Prince Charming.”

Taehyung huffs a laugh and the four boys follow the lit up trees before coming to a stop at the bank of a river. The sun is setting just as they sit down on the large picnic blanket Jimin spreads out. Jungkook is cradled between Taehyung’s legs, back against his hyung’s chest as Taehyung leans back on his hands. Every so often Jungkook feels Taehyung press his lips to hair. When the sun finally disappears, Jungkook is left breathless at the stars shining above him. In Seoul, the stars are pretty much invisible due to all the pollution. They must have driven pretty far out to see the stars so clearly.

“Oh.” Jungkook sighs, tilting his head back against Taehyung’s shoulder to get a good look at the sky. “Hyungie look.”

Taehyung sits up and wraps his arms around Jungkook’s torso. “I see, baby.” Taehyung murmurs, intertwining his fingers with Jungkook’s when the maknae rests his hands over Taehyung’s.

The four boys are quiet as they take in the peacefulness of the night, the beauty of the stars. Yoongi switches on an outdoor lamp which floods their picnic blanket with a warm light.

“Where are you guys getting these things?” Jungkook giggles.

“Always be prepared, Jungkook-ah.” Yoongi says, taking an envelope out of the breast pocket inside his jacket. “Happy birthday again.” He says, handing over the thin envelope.

Jungkook takes the envelope and gazes at Yoongi fondly. “Hyung, I wasn’t expecting anything.”

“Yah kid, just take it. It’s from the both of us.” Yoongi says, circling his arms back around Jimin. Jimin nods and motions for Jungkook to open it.

Jungkook carefully opens the envelope and immediately throws himself at the other couple.

“You got me tickets to see Twice?!?” Jungkook squeals, nearly crushing Jimin and Yoongi is his tight hold.

“I know you’re been saving up.” Jimin says. “Now you can use your own money to buy merch like the real fanboy you are.” Jimin chuckles, ruffling Jungkook's hair when he finally releases them.

“Minnie, you’ll come with me right?” Jungkook asks, noticing the two tickets in the envelope.

Jimin looks shocked. “Won’t you wanna take Tae?”

Jungkook smiles and perches himself back between Taehyung’s legs, twisting around to smush Taehyung’s cheeks together. “Oh I would love to take him, but hyungie isn’t one for crowds and excessive noise.”

“S’true.” Taehyung says, swooping down to kiss Jungkook’s nose when he releases his face.

“Oh then I’d love to!” Jimin says, arms reaching up in excitement. Yoongi tickles him and Jimin squeals.

“Just say you’re a Once too Min-ah.” Yoongi teases.

“Only cos Jungkook keeps playing their concerts. I mean, how do you not love them.” Jimin defends.

Jungkook turns around to Taehyung with a see? look on his face and Taehyung just kisses his lips chastely. Jungkook’s face softens immediately and he leans closer to him.

“That’s our cue to give y’all some privacy.” Jimin says, standing up with Yoongi.

Jungkook blushes, opening his mouth to tell them they can stay, even if he really wants to be alone with Taehyung for a bit.

“Kookie, let Taehyung be sappy and romantic with you in private.” Jimin says, leaning down to smack a kiss on the maknae’s forehead. Yoongi salutes them and then they’re trudging down the lit path, hand in hand.

Jungkook turns around in Taehyung’s hold to straddle him, hands linking behind Taehyung’s neck.

“Hi.” The maknae whispers, feeling a bit shy for no reason at all other than because it’s Taehyung.

“Hi baby.” Taehyung chuckles softly at his cuteness, hands smoothing up Jungkook’s back. Jungkook’s cheeks flush at the endearment and even more so when Taehyung presses their lips together. Jungkook brings a hand up to cup Taehyung’s cheek and the other tangles in the older’s hair. Taehyung swipes his tongue along Jungkook’s lips and the maknae melts into it, fingers curling tighter in Taehyung’s hair as he’s filled with so much feeling.

They kiss lazily for a long moment, coaxing each other back in whenever one of them breaks away for air. Jungkook is warm in Taehyung’s arms when they finally end the kiss. Taehyung brings a hand up to grasp the one Jungkook cradles the older's jaw with. He presses his lips into Jungkook’s plam before bringing their hands down to rest on Jungkook’s lap. He then brings his other hand from around Jungkook’s waist and proceeds to pull off the silver ring that adorns his pinky finger. Jungkook is confused - Taehyung only takes off his rings when he has to shower or sleep. His heart just about stops when Taehyung pushes the ring onto Jungkook’s own pinky.

“I know it’s no Twice concert ticket,” Taehyung chuckles as he strokes over the ring on Jungkook’s pinky. “but I hope you accept this gift.” Taehyung continues, looking up to meet Jungkook’s gaze. “I got these rings right after I moved in with Yoongi-hyung. It was kind of like the last f*ck you to my parents, because they never allowed me to wear jewellery. Assholes, right?” Taehyung nodded when Jungkook's face turned sour at the mention of his parents. “Anyway, after a while they came to symbolize more than that. I see them as these tokens that represent me finally becoming the person I want to be, for accepting myself for who I am and that I already had the love and support from the people who mattered. They represent the best parts of myself; love, acceptance, strength, honesty.” Taehyung’s voice was very quiet as he looked back down at his rings.

He looks up suddenly at Jungkook. “I want you to have this one, baby.” He says earnestly, both hands enclosing Jungkook’s trembling one. “You’re the best part of me, it only makes sense for you to have it.”

Jungkook bites onto his lip and makes a pathetic attempt to stop the tears, but as soon as Taehyung cups his face like he’s the most precious thing in the world, it’s over. Jungkook’s eyes well up and he hides away in Taehyung’s neck so he can ugly cry in private.

“Aish, my cry baby.” Taehyung says, voice still impossibly tender. He bundles Jungkook close and rests his lips on his hair, swaying them gently from side to side. Jungkook just carries on crying softly, pressing all his weight into the body cradling him. Jungkook’s crying slows down when Taehyung starts humming Someone Like Me by Twice and cards his fingers through Jungkook’s hair. The maknae pulls away from Taehyung’s neck and pouts at him, letting Taehyung wipe away his tears.

“You made me cry on my birthday.” Jungkook accuses, hands curling into the lapels of Taehyung’s jacket.

“Baby, I didn’t mean to. Swear! I thought you’d shed a tear or two but I didn’t expect a whole Jungkook-breakdown.” Taehyung reasons, one hand running through Jungkook’s hair.

“How could I not?” Jungkook asks, voice still nasally from his tears. “You just spilled out your whole heart to me and - and hyungie- I, you’re-”

Taehyung silences him with a soft kiss. He rests their foreheads together when he pulls back. “Breathe, baby.”

Jungkook takes a deep breath in, eyes closing. “I love you so much.” Jungkook whispers, hands sliding to rest against Taehyung’s neck. “More than I know what to do with.”

Taehyung kisses him again and Jungkook lets himself get lost it in for a while, world narrowing down to the feel of Taehyung’s lips and the sound of his breath and the beat of his heart against Jungkook’s.


Thank you so much for being so patient with this update! I’ve been writing exams and wanted this chapter to be good before I posted. Thank you for all the love! Your comments make my whole week happy xxx

Chapter 26: His treasure


This chap is a bit longer to make up for my absence x

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Hyungie’s so pretty.” Jungkook sighs, draping himself all over Taehyung where they stood in the kitchen, Taehyung’s back resting against the counter. The maknae was all flushed cheeks, glassy eyes and loose lips - thanks to the bottle of red wine Yoongi had so kindly bought for him. Jimin had provided an extra two bottles of a different brand. They’d all indulged in a few glasses together back home - Taehyung only had one - before Yoongi and Jimin started getting flirty and handsy with each other. Jimin had said he wanted to spend some “quality time” with Yoongi so they are staying at the Daegu boys’ dorm. If the fresh hickeys on their necks are anything to go by, Taehyung doesn’t wanna know any more details. Taehyung had one drink and deemed it enough for him - never one for alcohol. Jungkook, on the other hand, is about five glasses in and keeps reminding him that it is still his birthday, be it only for one more hour.

“You’re prettier.” Taehyung replies easily, arms circling around the maknae whose ability to balance seems a bit compromised. Jungkook giggles sweetly and when his nose scrunches Taehyung just has to kiss it. Jungkook’s giggles worsen at that and soon he’s laughing and pressing sloppy (lovely) kisses all over Taehyung’s face.

“Love kissing you.” Jungkook slurs, leaning back to place an off-centered kiss of Taehyung’s lips. “Wanna kiss you all the time.”

Taehyung eyes are alight with adoration for the younger.

“All the time?” The older teases, one hand coming up to thread through Jungkook’s wonderfully long hair. Devastatingly pretty.

Jungkook nods, leans into Taehyung’s touch and closes his eyes. “Hm hmm.”

The younger tilts his chin up, eyes remaining closed as if he was certain Taehyung would grant him what he was asking for. And well, the boy wasn’t wrong. Taehyung nudges their noses together before molding their lips together. Jungkook melts into him. Their lips part to offer each other a taste and Taehyung didn’t like wine but somehow it tasted divine on Jungkook’s lips. A soft whimper is breathed into Taehyung’s mouth. Taehyung slips his hands into the back pockets of Jungkook’s jeans and pulls him impossibly closer. The younger hums in approval and buries his face in Taehyung’s neck when they break away to breathe. Taehyung gasps shallowly when Jungkook places little kitten licks along his collarbone. He nuzzles his nose into Jungkook’s hair and brings a hand up to bury in raven tresses. His eyes close in content when he feels Jungkook drag his lips to the warm skin of his neck, soft lips pressing kisses along the skin. A low groan escapes Taehyung when the maknae opens his mouth and sucks on a particularly sensitive spot. Encouraged, Jungkook nips the skin with his teeth. Taehyung’s hand tugs on Jungkook’s hair in reflex, earning himself a pretty whimper from the younger.

“Baby.” Taehyung sighs, tugging slightly to get Jungkook to retreat from his neck.

The younger listens, moving away just enough so that he can slot his lips against Taehyung’s. Their lips slide together, languid and heated, filled with cheeky nips of teeth and the tease of tongues. Taehyung pulls away to catch a breath when Jungkook whines and presses his lips right back against the older’s. He even goes so far as to cup Taehyung’s jaw in his hands so that he’s kept in place. The latter smiles into the kiss, adoring how demanding Jungkook is when he’s had a few drinks. The boy was naturally insistent whenever Taehyung’s affection was involved, but at times like these Jungkook lacked the hesitance one could sometimes see in his eyes or feel in his touch.

“What?” Jungkook complains, annoyed that Taehyung’s smile is preventing them from kissing properly. But also, not really annoyed at all because Taehyung’s smile is everything. Jungkook quickly presses little kisses all along Taehyung’s cheek.

Taehyung’s smile only widens at the contact. “You’re so lovey-dovey when you’re drunk.”

“M’always lovey-uvy.” Jungkook mumbles against the corner of the older’s mouth. Taehyung chuckles at Jungkook’s slurred words before connecting their lips again. Jungkook wraps his arms around Taehyung’s neck and he presses him into the counter.

“Want more.” Jungkook whispers, lips brushing against Taehyung’s. The older is confused by the request, before he feels Jungkook start to roll his hips against him. He’s quick to still Jungkook’s hips with steady hands.

“Not when you’re drunk, baby.” Taehyung says softly but with firm resolve. His thumbs rubbing soothing circles into Jungkook’s hip bones.

“'M not even drunk.” Jungkook whines, lips trying to catch Taehyung’s.

“You can’t even stand up straight.” Taehyung laughs incredulously, nudging their noses together so that his words are all fondness and no judgement.

Jungkook huffs in offense anyway, pushing Taehyung’s hands away. He steps away from Taehyung and sways a bit when he stands up straight. His brow furrows in concentration as he manages to stand still for a few seconds. However, as soon as he gets excited about proving Taehyung wrong, he loses his concentration and starts to stumble forward to avoid falling. Taehyung is immediately circling his arms around him, giggling as Jungkook just sort of smooshes his face into the side of Taehyung’s.

“Don’ laugh.” Jungkook admonishes, gently biting Taehyung’s cheek.

Taehyung tickles his fingers along Jungkook’s rib cage in retaliation. Jungkook jerks away from the touch as he erupts into loud giggles. When he nearly falls over again, Taehyung lets up and guides Jungkook a few steps back so that he can place him on the kitchen table. He steps between the younger’s dangling legs and cups his face.

“I’m serious, little one. I’m not gonna touch you like that if your consent in compromised.”

“But hyungie, I’ll always consent with you.” Jungkook pouts, brow furrowing again. Taehyung smoothes it out with his thumb.

“You don’t know that.” Taehyung says gently, tucking Jungkook’s hair behind an ear.Jungkook’s pout deepens and Taehyung already feels terrible for denying Jungkook of something he’s asking for.

“Baby, this is for your own good, okay? You’ll thank me in the morning.” Taehyung tries to explain.

“Hyungie, please?” The doe-eyed vixen murmurs, widening his eyes and blinking up at the older.

And f*ck, Taehyung doesn’t know what it is, but something about Jungkook saying please just makes him especially weak to Jungkook’s demands. Jungkook, even drunk, picks up on the weakness immediately. He wraps strong legs around Taehyung’s hips and smoothes his hands down Taehyung’s chest.

“Taehyungie.” He whispers, leaving barely there kisses along Taehyung’s jaw. “Please.”

Taehyung immediately runs his hands appreciatively up Jungkook’s thighs, hitching his legs up securely so that he can lift him and carry him to his room. Jungkook giggles in victory, pressing excited kisses all over Taehyung’s face. Did Taehyung mention how weak he is for this boy?

He drops Jungkook on the bed (gently, of course) and crawls over him to cage him in. Jungkook fists Taehung’s shirt in his hands and pulls him down for a kiss. A kiss filled with heat and want and clumsy urgency. Taehyung soaks in Jungkook’s sounds as his tongue explores the other’s mouth, immersing himself in the feeling of Jungkook’s lips against his own. Jungkook runs his hands all along Taehyung’s chest and arms before settling on the belt buckle of his jeans. When he starts to unbuckle it, Taehyung pulls away, snapping out of his haze.

“We’re not having sex tonight Jungkookie.” Taehyung says, looking at Jungkook in the eye so that he knows he’s serious.

Jungkook blinks up at Taehyung in confusion, the glassiness of his eyes clearing somewhat as he appears to sober up slightly. Jungkook suddenly sits up, forcing Taehyung to move off of him and settle to the side. Taehyung watches how Jungkook’s chin drops and his fingers curl into the duvet. The older is immediately reaching for him, guiding Jungkook to straddle his lap. Jungkook keeps looking down until Taehyung guides his chin up. Even then, his eyes look somewhere along Taehyung’s cheeks, just below his eyes.

“Angel.” Taehyung says softly, his worries easing a bit when Jungkook responds by nuzzling into the hand that cups his cheek. “Talk to me.”

Jungkook finally peeks up at him. Taehyung is horrified to see his eyes shining with tears. “Do you...” the younger begins, biting his lip in uncertainty, “does hyungie not um…”, a long inhale, “not want me...like that?”

Taehyung is silent for a beat before Taehyung is kissing Jungkook’s breath away. The kiss is immediately all-consuming, Jungkook gasping into it and curling his hands into Taehyung’s shirt. Taehyung kisses him until he’s sure the younger’s hesitance and uncertainty is gone.

“I’m really concerned over how you think that’s a possibility.” Taehyung whispers against his lips, hands coming up to wipe away the few tears that have spilled. “In what universe would I ever not want every piece of you?”

Jungkook’s cheeks flush a pretty pink and then he’s hugging Taehyung tightly. The older holds him close. Taehyung rationalises Jungkook’s ill logic with the fact that he’s been drinking. After all they’ve done, Taehyung is sure Jungkook must know how much power he holds over Taehyung’s body and desires.

“Darling boy, it’s taking everything in me not to give you what you’re asking for - ‘cause I want it too. But when our heads are clear and I won’t feel worried about how you’re gonna feel in the morning. Do you understand, baby?”

Jungkook nods and presses closer. The older rubs a hand up Jungkook’s back and smiles gently when the younger leansawayto look at him. “I love you.”

Jungkook wants to say more, but that’s all his inebriated brain can come up with for now. It works because his hyung’s pretty smile is back and that’s all Jungkook ever wants to see.

“I know, my little Jungkookie.” Taehyung murmurs, taking hold of Jungkook’s hand and bringing it to his lips. He presses a kiss to the silver ring on his pinky. “My love.”

It’s Jungkook’s turn to smile, wiggling happily at the acknowledgement of the ring.

“How about,” Taehyung begins, pressing small kisses along Jungkook’s knuckles, “we have a snack and then cuddle for the rest of the night.” He wants Jungkook to eat so that he can sober up some more, not wanting him to have a hangover tomorrow. Jungkook seems to like the idea, bouncing with excitement in Taehyung’s lap. Taehyung has to divert his suggestive thoughts real quick - this boy is just so tempting.

“Can you get those honey chips please? And the pretzels.” Jungkook says as Taehyung gently sets him on the bed. “And those jelly sweets I like?”

Taehyung walks to the door after a nod and a fond ruffle of the younger’s hair. Jungkook pretends to snap his teeth at his fingers. He retrieves the snacks from the pantry - still left over from when Taehyung had made that shopping trip - and grabs two bottles of water from the fridge before he returns to the bedroom. Jungkook is sitting up against the pillows, eyes still a bit too unfocused for Taehyung’s liking, but his cheeks are a gorgeous pink and he looks happy.

“Here you are, beautiful.” Taehyung announces as he sits next to Jungkook, placing the snacks in front of them. Jungkook makes himself at home between Taehyung’s legs, his back against the older’s chest. They finish the honey chips together, Taehyung feeding chips to the younger whose head is rested comfortably on his shoulder. Jungkook’s entertains him with tipsy rambles as his hands trace patterns on Taehyung’s jeans.

“Want pajamas.” Jungkook eventually says, nuzzling his nose into Taehyung’s jaw.

Taehyung nods and pecks the younger’s nose. Taehyung hands the other a bottle of water, instructing him to drink as much as he can, before easing off the bed and fetching a t-shirt and pajama pants from Jungkook’s closet. He undresses swiftly, pulling on the pants before heading over to Jungkook. The younger is staring at him unashamedly,undoubtedly having watched Taehyung get undressed. Taehyung raises an eyebrow teasingly and Jungkook winks at him in response.

“Stop being such a flirt, would you?” Taehyung says, exasperated, pulling Jungkook up to stand next to the bed. The younger lifts his arms as Taehyung strips him of his top andJungkook shimmies off his own pants. Taehyung slips the large t-shirt over Jungkook’s head and kisses his lips when his head emerges. Jungkook hums into the kiss and runs his hands along the exposed skin of Taehyung’s shoulders. Jungkook seems to get distracted by Taehyung’s skin and breaks the kiss to watch his hands trail all along Taehyung’s toned torso and arms. Taehyung glances at the bed and is happy to see that Jungkook drank a good amount of water. He pecks Jungkook before making quick work of clearing the bed before they both climb on. Jungkook stretches out on the sheets and looks delighted when Taehyung leans up on his right arm to look down at him.

“Like when you look at me like that.” Jungkook says, eyes closing when Taehyung strokes his cheek with his left hand.

“Like what?” he murmurs, marveling at the elegance of Jungkook’s eyelashes. This close, he could count each one. Were they always this pretty? Of course they were, everything about Jungkook is pretty.

“Hm hmm,” the boy hums, “like ’m beautiful.” Jungkook’s eyes open. “Like I’m beautiful and all yours.”

Taehyung pretends that his heart isn’t about to combust. “You are beautiful.” he says, trailing his fingers down to Jungkook’s neck. The boy shivers. ‘And you're most definitely mine.”

Jungkook nods, eyes closing again and Taehyung rubs a thumb over the piercings adorning his lobe. Another shiver. Taehyung suddenly hates that he’s put this shirt on Jungkook. It’s covering up too much and Taehyung is greedy. He slips his hand under the shirt and rubs at Jungkook’s hipbone.

“Can I take this off you, baby?” Taehyung is already lifting the shirt as Jungkook nods eagerly.

Taehyung takes in all the skin and muscle and softness. He runs his fingertips down Jungkook’s arm and watches in awe as goosebumps arise. Jungkook bites his lip and Taehyung bends down to kiss it.

“Remember what I said earlier, angel? No funny business tonight, yeah?” Jungkook huffs at Taehyung’s word choice but nods.

‘Doesn’t mean I can’t love on my baby boy a little bit, hmm?” Taehyung croons, leaning back and bringing Jungkook’s hand up to his lips to kiss the ring once more.

Jungkook nods, his lashes heavy and hooding his eyes. Taehyung cups Jungkook’s hand tenderly and presses a slow kiss right in the center of his palm. Jungkook sighs at the electric pulse he feels shoot up his arm. Taehyung’s lips continue a gentle descent along the younger’s arm. A long kiss to his wrist to feel his pulse, short kisses up to the crease of his elbow. Jungkook gasps when Taehyung’s lips press there, his skin more sensitive to the heat and feel of Taehyung’s lips. Taehyung smiles at the gasp, parts his lips and laves the barest lick of his tongue along the delicate skin. Jungkook shivers and his leg comes up to wrap around Taehyung’s hip. The older presses a final kiss to the skin before traveling up to his shoulder. This close, Taehyung can hear the soft, soft hums of contentedness vibrating from Jungkook’s lips. He can’t help himself when he leans up to feel the vibrations against his lips. They kiss, close-mouthed and careful, and Jungkook feels his body thrum with a bone-deep satisfaction. Taehyung presses another indulgent peck to his lips, then another. Another. With each kiss, Jungkook feels himself go boneless. Taehyung descends down Jungkook’s body, hot lips pressing against his chin, Adam’s apple and then resting for a beat longer against his sternum. Jungkook’s eyes close as he twirls a hand in Taehyung’s chestnut hair. He makes his way along to Jungkook’s rib cage, the first few kisses making Jungkook giggle sweetly because it tickles him. Taehyung finds a pretty mole spotted on one of his ribs and instantly kisses it. He chances a look up at the younger and sees him struggling to keep his eyes open. So f*cking cute.

“Baby,” Taehyung coos, moving to hover over Jungkook so that their faces are aligned, “go to sleep. I’m right here.”

Jungkook forces his eyes open to regard Taehyung sleepily, before closing them again. “Mkay hyungie.”

Taehyung unfolds the blanket placed at the foot of the bed and covers himself and Jungkook with it. Jungkook wiggles into the softness. The older settles on his back, pulling a pliant Jungkook to lay against his chest, head over his heart. He kisses Jungkook’s hair and closes his eyes.

“Hyungie, keep touching.” Jungkook mumbles into his chest. “Like it when you touch me.” The boy really had a habit of stating the obvious when he was tipsy or sleepy.

Taehyung presses another kiss to Jungkook’s hair before trailing his fingertips down Jungkook’s back. The younger shivers happily as he soaks in Taehyung’s touch. The older drags his hand down the milky skin, just touching, feeling. It’s warm and weighted and Jungkook feels grounded, treasured. He snuggles impossibly closer and settles into a blissful sleep.



Please feel free to comment any suggestions or ideas that you would like to see happen in this fic x

Chapter 27: His love (YOONMIN EDITION)


Some Taekook followed by requested yoonmin xx


Soft as always

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Jungkook woke up groggier than usual, his head feeling uncomfortably fuzzy - no doubt hinting at a hangover. He groans and wriggles around in bed until he’s pretty much buried beneath the blankets, face shielded from the offending light streaming through the window.

“Baby, why are you so wiggly this morning?” The maknae heard a deep voice groan.

He smiled and finally opened his eyes, popping out from under the blankets and clambering up to straddle the older. Taehyung eyes were still closed as he ran his hands up Jungkook’s legs to settle lightly on his hips. He hummed sleepily as the younger burrowed his face into his chest.

“Too bright.” The younger complains, pouting into Taehyung’s skin. The older hums in understanding.

“How’s your head feeling?” Taehyung asks as he runs a careful hand through Jungkook’s bedhead.

“Okay. Only a bit sore.” The younger mumbles into the bare skin of Taehyung’s chest. He turns his head so that his cheek is plastered to the other’s sternum.

“Poor baby.” Taehyung coos, voice underlined with a chuckle, as he lightly scratches his fingers along the maknae’s scalp. “I tried to sober you up as much as possible before bed. Got a little sidetracked though.”

It takes Jungkook a while to process Taehyung’s words. He tries to think of what could have sidetracked Taehyung but he draws a blank. He sits up and splays his hands along a broad, tanned chest. Taehyung’s almond eyes are open, if not a little bleary, and he smiles softly at the boy atop him.

“Sidetracked?” Jungkook prompts, head tilting to the side like a puppy.

“Hm hmm.” Taehyung confirms, placing his hands just above Jungkook’s knees. “You tried to seduce me, don’t you remember? Used the puppy eyes and baby boy voice - it was torture.” Taehyung’s hands slide up Jungkook’s bare thighs and leave a trail of heat behind before the air cools it, the skin breaking out into goosebumps.

“I did not.” Jungkook says, scandalised. His cheeks flame red as he stares at Taehyung in shock. Taehyung nods, clearly enjoying the younger’s embarrassment.

“Yup.” He pops his “p” obnoxiously. “You cried when I said we couldn’t have sex when you were drunk.” Taehyung continues, eyes turning soft. “But I know how emotional alcohol makes you.”

Jungkook, mortified, flings himself off Taehyung and burrows under the blankets again - effectively hiding. He actually cannot believe himself. Who the f*ck cries when their boyfriend won’t have sex with them? And to top it all off, they haven’t even had sex together yet! Drunk Jungkook really offered up their first time, just like that? A mess. A mess is what Jungkook is.

Jungkook fists his hands in the duvet and keeps it tight over his head to counter Taehyung’s tugging.

“Baby, come out, I’m just playing.” Taehyung’s voice is tinged with laughter. “Well it did happen, but you were so cute last night, I couldn’t help teasing you a bit.”

Jungkook whines in embarrassment and kicks at Taehyung from under the covers.

“Angel, come out for me.” Taehyung croons softly. In that voice; his special voice that gets Jungkook to agree to most things. “I’m done teasing, I promise.”

Jungkook loosens his hold on the blanket and lowers it until just his eyes and tufts of his messy hair are showing. He peeks at Taehyung from above the covers. As soon as their eyes meet, Jungkook is trying to retreat to his hiding place.

“Oh no you don’t.” Taehyung catches his wrist swiftly, wrapping his arms around the younger and dragging him into his arms. Jungkook goes willingly, letting Taehyung lay them down facing one another, heads on the same pillow. The maknae’s eyes are trained down, still avoiding Taehyung’s. “Why are you hiding little one?”

Jungkook whines at the nickname, tilting his head forward. “S’embarrassing.”

“What’s embarrassing?” Taehyung asks, voice gentle, as he brings a hand up to tangle in Jungkook’s hair.

“Oh, you mean apart from the fact that I tried to seduce you while drunk and then cried about it? Besides that part?” Jungkook says frantically, eyes flickering up to Taehyung’s.

“If that’s the only reason, then you’re being silly. Do you have any idea how difficult it was to be mature and logical last night? You’re a terrible flirt when you’re drinking and your eyes get this hazy glow of content that just makes me wanna kiss the sense out of you. And the crying part was adorable after I got over the mild panic.” Taehyung’s lips quirk up into a small smile. “I never want you to feel embarrassed in front of me.”

Jungkook nearly tears up at the sincerity. He shuffles forward to rest in his favourite spot. Taehyung’s neck is warm where Jungkook’s face is pressed against it. His muscles relax when Taehyung gently tugs on his hair to loosen up some tangles.

“I didn’t want you to find out like this.” Jungkook mumbles, arms snaking around the other’s waist.

“Find out what?”

Jungkook squeezes his eyes shut and presses closer. “That I was ready.”

His heart pounds as Taehyung freezes. He gains composure quickly, hands dancing along the exposed skin of Jungkook’s back to ease any tension that resurfaced. He waits until Jungkook relaxes again before he speaks.

“I’m gonna need you to tell me exactly what’s going on in that head of yours, baby.” Taehyung says, lips pressing to the younger’s head. He coaxes Jungkook away from his neck so that they’re face to face again. “Can you do that for me, love?”

Jungkook bites his lips unsurely but nods, pleased with himself when he receives a kiss on the forehead for his compliance.

“I uh...I’m still a virgin.” Jungkook says, bravely keeping eye contact. “Which you’ve probably already gathered from my inexperience in the bedroom.”

Taehyung laughs softly at that but nods.

“And I’m ready to...like...not be a virgin anymore?” Jungkook’s cheeks feel like they’re about to combust into lethal flames. All the while, Taehyung is looking at him with soft eyes and holding him with sure hands. “With you. Obviously. Forget I even specified because of course it’s you, absolutely no doubt about-”

Taehyung cuts off his rambling with a quick kiss. Jungkook breathes in deeply when they part, foreheads resting together.

“I’m ready to have sex with you.” He says, feeling really brave, even though his eyes are closed. He sighs when he feels Taehyung’s lips press to his cheek. “If you are too, that is.”

“I am.” Taehyung says simply. “I’m so proud of you for telling me baby.” His lips trail along the younger’s jaw. “Communication is so sexy.”

Jungkook erupts into giggles at Taehyung’s ridiculous words. He feels Taehyung smile against the hinge of his jaw.

I’m sexy.” The maknae proclaims, more playful than anything.

Taehyung hums lowly in agreementand Jungkook feels his body respond to the sound, his back arching the slightest bit and his hands twirling into Taehyung’s hair. The older sets about sucking a pretty bruise into Jungkook’s neck, right below his earlobe so that his hair will only reveal glimpses of it whenever he turns his head. Jungkook has no doubt that Taehyung is strategic with his hickies - wanting to show that Jungkook is marked but also not be an asshole about it. It was kind of hot, his control and dominance shown in even the subtlest of ways. But then again, Jungkook perceived Taehyung’s mere presence as dominating. Taehyung pulled back and blew gently across the forming hickey, smirking at the maknae’s shiver. Jungkook whines lowly and presses their lips together. Taehyung kisses him slowly, body moving to rest above Jungkook’s. Jungkook breaks away for air and closes his eyes when Taehyung trails gentle fingers down his cheek.

“We’re meeting Yoongi and Minnie at that new restaurant a few blocks down. It’s an All-You-Can-Eat buffet for the whole day. We’re going for breakfast.”

“Hmm how soon?” Jungkook asks, eyes opening to blink up sleepily at the older. Taehyung smiles and connects their lips for a few warm moments.

“Thirty-ish minutes? Jiminie made the reservation and said we gotta be there on time because he’ll most likely be late.” Taehyung rolls his eyes in good humour.

“That’s such a Jimin thing. Planning to be late.” Jungkook giggles, slowly wrapping his legs around Taehyung’s waist.

“Aye, I thought we left the seducing to last night.” Taehyung raises an eyebrow, hands curling along Jungkook’s thighs.

“I’m not doing anything.” Jungkook claims, feigning innocence even as he swipes his tongue along his lower lip.

“Sure you aren’t.” Taehyung shakes his head. “I’m gonna have a quick shower so you can doze off a bit, but you gotta jump in straight after I’m done, okay? I don’t want them to cancel our reservation.”

Jungkook nods but pouts when Taehyung frees himself from the younger’s hold.

“How about we shower together?” Jungkook asks, rolling onto his side to watch Taehyung walk over to the closet. He picks out the pair of jeans and one of the few t-shirts he’s left at their place.

“How about,” Taehyung starts, making his way back over, leaning down to ghost his lips over the younger’s, “you stop testing me because I’m about to crack real soon.”

“Hyungie that’s the point. ” Jungkook breathes, affected by the mere proximity of the older. Taehyung tuts softly in faux reprimand before kissing him.

“Behave, pretty boy.” Taehyung orders before sauntering off to the bathroom. Jungkook huffs and rolls over tobury his smile into Taehyung’s pillow.


Despite popular belief given his love of sleep, Yoongi was almost always punctual. Jimin, on the other hand, was almost always late. This honestly stumped Yoongi because Jimin woke up way before him, but he usually wasted a lot of time reading webtoons before actually getting out of bed. Yoongi didn’t mind at all, it meant more snuggle time. The older boy registered himself being tugged lightly, causing him to release a sleepy groan.

“Sorry Yoonie, I’m trynna get you into a good cuddle position here.” He heard a sweet voice explain.

Yoongi groaned again and let Jimin pull him so that he was resting on a narrow chest, his arm slung over a delicate waist. Yoongi sighed and nuzzled his face into Jimin’s neck. He fell right back asleep when he felt Jimin’s soft little fingers card through his hair.

Jimin felt only a bit guilty for disturbing Yoongi’s sleep - but he couldn’t help himself. Yoongi was so warm and soft when he slept. He ran one hand readily through the older’s caramel colored hair and used the other to catch up on some webtoon updates on his phone.

It was maybe about half an hour later when Jimin felt Yoongi start to stir, his hand sneaking up Jimin’s (read: Yoongi’s) shirt to smooth up soft skin. Jimin smiled and dropped his phone to the bed, running one hand down Yoongi’s clothed back and keeping the other hand buried in his hair. Yoongi hummed at the feeling before planting little kisses along the sensitive skin of Jimin’s neck.

“Good morning to you too.” Jimin giggles, his words ending on a slight moan. When Yoongi starts sucking and nibbling his skin, Jimin closes his eyes and tilts his head back into the pillow to allow more access. All too soon, Yoongi pulls away and hoists himself up onto his elbows to press a kiss to Jimin’s forehead.

“Morning kitten. We gotta get going soon, yeah?”

Jimin loops his arms around Yoongi’s neck. “We have time.”

“I’m pretty sure the concept of time doesn’t exist for you.” Yoongi teases. Did Jimin mention how deep Yoongi’s voice is in the morning? It causes the skin of his arms to break out into little goosebumps, even when he’s saying the most mundane things.

“We still have an hour.” Jimin says, batting his eyelashes and trying to tug Yoongi down for a kiss. Yoongi acquiesces, but only for a moment.

“That’s too little time for you.” He mumbles against his lips. “Up, sweetheart.”

Jimin whines but sits up when Yoongi does. They make their way to the bathroom, standing side by side as they brush their teeth. Neither were going to shower as they preferred it as a nighttime activity. It also made more sense because any nights they spent together usually ended up in the need for a good shower...if you get what he means. Yoongi made quick work of brushing his teeth and washing his face before going back to the bedroom to change. This is where Jimin tended to get carried away. Like Jungkook, he moved slower in the morning. The boy took his time washing his face, applying toner and then moisturizing. He then spent at least half an hour doing his hair and light makeup. Yoongi just about dragged him out of the bathroom to get changed. Another 20 minutes were spent rifling through Yoongi’s closet to find a shirt. Finally settling on a plain t-shirt with a Kumamon sweater that Yoongi denied owning, he decided to wear his jeans from yesterday.

They were ready to go with 5 minutes to spare. Jimin bragged as much but Yoongi quickly shut him down by saying it was a 20 minute drive.

“It’s fine. Kookie and Tae are probably there already.” Jimin said sheepishly.

Yoongi rolled his eyes fondly and dragged Jimin forward for a kiss. “You look especially cute today.”

“Yeah?” Jimin breathes, loving any compliments Yoongi threw his way.

“Hmm.” Yoongi hums, going in for another soft kiss.

“Must be the kumamon sweater.” Jimin says, smiling against Yoongi’s lips.

“Maybe.” Yoongi murmurs, hands coming up to cup the younger’s jaw. “Or maybe it’s your pretty pink eye shadow.” He traces a thumb lightly under Jimin’s eyes. "Or your pretty pink mouth.” His gaze falls down to Jimin’s plump lips.

Jimin’s breath hitches. Yoongi knows just how to rile him up. He hooks his thumbs into the belt loops of Yoongi’s black jeans and tilts his head to the side cutely.

“We could always go a bit later.” He tries to persuade, leaning up for another kiss. “They won’t mind.”

Yoongi chuckles deeply against his lips, causing Jimin to actively suppress a shiver. “That’s not good manners, sweetheart.”

“f*ck good manners.” Jimin deadpans.

Yoongi throws his head back and releases a full belly laugh at this, eyes crinkling shut and gummy smile on display. Jimin giggles along with him, delighting in Yoongi’s amusem*nt.

“Okay, hotshot. Let’s get going before you convince me otherwise.” One last kiss and they’re locking up the apartment and settling into the car.

They both automatically reach over the gear console to link their hands. Jimin really likes how Yoongi maneuvers the gear stick with their joined hands. The younger also really likes to bring up their hands to his lips, pressing one or two kisses to the back of Yoongi’s or simply pressing it to his cheek. Yoongi always looks at him all soft and endeared whenever he does stuff like that. He just really likes Yoongi.

Jimin stares down at their hands that are now resting on his lap. He uses his free hand to trace along the pretty blue veins decorating the other’s pale hand. He strokes his fingertips over the tendons and knuckles, inspects his long, bony fingers. Fingers made to dance along the keys of a piano. Yoongi told Jimin he played piano since he was a childand loved it dearly.

He turns his head towards the older, resting his temple on the headrest. “You still haven’t played for me.”

Yoongi glances his way before he changes gears. His lips turn up into a tiny smile when he realises what Jimin’s speaking about. He was really good at that; desciphering what was on Jimin’s mind with very little detail.

“Soon.” Always so cryptic.

Jimin huffs in fake exasperation before continuing his admiration of the older’s hand in his. Jimin is startled out of his day dreaming when Yoongi parks the car outside the cafe. He switches off the ignition and turns to Jimin, his free hand coming up to cup a full cheek.

“What are you thinking about?” His voice rumbled gently across the space between them.

Jimin smiled softly, leaning into the touch. “Nothing much. I just really like you.”

Yoongi’s laugh came in the form of a sharp exhale. “I should hope so, Min-ah.”

Jimin looks up at him from under his eyelashes. “I think I’ve um.. I think I’ve fallen in love with you.”

He watches with bated breath for Yoongi’s reaction. The older freezes, his mouth dropping open the slightest bit and his eyes widening. A beat passes before Yoongi’s face visibly softens. His cheeks lift up in an eye smile as he pulls Jimin a bit closer.

“You think?” He asks, thumb stroking over soft skin.

Jimin blushes, heart beating erratically. “No, I know. I know that I love you.”

Yoongi leans forward to kiss the worried furrow between his brows to smooth it out. Jimin’s heart starts to slow.

“Good.” The older murmurs, leaning back so that they are looking eye to eye. “Because I love you too, sweetheart.”

Jimin feels like his chest explodes before he undoes his seatbelt and scrambles onto Yoongi’s lap. The older laughs and hugs him close.

“Say it again.” Jimin whispers, hands framing Yoongi’s face.

Yoongi smiles. “Park Jimin, I f*cking love you.”

Jimin smiles so brightly his eyes disappear. Yoongi kisses him and Jimin is so in love.


Next chapter will be Tae getting overprotective when Jungkook gets hurt (won’t be a hectic injury, don’t stess!)

Chapter 28: His brave boy


jungkookie gets a bit hurt and Taehyung patches him up


(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The restaurant was busy as expected, but not unpleasantly so. Jungkook felt energised by the bustling activity as he waited at a small booth for Yoongi and Jimin. They had fetched themselves some beverages after paying for their buffet tickets – Jungkook gets a peach iced tea and Taehyung a raspberry one. The weather was warm enough that neither wanted a coffee. Jungkook rested his head on Taehyung’s shoulder, lips wrapped around a pretty patterned paper straw as Taehyung ran gentle fingers through his hair. It may be a tad too intimate for such a public setting, but Jungkook was still easing out of his not-too-bad hangover. He watched Taehyung play Subway Surfer on his phone and teased him whenever he lost. When Taehyung silently threatened to tickle him by gliding his fingers down to his rib cage, Jungkook giggled and squirmed out of Taehyung’s grasp. Jungkook had almost fallen out the booth when a hand caught his shoulder and righted him. Jungkook’s startled gasp turned into a happy sound as he threw his arms around his saviour’s neck. Jimin squeezed Jungkook back tightly, only stepping back when Jungkook started wheezing for breath. Taehyung did some strange bro handshake with Yoongi as the older slid in opposite them, Jungkook squawking in offence when Jimin downed what remained of his ice tea.

“Jiminnn,” he whined, pouting as Jimin leaned over him to hug Taehyung hello. Yoongi smiled at the younger in sympathy.

“Don’t worry Kookie, he’s gonna get you another one right this minute.” The eldest assured. Jimin turned to him, still standing outside the booth. He jutted his hip out and put his hand on it, challenging. Yoongi stared him down, lips twitching up at Jimin’s playful brattiness. Jungkook wasn’tentertainingwhatever weird foreplay they had going on. He shoved his glass in front of Jimin’s face, looking at him pointedly. Jimin rolled his eyes in jest and took the glass, grabbing Yoongi’s hand with his free one to drag him over to get drinks of their own. Jungkook looked over to Taehyung, huffing when he saw he was still playing that damn game. He put his head back on Taehyung’s shoulder, staying still for a total of 3 seconds before nuzzling into Taehyung’s cheek.

“Hyungie.” He called sweetly, draping his arms around Taehyung. Taehyung hummed as he continued playing. Jungkook huffed another annoyed breath and pulled back slowly. “I’m lonely.”

Taehyung laughed and turned his head to look at the younger, locking his phone. Jungkook cheered internally. “By lonely, do you mean attention-deprived?”

Jungkook nodded with conviction, but still felt his cheeks heat up. Taehyung’s eyes softened and he wrapped his arm around the younger, hand coming up to bury in the maknae’s hair. Jungkook just about preened under the simplest acts of affection, eyelashes fluttering as Taehyung pressed a warm kiss to his cheek.

Their little moment was interrupted when Yoongi and Jimin slid in opposite them, drinks in hand. Jimin slid over Jungkook’s refilled peach iced tea with a wink. Jungkook thanked him with a bunny smile and sat up straight, something in him settling when Taehyung’s hand came to rest on his knee. They wait a short while for the buffet tables to clear up a bit before grabbing their plates and dishing up. Jungkook piles his plate high with all things sugary and cinnamon-sprinkled and honey glazed. Taehyung settles for a hearty plate of toast, eggs and bacon (lots of bacon). Jimin starts off with fruit salad and nuts and Yoongi chooses a bowl rice and spicy beef. They settle into the booth and tuck in happily – Taehyung hopelessly endeared by the way Jungkook wiggles whenever he tastes something he really likes. He’s pretty much bouncing around the whole duration of breakfast. Taehyung goes back for seconds, dishing up some rice and galbi as Yoongi gets some radish kimchi for himself and Jimin. Taehyung makes Jungkook drink a full glass of water before they leave, knowing the sugar would give him a headache later on. He regrets his decision soon after, watching in minute horror as Jimin cracks a joke that causes the maknae to splutter and spit water all over the table. Taehyung pats his back urgently to clear his windpipes when the younger coughs. As soon as Jungkook is able to breathe, he takes one look at Jimin’s shocked face before they both burst into laughter. Jimin just about disappears under the table as his full body laughing causes him to topple over. Taehyung can’t help the laugh that spills past his lips when Jungkook starts snorting from laughing so hard. Yoongi is the only who hasn’t cracked.

“What the hell is so funny?” He asks incredulously, pulling Jimin up so that he’s leaning into Yoongi’s body as he laughs.

“Di-did you not s-s-see that?” Jimin says through giggles, wheezing for breath. “Water came out his nose!”

At that, the three youngest start laughing again and it’s a good few moments before their giggles die down. Yoongi rolls his eyes fondly as Jimin finally calms down and rights himself. Jungkook excuses himself to the bathroom and Jimin follows. Taehyung makes quick work of drying up the water with serviettes, shaking his head at how ridiculous Jungkook can be sometimes.

He adores him.

The Busan boys return, hands clutched together as they manoeuvre through the steadily increasing amount of people in the sizeable restaurant. They stop by the table and announce that they’re ready to go, having spent close to 3 hours at the restaurant. Taehyung gets out the booth and Jungkook wraps his arms around his torso, pecking his cheek quickly as he thanks him for cleaning up his mess. Taehyung hugs him close, ruffling his soft hair. Jungkook drags Taehyung over back to the drinks counter so that they can get takeaway ice teas, the same flavours as earlier. Jungkook snakes an arm around Taehyung’s waist when a girl filling up her own glass blatantly checks out Taehyung. The girl blushes at the display of possession and quickly averts her gaze after meeting Jungkook’s unwavering one. The brunette, unaware of the attention, fills up Jungkook’s cup and leads them out the door where Jimin and Yoongi wait. They exit the restaurant, taking a moment to bask in the warmth of the sun.

“You guys want a lift home? I’m taking Jimin-ah to the studio so we can drop you off on the way.” Yoongi offers, fingers threading through Jimin’s own from where they’re attached.

Taehyung glances at Jungkook, the maknae’s head tilted to the sun and his eyes half shut.

“No thanks hyung. It’s a nice day out and its not a long walk back.” Taehyung says, forcing himself to look away from the gorgeous creature standing a few metres away from him.

Yoongi nods and salutes Taehyung as a goodbye. Jimin jumps forward and gives Taehyung a tight hug before bounding over to Jungkook and doing the same. Jungkook is startled out of his Timothy Green moment, blinking in mild surprise before returning Jimin’s hug. They speak to one another quietly with soft smiles and soft gazes before stealing one last hug. Jimin skips back to Yoongi and takes his hand, calling out a cheery goodbye as they make their way to the car parked around the corner. Yoongi makes sure to yell out a “Bye Kook!” as Jimin drags him away, excited to go to Yoongi’s studio and possibly (hopefully) hear him play the piano for the first time.

Jungkook’s smile is pretty, delicate in the way that his happiness seems almost private – that’s how genuine it is. Taehyung drops his arm over Jungkook’s shoulders and kisses his temple before they make their way back home.

“Minnie’s really happy.” Jungkook says after a long moment of comfortable silence, both boys sipping on their iced teas.

“Yeah?” Taehyung inquires, glancing over to admire the way the sun causes Jungkook’s skin to acquire a warm, healthy glow.

The younger nods, long hair bouncing all over the place. He looks at Taehyung with his pink lips wrapped around the straw, doe eyes impossibly large and somehow warmer than the very sunlight Taehyung feels saturate his skin.

“Are you happy?” Taehyung asks, eyes still trained on Jungkook’s. Don’t get him wrong, he can tell Jungkook is indeed happy. The boy was open with his emotions; one could easily see his mood on any given day. So, Taehyung knows. Knows by the way the younger’s eyes twinkle when he looks at Taehyung in quiet moments, when he sings and dances freely around the apartment to his favourite songs, when he trusts Taehyung to see his artwork – something that is very private to him. But sometimes…sometimes Taehyung just wonders if he’s doing this all right. If he’s truly earned Jungkook’s overwhelming trust and love.

Jungkook pulls his lips off the straw with a pop before he tilts his head to the side in confusion at Taehyung’s question. They’ve naturally come to a stop, turning to face one another. Jungkook regards him closely – he does that a lot these days, just looks at Taehyung quietly as if he can see every last atom that makes up his being. Taehyung feels ripped open and exposed, which kind of terrifies him because he’s spent so long building his walls. But he finds he doesn’t mind being exposed to Jungkook, even welcomes it. He’s brought out of his thoughts when a nose nudges against his own. Taehyung smiles and tilts his head to kiss said nose.

“Of course.” Jungkook whispers, leaning back to blast Taehyung with a smile so achingly adorable that the older has to stop himself from swooping the younger up in his arms in the middle of the street – even though there was hardly anyone on this road.

Of course I’m happy Taehyungie. How could I not be, when I have you?” He says it so casually, as if it’s obvious – as if Taehyung would always make him happy. Taehyung feels his insides turn to goo at the younger’s sweetness. His eyes crinkle in a smile before he plants a barely-there kiss on Jungkook’s lips. The younger tries to increase the pressure but Taehyung pulls away quickly. Later, his smirk says. He cards a hand through Jungkook’s hair before he links their hands again and they continue the last 10 minutes it takes to reach their apartment.

They’re nearly home when Jungkook drops his empty take-away cup, the light breeze causing it to roll down the street. The younger jogs after it, successfully catching up to it. Just as he bends down to pick it up, he’s slammed into by a full body force. He yells out in surprise as feels himself fall and then skid slightly on the ground – his sensitive skin dragging harshly across the hot tar on the sidewalk. He doesn’t even have his bearings by the time Taehyung is pulling him gently up off the ground; looking equal parts worried and angry. Jungkook winces when he feels the sting of his arm and hip from where he slammed onto the ground. He bites his lip and he looks at the sizeable scrape along his elbow and upper arm- the skin red and raw as blood starts to ooze out of the shallow wound.

“sh*t.” He hears Taehyung mutter. “Are you okay, baby? Let me see.” Taehyung starts fussing over him immediately, hand gently grasping Jungkook’s forearm to inspect the inflamed scrape further up. Jungkook watches Taehyung’s expression as he winces at the scrape. “Is anywhere else hurting, angel?” Taehyung coos and Jungkook just wants to take the worry off his hyung’s face. He shakes his head no because at the moment he can’t feel where exactly his body is aching – too much adrenalin is coursing through him.

“You’re bleeding!” A high-pitched voice gasps. Taehyung whirls around to face the culprit of this whole mess, stopping short when they see a boy who can’t be older than 15, holding a skateboard. For his slight frame, he really hit Jungkook with a great force. He must’ve been going at a really fast speed. “I’m so sorry dude! Please forgive me, I didn’t mean to hurt you – you just came into this side of the sidewalk at the last minute and I couldn’t slow down!” The boy babbles as he keeps bowing forward in apology every few words.

Jungkook shakes his head and the boys stops speaking. “It’s okay little guy, I should’ve been more aware of my surroundings. I’ve just got a little scrape.”

The boy looks like he’s about to protest but shuts his mouth when Taehyung speaks. The older has his arm wrapped around Jungkook’s waist, aware of how the younger is leaning against him to support some of his weight. “Be careful when you’re riding that thing. You shouldn’t have been going so fast on the street – go to a skatepark or something kid.”

The boy bows his head and nods, feeling chastised. Jungkook feels bad for him and nudges Taehyung pointedly. Taehyung sighs, frown seemingly etched into his forehead.

“I’ll be fine.” Jungkook says when Taehyung remains silent, eyes still raking over Jungkook’s form as if reassuring himself that he’s okay. “I accept your apology so don’t go stressing over this, okay?”

The lanky boy nods thankfully and leaves after another bow of respect, hopping onto his board and going at a considerably slower pace.

Jungkook attempts to step forward but winces at the sting in his knee. Taehyung is already kneeling down, hand cupping the back of Jungkook’s jean-clad knee. He grimaces when he sees a nasty scrape along his skin right where the rips of his jeans are artfully designed. Taehyung stands back and regards Jungkook with another concerned frown before he turns and bends slightly.


Jungkook wants to protest but also doesn’t wanna at all because he loves piggy-back rides and his scrapes are stinging pretty bad. Jungkook carefully climbs onto Taehyung’s back, biting back any sounds that may escape as the rough material of his jeans move against the wound on his knee. Once his legs are secured in Taehyung’s grasp, they get home in less than 2 minutes without incident. Taehyung carries him straight through the apartment building and up to his room, walking straight to the bathroom. He deposits Jungkook on the counter before turning around until he’s crowding Jungkook’s space. He stands between Jungkook’s legs as he holds Jungkook’s forearm in a gentle grip, his large hand wrapping aroundit completely. He rolls up the sleeve of Jungkook’s t-shirt and probes gently around the scrape. Jungkook never takes his eyes off Taehyung’s face, not liking the worry evident in the set of his brows and the displeased set of his mouth.

“Hyungie, I’m really fine.” He offers, free hand coming up to rest on Taehyung’s hip. “It’s just a scrape. It’s really shallow too.”

Taehyung looks at him with a raised brow. “Baby, you’re hurt.” Even his voice is etched with concern.

“I’m fine.” Jungkook reiterates softly, pouting up the older for a kiss. Taehyung’s lips twitch up in a tiny smile before he leans down to join their lips. They kiss softly for a moment before Taehyung leans their foreheads together.

“Let me take care of you first and then you can get all the kisses you want. Deal?” Taehyung says and Jungkook is relieved to see the set of Taehyung’s features to look less tense. Jungkook nods and leans back, not before stealing another kiss. He smiles brightly when the surprise action gets Taehyung to chuckle.

Jungkookwatches as the older gets out the mini first aid kid and begins soaking a cotton pad in a disinfectant. The older wipes around the reddened skin just to eliminate as many germs as possible.

Taehyung looks up at Jungkook. “This is gonna sting a bit, little one. I’ll be quick, yeah?”

Jungkook bites his lip in hesitation before he nods. He knows he’s being a baby about it, but his skin is hypersensitive in general, so he hates having to do things like this. Taehyung kisses the skin above where the scrape ends as consolation. He gently dabs the cotton pad along the skin that is just irritated but not open. Jungkook breathes out a breath he wasn’t aware he’d been holding where he only feels a tingling sensation on his skin, not a burn. He’s almost completely relaxed when Taehyung reaches the skin just above his elbow that is bleeding from the fall. The pad grazes it and Jungkook yelps involuntarily, arm reflexively jerking against the gentle but firm hold Taehyung has on it.

“Sorry, baby.” Taehyung says, looking like he’s committed the worst crime known to man. Jungkook shakes his head to show him its fine and tells him to keep going. Taehyung smiles at him sympathetically before going bad to cleaning away the blood and any dirt on his elbow. Jungkook is tense the whole time, biting his lip at the searing sting of his elbow. Taehyung soothes him by rubbing the thumb along the skin of his lower arm where his other hand grasps him.

“Almost done, angel.” Taehyung coos, discarding the cotton pad for a new one. He carefully applies ointment to the open scrapes before wrapping a white bandage around the elbow and a bit of the skin above it. He presses a kiss to the bandage before looking up at the younger.

“Okay?” He checks in, his right hand coming up to run through Jungkook’s hair as his left cradles the wrapped-up elbow. Jungkook nods, pulling Taehyung closer.

“We still have to sort out that knee of yours, little one.” Taehyung says, appeasing Jungkook with a kiss to the corner of his mouth. Jungkook really doesn’t wanna feel that burn again, but ultimately sucks it up and nods.

Taehyung helps him slide off the counter and gets another cotton pad ready as Jungkook unbuckles his belt. He pushes the jeans down his thighs and stops when the material starts dragging across his wound.

“Hyung, help.” Jungkook asks, embarrassed when his voice comes out as a whine. Taehyung is immediately kneeling down and successfully helps the younger step out of his jeans without hurting himself more. Jungkook is about to jump back up on the counter before Taehyung stops him with gentle hands on narrow hips. Jungkook stills as he feels a warm hand nudge up his shirt to expose the hip bone jutting up just above the band of his boxers.

“Jungkookie,” Taehyung admonishes softly, thumb ghosting over the purpling skin of his hip. Jungkook peers down and sees the bruise and oh, the light throbbing in his hip returned. “Angel, you told me you weren’t hurting anywhere else.”

“I only felt it when I fell and then I didn’t register it again until now.” Jungkook says forlornly, really disliking the ache that settled in the bruise. Taehyung hums soothingly and presses a kiss to the bruise. He reaches over to the counter and grabs an ointment to help ease the bruising. He applies it so carefully that Jungkook doesn’t flinch once. Taehyung’s gentle touch was welcome along theachy bone.

He presses another kiss to his hip before guiding Jungkook back on the counter. He makes quick work of cleaning up Jungkook’s knee – the scrape much smaller than the one along his elbow. He smoothes a medium sized hello kitty plaster to cover thesmall wound, not before teasing Jungkook for buying said plasters. The younger pouts at him and Taehyung stands up and hugs him close, telling him that cute boys should buy cute things, after all. The older does one last check over Jungkook, looking for any bruises or wounds he might have missed despite Jungkook’s assurances that he isn’t hurting anywhere else. He gets the memo when Jungkook wraps his limbs around him and pushes his face into his neck. He hoists the younger up and carries him to the living room where he seats himself on the couch. Jungkook stays hidden in his neck while Taehyung relaxes against the couch cushions behind him.

“How are you feeling, baby?” The older asks, brushing the maknae’s hair out of his face when he pulls away from his hiding place.

Jungkook smiles up at him softly and leans close to nudge their noses together. “I’m good. Thank you for taking care of me hyungie.”

Taehyung cups the younger’s cheek with one hand and keeps the other rested on Jungkook’s lower back. He smoothes his thumb along the soft skin of the apple of Jungkook’s cheek.

“Don’t thank me for doing my job.” He says with a teasing smile – only half joking. Jungkook smiles in return and closes his eyes as he leans into the hand cradling his face. “That must’ve really hurt, angel.”

Jungkook nodded because he liked when Taehyung coddled and fussed over him a little bit. Besides, he wasn’t lying, it did hurt. Taehyung cooed and hugged Jungkook close, pressing his lips to the younger’s forehead.

“My brave boy.” He murmurs and Jungkook revels in his soft tone, almost shivering from the pure warmth and comfort that soaks into his skin. “I’m gonna start wrapping you up in bubble wrap whenever we leave the apartment. You’re too precious to be harmed.” Jungkook giggles softly and lays his head on Taehyung’s shoulder.

He just about starts purring when Taehyung rubs his hand up and down Jungkook’s back in heavy strokes. All the while, Taehyung is pressing little kisses to Jungkook’s forehead, temple and hair in equal measure. The maknae’s eyes close in content as he slips his hands under Taehyung’s shirt just to feel the warm skin of his lower back. Taehyung feels the younger’s body go completely lax when he starts running a hand through the younger’s hair.

“Take a nap, baby.” Taehyung croons, making himself more comfortable against the cushions.

Jungkook snuggles closer. “But what about my kisses?”

It takes a moment for Taehyung to figure out what the younger is talking about. He recalls promising kisses after he’d had the maknae all cleaned up. He chuckles at Jungkook’s concern.

“You can get your kisses whenever you want.” He presses a kiss to the younger’s hair to emphasise his point. “I’ll still be here when you wake up.”

Jungkook hums as if he’s pleased with Taehyung’s answer. Taehyung grabs the quilt thrown over the back of the couch and covers up the precious boy in his arms. He turns on the television and puts the volume on low so no to disturb the already passed out maknae. He leans his head against the younger’s as he settles down to watch the first episode of some historical drama. He feels the stress of seeing Jungkook get hurt finally leave his body, now that the younger is patched up and safe in his arms. A part of him feels that he may have been a bit overbearing, but he can’t help himself. Jungkook got hurt and that’s his baby. It was awful to see the way the reckless kid had collided into Jungkook and watch him slam onto the ground. He should’ve pulled Jungkook out the way, but it happened so quickly and Taehyung was too far away to reach him in time. He stewed in his thoughts before he felt the younger shuffle a bit, nuzzle closer into his neck and mumble something unintelligible. Taehyung’s immediately distracted by the angel in his arms. He runs doting fingers along the younger’s scalp until the younger settles back into a deep sleep.

“My baby.” He murmurs against the younger’s temple.


reminder that requests are open xx

Chapter 29: His (minor) accident


(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jungkook woke up to his pillow shaking at a low vibrato. Confused, he popped his head up and felt a hand stroke through his hair before he even managed to open his eyes. He hummed at the action, tilting his head into the feeling.

“I’m sorry, did I wake you baby?”

Jungkook opened his eyes to regard Taehyung sleepily. Their position had changed since he’s fallen asleep. Taehyung’s head was now rested on the cushiony arm rest, the length of his body spanning across the couch. Jungkook lay on top of him, legs entangled and still wrapped up in a blanket. When Jungkook felt another slow drag of Taehyung’s fingers against his scalp, his eyes closed again and his head flopped back down onto Taehyung’s chest. He felt that same vibrato against his cheek that he woke up to. Taehyung was laughing. Jungkook smiled subconsciously as he heard felt more than heard Taehyung’s deep chuckle.

“Whasso funny?” Jungkook mumbled, loving how Taehyung kept up his ministrations against his scalp.

“This drama,” Taehyung said, his laugh still embellishing his voice. Jungkook blinked at the television until his eyes focused. He saw some really beautiful men with long hair in traditional hanboks. “It’s called Hwarang. These guys are ridiculously funny.”

Jungkook shifted his body so that his back was against the back of the couch and his front pressed to Taehyung’s side so that he could watch better. They ended up watching a few more episodes before their tummies started rumbling. Jungkook dragged Taehyung to the kitchen where they spent 15 minutes debating what to eat until they settled on bibimbap. Jungkook was in charge of cooking the rice and Taehyung was gonna handle all the veg. Jungkook nodded determinedly and was about to grab the rice out of the cupboard when Taehyung caught him by the wrist and dragged him into a slow kiss. The younger sighed into it, body going soft as his toes curled. Taehyung pulled away from the kiss after one, two, then three final pecks to pouty lips. Jungkook’s eyes opened when Taehyung ran a thumb over his bottom lip.

“I couldn’t help myself.” Taehyung murmurs, hand moving to cup Jungkook’s cheek. “You’re just too adorable when you’re sated from a good nap.”

Jungkook leaned forward for another kiss but was interrupted by a loud rumble of his stomach. He groaned in embarrassment and buried his head in Taehyung’s neck while the older laughed.

“Let’s feed that demanding tummy of yours, hmm?” Taehyung teased, pressing a few kisses to Jungkook’s hair.

The younger turned his head to steal a kiss before stepping away to retrieve the rice. They set to work smoothly, the maknae watching over the rice as he texted some people from his art class about their upcoming assignment. Jungkook should have been paying more attention when he went to fetch a pan from their cupboard. He was reading a text on his phone as he reached for the pan with his free hand. Unsurprisingly, the pan slipped from his hand and clattered to the ground with a loud ringing sound. Both boys got a fright as the kitchen had been relatively silent while they were cooking.

“Ah, sh*t.” Taehyung hissed. Jungkook glanced over and felt his eyes just about bug out of his head.

“Hyungie!” He rushed over and was immediately in Taehyung’s space, hands hovering uselessly around Taehyung’s bleeding hand

“It’s okay, baby. Just a cut.” Taehyung’s voice came out strained as he held his hand under the open tap. Jungkook watched in horror as the blood just wouldn’t stop coming. In the brief seconds that water revealed the actual wound, Jungook could see gash the length and thickness of a toothpick along the outer side of Taehyung’s palm, just below his pinky.

“Hyung we gotta go to the hospital.” Jungkook said urgently, taking Taehyung’s hands out from under the streaming water and wrapping it in a dish towel. He pressed his hands around Taehyung’s to help alleviate the bleeding. He felt himself hyperventilate when the dish towel turned red rapidly.

“It looks worse than it is.” Taehyung sounded much calmer than the younger. “Look it’s just the fleshy part of my hand, no tendons were hit and no bones are showing. I’m gonna be fine, baby.”

Jungkook shook his head frantically, eyes welling up with tears the more red seeped into the cloth. “Hyungie, you’re bleeding so much! We gotta - You need - i”

“Breathe, little one.” Taehyung requested, using his free hand to guide Jungkook’s chin up to look at him properly. “I’m fi-”

The door opened and Jimin stepped in, followed closely by Yoongi.

“What happened here?” Jimin asked, quickly making his way over to the pair.

‘Mi-Minnie he - T-Tae’s bleeding.” Jungkook said through gasps, chest heaving. “He’s gonna bleed out!”

Yoongi was there instantly, hands gently taking hold of Taehyung’s injured one and unwrapping it to assess the damage.

Taehyung didn’t even register, eyes focused on Jungkook.

“I’m fine, I promise. It’s not that deep.” He barely spared the others a glance. “Baby, calm down for me, yeah? Can you try and take deep breaths? Look at hyung, he’s still talking to you and standing upright. I wouldn’t be able to do that if I was dying, hmm?”

That proved to be the wrong choice of words because at the mention of the word “dying”, Jungkook started sobbing almost inconsolably.

Taehyung groaned at his mistake and tried to reach for the younger but Yoongi pulled him back. “We gotta clean this up quickly, kid. He’s not wrong about the amount of blood.”

Taehyung looked down at his still bleeding hand and nodded reluctantly. Jimin was in front of Jungkook, cupping his cheeks and assuring him that Taehyung was fine. Taehyung could pick up the dialect in Jimin’s voice being used to comfort the maknae. Taehyung begrudgingly let Yoongi drag him to the bathroom where he tended to Taehyung’s hand with the first aid kit that was still left on the counter.

“Not the first accident of the day?” Yoongi asked with a raised brow, cleaning up Taehyung’s hand with the antiseptic.

“Some little punk on his skateboard knocked Jungkook over. I had to clean up a few scrapes on his elbow and knee.” Taehyung said.

Yoongi chuckled, shaking his head. “I swear, you two are disasters waiting to happen.”

“Hush, hyung.” Taehyung said. “I can’t handle when that boy gets hurt.”

“Seems like it works both ways. Kid really worked himself up into a state, huh?”

Taehyung sighed and nodded, heart clenching at Jungkook’s panic.

“Honey, Taehyungie is fine, I promise.” Jimin said with a smile, hands wiping away Jungkook’s panicked tears. “I wouldn’t lie about Taehyungie, would I?”

Jungkook’s erratic breathing slowed down the more Jimin talked him down. Jimin led him to sit down at the kitchen table, figuring that the sight of Taehyung would probably start him panicking again. He sat across the maknae and held his hands across the small table.

“Wanna tell me how it happened?” He knew from experience that getting Jungkook to talk through things got him over the shock much quicker.

“We were cooking bi-bibimbap and th-then I dropped a pan.” Jungkook’s pout was steadily growing. “And then we g-got a scare an’ an’ hyungie cut himself.”

Jimin hummed in sympathy, rubbing him thumbs over Jungkook’s hands. “It wasn’t your fault, honey. It was an accident.”

Jungkook looked down at the table, seeming to struggle with not blaming himself.

“Minnie’s right.” Taehyung said as he walked over to the table. Jungkook’s pout deepened even further as he released Jimin’s hands and made grabby hands towards his boyfriend.

Taehyung didn’t hesitate to guide Jungkook up so that he could take his spot in his chair, the maknae then situated sideways in his lap. Jungkook rested his head on Taehyung’s shoulder, bringing the bandaged hand into his lap. Taehyung rested his lips against Jungkook’s forehead as the younger curled his fingers around the other’s, using his other hand to carefully wrap around Taehyung’s wrist. He calmed down significantly when he saw that the older’s hand was bandaged up so well that the blood wasn’t seeping through. The bleeding must have finally slowed then.

Jungkook’s eyes lifted when Yoongi came to crouch down next to Taehyung.

“Did I do a good enough job?” Yoongi nodded his head towards Taehyung’s hand.

Jungkook nodded. “Thanks for looking after him hyung.”

Yoongi chuckled. “Don’t look so down Kookie, your Taehyungie’s fine now.”

Jungkook’s lips quirked up at the nickname before he nodded and turned into Taehyung’s chest so that he could hug him. Taehyung brought his good hand up to weave through Jungkook’s hair.

“Yoongi and I are gonna take over dinner. You two are useless cooks anyway.” Jimin teased, trying to cheer up the maknae.

Taehyung scoffed in offence but Jungkook just nuzzled closer into his neck. Jimin smiled softly when Taehyung looked to him. He jerked his head towards Jungkook’s bedroom. Taehyung nodded and coaxed Jungkook up.

“Let’s have another lay down, yeah?” Taehyung said softly, hand cupping Jungkook’s nape. Jungkook nodded, feeling strangely exhausted despite having slept so much.

They made their way to Jungkook’s bedroom, leaving Yoongi and Jimin to continue their interrupted dinner. Jungkook laid down flat on his back, gently guiding Taehyung with him. He kept Taehyung's injured hand cradled between both of his own, rested on his chest. Taehyung was on his side, head propped up on his free hand, his elbow digging into the mattress.

“Does it hurt?” Jungkook asked, blinking sad eyes up at his hyung.

“Only a little bit.” Taehyung said honestly.

Jungkook’s brow furrowed in displeasure. Taehyung smiled at the boy’s concern, hopelessly endeared. He leaned down and planted a chaste kiss to the younger’s pout.

“For the last time, I’m fine angel.” Another kiss. “Promise.”

Jungkook inhaled deeply and brought up a hand to thread in Taehyung’s hair.“Can I get my kisses now?”

Taehyung smiled again, happy to see Jungkook coming back to his normal self.

“With pleasure.” Taehyung replied, following easily when Jungkook tugged him down for a kiss. They kissed for a good while, eventually turning over so that Taehyung was on his back when his arm got tired. Jungkook was straddled across Taehyung’s torso, his forearms bracketing Taehyung’s head. He felt Taehyung smirk against his lips when he felt the shiver wrack through Jungkook’s frame. He couldn’t help it, Taehyung just kissed so well. He couldn’t help the little sounds that escaped him whenever Taehyung licked into his mouth. Neither the way his body tensed deliciously when Taehyung nipped his bottom lip. They finally broke away when their lips felt too chapped and sensitive to kiss for much longer. They settled on their sides again, facing one another. Jungkook played idly with the strings of Taehyung’s hoodie while the older slipped his hand beneath Jungkook’s top to stroke along the bare skin of his hip.

“You got really scared earlier.” Taehyung stated gently, hand warm and grounding on Jungkook’s skin.

Jungkook nodded, looking up at Taehyung from under thick lashes. “M’sorry.”

Taehyung frowned in confusion. “What are you sorry for, baby?”

Jungkook dropped his eyes to Taehyung’s chest. “I should’ve been more careful and paid attention when I was getting the pan.”

“Hey, look at me.” Taehyung demanded softly. He smiled gently but remained serious when Jungkook looked up. “It was an accident, okay? Accidents happen. It’s not your fault, little one. I should have been more careful with the knife.”

Jungkook shook his head and looked like he was about to argue before Taehyung raised his brow.

“I’m serious about this, Jungkookie.” Jungkook frowned at the use of his name. “It’s not your fault, okay?”

Jungkook searched Taehyung’s face for a moment before releasing a sigh of relief, feeling the burden lift off his shoulders.

“Okay, hyungie.” Jungkook whispered, the sparkle returning back to his eyes.

“Atta boy.” Taehyung said teasingly.

Jungkook’s giggle rang out like his favourite song. He leaned forward to taste the sound on his lips. Jungkook spoke just as their lips brushed.

“I’m hyungie’s boy.”

Taehyung felt that. He closed the minuscule distance to press their hyper-sensitised lips together firmly, pressing as close as possible.

‘My boy.” He agreed, rolling onto his back when the younger burrowed into him.

Later that evening, Jungkook refused to let Taehyung feed himself and took his rightful place on the older’s lap, alternating between feeding himself and the older.

Taehyung had a love-struck smile on his face the entire time.


Next chapter will be Koo looking after his hyungie and making sure his hand heals properly

Chapter 30: His hurt


a lil bit of angst BUT lots of cuddles!!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

They’re in the bathroom, both clad in soft t-shirts and comfy boxers. Jungkook’s head is bowed down to inspect Taehyung’s hand. He unwraps the bandage in a manner more gentle than he thought himself capable. He is surprised to see that it wasn’t deep at all and even doubts it will scar.

“Told ya.” Taehyung says, eyes on Jungkook. “It wasn’t nearly as bad as it looked with all the blood.”

Jungkook frowns at the memory and Taehyung leans forward to drop a kiss onto the younger’s hair. Jungkook carefully wipes down the cut with an antiseptic, dabbing across the wound so lightly that Taehyung says he can barely feel it. He then puts on some ointment and puts on a medium sized plaster instead of a bandage, at Taehyung’s request. The rectangular plaster runs along the side of Taehyung’s hand and Jungkook’s heart eases at the sight because it looks much less worrying than the bandage. Taehyung slips his hand under Jungkook’s chin to tilt his head up.

“Better?” He asks, gaze soft. Jungkook’s lips pull up into a little smile and he nods, leaning closer for a kiss. Taehyung’s answering smile is just as small, showing more in his eyes than on his lips. Their lips press together and Jungkook feels all giddy and mushy when Taehyung pulls away. He chases after Taehyung’s lips but the older only smiles and grants him a quick peck.

“Your turn.” He explains, taking hold of Jungkook’s scraped up elbow. He unwraps the bandage and goes about the same process that Jungkook did to him. No matter how gentle Taehyung is, Jungkook still winces at the sting the antiseptic causes. The older murmurs a “sorry baby” whenever Jungkook’s breath so much as hitches. Taehyung decides he should keep the bandage on for another day or two so he wraps him up in a fresh one.

“How’s your hip feeling, baby?” Taehyung asks, leaning back to get a good look at the bruise when Jungkook lifts up his shirt.

“The ache is gone.” Jungkook says, frowning at the deep purple decorating the jut of his hip bone.

Taehyung winces at the sight, kneeling down to gently apply a cream for bruises.

“Should we have a look at your knee?” Taehyung asks as he rubs in the last of the cream.

“No.” Jungkook says, watching Taehyung as he stands up. “I think I should leave the plaster on for today.”

Taehyung nods, kissing Jungkook’s forehead before he clears up the countertop. Jungkook latches onto him, arms going around the older’s middle as he moulds himself to the broad back. Taehyung intertwines his fingers with Jungkook’s where they rest on his abdomen. They waddle to the kitchen, Jungkook giggling softly at their slow, swaying gait. They stop in the middle of the kitchen and Taehyung unlatches Jungkook’s arms just enough so he that can turn around and face him.

“What am I making?” Taehyung asks, referring to dinner. Jungkook shakes his head, smiling as he herds Taehyung backwards until he plops down in a chair by the table. Jungkook is immediately pulled to stand between his legs, forearms resting on the older’s shoulders.

I’m gonna make us dinner. You’re off duty.” Jungkook says, pushing a hand through Taehyung’s hair to expose his forehead.

Taehyung smiles up at him, hands lightly trailing up the sides of Jungkook’s legs. “Baby, I’m perfectly capable-”

“Nope.” Jungkook shushes him with a kiss. “This is my kitchen and I’m banning you from using it.”

Taehyung laughs against Jungkook’s lips, pulling back to look up at him with twinkling eyes. “Hmm, we’ll see how you long you last.”

It’s a well known fact that Jungkook was a lazy eater. He loved food more than the other three combined but he would easily survive on toast and ramen if he lived alone. Jungkook pinches Taehyung’s cheek in response to his comment and strides over to the fridge to see what he can whip up. He settles on toasted cheese sandwiches. In the background, Taehyung links his phone to the speaker and smooth jazz starts playing. Jungkook slices the cheese carefully and neatly places it on the bread, closing the sandwich before placing it on the heated pan. He’s watching the bread sizzle in the pan, lightly swaying from side to side as the soulful music croons around the room. He hears Jimin’s babbling echo down the hall before him and Yoongi enter the kitchen.

“All I’m saying is, Fanta Grape is the superior flavor.” Jimin announces, hopping up to sit on the counter close to where Jungkook stands over the stove.

“Kook-ah please tell your friend he’s deeply mistaken.” Yoongi says as he takes the seat opposite Taehyung. “It’s clearly Orange.”

“Ew hyung, no.” Jungkook says, turning around with the spatula in his hand, looking like the cutest chef alive with his messy hair and oversized shirt. “I gotta side with Minnie on this one.”

Jimin sticks his tongue out at Yoongi and high fives the maknae. Yoongi turns to Taehyung expectantly.

Taehyung looks up, unbothered. “You’re all wrong. It’s obviously Pineapple.”

Yoongi throws his hands up in exasperation and Jimin scoffs. Jungkook purses his lips and thinks it over before catching Taehyung’s gaze.

“Hmm, I get where you’re coming from but Grape is still superior.” Jungkook says, raising a smug eyebrow. Taehyung looks amused as Jimin throws his arms up in victory.

“This apartment is a democracy and since Fanta Grape has the most votes its the only Fanta flavour allowed within these walls.” Jimin proclaims with his chest puffed out.

Yoongi sighs long-sufferingly. “That’s a shame. Guess I won’t get to come over anymore.”

Taehyung quickly plays along. “Me too, sorry baby.” He says with fake disappointment, eyes glinting when they connect with Jungkook’s.

Jungkook pouts at him and almost smirks at how quickly Taehyung makes his way over.

Jimin pops off the counter and goes straight to Yoongi’s lap. “Fine, you can have you dumb Fanta Orange here.”

“You’re a dumb Fanta Orange.” Yoongi says, arms circling around the blonde boy in his lap.

“Yoonie, take that back!”

Jungkook drowns out their bickering and he relaxes into the arms that encircle him from behind. Taehyung tucks his chin over Jungkook’s shoulder and squeezes him close before relaxing his grip. Jungkook’s heart thrums giddily in his chest, his body warming all over. He places one hand over Taehyung’s linked ones while his free hand wields the spatula. He’s onto the fourth sandwich, depositing it into the plate on the counter, when he tells Taehyung to take the plate to the table so that they can eat so long. Taehyung does and Jimin and Yoongi tuck in after thanking the maknae. Jungkook hums happily when Taehyung is back on him, warm lips pressing to the younger’s temple. Jungkook makes three more toasties before making his way to the table and sitting next to Taehyung. He almost rolls his eyes at the couple sitting opposite them. For all their playful bickering, they were now being so gentle with one another. Jimin had slid onto his own seat but still had his long legs draped over Yoongi’s thighs. They were speaking softly, Jimin giggling whenever Yoongi ran his fingers along the back of his knee.

Jungkook slices Taehyung’s sandwich in half and to his pleasure, the older smiles brightly at Jungkook's fussing. He kisses Jungkook’s cheek as his plate is slid over, murmuring a tender “thanks baby.” Jungkook pretends he isn’t blushing and turns to his own food. Taehyung settles his hand onto Jungkook knee, his wide palm warming the exposed skin instantly. The younger lays his head on Taehyung’s bicep, holding his side plate close so that he doesn’t get crumbs all over Taehyung. They finish their meal and share the last of the apple juice in the fridge.

“Yoongi-hyung and I are gonna pop back home for a change of clothes and our toothbrushes.” Taehyung says, hand carding through Jungkook’s hair.

Jungkook’s face lights up. “You’re staying tonight?”

Taehyung chuckles. “Is that a problem?”

Jungkook shakes his head before nuzzling into Taehyung’s shoulder.

“Can you bring your laptop please? I wanna watch a movie in bed and the connection on your laptop is faster.” Jimin asks Yoongi, dropping his legs to the floor so that Yoongi can stand.

“Sure, sweetheart.” Yoongi says, kissing Jimin chastely before carrying their dishes to the sink.

Taehyung excuses himself to put on actual clothes and he’s back in less than a minute. He swoops down to kiss Jungkook’s lips before pecking his nose and his forehead. Jungkook grabs onto his shirt and pulls him down for another kiss, smiling when Taehyung calls him greedy. The Daegu boys are up and out the door, leaving Jungkook and Jimin to spend some Bestie Time together.

Jimin makes his way over to the sink and starts running the tap to get the water warm. There’s a good few unwashed dishes from the past couple of days, which sometimes happens when they get too busy or just lazy. Jungkook connects his phone to the speaker and blasts Twice’s new album without hesitation. Jimin grins at him and then they’re both bopping by the sink, Jimin on washing duty and Jungkook on drying. The dishes are sparkling and safely packed away by the time the album finished. Feeling motivated, Jungkook starts the album again and the two boys clean up the rest of the kitchen. Jungkook sweeps the floor, probably dancing more than he is actually cleaning, and Jimin wipes down the countertops and table as he sways his hips from side to side. They’re quickly exhausted after their spike of energy and settle back down at the table with some banana milk. Jungkook decides a shower is in order and leaves Jimin to lounge on the couch. He’s quick, trying not to wet his bandage but it happens anyway. He dries himself as best he can before slipping on underwear and sweatpants.

“MINNIE?” He calls, popping his head out from the bathroom.

‘YES?’ He hears the older’s voice booming from the living room. For such a small body, the boy was really loud.


Jimin doesn’t answer but Jungkook can hear his footsteps crossing their wooden floor. He somehow manages to dry his hair with a hairdryer with his good arm as Jimin makes quick work of changing his bandage. Both activities are done in five minutes.

“How’s Tae’s hand looking? I completely forgot to ask him earlier.” Jimin asks once Jungkook sets off the hairdryer.

“It’s actually much better than it looked yesterday.” Jungkook says as he slips on a long-sleeved shirt. He wiggles into Taehyung’s maroon hoodie that he’d claimed his own. Jungkook knows the older doesn’t mind, he actually thinks Taehyung has a thing for the maknae wearing his clothes. Jungkook maybe has a thing for it too.

“That’s good.” Jimin’s soft voice pulls Jungkook out of his daydreaming. Jungkook nods and slips on some socks while Jimin packs away the first aid kit.

They end up on the couch, a quilt thrown over their legs and Jimin sinks into Jungkook’s side. They’ve decided to watch Yuri On Ice, for old times sake. Jungkook remembers how they spent a whole weekend in bed back in Busan and binge-watched all 12 episodes.

Jungkook lays his head on Jimin’s where it’s perched on his shoulder.

‘I wanted to say thank you, Jiminie hyung.’ Jungkook says quietly.

“For?” Jimin inquires, lifting his head so that he can look at the younger.

“For calming me down yesterday. And for always looking after me.”

Jimin’s eyes soften and he smiles. “I’m just doing my job.” he says, pinching his cheek.

Jungkook whines and pushes Jimin’s hand away. “Minnie, I’m serious. Just - thanks. For being there for me.”

Jimin’s face breaks out into a pretty eye smile. “Jungkookie, you’re my best friend. I’ll always be there for you.”

Jungkook smiles and drops his gaze slightly. “Love you Jiminie.”

“I’m sorry, what was that?” Jimin asks, hand clutching his chest dramatically.

“I’m not saying it again.”

“What, that you love me?”

“Hyung shushhhh.” Jungkook complains, burying his face in his hands in embarrassment. He gasps when he feels Jimin tackle him into the couch, his small fingers digging mercilessly into Jungkook’s ribcage.

“Say it!” Jimin demands, laughing as Jungkook giggles below him.

“Fine! I love you!” Jungkook shouts out, heaving a deep breath when Jimin stops his harsh attack.

“Aigoo, I love you too Kookie.” Jimin says, flopping down to lay next to the younger. Jungkook grumbles at the older’s tickle attack but easily accommodates his hyung when Jimin cuddles close.

“Hey, don’t you think they’re taking kinda long?” Jungkook says when his eyes start to droop with sleepiness.

“Yeah, actually. They don’t live that far.” Jimin sits up to grab his phone off the coffee table before shooting a text to Yoongi. He doesn’t respond until at least 10 minutes later, saying they’re on their way.

Jungkook must have dozed off because he’s roused awake by the front door closing. Jimin is already stumbling off the sofa and latching onto Yoongi. The older kisses him softly before shuffling them down the hall. Jungkook sees Yoongi shoot a meaningful look to Taehyung, only turning around with a small “goodnight” after Taehyung gave him a small smile of reassurance. Jungkook is immediately on edge, hoping that nothing horrible happened. Taehyung makes his way over to the maknae before Jungkook even stretches his arms out for him. Taehyung is eerily quiet as he deposits Jungkook in his lap, burying his face in Jungkook’s neck while the maknae straddles him.

“Hyungie?” Jungkook asks softly, hand coming up to card through the older’s soft hair. Taehyung doesn’t respond, only tightens his arms around Jungkook’s waist. Jungkook gives him a moment until he feels like he’s going to drown in his worry.

“Tae.” He tries again, hand cupping Taehyung’s nape. “Taehyungie, please look at me.”

He feels Taehyung freeze below him before he slowly leans back from his tight embrace. Taehyung is looking down, hands curling around Jungkook’s waist. The younger guides the brunette’s head up and feels his heart break when he sees teary eyes and damp cheeks.

Hyungie.” Jungkook whispers in anguish, soft hands coming up to wipe away the older’s tears. He starts pressing soft kisses all over Taehyung’s face, desperate to take the sadness out of his eyes. Jungkook feels his panic ease when Taehyung catches his lips and kisses him carefully. Jungkook pulls back enough so that he can see Taehyung’s face clearly.

“What’s wrong?” Jungkook whispers, thumbs stroking along Taehyung’s cheeks.

Taehyung takes a deep breath and closes his eyes. “My dad called.”

Jungkook stills at the statement, eyes widening as Taehyung’s head tips back to rest on the cushion behind him. Taehyung hasn’t been in contact with his parents for at least 3 years.

‘I didn’t answer. I couldn’t. It just brought back everything you know?” he lifts his head off the back of the couch and looks at Jungkook with sorrow and frustration in his eyes. “I thought I was over it. I thought I was fine.” Taehyung shakes his head. “I can’t even handle seeing his name pop up on my phone.”

“It’s okay, hyungie.” Jungkook soothes, feeling a pain in his heart as he sees Taehyung in this state. “You don’t owe them anything. If you wanna pick up you can and if you don’t, you have every right to ignore them.”

Taehyung presses their foreheads together and closes his eyes. They sit quietly for a moment, Jungkook trailing light fingers all through the older’s hair and along his jaw.

“Let’s go to bed.” Taehyung murmurs, pressing his lips to Jungkook’s for a slow moment.

Jungkook yelps when Taehyung stands, not expecting the older to carry him in this state. Taehyung lets out a low chuckle and Jungkook is instantly proud of himself for getting his hyung to laugh. He wraps his limbs around the older tightly and rests his head in the crook of the older’s neck.

“You’re wearing my hoodie.” Taehyung points out and Jungkook feels the words rumble from where their chests are pressed together.

“I was cold.” Jungkook pouts, nose nudging against the warm skin of Taehyung’s neck. “You weren’t here.”

“I’m your personal heater, then?” Taehyung asks, endeared.

Jungkook nods and hums a cute “hm hmm.” Taehyung pats Jungkook’s thigh so he can slide down to the floor and then they’re slipping into the cool bed sheets.

“It’s one of your Boyfriend Duties.” Jungkook says as they shuffle about until they’re comfortable. They end up facing one another, Taehyung’s arms curled around the younger’s waist and Jungkook’s pressed against Taehyung’s chest. They’re so close that Taehyung’s minty breath tickles the younger’s nose.

“What’s that?” Taehyung asks, eyes still sad but regaining that warmth as he rubs his hand along the younger’s back.

“The duties you have to fulfill to be Jeon Jungkook’s boyfriend.” Jungkook says, very obviously making this up, if only to get Taehyung to smile again. “One is keeping me warm. You’re slacking a bit on this one.”

Taehyung’s eyes light up in amusem*nt as he co*cks an eyebrow to signal Jungkook to continue.

“Another is carrying me around. You’re fulfilling this one quite well.” Jungkook says, socked feet curling around Taehyung’s ankle. “Cuddling is a very important one. And holding hands.”

Taehyung’s lips finally curl up into a smile and his gaze is steadily softening.

“And kissing.” Jungkook whispers, hands curling into soft fists of Taehyung’s sleep-shirt. “Lots of kissing.”

Taehyung leans down to press the lightest of kisses to the younger’s lips.

“And you have to like Twice.” Jungkook whispers against his lips. “And let me win Overwatch.”

Taehyung laughs at that, head flopping back down onto the pillow. “You’re real high maintenance, little one.”

Jungkook’s toes wiggle delightedly at the nickname. “Too bad for you.” Jungkook says, pressing impossibly close to the older, nudging their noses together. “You’re stuck with me.”

Taehyung’s smile is small but so bright that Jungkook pulls away a bit just to see it better. The older brings up a hand to run through Jungkook’s hair, hand stopping once the younger’s head is cradled in his palm.

“You ease my soul.” Taehyung says, eyes looking at Jungkook so earnestly that he’s sure their souls are communicating.

Taehyung slides his hand down to curve along Jungkook’s cheek and the younger turns his head to press soft lips to a soft palm. He closes his eyes and just breathes in this moment with his hyung. He thinks of how helpless he felt in the face of Taehyung’s tears and his breath shudders. He takes in Taehyung’s warmth and the image of his smile and the sound of his little laugh to lessen the tightness in his chest.

“I’m okay, baby.” Taehyung says, turning Jungkook’s head so that they’re looking at one another. His eyes look regretful as he no doubt knows what’s running through the younger’s head. The worry.

“It’s okay if you’re not.” Jungkook says, painfully honest, curling a hand around Taehyung’s wrist to keep his hand pressed to the younger’s face. “You don’t have to be anything.”

Taehyung let’s out a long exhale and regards Jungkook with a fond look. “Since when are you the hyung, huh?”

Jungkook’s lips curl up at that. “Since always, didn’t you know?” He retorts playfully.

“Even if you were the hyung,” Taehyung says, pulling Jungkook close until his head is tucked under the older’s chin, “you’d still be my baby.”

Jungkook’s cheeks heat up as he hides his smile in Taehyung’s neck. “Always.” He whispers, a little shy and a lot sweet. He curls his arm around Taehyung’s waist and presses as close as his body allows.


love and light to you all <333

Chapter 31: His healing (1/3)


sorry for the long wait! I've been writing exams but I'm basically done now whoooop

Beta'd by @animelvr23 - thank you!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Taehyung barely slept through the night, opting to focus on the warmth of Jungkook in his arms and the feel of the younger’s breath tickling his neck. His mind wouldn’t calm down enough to allow him to sleep for more than an hour at a time, so he eventually gave up and thought about the things he was desperately trying to avoid.

He won’t lie and say his parents hadn’t popped into his head at all over the past five years - because they had. Only, he never really felt the fear he had experienced the evening before. He’s not entirely sure why he’s so freaked out; he feels like his world had been knocked off its kilter. Maybe it’s because he’s been so genuinely happy lately.

Finding love in Jungkook and another best friend in Jimin, his mind was finally starting to feel at peace. The sudden reminder of the realness of his parents' existence - that they do indeed exist outside his memories - shocked him for some reason. What Taehyung hates the most is that for a split second, he felt a sense of pleasant surprise, even happiness, at seeing his father’s name on his phone. That lasted about .2 seconds before all the bad memories came rushing back, wrapping around his heart, and squeezing painfully.

Taehyung sighs heavily at the same constricting sensation he feels in his chest now. He carefully unwraps himself from around Jungkook and makes his way to the kitchen.

The digital numbers on the microwave reveal it's 4:27am and Taehyung sighs. He pours himself a glass of water and makes his way to the living room, switching on the light as he enters. He settles on the couch and turns the tv on, volume on mute. He watches mindlessly as his thoughts centre around Daegu.

He’s startled out of his deep thoughts when a pale hand waves in front of his face. He looks up and Yoongi is looking at him with a frown.

“Tae, what the hell?”

Taehyung shrugs, chugging down some water from his still full glass. “Couldn’t sleep.”

Yoongi sits down on the coffee table so they’re face-to-face. Taehyung takes in Yoongi attire - a hoodie and jeans with a yellow beanie thrown over his head. Taehyung knows for a fact that Jimin got it for him because Yoongi never buys any clothing items that are brightly coloured - let alone wears them - but he’s been doing so as of late. Jimin’s influence, no doubt.

“Early morning studio session?” Taehyung asks, used to Yoongi disappearing at odd hours of the day.

Yoongi nods.

“Talk to me.” Yoongi says, blunt and straight-forward. Taehyung looks down at the glass cradled in his hand. Yoongi places his hand on Taehyung’s knee and the younger of the two looks back up. Yoongi’s eyes are dark but kind, a little unnerving in their sincerity but comforting nonetheless.

“It’s going to drive me crazy.” Taehyung mumbles. “It’s already driving me crazy.”

Yoongi hums to let Taehyung know he’s listening. Yoongi’s like that; he prefers to listen before he comments, even before he questions. He’ll let you get everything off your chest before he contributes.

“Why would he call? I can’t think of any other reason than that maybe one of them are really sick or they’re in financial trouble or maybe...” Taehyung knows he’s being too ambitious, so he doesn’t bother finishing his sentence out loud.

“I don’t know, hyung." Taehyung continues, "Jungkookie said I don’t have to respond to them but I think I’ll obsess over this for eternity if I don’t."

Taehyung gulps down the remaining water in his glass. “I’ve actually been thinking about Daegu for a while. I haven’t been back since I started uni and that was two years ago. And I know I’ve seen your Eomma and Appa a few times a year when they come up to Seoul but it’s not the same. I miss Tannie and Holly and even Ms Choi’s chubby cat.” Yoongi smiles at that. “I miss my old friends and my room at yours and that dodgy diner a few roads down. I literally left my whole life behind besides you and your parents. I don’t think it’s fair that I let my parents’ rejection have that much power over me.” Taehyung lets out a long breath, the tension in his muscles holding strong.

Yoongi is silent for a moment before he speaks up. “I think you’ve already decided what you need to do Tae. Eomma was actually trying to get me to persuade you to go down for a visit but I told her you weren’t ready.” Taehyung smiles fondly at the thought of Yoongi’s mother, who Taehyung regarded as his own.

“I’m terrified.” Taehyung whispers, hanging his head in shame. Yoongi lifts his chin back up.

“That’s okay. Life is scary as f*ck sometimes. But you’ve got me, Eomma, Appa, Kookie, and even Jimin-ah. We’re all here Tae, and I know that everyone in this apartment would go with you if you asked.”

Taehyung considers this for a moment. “I don’t want them near Jungkook. If they say something to hurt him, I won’t be able to handle it. They can’t taint him hyung. They can’t.”

Yoongi purses his lips. “The boy’s tougher than you think.”

“I know, but he shouldn’t have to be, not for them.”

“Talk to him, yeah? Only he can decide that.”

Taehyung nods in defeat at Yoongi’s words. As always, the older is right.

“You know what really messed me up about the call?” Taehyung asks, looking straight at his hyung. “The very moment I saw his name, I wasn’t annoyed or mad or upset or anything I should have been. For a split second, I was elated. Something in me said, 'maybe they want me back.' And I think that’s so sh*tty. It’s so sh*tty because I hate them but I still love them and want them to love me.”

“I get it, Tae. I’d feel the exact same if it were my parents, no matter how much I pretended not to give a f*ck.” Yoongi says, reaching out to squeeze Taehyung’s shoulder. “Personally, I think a trip back home would do you good. But only if you feel you’re ready, Tae. You don’t owe them anything.”

Taehyung’s lips quirk up. “That’s what Jungkookie said.”

Yoongi co*cks a playful eyebrow. “He’s a smart kid.”

Taehyung smiles at that and then Yoongi is on his way to the studio, ruffling Taehyung’s hair as he walks out and telling him to go back to bed.

Taehyung sits there for a moment, replaying his conversation with Yoongi. The more he thinks about it, the more going to Daegu sounds like something he needs to do. He sets his glass on the table and relaxes back against the cushions, debating whether he should call his mother in a few hours and get her perspective on his father’s possible motive.

He registers faint footsteps gradually getting louder and he turns his head to watch a pouty Jungkook trudge in with their duvet wrapped around him. The boy spots Taehyung and his pout turns even more petulant as he shuffles over to settle into his hyung’s lap. Taehyung welcomes him gladly, resting his hands on the younger’s narrow hips lightly, mindful of his bruise.

Jungkook looks like he’s going to scold Taehyung, which Taehyung actually wouldn’t mind at all because the younger looked especially adorable when he was trying to reprimand someone. Instead, Jungkook cups Taehyung’s face and traces the, no doubt darkening, circles under his eyes.

“Did you sleep at all?” Jungkook speaks softly, like he’s trying not to disturb the peace of the early hours of the morning.

“A bit, yeah.” Taehyung says, eyes closing as he turns his face to plant a kiss on Jungkook’s left palm. Jungkook frowns in concern.

“You should have woken me.” He says, dropping his hands to curl his arms around the older’s shoulders.

“No, I shouldn’t have.” Taehyung counters. “You have classes today, baby.”

“So do you.” Jungkook fires back, pout coming back full force and Taehyung is enamoured.

“Just because I couldn’t sleep doesn’t mean you should suffer too.” Taehyung says gently, sliding his hands up to the younger’s waist to tug him closer.

“Hyungie.” Jungkook sighs, exasperated. “You would have wanted me to have woken you up if something was bothering me this much, wouldn’t you?”

He’s got him there. “Okay, you win.” Taehyung relents. Jungkook doesn’t look smug, only more worried. He tilts his head forward, eliminating the few centimetres between them to brush their noses together.

“Hyungie, what is it?” He sounds so sad and worried and determined that Taehyung feels an overwhelming sense of affection and guilt wash over him. He looks into the younger’s eyes and sees just how intense Jungkook’s concern for him is. Even though the younger is speaking with a hushed voice and is touching Taehyung with careful hands, the worry in Jungkook’s eyes is fierce, as if it’s his job to protect Taehyung from what’s ailing him. Taehyung really loves this boy with all he has.

“I couldn’t stop thinking about my parents. My brain wouldn’t shut up so I came out here and spoke to Yoongi for a bit. He was heading out to a studio recording session.” Taehyung explains, rubbing a soothing hand up and down Jungkook’s back. Jungkook sits up straight, pressing into the touch as he looks at Taehyung.

“Did it help? Talking to hyung?” Jungkook asks, eyes wide and earnest. He slips his hands under the neckline of Taehyung’s shirt to rest next to the base of the older’s neck. He squeezes lightly and Taehyung feels some tension leak away from his distressed muscles. He nods and his eyes slip shut as Jungkook starts to knead the tense muscles as gently as he can.

“Yeah, he helped clear my head a bit.” Taehyung says, grasping one of Jungkook’s hands and pressing a kiss to it as thanks for the little massage. “Hey, baby?”

“Yeah?” Jungkook inquires, stretching his fingers to cup Taehyung’s cheek.

“If I...if I wanted to go see my parents, would you maybe come with?” Taehyung leans into the younger’s hand, focusing on the comfort of his touch and the weight of him on his lap.

“Hyungie, of course.” Jungkook murmurs, bringing up his free hand to cup Taehyung’s other cheek. “Thank you for asking me.”

Taehyung smiles at that. “Why are you thanking me?”

“I know how important and difficult this is for you, so thank you for trusting me with this.”

Taehyung tilts his head to press their lips together, feeling Jungkook sigh into the soft kiss.

“Stay at home with me.” Jungkook whispers, pressing their lips back together.

“Baby- ” Taehyung interjects, not wanting the younger to miss his classes because Taehyung can’t keep his sh*t together.

“Please.” Jungkook says, breath ghosting over Taehyung’s lips. “You need the rest.”

Taehyung already feels his resolve crumbling as he moves back to regard Jungkook with a raised eyebrow. “You shouldn’t stay at home because of me.”

Jungkook shakes his head and twists his arms around the older’s neck. “Hyungie, please?”

He says it so sweetly, so hopeful in his request that Taehyung has no other choice than to agree. Jungkook’s eyes are already doing the puppy thing and Taehyung is weak.

“Fine.” Taehyung sighs dramatically, but his smile gives away his relief at Jungkook’s request.

Jungkook’s answering smile is huge before it's interrupted by a yawn. Taehyung chuckles, endeared, sticking his finger in the younger’s mouth to tap the roof of his mouth. Jungkook yelps, startled out of his yawn and he pouts at Taehyung’s teasing.

“Let’s go back to sleep before you get grumpy.” Taehyung teases, getting up once Jungkook stands.

“You get way more grumpy than I do when you’re tired.” Jungkook says matter-of-factly, linking his hand with Taehyung’s as they shuffle to the bedroom. Taehyung kisses the younger’s pout away.

Jungkook crawls into bed first and holds his arms open for the older. “I wanna hold you.”

Taehyung is hopelessly in love when he lays down in Jungkook’s arms and rests his head right over the younger’s heartbeat. Jungkook’s arms encircle him, one hand lightly kneading Taehyung’s nape and the other pressed firmly to his back. Taehyung feels the last of the tension leak away from his body as he closes his eyes and focuses on the boy surrounding him.

Taehyung wakes up to his phone vibrating noisily on the bedside table. He carefully extracts himself of the tangle of limbs he’s ended up in with Jungkook and reaches for his phone. A quick glance shows him it’s his brother.

“Hi Jin-hyung.” Taehyung mumbles, settling back into the pillows as Jungkook unconsciously shifts around until he’s pillowed on the older’s chest. Taehyung uses his free hand to run through the younger’s hair.

“Tae-ah.” Jin’s voice is an immediate comfort for his younger brother. “Yoongi told me.”

Taehyung hums in acknowledgement, not at all bothered because he was planning to speak to Jin about it anyway.

“How’re you holding up?” Jin asks, and Taehyung can hear the soft chatter of the cafe in the background.

“I’m okay, if not a bit rough around the edges.” Taehyung says honestly. “I think I wanna make a trip back home soon.”

“Are you sure?” Jin asks and Taehyung can visualise his frown.

“Not really, but pretty sure.” Taehyung says vaguely. Jin chuckles, knowing that Taehyung’s always been a bit indecisive.

“Hey, you wanna come over for dinner tonight? Irene will be there.”

Irene is Jin’s girlfriend of about a year, but she grew up with all the Daegu boys. She’s small and pretty and incredibly kind. She also genuinely laughs at Jin’s lame jokes so Taehyung counts her as a keeper.

“I texted Yoongs earlier and he said he’d check in with you first.” Jin continues.

“Yeah, I think we’ll come. Jungkookie is still sleeping but I’ll ask him soon.”

Jungkook must have been waking up because, at the sound of his name, he snuffles cutely into Taehyung’s chest.

“Hmm?” Jungkook asks sleepily, tilting his head up so he’s facing Taehyung, even though he’s eyes are still stubbornly closed.

“Jin-hyung’s on the phone.” Taehyung says, cupping Jungkook’s face as the younger manages to prop himself up on his elbows.

“Jinnie-hyung?” He blinks his eyes open and if death by cuteness was a thing, Taehyung would be long gone.

“Put him on right this moment.” Jin demands through the phone.

Taehyung snorts and presses the phone to Jungkook’s ear, the younger taking it from him. Jin must be doing a whole lot of cooing because Jungkook giggles and tries to hide away in Taehyung’s chest.

“Dinner?” He hears Jungkook ask. The younger lifts his head to look at Taehyung and seems to be studying his face when the older nods. After a moment, he must see that Taehyung really does want to go and isn’t just being polite.

“Yeah, we’ll be there. And Minnie.” Jungkook says, laying back down next to Taehyung and resting his head on his shoulder.

His eyes start closing again and Taehyung is amused by how weak Jungkook is when it comes to soft pillows and a blanket. The boy can fall asleep at any given time if he’s comfortable. Taehyung takes the phone out of Jungkook’s hand and smiles when Jungkook presses his face into the elder’s arm.

“Okay hyung, we’ll see you later. Jungkookie is falling back asleep.”

Jin fawns over Jungkook to Taehyung for a few minutes before he finally says goodbye. Taehyung places his phone on the bedside table. He thinks it's probably lunchtime so he starts to get up to go make food. He doesn’t make it very far before Jungkook is pulling him back until he’s flat on his back. Taehyung chuckles as Jungkook clambers onto him, burying his face in Taehyung’s neck and bracketing Taehyung’s hips with meaty thighs. Taehyung’s hands drift down to cup them. Yes, this is yet another part of Jungkook that Taehyung has a slight obsession with.

“Am I not allowed to get up?” He gives Jungkook’s thighs a generous squeeze.

“Nuh-uh.” Jungkook grumbles into his neck, arms squeezing tighter around Taehyung.

“It’s lunchtime baby.”

“Later.” Jungkook commands and Taehyung huffs at the younger’s laziness.

Jungkook lifts his head and shifts so he’s hovering slightly over the older.

“Spoiled little thing, aren’t you? Wanting to laze around in bed all day." Taehyung says, brushing his index finger over the tip of Jungkook’s nose. The maknae blushes and tries to suppress his cheeky smile. “You’re so cute you can get away with anything. You’ve even got Jin-hyung wrapped around your little finger. That hyung loves you too much.”

Jungkook giggles as he sits up, his weight resting on Taehyung’s lower abdomen. “Why too much?” He asks, linking his fingers with Taehyung’s and moving them so that arms are bent perpendicularly.

“Well for one,” Taehyung starts, admiring how pretty Jungkook looks with his hair framing his face, “he’s always gonna pick your side, no matter what. So I’ll always be at a disadvantage because you’re the favourite. I’m pretty sure if you told him to ban Pineapple Fanta from being served at the cafe, he would. My heart would break.”

Jungkook laugh is high pitched and lovely as he leans down to put some of his weight on Taehyung’s hands. “And?”

Taehyung spent the rest of the afternoon talking absolute nonsense with his most favourite person in the world. At one point Jungkook was laughing so hard he couldn’t breathe for a full minute and Taehyung was equal parts panicked and highly amused. When they eventually quieted down, Jungkook was all sparkly eyes and soft smiles as he played with their entwined fingers.

“Let’s have a snack and then we can start getting ready for Jin-hyung’s dinner, yeah?” Taehyung said as he sat up. Jungkook was on his back, his shirt rumpled and exposing the soft skin of his lower abdomen. Taehyung wanted to kiss it.

“Wish I could stay in bed with you forever.” Jungkook murmurs wistfully, tugging Taehyung’s hand in a weak attempt to get him to lay back down.

Taehyung smiles so very fondly at the younger as he crawls forward to hover above Jungkook. He nuzzles their noses together and Jungkook’s eyes close as he tilts his chin up. Taehyung’s smile grows before it disappears into the kiss he plants on Jungkook’s lips. Jungkook curls his fingers into Taehyung’s hair and the elder responds by running a large, warm palm along the exposed skin he’d been admiring just moments ago. The maknae sighs at the contact, granting Taehyung access to the wet heat of his mouth. Taehyung runs his tongue along the maknae’s plump bottom lip, earning a tiny whimper, before dipping into his inviting mouth.

Taehyung lets some more time slip away as he indulges in the lovely boy laying below him. Jungkook keeps pulling him back in every time he separates their lips and Taehyung obeys easily. He only breaks apart fully once he hears his phone’s incessant vibrating against the bedside table. He kisses Jungkook quickly before lifting off him and reaching his phone. He sees a series of texts from Jin essentially saying he’s starting dinner and that he’s expecting them in half an hour max, followed by a series of cooking gifs .

Taehyung takes one glance at Jungkook’s swollen lips and hooded eyes before he throws his head back and groans.

“Baby, we’re gonna get out of bed and shower and then head to Jin’s, okay? But you’re gonna have to help me out here because if you kiss me again, we’re not getting out of this bed.” Taehyung says seriously, dropping his head to look at the tempting angel who is openly giggling at his hyung’s suffering.

Jungkook looks torn between getting up and pulling Taehyung back down. “Can I kiss you in the shower?”

Taehyung smiles at Jungkook’s cute request. “Yes, you can kiss me in the shower. But only if you behave.” His voice comes out huskier than he intended and Taehyung sees how it affects the younger.

Jungkook’s eyes darken the slightest bit and his teeth snag onto his thoroughly kissed lower lip. And okay, maybe Taehyung shouldn’t be making the younger needier - but it was just so easy. He shakes his head to clear his less-than-decent thoughts and pulls a pliant Jungkook out of bed.

They pile into the shower after removing their bandages and band-aids. Their scrapes and cuts are already closed up and healing well. Taehyung runs a lilac loofah all along Jungkook’s milky skin. The suds on the younger’s body shouldn’t look so enticing, but they do because they’re on Jungkook’s skin. He ignores the way Jungkook’s breath hitches or hips twitch when the loofah passes over sensitive spots. Crouching lower, Taehyung presses a soft kiss to the steadily fading bruise before washing the rest of him.

He makes quick work of it, moving Jungkook to stand directly under the water to rinse off. Jungkook’s eyes are shut as he lets Taehyung take care of him, soaking in the flowery scent of his shower gel and the glide of Taehyung’s hands on him. He blinks his eyes open when he feels Taehyung press a light kiss to his lips.

“So pretty.” Taehyung murmurs, cupping the younger’s jaw in his hand. Jungkook shivers, despite the heat of the water gently pelting onto his skin, before moving forward for another kiss. Taehyung lets their lips press together for a beat longer before kissing his nose and then his forehead.

Jungkook pouts when Taehyung washes himself down quickly, wanting to help, but Taehyung had shushed him with a kiss and told him it was quicker this way. Taehyung was probably right because Jungkook had zero self-control when it came to touching Taehyung’s skin and the whole ordeal would probably land them back in bed. Which, in Jungkook’s opinion, is actually not a bad thing at all. Resigned, he slips out of the shower and dries himself down with a clean towel from the rack. Taehyung is sliding out the shower as well by the time Jungkook shimmies into some underwear. Jungkook lets his eyes linger on his very much naked and very much wet boyfriend, tongue peeking out to swipe along his lip. Taehyung raises an eyebrow in warning, but the playful twinkle in his eyes says otherwise.

They manage to get dressed with only a handful of lip-locking interruptions before they’re rushing out the door and hopping onto the 7pm bus. Jungkook is leaning as much weight into the older as possible - he’d be in his lap if there weren’t so many onlookers on the bus. Taehyung’s long arm is wrapped around him, reaching around to grasp onto Jungkook’s far hand. Jungkook watches his hyung’s fingers play with the silver ring wrapped around the maknae’s pinky.

“Jin-hyung’s girlfriend is going to be there.” Taehyung says, gaining his attention.

“Irene?” Jungkook knew about her from Taehyung and has seen a few pictures of her with Jin. She was strikingly beautiful, complimenting Jin perfectly.

Taehyung nods, lips twitching up fondly at the thought of Jungkook being integrated into another part of his life. “She’s going to adore you. She loves cute things.”

Jungkook can’t hide his glowing cheeks or his pleased smile so he just nuzzles into Taehyung’s cheek. Taehyung chuckles and presses a kiss to the younger’s temple as the bus comes to a stop. They walk the few minutes it takes to reach Jin’s house with their hands intertwined.

They walk up to a surprisingly large house. Taehyung explained that Jin had bought it just a few months ago with Irene - the cafe being very successful and Irene being a bigshot architect allowed them to afford such a beautiful home.

They come to a stop in front of the door and Taehyung’s knuckles hardly make contact with the mahogany door before it’s swung open.

“JK!” Jin exclaims before pulling the younger inside and into a hug. Jungkook is all too happy with the attention, pulling back to do some weird handshake with Jin that involved butt-kicking and neck-slapping.

Irene walks in with a confused frown on her face before it instantly morphs into delight at seeing Taehyung.

“Taehyung-ah where have you been?” She exclaims, wrapping her arms around the younger who towers over her. Taehyung chuckles and hugs her sincerely.

“Out and about. Keeping that one out of trouble.” Taehyung says, nodding his head in Jungkook’s direction as Irene steps back.

By this time, Jungkook is fixing his hair and straightening his clothes from Jin’s raucous greeting and Jin is striding forward to embrace his brother. Jungkook is tentative as he steps forward to greet Irene.

“It’s nice to meet you Irene-ssi. Thank you for inviting me into your home.” Jungkook says with a slight bow and Irene is won over before he even straightens up.

“Aigoo, it’s a pleasure. Call me noona, Jungkook-ah.” Irene says warmly, gesturing for the boys to enter the living room.

Jin slings an arm over Jungkook’s shoulders and leads the way. Irene looks over at Taehyung and smiles at him knowingly.

“You’re going to marry that boy, aren’t you.” It’s not a question.

And of course he is, because Jungkook is the love of his life. He must admit, it’s a bit jarring to know that others can see just how gone Taehyung is just by observing them for a few moments. Taehyung desperately tries to will away the heat in his cheeks but he can’t, too in love. He just nods, earning another smile from Irene before she links her arm in his and takes him to the others.

He walks into Jin exposing some of Taehyung and Yoongi’s baby pictures - how he got a hold of those, no one knows. Yoongi is weakly shoving Jimin’s hand away as they keep coming up to pinch his cheeks or tickle under his chin. Taehyung meets his eyes and laughs at the embarrassment he sees there. Yoongi glares but Taehyung can tell he likes Jimin’s fawning and cooing.

“Tae you were so cute! ” Jimin says loudly, showing a picture of a toddler-aged Taehyung in swim trunks and a Pingu swim ring wrapped around his hips with matching water wings. On his head, he sports a blue bucket hat decorated with penguins. He’s smiling so big his eyes have disappeared into little slits. He remembers this day - he’d been so happy about his outfit because he was obsessed with Pingu. He laughs at how ridiculous he looked.

“Hyungie, look at this one.” Jungkook coos, crowding into Taehyung’s space and showing him a picture of him, Yoongi, Irene and Jin on a porch. A kid Seokjin was sitting with an arm slung around a visibly smaller Yoongi. On the latter’s lap sat a laughing Taehyung, baby hands pressed together like he’d been clapping. Irene stands off to the side with four little girls clinging to her in some way. They look happy.

Irene walks over and smiles at the picture. “Those are my best friends, to this day. I’m actually seeing them in a couple of weeks - we’re going to Twicelights.”

Jungkook’s head whips up to face her at that. “You’re going too?”

“Of course.” Irene states. “Wait, you’re going?”

“With Jiminie.” Jungkook says, eyes wide as he regards Irene with newfound admiration.

“You should come with us!” Irene says, smile bright and pretty. “It’ll be so much fun, all my friends are lovely, so you don’t need to worry.”

Jungkook looks over to Jimin who’s looking at him. Jungkook shrugs at him and Jimin turns to Irene with a smile just as bright and just as pretty (prettier if you ask Yoongi).

“We’d love to, noona. Thanks for inviting us.” Irene claps her hands in her excitement and Jungkook giggles in his own.

The three engage in an intense fan conversation while Yoongi, Taehyung and Jin finish up the dinner prep in the kitchen. They joke around and catch up with one another and soon the table is set with the food laid out.

They settle down comfortably and Taehyung rests his hand just above Jungkook’s knee once they start eating. It’s more subconscious than anything, both boys preferring to be in contact in some way. The conversation flows easily and when their bellies are full, Seokjin brings out a light wine for them to sip on. When Irene gets up to clear away the dishes, Jin stands and pushes her towards the living room with a kiss on her forehead.

“What, you think I haven’t trained these two?” He gestures to Yoongi and Taehyung and Jungkook laughs when they start to complain.

“Let’s leave them to it, shall we?” Irene laughs, gesturing for Jimin and Jungkook to follow her back into the living room.

“Want any help?” Jungkook asks Taehyung quietly when everybody stands up from the table. Taehyung shakes his head with a fond smile.

“I’ll survive.” He quips, caressing Jungkook’s cheek before ushering him to the living room.

Jungkook settles on an obnoxiously large couch with plush cushions and two quilts thrown over the back. Irene is sitting in one corner of the couch, legs tucked under her and a half-full wine glass in her hand. Jimin is sitting on the opposite end, back against the arm rest and legs stretched out across the couch. At least two people could sit comfortably in the space between Jimin’s feet and Irene.

Jungkook taps Jimin’s knee and the older lifts his legs so that Jungkook can slip into the space. Jimin resettles his legs over Jungkook’s lap and gets more comfortable against the cushions. Jungkook learns a lot about how Irene met Seokjin and how they were always friends throughout high school - romance only blooming once they’d reconnected in Seoul.

They talk for so long that Jungkook is surprised to see Jimin dozing off against his shoulder. Irene informs him that’s it’s nearing midnight and Jungkook doesn’t feel the least bit tired because of all the sleeping he’d done today. He knows Jimin had an early morning dance practice and his usual classes until late afternoon.

Yoongi walks in right on time and Jungkook witnesses how the walls Yoongi naturally keeps up drop completely at the sight of a sleeping Jimin. He walks over and crouches down in front of Jimin, gently shaking his shoulder.

“Jimin-ah.” He croons. “Wake up sweetheart, we’re gonna head home.”

Jimin’s eyes blink open and it takes a moment for his head to clear before he’s apologising to Irene for falling asleep. Irene laughs good-naturedly and waves him off.

They all get up and Jimin and Yoongi thank Irene for inviting them into her home. Jin walks out and hugs the sleepy Jimin, apologising for keeping him so late.

Jimin smiles sleepily and Jungkook can clearly see how whipped Yoongi is by the way he wraps Jimin up in his coat and helps him put on his shoes. They leave with a final round of goodbye and then Jungkook is wandering off to the kitchen while Irene and Jin see the couple off.

Taehyung is seated at the kitchen island on a high stool. He’s staring at his phone, his eyebrows pinched together. He looks up when he hears Jungkook padding over, reaching out an arm to tug the younger closer to stand between his legs.

“I had no idea how long we were talking. Sorry, baby.” Taehyung says, linking his hands behind the younger’s back so that he’s encompassed by his hyung’s arms.

Jungkook presses his hands to Taehyung’s chest and tilts his chin up for a small kiss. “It’s okay. Irene-noona is really good company.”

Taehyung moves his head back to see the younger better and Jungkook sees how his lips have twitched up at the younger’s words.

“Has he called again?” Jungkook asks tentatively, hating to bring it up, but certain this is what Taehyung had been speaking to Jin and Yoongi about for so long.

Taehyung sighs heavily and Jungkook frowns at this burden weighing Taehyung down. “Yeah, but while we were eating so I only saw the missed call.”

“Texted me too.” Jungkook turns around in Taehyung’s embrace to face Jin, who’s settling down at the opposite side of the island, Irene perching on the stool next to him. “We’re rarely in contact, but he messages me every now and then if they need some help financially. He didn’t say why he was calling Taehyungie though, only that he wants to talk.”

Jungkook nods, leaning back against Taehyung’s chest as the older hooks his chin over the maknae’s shoulder.

“I was thinking we could make the trip the weekend after the concert? Then I could stay there for Christmas after you've gone to Busan.” Taehyung says, pressing his lips into Jungkook’s shoulder once the words are out.

“Sounds like a good plan.” Jungkook says, intertwining his fingers with Taehyung’s over his own belly. He ignores the way his heart clenches at the thought of the holidays with out his hyung. The most they'd gone without seeing each other is maybe 5 days. Three weeks was going to be tough.

“Oh yes, Jungkookie give me your number so we can plan for the concert.” Irene says softly, sliding her phone over the island for Jungkook to add his contact.

“Yah, why don’t I have your number, JK?” Jin accuses loudly. Jungkook laughs softly and slides Irene’s phone back to her.

“Because hyung never asked.” he replies cheekily. Seokjin gasps at the sass and Jungkook can feel Taehyung’s chest vibrate with a chuckle. Jungkook laughs as well before smiling sweetly at the eldest.

“Jinnie-hyungie can I please add my number to your phone?” Irene simultaneously laughs and coos at Jungkook’s aegyo and Jin is handing his phone over without a beat’s hesitation.

“Yah, this kid is too cute.” Jin sighs and Jungkook smiles at the kiss Taehyung presses to his cheek.

“It’s a problem.” Taehyung says as Jungkook slides Jin’s phone back over.

“Use it to your advantage. You can get away with anything when it comes to Taehyung.” Irene says conspiratorially, leaning forward with her hand shielding her mouth from Jin’s view.

“Oh, he knows.” Taehyung says and Jungkook flushes at the approving wink Irene sends him. Feeling overwhelmed from all the attention, he shifts sideways so that he can hide his face in Taehyung’s neck, earning a soothing kiss on the other cheek.

“So your aegyo is intentional and used against your poor, defenceless boyfriend?” Jin accuses loudly, pointing a finger at Irene.

Jungkook lifts his head to see the way Jin sputters when Irene blinks at him with doe eyes. Jungkook wonders if he looks like that when he pulls that look. If so, it’s pretty damn impressive.

He laughs out loud when Irene leans forward for a kiss and Jin swats at her with a dishcloth. Their banter fizzles out and then they’re all piling into Jin’s car to drop the two maknaes at home.

They climb out of the car and wave goodbye to the older couple before entering Jungkook’s complex. In the dorm, Yoongi is finishing a cup of coffee in the kitchen, keys in hand. Jungkook smiles at him before turning to Taehyung.

“You’re going home?” Jungkook asks, grasping onto Taehyung’s wrists when the older cups Jungkook’s face.

Taehyung nods in reply, using one hand to brush away strands of hair from the younger’s face. Jungkook’s eyes flutter shut at the feather-light touch. He misses Yoongi slipping out of the kitchen and into the hallway.

“M'kay.” He sighs, opening his eyes to show Taehyung that he understands. Taehyung needs some time alone to process everything now that he’s confronting it head-on.

“I love you so much.” Taehyung murmurs, eyes displaying that soul-searching look he gets. It’s intense and unnerving but also warm and trusting and heavy like a weighted blanket.

“I love you.” Jungkook whispers, pressing forward to hug Taehyung tightly.

One of Taehyung’s hands cradles the back of Jungkook’s head and the other is pressed to the younger’s back. Jungkook feels his hyung’s lips press into his hair. He lifts his head and presses their foreheads together.

“Message me when you get home?”

“Of course. But you’re going straight to sleep after.” Taehyung answers, smiling when Jungkook rubs their noses together.

Jungkook reluctantly pulls back and walks Taehyung to the door, noticing that Yoongi is probably waiting in the car. They come to a stop and Jungkook wraps his arms around Taehyung’s neck in a final hug. Taehyung squeezes him close before lifting his chin for a slow kiss.

“Sweet dreams.” Taehyung murmurs when they’ve broken apart. Jungkook nods, tipping forward to brush their lips together.

“Love you.” He whispers, preparing himself to actually let Taehyung go this time.

Taehyung leaves incessant little kisses on Jungkook’s lips, causing the maknae’s chest to burst with all the good feelings.

“Love you too, angel. See you soon.” Taehyung says before leaving a final peck on the younger’s lips. He steps back and smiles at Jungkook before leaving.

Jungkook peeps into Jimin's room just to check on him, a habit he'd picked up since they were kids. He then changes into his pyjamas and cuddles up to the pillow that still smells like Taehyung. He scrolls through Twitter lazily while he waits for Taehyung’s “home safe” message. He doesn’t even realise he’s dozed off when he's jolted awake by his phone vibrating in his hand.

From: Taehyungie hyungie

I’m home baby. Sleep soon, okay?

Love you x

To: Taehyungie hyungie <3

I’m gonna sleep now - you should too!

Love you lots lots lots (◕‿◕)♡


From: Taehyungie hyungie <3

I will cutie x

And with that, Jungkook puts his phone on charge and snuggles into Taehyung’s scent, drifting off to sleep with surprising ease.


Upcoming chapters:
Taekook's first time
BTSxRed Velvet at Twice concert
Trip to Daegu (Finally introducing Hobi into the story!!)

Chapter 32: His baby’s first time


(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

They’d barely seen each other in the week leading up to the concert as they caught up with project deadlines and Taehyung planning the trip to Daegu. It turned out that Irene’s family had a guest house there and she was more than willing to offer it up for the few days the boys would be in town. Taehyung had messaged his father to tell him when he’d come to visit and has since blocked his number to avoid being stressed out.

Taehyung had been a bit highly strung so Yoongi and Jin suggested that he and Yoongi come over to unwind while the others enjoy the concert. Jungkook was so happy to hear this because it meant Taehyung could finally let off some steam and relax. He was maybe a teeny tiny bit jealous because he was not involved, but he couldn’t complain because he was going to see his most favourite group on the planet. So he could suck it up for one night. Jungkook was currently en route to Jin’s, bouncing his leg in the bus. He looks down when Jimin plants a delicate hand on his knee to quell him.

“Excited?” Jimin asks, a smile playing on his lips.

Jungkook nods, squeezing the small backpack in his arms. It had their make-up, tickets and lightsticks inside. The two boys were running late and decided to do their make-up at Jin and Irene’s place since they would have enough time there before it was time to go. As the bus comes to a stop, they all but run to Jin’s in their eagerness.

Irene welcomes them warmly. “You just missed Jin, he went to pick up Yoongi and Taehyung", she tells them as she leads them to the kitchen.

Jungkook nearly chokes at not one, not two, but four girls sitting at the kitchen island. He had always had a good group of friends growing up, but for some reason he'd never really felt comfortable around girls. He’d kissed a few before he realised that he was, in fact, very gay and didn’t really make an effort to bond with any thereafter.

He glances at a pink-faced Jimin as the four girls, all beautiful in their own way, smile at them.

“This is Jimin, Yoongi-yah’s boyfriend and Jungkook is Taehyungie’s.” Irene introduces them.

Both boys give a slight bow at their mini audience. Jungkook wants to explode when one of them exclaims how cute they are. Irene laughs and agrees, introducing the girls one by one - Seulgi, Joy, Yeri and Wendy. Jungkook really likes Yeri’s pink hair. He says as much and she beams at him in thanks.

“Irene-noona, Jungkookie and I still need to do our make-up, is it okay if we got the bathroom for a bit?” Jimin asks.

“Of course.” Irene answers easily “I’ll show you to my en suite, it’s more spacious.”

They follow her up the stairs and marvel at the huge bedroom they enter. She leads them to the biggest bathroom Jungkook has ever been in. She even welcomes them to link up to the speaker attached to the corner of the wall.

Jungkook decides on some laid-back RnB, hopping onto the counter to let Jimin at this face with the pink eyeshadow palette. It takes about 20 minutes before they’re trading places, Jungkook working a steady brush over Jimin’s eyelids.

They check themselves out in the mirror. They’re matching in all black. Jungkook’s loose black t-shirt is cropped enough that it just brushes his belly button. He’s wearing his fishnets under his black skinny jeans with a few rips in the thighs. His hair is curled slightly, styled to expose his forehead, looking purposefully messy. He wears the pretty dangly earrings Taehyung had once complimented and the precious ring around his pinky finger.

Jimin’s style is decidedly more delicate. He’s wearing a loose black button-up with the first few buttons left open. A pretty silver chain hangs around his neck and rests in the valley the shirt creates. He’s wearing a multitude of rings and studs in his ears. His hair is straight and sleek, pushed back from his forehead. His eyes are also pink, but a more pastel shade than Jungkook's. They put on a light lip tint and head out to join the others.

The first thing Jungkook notices is that the kitchen is now looking crowded and the second thing he notices is Taehyung. Taehyung, who looks like a Greek god as he leans against the counter with a cider in his hand, is laughing at something Irene is telling him. He wastes exactly 5 seconds just ogling his boyfriend before making a beeline towards him. Taehyung sees the motion in his periphery and turns his head towards the younger. Jungkook flushes at the way Taehyung’s eyes darken as they trail up the younger’s form. He circles his arms around his hyung’s waist and presses into his body.

“Hi.” He whispers, eyelashes fluttering shut when Taehyung’s hand slides up Jungkook’s nape to tangle into the hair at the base of his head.

“Hey beautiful.” Taehyung says with a small smile, eyes dark and hungry-looking. He scratches blunt nails on Jungkook’s scalp and the maknae just about purrs.

“You guys look so pretty!” Joy exclaims, snapping Jungkook out of his Taehyung-induced daze. He turns his head to regard Joy and sees Jimin standing next to her, leaning over the back of Yoongi’s chair to drape his arms around the older.

Jimin thanks her and Jungkook smiles at Joy bashfully before looking back at Taehyung. He leans into the touch when the older cups his face with one hand.

“You look gorgeous.” Taehyung agrees with Joy, enamoured with the heat that floods under his palm as Jungkook blushes. He runs a thumb under Jungkook’s eye, appreciating how pretty Jungkook’s eyes look. “Did Minnie do your makeup?”

Jungkook nods, teeth snagging onto the bottom lip. “It’s a bolder shade than I usually go for. Do you like it?”

“I love it.” Taehyung assures, chuckling when Jungkook visibly preens under his attention.

“I just don’t get how your and Jungkook’s legs are so long.” He hears, turning his head to see Jimin laughing at Joy’s pouting face. Jungkook laughs too, moving easily when Taehyung tucks him into his side.

“You have the longest legs out of the five of us.” Wendy says, reaching over to pinch Joy’s cheek.

“I know and I’m still jealous - that’s how long their legs are!”

Jimin continues to giggle shyly and Yoongi easily pulls him onto his lap. The doorbell rings and Irene is gliding out the kitchen to check who it is, followed by Jin, who catches her by the wrist to throw an arm around her shoulders. With no one in close earshot, Taehyung trails his fingertips along the netting that spans across the exposed skin between the waistband on his boyfriend's jeans and the edge of his cropped shirt. Jungkook feels goosebumps raise where Taehyung’s hand presses into his lower back.

“You’re trying to kill me.” Taehyung whispers, eyes dropping to Jungkook’s tinted lips at the sharp exhale that leaves Jungkook’s mouth. It’s not his fault, Taehyung’s voice is so deep and he’s giving him bedroom eyes.

He vaguely registers the chatter of the rest of the group, not caring one bit as he tilts his chin up for a kiss. He almost gets one before he hears a loud squeal and the grating scrape of a chair against the floor. He yelps, dropping his head to Taehyung’s shoulder and squeezing his eyes shut in his fright. He relaxes when he feels Taehyung’s lips press to his temple before he nuzzles the younger’s hair. Taehyung is laughing at Jungkook’s little scare and kisses his cheek warmly when Jungkook glares up at him.

The younger looks over to the commotion when he hears groans and complaints from around the room, relaxing in Taehyung’s secure hold on him. Joy is all but attacking this impossibly tall guy with kisses, arms twined around his neck and balanced on the balls of her feet. The boy is laughing, arms wrapping around the excitable girl.

"Unnie stop , you’re being insufferable.” Yeri complains, burying her face in her hands. Joy pulls away from her blushing boyfriend and sticks her tongue out at Yeri before hugging the boy again and pressing a final kiss to his cheek.

The boy greets everyone with a shy wave and slight bow. Jungkook decides he likes him.

“This is Yoongi’s boyfriend Jimin and Taehyung’s boyfriend Jungkook.” Joy says, gesturing to the newcomers in the friendship circle. Jungkook and Jimin exchange polite greetings before Irene announces that they should get going.

“Sungjae is coming with.” Joy is almost vibrating with excitement.

“You’re a fan?” Jungkook asks, not able to help himself.

“Not quite.” Sungjae smiles. “I mean, they’re really talented but not my vibe.”

“He said he’d come because I can get pretty stressed out when I’m in public places at night time.” Joy says, linking her hand into Sungjae’s. “I always feel better when he’s with.”

The room erupts into groans of exasperation when Sungjae pulls her into a quick kiss. Jungkook laughs and looks at Taehyung when the older tilts his chin up. Taehyung slips his hand into his hair, smiling at him in the way he does when he’s admiring the younger. Jungkook adores that smile.

“Have lots of fun for me.” He says, running the pad of his thumb over Jungkook’s helix piercing. “Stick with everyone and be safe. Don’t go to the bathroom alone and drink some water because it gets hot in there.”

Jungkook wants to take a jibe at Taehyung’s overprotectiveness but he’s enjoying the attention too much. He nods instead, pressing closer when Taehyung cups his cheek.

“Will you be here when I get back?” He asks, running his hands up Taehyung’s back.

Taehyung shakes his head apologetically. “I’m picking you up tomorrow morning though.”

Jungkook nods, trying not to pout at his disappointment at the prospect of sleeping alone tonight, as he’d done the entire week.

“I’ll stay over the weekend.” Taehyung says, winding his arms around Jungkook’s waist. Jungkook looks up at him from below his lashes and Taehyung sighs. “I’ll stay over the whole of next week if you stop giving me puppy eyes.”

Jungkook’s face morphs into a grin and Taehyung rolls his eyes fondly at Jungkook’s persuasion tactics. He rolls his eyes even harder when he catches Jimin over Jungkook's shoulder miming cracking a whip and making the whipping sound with his mouth.

“Here I thought Sungjae and Joy were bad.” Seulgi says. “Tae, let him go. You’ve been saying goodbye for 10 minutes and we’re going to be late.”

Taehyung looks back down at Jungkook and smiles at the happiness all but oozing from the boy in his arms. “Have fun. Stay safe. I love you.”

Jungkook smiles and gives Taehyung a tight hug before stealing a quick kiss as Seulgi starts tugging him away. Taehyung lets him go, eyes taking in his borderline-sinful outfit once more.

“Love you too!” Jungkook giggles before he’s whisked out of the door by Seulgi and Irene. Taehyung misses him already.

The rest of the boys end up going to one of Seokjin’s friend’s bars, a little ways away. It’s really nice to hang out with just the three of them, but Taehyung only fully relaxes once Jungkook sends him a selfie with Jimin saying they’ve gotten into the venue safely.

There’s live jazz music at the bar and Taehyung reminisces his saxophone days during high school. After a fancy craft beer and lots of coercion, Jin and Yoongi manage to nudge taehyung up onto the stage. Taehyung makes sure to pull Jin up with him and then they’re crooning along to the jazz music, voices familiar with one another and Taehyung makes use of his deep baritone and Jin picks up the harmony with his silvery voice. Yoongi is all too happy to film them, chuckling to himself when they start doing a tipsy waltz on stage. Despite joking around, their voices sound good and the entire bar is cheering them on and clapping by the time they belt out the final note. They decide to head back home after a couple more songs and quite a few more drinks.

Taehyung doesn’t realise the time when he gets video call from Jungkook. He answers immediately, face already stretched into a smile. Jungkook’s face pops up with Jimin’s below, the older resting on his chest.

“Hi hyungie.” Jungkook greets, eyes visibly sparkling even through the low quality video. Jimin mumbles a sleepy “Hi Tae” as his eyes droop shut.

“Did you guys have fun?” Taehyung asks, holding his phone parallel to his face as he strolls down the lit up street.

“So much fun.” Jungkook says. “I lost my voice for a bit so Irene-noona made me some honey-ginger tea before she dropped us off at home. Hyungie, it was amazing - the concert I mean, not the tea. Well the tea was good too but that’s not the point-”, Taehyung laughs at the younger’s adorable sleepy rambling, “-I’m gonna tell you all about it tomorrow.”

“I’m sure it was.” Taehyung says fondly, fingers itching to run through Jungkook’s hair.

“Where’s Yoonie?” Jimin’s eyes become more alert.

“He and Jin-hyung are having a bit of a moment.” He flips the camera on his phone to film Jin and Yoongi a few metres in front of him, arms slung over one another as they stumble down the street, belting out an old Shinhwa song.

“Oh my god.” Jimin laughs. “Tell him that I said to sober up before bed and that I love him.”

“I will.” Taehyung replies easily, flipping the camera back to show himself. “You guys wanna go to breakfast tomorrow?”

Jungkook nods eagerly and Jimin just gets more comfortable in bed. “No thanks, Yoonie and I agreed to stay in bed tomorrow.”

Taehyung smiles at that and Jungkook is just about glowing at getting some alone time with his boyfriend.

“It’s a date then.” Jungkook says softly.

“A date it is.” Taehyung smiles widely and has to stop himself from kissing his phone screen when he notices Jungkook’s light blush in the dimly lit room. “I’ll see you tomorrow then. Night Minnie, night baby.”

Jimin is already half asleep when he mumbles a goodbye. Jungkook gives him one last bunny smile before telling him to get home safely. They end the call and then Taehyung is joining his hyungs, linking their arms together and singing off-key as they make their way home.

Taehyung drives a slightly hungover Yoongi to Jimin and Jungkook’s place. It’s quite hot out already and yet Yoongi still wears a thick black hoodie that makes Taehyung overheat just looking at him. They made their way to the dorm and only had to wait a few moments for a sleepy-looking but dressed Jungkook to answer. Taehyung had called him to let him know when he would arrive so that the younger had enough time to wake up properly and pack.

Jungkook squeezes a groggy Yoongi in a hug before throwing himself into his boyfriend’s arms. Taehyung holds him close as he shoots a goodbye and “love you” to Yoongi. The older waves vaguely in their direction as he makes his way to Jimin’s room.

Taehyung steps outside and closes the door, pressing Jungkook against it. The younger’s head is already tilting up when Taehyung leans in for a kiss. Jungkook sighs at the feel of his lips, sagging into the door in the way that always makes Taehyung want to cage him in more - so he does. He imposes on Jungkook’s personal space, placing his forearms flat against the wall of either side of Jungkook’s head. He drags his tongue along the maknae’s bottom lip and it’s the whimper the younger lets out that makes Taehyung pull away. Jungkook whines at him and pulls him right back. Taehyung pecked the other’s needy mouth before stepping back and taking his hand.

“Come on. I have an entire week to kiss you senseless. Let’s have breakfast first.” Taehyung says, taking Jungkook’s duffel bag and swinging it over his shoulder.

They’d decided to stay at Taehyung’s for the week and Yoongi would be staying with Jimin. Both couples wanted to spend as much time together as possible before they went home to see their families for the holidays. Jungkook was planning to go to Busan straight from Daegu at the end of next week.

“You look like a Frat boy,” is the first thing Jungkook says to him.

Bothered by the heat, Taehyung had thrown on basketball shorts and a plain black t-shirt with his sneakers. He has a snapback on backwards, pushing his hair away from his forehead. He quirks an eyebrow at the pretty boy holding his hand.

“That’s what I was going for.” He smirks, giving Jungkook his best f*ckboy smolder.

“Sexy.” Jungkook wiggles his eyebrows, half joking and half totally f*cking serious.

Taehyung smirks at Jungkook’s amateur flirting, loving every moment of it. They’ve reached the car and Taehyung takes a moment to fully appreciate Jungkook’s outfit. He trails his eyes down the younger’s form, stepping closer when Jungkook squirms at the attention. He’s wearing light-wash denim jeans with rips along his thighs, the material sticking to his legs like a second skin. His white t-shirt is tucked into them, outlining his delicate waist.

“What about you, huh? You are fully aware that I have a terrible weakness for your thighs.” Taehyung says, crowding Jungkook where he’s leaning against the car door.

“You have a terrible weakness for everything about me.” Jungkook says, meaning to sound smug but failing miserably. His voice trembles and stumbles through the words as Taehyung’s hands glide up his thighs and rub the skin revealed through the sizeable rips.

“Hm, that’s true.” Taehyung says eyes gleaming in the way it does when he’s in the mood to tease the younger. Jungkook’s just so easy . Coy and seductive when he wanted to be, but reduced to a blushing, stuttering mess from just a look.

The older gives Jungkook’s thighs an appreciative squeeze before tugging him forward to open his door. The younger is consequently pressed flush to the other, greedily inhaling Taehyung’s cologne. Taehyung slides a large hand around and up Jungkook’s thigh to just barely squeeze the maknae’s denim-clad ass. Jungkook gasps then huffs at Taehyung’s smirk. The latter atoned for all his teasing by planting an indulgent kiss on the younger’s slightly parted lips.

“You’re irresistible.” Taehyung says, running a thumb along Jungkook’s pinkened cheeks before walking to the driver’s side of the car and getting in.

Jungkook demands at least three kisses (he gets five) before he lets Taehyung drive to the café without distraction. Taehyung asks about the concert and Jungkook doesn’t stop talking about it until he’s got his mouth stuffed with a croissant at the café. Taehyung loves hearing him speak and even more so when it’s about something that excites and inspires the younger.

They wind up window-shopping in the next street over that’s filled with boutiques and gift stores. They get some ice cream from an ice cream cart; Taehyung raspberry and Jungkook vanilla, which they end up swapping because Jungkook wouldn’t stop leaning over to lick at Taehyung’s. Taehyung didn’t mind, the vanilla tasted good and the raspberry stained Jungkook’s lips a dark pink - so it was a win-win.

They spot an arcade and spend way too much money on coins for all the games. The two boys are pretty evenly matched - Taehyung excelling at games based on strategy and precision Jungkook at speed and impulse. They’re playing air hockey to determine who the Ultimate Gamer is when Jungkook hits the puck so hard that it slams against Taehyung’s finger before he can react. Taehyung jerks his hand away, hissing at the light throbbing taking place.

Jungkook is by his side instantly, pressing little kisses to Taehyung’s finger but laughing as he knows it isn’t too serious. Taehyung was playing it up to get Jungkook to forfeit the game because the other was winning. Jungkook tells Taehyung as much and the older denies it - the playfulness in his eyes saying otherwise.

“It really hurts.” Taehyung fakes a wince.

Jungkook’s lips twitch up as he sees right through Taehyung’s façade. He locks eyes with Taehyung as a pink tongue drags along the tip of the not-really-injured finger held at Jungkook’s lips. Taehyung is in a momentary stupor before he yanks his hand away and looks around to make sure they didn’t have an audience.

“Yeah, it’s definitely home-time.” Taehyung says, eyes dropping to Jungkook’s lips while his finger tingles from the cooling moisture there.

Jungkook is giggling at Taehyung’s rarely flustered state and the older rolls his eyes before pulling him out the door and to the car. Taehyung’s speed-walking only makes the maknae laugh harder.

“You think you’re funny?” Taehyung asks as he presses Jungkook into a wall on the near-empty street.

Jungkook nods, eyes twinkling with pride at seeing how affected Taehyung is. There is a faint blush on the older’s tan cheeks and his eyes can’t seem to stray away from Jungkook’s mouth. Jungkook uses his grip on the older’s t-shirt to pull him closer and mould their lips together. Taehyung’s hands come up to tuck the younger’s hair behind his ears before resting on his cheeks.

“Missed you.” Jungkook whispers,nuzzling into Taehyung’s hand.

Taehyung’s gaze softens into something warm and intimate when the younger turns his head to press a kiss to his palm.

“Me too.” Taehyung guides Jungkook’s lips back to his own.

As the pair make it back home, the sky is painted one of Jungkook’s favourite colours - a soft orange where the sun is just about to disappear but hasn’t quite yet. He takes some pictures with his phone (mourning the absence of his camera) through his open window. Taehyung is drumming his fingers on the steering wheel, humming to the jazz music playing through his aux. It’s incredibly soothing and Jungkook rolls up his window to hear his hyung’s voice better.

Jungkook wakes up to his door opening, the air pleasantly cooler now that’s it’s later in the day. He blinks his eyes a few times as he battles to keep them open, giving up when he feels Taehyung’s lips against his right cheek.

“Still tired from last night, little one?”

Jungkook nods, turning his face to find Taehyung’s lips with his eyes still closed. The older appeases him before guiding him out of the car and into his apartment. Jungkook wanted to be a brat and ask to be carried but the older was already lugging Jungkook’s duffel bag on his shoulder.

They take off their shoes by the door and amble into Taehyung’s bedroom. Jungkook flops down on the queen-sized bed, already halfway asleep at the feel of a cushiony mattress and downy pillows. It’s an added bonus that he’s surrounded by Taehyung’s smell.

“Take a nap with me.” Jungkook reaches for Taehyung, rolling onto his side to face the older.

Taehyung takes his hand and presses a kiss to it. “A little later, baby. I need to finish up some work.”

Jungkook opens his eyes to frown at Taehyung in disapproval and the other chuckles, crouching down next to him. Jungkook’s eyebrows push together and his nose scrunches just the tiniest bit that you wouldn’t notice if you weren’t as close as Taehyung was. His adorable frown only lasts for a moment until the younger’s face relaxes, as if that expression alone had exhausted him.

“A cute little bunny is what you are.” Taehyung releases the younger’s hand to run his own through Jungkook’s hair. “Now go to sleep and rest those pretty eyes.”

He smiles sleepily at his hyung’s words, feeling warm and tingly from Taehyung’s gentle voice and wanting to cuddle so, so bad. He knows, however, that when Taehyung says he needs to work, he really means it and it’s important to him.

So he sighs and lets his eyes close, tilting his chin up for another kiss before he lets sleep overtake him.

“Sweet dreams, angel.” Taehyung murmured against his love’s lips before leaving the bedroom to situate himself in the living room.

Jungkook is whimpering at the ache between his legs, naked body arching up to try and press against an equally-naked Taehyung. The older is teasing him, holding Jungkook’s hips down from where he’s leaning over him. Jungkook’s hands are greedy, pulling at Taehyung to get him closer, digging his nails into the older’s shoulders. Taehyung groans, capturing slender wrists in his hands and pinning them to the pillow on either side of Jungkook’s head. Jungkook outright whines at the feeling of being held down, at Taehyung’s hands dwarfing his wrists and making him surrender all too easily. A hot tongue drags up the maknae’s neck, causing him to throw his head back to allow the other more space to explore. Taehyung starts planting kisses down his neck and each one sends a shiver through him.

“Hyung.” Jungkook begs, thrashing against the bed as Taehyung leans down to lick at the younger’s nipple.

The older leans back up and shakes his head at the wrecked boy.

“Nuh-uh, sweet thing. That’s not how we address Daddy, is it?”

Jungkook eyes shoot open and it takes him a moment to register his surroundings. It takes about 30 seconds to realize that he’s still dressed and Taehyung is nowhere in sight. He’s still shaking off the sleepy fog in his brain when Taehyung strolls in, hair pushed back by his snapback and chest looking broad and strong beneath the straining t-shirt. Jungkook whimpers and the older’s dark eyes are on him instantly, walking over to check on him.

“What’s wrong, hmm?” Taehyung asks, voice soothingly low as he sits on the bed and leans over the younger.

A very vivid image of a naked Taehyung above him flashes through the younger’s mind and he gasps, pressing his face into the gentle hand that reaches out to cradle it.

“Baby?” Taehyung tries again, more confused than concerned.

Jungkook feels himself slip a little deeper at the nickname. Unthinkingly, he latches onto Taehyung’s hand and wraps his lips around Taehyung’s index finger, lazy and wanting. Jungkook is barely aware of his actions. He can’t comprehend anything other than the fact that Taehyung isn’t touching him enough. And that Taehyung has the prettiest fingers Jungkook has ever seen.

“f*ck.” Taehyung’s voice somehow drops even deeper as the younger’s tongue languidly swirls around his finger.

Taehyung must realize what he’s walked into as Jungkook watches his eyes travel to the now-obvious bulge in his shorts.

“Ah, did my baby have a nice dream?” Taehyung immediately slips into his role, presence becoming more domineering as he slips his middle finger into the younger’s mouth.

Jungkook moans in appreciation for the added weight on his tongue, nodding his head at Taehyung’s question.

“What did you dream about, little one?” Taehyung asks, slipping his fingers out of Jungkook’s mouth to let him speak.

Jungkook whines at the loss but is quickly hushed by Taehyung’s mouth. The kiss is hot and messy, Jungkook too overwhelmed to cooperate with Taehyung’s tongue. His legs fall open when the older lays down between them, hips just shy of pressing into Jungkook where he needs him.

“You.” Jungkook whispers, lifting his head to chase Taehyung’s lips when he pulled back.

“What about me?” He asks, voice husky as runs a finger over Jungkook's sensitive lips.

Jungkook whimpers, opening his mouth a little, as if to entice Taehyung to slip is fingertip in. Taehyung’s body burns hotter at the realization that Jungkook likes things in his mouth, is almost desperate for it. No wonder Jungkook loved French kissing so much.

“Answer me, baby.” Taehyung commands but with a gentle tone, sliding his fingers down to stroke along the younger’s sharp jaw.

“Hyungie wa-was holding me d-down on the bed. By my wrists.” Jungkook stutters, winding his legs around the older’s waist.

“Like this?” Taehyung wraps his hands around the maknae’s wrists and pins them to the mattress.

Jungkook whimpers softly, being held down feels so much better than it did in his dreams. He feels small and vulnerable beneath Taehyung, and he doesn’t know why it’s making him so hot, but it is.

“What else, my love? What else did hyungie do?”

A word flashes in Jungkook’s mind, one he never knew he was into until 2 minutes ago. He’s way too shy, too uncertain to utter the word to Taehyung right now.

“You wouldn’t touch me how I wanted.” Jungkook complains, lips puckering out in sulky pout.

“That sounds awfully mean of me.” Taehyung coos, dropping some of his weight to press Jungkook further into the mattress.

The motion causes them to grind into one another and Jungkook moans at the feeling, legs curling tighter around his hyung.

“Please.” He begs, eyes already watery with need as he rocks his hips up into Taehyung.

“God, look at you. You’re so worked up, huh?” Taehyung’s voice is gruff, his hands nearly too tight around Jungkook’s delicate wrists.

“Tae.” He whines when the older drives his hips forward harder. “Please, touch me. Want you. Want you so much.”

I know, pretty baby. I’ve got you.” Taehyung says as he leans down for a kiss, releasing Jungkook’s wrists to slide his hands down the younger’s body.

Jungkook is squirming underneath, deprived hands pulling and yanking at Taehyung’s shirt to get it off. Taehyung cooperates, knocking his cap off before pulling off his shirt. He reaches for the button of Jungkook’s shorts and taps it to ask permission. Jungkook nods frantically, hands roaming all over Taehyung’s chest and shoulders.

He drags the younger’s shorts and underwear off in one go and Jungkook gasps loudly at the relief of pressure around him. He hips kick up and his own t-shirt brushes against where he’s aching and wet. A needy whine bounces around the walls of the room.

“Such a sensitive baby boy, aren’t you?” Taehyung croons, watching the shiver that wracks the younger’s body as he runs large, warm palms up pale thighs.

“Da- ah. Tae.” Jungkook is losing his mind with want, pressing up into Taehyung's touch.

Taehyung runs his hands up the younger’s sides to push up his shirt. His thumbs graze hypersensitive nipples and he’s sure Jungkook would have shot right up off of the bed if Taehyung’s hands weren’t clamped around his rib cage.

“Hyungie.” Jungkook’s eyes are hooded as he reaches for Taehyung’s hands and guides them to where he wants.

Taehyung circles his thumbs around the swollen buds before dragging harshly over them. Jungkook feels sparks shoot down to the core of his belly, everything feels so good. He can’t stop the obscene sounds spilling from his lips, even though Taehyung is barely touching him.

Taehyung slips Jungkook’s t-shirt off over his head and pulls back to shimmy out of his own pants and underwear.


Taehyung freezes from where he’d been climbing off the bed at the younger’s desperate cry. He’d needed to stand to get his pants off and he’d only be a second. He strips off his clothes in one fluid motion before catching the distressed boy who’d crawled hastily to him.

Hyungie, stay close to me.” Jungkook pleads into Taehyung’s neck, twisting his arms around his boyfriend's shoulders.

Jungkook makes quick work of straddling the older’s lap when he sits on the bed.

“I was only taking my pants off, little one.” Taehyung assures, holding the younger close as he presses his lips to the precious freckle on Jungkook’s shoulder.

Taehyung notices the slight tremors running through Jungkook’s body and he tightens his arms around him.

“Baby, you’re shaking.” Taehyung runs his hands up Jungkook’s spine in slow, heavy strokes. “Tell hyungie what's the matter.”

Jungkook shakes his head and whines into Taehyung’s neck. He pushes his body closer against the older’s and traps the delicate skin of Taehyung’s neck between his lips. He licks over it and shivers at the groan that rumbles from Taehyung’s chest.

“Are you feeling really subby already, baby? Is everything a bit overwhelming?” The older croons, placing a weighted hand at the back of Jungkook’s head.

Jungkook sighs in relief at Taehyung making sense of the desperation clouding his mind. He nods, sucking a bruise into Taehyung’s neck to show he’s grateful. He follows pliantly when Taehyung guides his head away from the older’s neck to look at him.

“My precious boy.” Jungkook preens at the honey dripping from Taehyung’s voice. “I’m so lucky that you trust me with this, angel. I love you so much, you know that?”

Jungkook nods and leans forward to rub their noses together.

“Love hyungie more.” Jungkook sighs as a tan hand slides into his hair.

“Not a chance.” Taehyung says with a smile. Jungkook leans up to kiss him.

He drops his mouth open to let Taehyung lick into his mouth, moaning at the feel of Taehyung’s tongue flicking over his bottom lip. Jungkook is all but molten in Taehyung’s arms as the older kisses him so indulgently. The maknae’s hips start undulating in little circles, heat pressing against Taehyung’s abdomen. When Jungkook shifts his hips so that he presses against Taehyung directly, the older groans and unconsciously tightens his grip in Jungkook’s hair.

Jungkook throws his head back in a loud moan, throat elongated and exposed as he rolls his hips through the pleasant tingles dancing from his scalp and down his spine.

“f*cking hell.” Taehyung breathes, tugging Jungkook’s hair a bit harder to hear more pretty sounds fall from pretty lips.

Jungkook’s hips move faster, hands latched tightly around his hyung’s shoulders. When Taehyung grabs a handful of Jungkook’s ass and squeezes, Jungkook’s whole body shudders as he falls forward into Taehyung, face digging into the older’s neck. The friction between them feels so good and he’s losing his mind at Taehyung’s possessive grip on his body. He feels like a live wire about to explode from the simplest of touches.

“Hyungie, gonna, gonna - ah.” Jungkook’s words fail him as Taehyung uses his grip on his ass to guide his hips in a deep grind.

"Let go, pretty. I’ll make you feel good again, just let go for me.” Taehyung whispers into his ear.

Taehyung tugs on Jungkook’s hair to tilt his head to the side, mouth latching onto Jungkook’s sweet spot as he sucks hard. His mind goes blank at the delicious pressure - the pleasure from the nerve endings in his head and neck meeting up in the pit of his belly. Jungkook muffles his moan into Taehyung’s neck as he feels the tension in his body snap from all the stimulation. Wet heat splatters onto his and Taehyung’s abdomens. He shudders and whimpers as his hips continue to undulate, sinking into the warm body holding him.

Taehyung is everywhere, surrounding the younger entirely. He’s all Jungkook’s senses focus on, all that his mind can comprehend. Strong arms are wrapped around him as his body starts to calm, breath coming easier with every inhale.

He flinches when he feels something cool and damp on his chest and tummy, looking down to see Taehyung wiping them down with a wet wipe.

“I have to be prepared with clingy boys like you.” Taehyung says softly, fondly, tossing the wet wipe into the miniature trash can by the nightstand. “There’s no way you’d let me get up to fetch a cloth from the bathroom.”

“I’m hyungie’s only boy.” Jungkook grouches in a breathy voice, picking up on Taehyung’s use of plurals.

Taehyung chuckles as he tilts the younger’s chin up. “That’s right baby, my only boy.” He presses their lips together and Jungkook feels so, so warm.

“Such a good boy too, hm? So perfect for me.” Taehyung’s words are sweet and heavy like melting sugar.

Jungkook’s cheeks are bright red from the words he loves to hear. His eyes close as Taehyung presses slow kisses all over his face.

“My little bunny’s purr is back.” Taehyung says against the maknae’s temple, running his fingers through the younger’s hair to encourage the darling humming sounds falling from small lips to continue.

Jungkook squirms at the nickname.

“I knew you liked being a bunny.” Taehyung laughs, moving his head back to look into doe eyes.

“Maybe.” Jungkook says, playing coy in that endearing way of his.

Taehyung is about to tease him back when the younger shifts his hips and brushes against Taehyung just a little too nicely. The older groans and stills the younger’s hips in strong hands.

Jungkook looks down and can’t help the sound that escapes his lips. He looks back up to see Taehyung’s jaw clenched and eyes dark, as if he’s trying to control himself.

“Taehyungie, please.” Jungkook is needy instantly, hands grabbing onto Taehyung’s and moving them to his ass.

“Tell me what you want me to do.” Taehyung commands, grasping plump cheeks to pull him all the more closer.

“Love me.” Jungkook whispers, unexpectedly soft and sweet as he rests his forehead on his hyung’s.

“Always.” Taehyung replies just as softly, heart melting as he catches the younger’s lips with his own.

Jungkook is lowered gently to lay on his back, a disagreeing whine leaving his mouth when Taehyung pulls back. The older ignores him, stretching his upper body to rummage in the bedside drawer. The younger is all too content to watch the lean muscles in Taehyung’s shoulders shift and the pronounced vein in his neck pulse lightly. He leans up to lick along the vein and smiles when Taehyung swears under his breath. He continues licking and kissing along his hyung’s skin and starts rolling his hips up into the other’s. Taehyung leans back over him and drops a bottle of lube and a condom onto the mattress.

“You’re driving me crazy.” Taehyung growls as he sits up fully, hands gliding up Jungkook’s bent legs and ending up at his hips.

“Good.” The younger says, playful smirk dropping instantly when Taehyung’s fingers trail down the v of his hips.

One hand is still grasping his hip as the other dances over where’s he’s hottest. The younger’s eyes fall shut as soft sounds of pleasure leave his mouth.

“Baby, you remember your colours, yeah?” Taehyung asks, swiftly grabbing the lube and dousing two of his fingers in it.

Jungkook’s opens his eyes to watch Taehyung rub his fingers together to warm it, body flushing at the desire plain in his hyung’s eyes. But more so, there’s love and a bit of concern set in Taehyung’s face and Jungkook feels safer than he’s ever felt.

“Yes, hyung.” He murmurs, mesmerized at the proud smile Taehyung gifts him.

“Good boy.” The words sound so very low and pleased that Jungkook’s toes curl at the sound. A shiver wracks his body and Taehyung watches him with hungry eyes. “Let’s make you feel good, hmm?”

He prepares him slowly and carefully, thorough as he listens to the sounds Jungkook makes to see what feels best. It's not at all difficult because Jungkook makes it so obvious when it feels really good, the type of good that makes him shudder and dig his nails into Taehyung's back. He’d tensed up at the third finger but Taehyung was so attentive, peppering his face with little kisses as he let the younger adjust.

Jungkook gasps, body momentarily freezing at the sudden onslaught of pleasure, hips greedily moving to meet the thrust of Taehyung’s fingers. Taehyung is pressing againt something inside him and it feels so good that the younger starts to shake, moans loud and lewd as Taehyung plays with his body.

“There we are.” Taehyung coos, relentless as he massages Jungkook's prostate.

Jungkook’s eyes fall shut as the pleasure spreads through him, down his arms and legs to tingle in the tips of his fingers and toes. When Taehyung pulls his fingers out and then presses right into the spot, slow enough that the younger feels every single centimetre, his moans turn high-pitched and almost pitiful with how needy he sounds.

“You sound so pretty, baby.” Taehyung’s voice is breathy, heavy with arousal in the way that gives Jungkook goosebumps along his arms.

“Hyu-hyung.” He whimpers, struggling to keep his eyes open from the onslaught of pleasure.

“Feel good?” Taehyung teases, slowing down to a maddening pace.

“Now.” Jungkook demands breathlessly. “Want you now, please.”

His eyes are blown with desire as he pleads up at Taehyung. Needy hands grip onto Taehyung’s hair as he tries to pull him closer with weak arms. He’s so desperate, he looks like he’s about to cry and it does something to Taehyung.

“f*ck, okay.” Taehyung doesn’t have the capacity to tease, too affected by how needy the boy below him looks.

He pulls his fingers away and kisses Jungkook's complaint away. Jungkook feels so empty and he hates it.

“Shh, baby, hyung’s gonna take care of you, hmm?” Taehyung appeases him, keeping one hand around the younger’s waist as the other grabs onto the condom.

“No.” He pauses when Jungkook pushes the condom out of his hand. “Hyungie, just want you.

And Taehyung was probably going to die by Jungkook’s very hands.

“You sure, baby?” He has to ask, no matter how much he agrees.

At the back of his mind he mentally high-fived himself for getting tested with Jungkook shortly after the younger's confession. He knows there was probably no way in hell he could say no to Jungkook right now.

Jungkook nods, pushing at the older’s chest until they were both sitting up. He grabs the lube and spread some onto his hand, messy and uncoordinated, before wrapping his hand around Taehyung.

f*ck.” Taehyung groans, head tipping back at finally being touched.

He grabs the younger’s wrist to stop him, vaguely registering the whimper that left his baby’s mouth, before he re-situates them at the headboard. He props himself up with the pillows against the headboard and pulls the impatient boy into his lap.

“We’re gonna do it like this, okay? I want you to control the pace when we start.” Taehyung said, arms circling the younger’s waist.

Jungkook nods, hands coming up to grasp onto Taehyung’s shoulders. He gently guides Jungkook’s hips up until he was hovering over him. Jungkook's bunny teeth are digging into his lip, his nerves prevalent in the little tremors Taehyung can feel in his hands.

"I've got you, baby," Taehyung sooths, head dipping to catch doe eyes. "We can stop whenever you want, yeah?" Jungkook nods, tipping his head forward to rest their brows together. "I love you, baby. My baby boy."

His heart clenches at the sweet sound that leaves Jungkook's lips. He tips his head back to look at his boy's eyes, round eyes trusting and vulnerable. He presses a kiss to the centre of Jungkook's mouth, holding him tighter when the younger's body softens against him. The younger lifts his hips and reaches behind to guide Taehyung into him.

And f*ck. Taehyung is f*cked.

His chest rumbles with a guttural groan, harmonising with the soft, high-pitched whines that tumble from Jungkook's lips.

“You’re doing so well, angel.” Taehyung says, voice strained as he holds himself completely still.

Jungkook’s halfway down when his body starts trembling, head dropping down to Taehyung’s shoulder.

“Hyungie’s so,” his voice shakes, “so big.

He’s overwhelmed by the feeling, body already falling apart at the seams and Taehyung wasn’t even fully in yet. Taehyung groans, warm hands running over Jungkook’s back.

Jungkook starts moving his hips up and down slowly, letting himself get used to the stretch. Sweet sounds leave his lips as he makes his way all the way down, stopping completely when his ass is flush to Taehyung’s thighs.

Taehyung guides his head up and kisses him so tenderly that he feels like crying. Their lips separate and one of Taehyung's hands come up to cradle his face.

“You alright, baby?” Taehyung entire demeanor is gentle except for the hand grasped tightly around the younger’s thigh.

Jungkook nods, tilting his head up for another kiss. Taehyung indulges him without hesitation, hand slipping into his hair. It’s hot and wet, the way their lips and tongues slide together. Taehyung is pulling moans from the younger’s mouth and swallowing them down.

“My baby bun.” Taehyung murmurs in between messy presses of lips. “Made for me.”

His other hand slides up to squeeze one of Jungkook’s butt cheeks and the younger gasps, hips bucking at the pressure.

He moans out loud at the shock of pleasure that dances up his spine at the movement. Taehyung muffles his own groan into the younger’s throat, running that same hand up the other’s spine so that Jungkook chooses the next move. He doesn’t think twice before swiveling his hips more purposefully, chasing the sparks of pleasure. When he feels Taehyung’s teeth drag lightly along his neck, his whole body erupts in goosebumps.

“Hyungie.” He sighs, body complying easily when Taehyung guides his hips up and down in longer strokes. “Feels so nice.”

“Only nice, hmm?” Taehyung says around a smile, biting down onto the younger’s neck when Jungkook’s head tips back.

“So nice.” Jungkook says it so salaciously, so indecently that it sounds more lewd than it should.

“You’re making hyung feel so nice too, baby.” Taehyung murmurs right into his ear, biting onto his lobe, his own voice just as breathless as Jungkook's.

“I’m,” the younger gasps, hips finally settling on a smooth rhythm, “I’m good?”

“So good, angel. My good boy.” Taehyung rasps into his ear and Jungkook lets go completely, feeling the warm fuzziness of his headspace fill his mind.

“Da-Taeee,” Jungkook is trying his best to keep the word in his mouth but he feels it slipping out the more Taehyung pleases him.

“I’ve got you, baby. My perfect boy.” Taehyung’s voice is so safe, so comforting that Jungkook wants to hear him speak forever.

The older lays them back down and, retrospectively, Jungkook thinks this is what made him so loose-lipped. Taehyung was all broad shoulders and possessive hands as he caged the younger on the mattress. When Jungkook managed to pry hooded eyes open to gaze up at him, Taehyung had slipped one hand into his hair and used the other to hike a pale, thick thigh around his waist.

Look at you.” Taehyung murmurs, hips moving so deliciously slow that it was almost too much to take. “f*cking gorgeous. All mine, hmm?”

Jungkook moans at his words, depraved hands grabbing all along Taehyung’s side, wanting to touch everywhere all at once. He feels every single muscle in his body tense up when Taehyung hits his prostate dead on. He feels the pleasure everywhere, feels it pulse in the soles of his feet and tingle all over his scalp.

“Daddy .” It’s little more than a whimper and yet Taehyung hears it like it was screamed out loud.

Taehyung freezes then groans as he holds back his org*sm, dropping his head onto Jungkook’s shoulder and biting down on the precious skin beneath his lips. Jungkook shudders beneath him, locking both legs around Taehyung’s waist.

"Please.” The younger begs breathlessly, hips wiggling to encourage Taehyung to continue. “So close, Daddy please. I need-”

Taehyung snaps out of it and leans back up to look into Jungkook’s eyes - teary with desperation.

“Shh, baby. I’ve got you. You’re Daddy’s good boy, aren’t you? Doing so well for me.”

Jungkook back arches so high Taehyung has to use his own weight to push him back into the bed. Taehyung’s words feel like a caress all over his body, every inch of skin feels warmed by his hyung’s voice.

“Who do you belong to? Who’s gorgeous boy are you?” Taehyung croons in his ear, voice growling with a primal possessiveness.

The younger whimpers, tries to pull Taehyung closer because he’s too far. Taehyung slides a hand into hair and grips it tightly, causing sharp sparks of pleasure to travel down Jungkook’s spine and snap the tension deep in his belly.

“Answer me, pretty baby.” Taehyung says, commands, into the younger’s lips.

You. To - to Daddy.”

He finishes softly, a quiet yet long moan leaving his mouth right into Taehyung’s ear. He squeezes Taehyung tight and feels the older shudder into him, hips pressing down as far as they can go as the pleasure wracks through them.

Jungkook is mewling softly when Taehyung lifts up enough to meet his eyes. The younger tilts his chin up for a kiss but Taehyung makes no move to follow, eyes roaming over Jungkook’s face.

Jungkook was just so f*cking pretty right now. His lips were swollen red, his cheeks flushed and the sweat covering his hairline made the tendrils of hair framing his face curl so sweetly. His eyes though, held Taehyung captive. Long black lashes hooded over eyes that looked so sated, so irrevocably happy that it squeezed Taehyung’s heart. He blinked and Taehyung was enamoured with how delicately his eyelashes moved through the air. Beautiful.

“Daddy.” Jungkook was turning petulant, still deep in his headspace as strawberry lips pushed up into a pout. “Kiss.”

And yeah, maybe Taehyung had thought about that particular word coming from Jungkook’s mouth once or twice. The way the word would roll out of his sweet mouth, so innocent sounding that it didn’t fit the scene. It didn’t sound dirty coming from his baby’s mouth, no. It sounded almost precious, trusting and vulnerable as rosey lips wrapped around the word.

Taehyung swoops down when Jungkook’s lip starts to wobble, the younger not understanding why he wasn’t being kissed. Taehyung kisses him slowly, tasting the little sound of relief Jungkook makes. He pries Jungkook’s mouth open to deepen the kiss, savoring the taste of the younger. Jungkook clenches around him and Taehyung winces at the oversensitivity kicking in. He knows Jungkook is feeling it too from the way his body tenses. He uses the moment Jungkook moans again to carefully slip out of him, instantly bundling the younger up in his arms at the sad whine that leaves his mouth.

“Shh, baby, I’m not going anywhere. Just didn’t want to let you get sore.” Taehyung soothes, rolling them over to the side to relieve his tensed biceps.

Jungkook cuddles close, leg slipping inbetween Taehyung’s own and arms pressed between them so that his hands can rest on Taehyung’s chest. Taehyung rests one arm above him, bending it to run loving fingers through black curls. His other arm wraps around Jungkook, hand sure and heavy as he rubs up and down the younger’s back, easing his trembling form. Jungkook keeps trying to get closer and Taehyung is endeared by this clingy angel in his arms. He feels Jungkook squeeze his arm around him and returns the motion, smiling at the sound of content that leaves the younger’s mouth.

“You did so well, baby. Made me feel so good.” Taehyung says between kisses, chuckling when Jungkook wiggles happily at the praise. “Love you so much.”

Jungkook sighs, the shivers that kept wracking his body finally easing off. He feels Taehyung’s heartbeat beneath his hand, steady and strong. They kiss until Jungkook feels the fuzziness gently ease away from his mind and his lips feel chapped.

“How are you feeling, baby?” Taehyung murmurs, lips pressing to Jungkook’s closed eyelids.

“So good.” Jungkook sighs, smiling against Taehyung’s lips when the older bends down to press them together. “Floaty.”

“I didn’t hurt you anywhere?” Jungkook opens his eyes to see Taehyung lean back a bit.

“Nuh-uh.” Jungkook says eloquently, reaching up to push Taehyung’s hair away from his face.

His heart stutters when Taehyung kisses his wrist, lips pushed up against his pulse point. He yelps and giggles when Taehyung nips at the skin with his teeth. Taehyung smiles at the sound and rolls over to trap Jungkook under him again. Jungkook is all too happy to look up at his pretty hyung.

“I love you a crazy amount, you know that?” Taehyung says, almost frowning with how serious he is.

Jungkook’s heart flutters, smile made of sugar and dopamine as he slides his hands up to cup Taehyung’s neck. “I know.”

“Good.” Taehyung says, lips twitching up to a smirk yet eyes soft soft soft.

Jungkook pulls the other down for yet another kiss (he’s greedy, what about it?) and sighs as his body thrums with satisfaction. His bones all but liquefy when Taehyung presses those precious pecks to his lips, each one going straight to Jungkook’s heart.

“I love you too.” Jungkook finally whispers, stars falling from his eyes as he looks up at his hyung.

Taehyung almost relents and lets them stay in bed, but the lingering heat of the day reminds him of the sweat they’d worked up even before they fell into bed together.

“Baby.” Taehyung is using a specific voice to persuade the younger. He smirks when he feels the Jungkook’s spine straighten at the commanding tone. “You’re going to let hyung take care of you.” Jungkook’s eyes are wide and his hands are curling up against Taehyung’s chest.“We’re going to take a nice shower and I’ll wash your pretty hair. You’ll even smell like me ‘cause I’ll douse you in my shower gel."

Jungkook likes the sound of that - likes Taehyung’s hands in his hair and likes the way he smells. But he loves being in bed with Taehyung and argues that he’s clean enough from the wipes Taehyung used.

Taehyung gives him a look. “Little one.” Then, softer, “Be good for hyung, hmm?”

Taehyung’s playing dirty, hand sliding under Jungkook’s back to cup the younger’s nape. He didn’t know why but Jungkook’s body always got a bit more pliant when he did that, more submissive.

Jungkook couldn’t refuse, not really. Whenever Taehyung used that voice something deep inside him just wanted to please the older and make him proud in some way. Sighing in defeat, Jungkook releases Taehyung from his death-grip and lets his limbs fall onto the mattress.

Taehyung climbs off of him to stand next to the bed and Jungkook is embarrassed by the hurt sound that escapes him at the loss of Taehyung’s touch and heat. Taehyung smiles softly at him, grabbing outstretched hands and pulling him up.

“I’m right here, bunny.” Taehyung assures, arms circling around Jungkook’s waist where he’s kneeling up at the edge of the bed.

Jungkook steps down and feels his knees buckle. He’s kept up by Taehyung’s hold on him alone, his own legs shaky and useless. Taehyung laughs at him, lifting him up easily so that the younger can koala hug him.

“You’re good for my ego.” Taehyung teases, holding Jungkook securely as the other hides his burning cheeks in his hyung’s neck.

Jungkook scrunches his eyes closed at the bright lights in the bathroom. Taehyung sets him on the countertop and Jungkook grumbles at the chill he feels from the porcelain against his skin.

Taehyung turns on the shower and situates himself between Jungkook’s legs while the water heats up. He runs his hands up Jungkook’s legs, lightly kneading his calves and thighs.

“We need these legs of yours to be working in the shower. I knew I was good, but I didn’t know I was that good.

Jungkook swats at Taehyung’s chest, blush only deepening when Taehyung caught his hand to kiss at his fingers. The older is being so tender, cradling Jungkook’s hand like it’s a treasure.

“You sure you’re okay? I didn’t overdo it?”

Jungkook smiles at Taehyung’s fretting, using his still shaky legs to hook around Taehyung’s hips. He rubs his thumb along Taehyung’s lower lip.

“You were perfect, hyungie. It felt amazing. I’ve never felt that good before - I didn’t know I could feel that good. Even now, it feels like my insides are glowing.” The younger rambles, cheeks pinkening at how lame he sounds.

He peeks up at his hyung and presses closer at the fondness pooling in Taehyung’s eyes.

They’re playful in the shower; seeing who can create the most absurd hairstyle on the other’s hair with shampoo and singing impromptu duets of old pop songs.

They get horribly soft when they massage the shower gel into one another’s skin, using a loofah to gently scrub their skin clean. There’s something so intimate about washing someone’s body with no intention other than to cleanse their skin, to cherish it.

They dry up and brush their teeth side by side with towels wrapped around their waist. Jungkook keeps trying to yank Taehyung’s down and the other manages to dance out of his reach every time. They eventually make it into the bedroom and into soft sweats, Jungkook unashamedly burying his nose in the soft t-shirt Taehyung puts him in.

“It smells like you.” Jungkook defends when Taehyung raises an eyebrow at him.

“You already smell like me. I spent at least half an hour making sure of that in there.” Taehyung says, tilting his head to the bathroom.

Jungkook smiles widely as Taehyung pulls him close. “You did use an excessive amount of shampoo and soap.”

“For good reason.” Taehyung says, lips twitching up at the giggle Jungkook lets out.

“Because I’m yours?” Jungkook asks, tilting his head to the side playfully as his arms come around Taehyung’s neck.

“Exactly.” Taehyung murmurs, leaning forward to feel Jungkook’s smile against his lips.


We finally got Taekook’s first time!! I hope you enjoyed it and also

Thoughts on Daddy Tae???

Chapter 33: His care


Some Yoonmin cuddling before Taekook have a mini kink discussion

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Aren’t you just the picture of spoilt rotten.” Yoongi says as he steps into Jimin’s room.

Jimin is stretched out on his tummy, tangled up in the sheets like some luxurious cat. He’s in nothing but a pair of baby blue shorts, supple legs seeming to stretch for miles and miles across the white sheets. The blonde angel turns his head to the side and nearly gives Yoongi a heart attack with the precious eye-smile he sends him.

The ceiling fan is on to chase away the heat. It ruffles some stray strands of Jimin’s hair every few seconds and Yoongi is pretty sure he could write an entire song just about that.

“Come snuggle.” Jimin demands sleepily, chubby fingers reaching out to the older.

“It’s too hot.” Yoongi says, just to be a pain. He’d never say no to Jimin and the other knew this.

“Well then it’s a good thing I don’t care.”

Yoongi smiles at Jimin’s adorable attitude, stepping out of his shoes and shucking off his hoodie. He’s wearing a black t-shirt and black shorts, a stark contrast against Jimin’s sheets.

He lays down on his side and presses his forehead to Jimin’s. He trails cool fingers down Jimin’s bare back, smiling at the little shiver it elicits.

“Missed you.” Jimin sighs, bringing his lips up to meet Yoongi’s.

“Missed you too, kitten.” Yoongi murmurs, kissing Jimin until the younger lets out a soft moan of content.

“The concert was so fun.” Jimin mumbles, eyes drooping shut from Yoongi’s soothing touch.

“I bet it was.”

“Momo is so pretty.” Jimin has this terribly cute habit of rambling when he’s sleepy. Yoongi is pretty sure Jungkook shares the same habit - he would tease Taehyung for how whipped he gets but Yoongi is in the same boat.

“You’re prettier.” Yoongi says, just to see the pretty pink bloom across Jimin’s supple cheeks. It’s also 100% true in his opinion - no one is prettier than Park Jimin.

It gets the desired effect.

Yoonie.” Jimin whines, cheeks flushing and precious eyelids fluttering open. Jimin is equal parts embarrassed and pleased. “It’s too early to tease.”

And Yoongi would quite literally do anything that Jimin’s whiny voice said. His already pouty lips push out more and his cheeks seem to get even rounder. Yoongi adores it.

“I’m not teasing, sweet. It’s true.” Yoongi murmurs, pressing a slow, indulgent kiss on Jimin’s soft cheek. "No one's prettier than my Jiminie."

Jimin huffs like he’s trying to act annoyed but really, he’s failing horribly because he squirms closer and returns the kiss to the older’s cheek.

“I’m gonna sleep some more.” Jimin announces, sighing again when Yoongi strokes his hair.

“Good idea, kitten.” Yoongi whispers, kissing his temple before settling down to catch some sleep himself.

Jungkook is soft and glowing against Taehyung’s sheets. The sunlight streaming through the window warms their skin and makes Jungkook look even more youthful than usual. Said boy is tangled up in the duvet, long hair fanned out against his pillow. He’s on his side, facing Taehyung so that he can run his fingertip along the other’s features. He’s currently running his index finger down the older’s nose before booping it softly. It causes both of them to giggle.

They’d woken up a little while ago - Taehyung first. He’d coaxed Jungkook awake with gentle kisses and quiet murmurs because he’d missed seeing those doe eyes look at him so sweetly. Jungkook had smiled sleepily when his eyes finally opened, tilting his head to request a soft kiss.

They have been lazing in bed for over an hour, trailing adoring fingers along one another’s sun-warmed skin and giggling when it tickles. Jungkook slides his hand up to Taehyung’s neck, thumbing at a hickey he’d left there before slipping it into sleep-tangled hair. They look at each other quietly, appreciatively, before their faces split into ridiculous smiles.

“Good morning.” Taehyung whispers, speaking the first words of their morning. He uses his hold on Jungkook’s waist to pull him forward until their bodies are pressed together.

“Hi.” Jungkook responds, closing his eyes at the kiss Taehyung places on his forehead.

His lips curl up into a sleepy smile when Taehyung’s lips leave a trail of kisses down the bridge of his nose to his lips. Taehyung kisses him slowly, lips lazy and warm just like the rest of them. Jungkook sighs deeply at the little kisses Taehyung gives him, short and sweet and lovely. He opens his eyes to regard his hyung closely, staring into the deep brown framed by unfairly long eyelashes.

“Why are you looking at me like that?” Taehyung asks, eyes warm and sincere as he regards Jungkook with a fond, questioning gaze.

Jungkook shrugs. “I’m just happy.” His voice is quiet, honest. “You make me so happy.”

Jungkook sees the “I love you” in Taehyung’s gaze and trails his fingertips along the older’s jaw.

“That’s the only thing I wanna do.” Taehyung says, dipping his head down to continue his trail of kisses until he reaches the hinge of Jungkook’s jaw.

They laze around for as long as their tummies allow before their hunger calls them to the kitchen. Taehyung gets up first, walking over to open the curtains fully before stretching out his arms and back. Jungkook quietly admires him, eyes trained on the graceful way Taehyung’s muscles shift. He maps out Taehyung’s form with his eyes, the span of his broad shoulders tapering down to a lean waist. He wants to paint him.

Taehyung catches him staring and winks at him. The younger rolls his eyes playfully and pretends he isn’t blushing. He sits up and winces at the sudden pinch he feels in his lower back.

“Sore?” Taehyung asks as he comes to Jungkook’s side of the bed.

“A bit.” Jungkook admits, carefully getting out of bed with the help of Taehyung’s steady arms.

“I’m sorry, baby.” The older’s brows were furrowed as he looped his arms around the other’s waist.

“Don’t be.” Jungkook says, leaning up to kiss the puckered skin until Taehyung’s forehead smoothed out. “It’s normal, right?”

Taehyung nods. “But still.”

“But nothing.” Jungkook chides Taehyung, kissing the protest out of his lips.

Taehyung relents, kissing the younger back before they make their way into the bathroom. Jungkook has to take these tiny steps to avoid adding strain to his sore muscles, and ends up waddling like a penguin. He would be embarrassed if Taehyung wasn’t so overtly enamoured with him, pulling him close and pressing little kisses all over his face.

“So f*cking cute.” Taehyung whispers and maybe Jungkook doesn’t mind waddling around the house if it means his hyung will coo over him like this.

They brush their teeth and Taehyung washes his face as Jungkook gets ready to shower. Jungkook peels off his t-shirt and gasps as he sees himself in the mirror. His neck and collarbones are littered with little bruises. There’s a particularly distinct bruise in the shape of a bite mark on his shoulder. Taehyung comes up behind him and drops his chin on his other shoulder.

“Sorry?” Taehyung offers.

Jungkook doesn’t miss the appreciative gleam in Taehyung’s eyes as he runs his gaze over the canvas of various shades of purple. The boy is not sorry at all. Jungkook rolls his eyes, giving Taehyung a knowing look.

“I like them.” Jungkook smiles, pulling Taehyung’s arms around his waist.

And he does. They’re so pretty on his skin and they’re Taehyung’s marks, of course he likes them. Especially the bite mark. It stirred something hot and heavy in his belly, making him melt a little. Taehyung smiles and presses his lips to the younger’s shoulder.

“Me too.”

“You look like you tried to eat me.” Jungkook giggles, making eye contact with a smug-looking Taehyung in the mirror.

The older smiles against Jungkook’s skin. “That’s precisely what I was trying to do.”

Jungkook is about to retort back when they hear Taehyung’s ringtone sounding from the bedroom. Taehyung squeezes Jungkook close before leaving to go answer. Jungkook sighs, running his fingers over his love bites as he admires how pretty purple looks on his skin.

By the time Jungkook is freshly showered and dressed in boxers and a t-shirt, Taehyung has migrated to the living room. He’s got his laptop open on the coffee table and he sits cross legged in front of it. Jungkook walks over and runs a hand through the other’s hair, startling him out of his focused gaze at the screen.

“You okay?” Jungkook asks, kneeling down where Taehyung sits.

Taehyung nods, smoothing away Jungkook’s worried frown with the pad of his thumb.

“That was my Engineering professor that called. He got word of a paid internship at a well-known civil engineering corporation. He thought I’d be a good fit for the profile so he sent me the application.”

“Hyungie, that sounds great! Especially since you’re graduating so soon.”

“Yeah, definitely. It’s tough competition though, he said this internship is highly prestigious. This application itself looks pretty intense - and it’s due in a few days.” Taehyung sighs, eyes trained back on the laptop with that same focused gaze.

“Taehyungie, he sent this to you for a reason. He obviously believes in you.” Jungkook urges, cupping Taehyung’s face in his hands. “And I’m a firm believer that Kim Taehyung can do anything he sets his mind to.”

Taehyung leans forward and presses their lips together gently, a silent thank you. Jungkook leans forward for a second kiss before he stands back up.

“I’ll make breakfast so long.” Jungkook says, running a hand through Taehyung’s hair once more before waddling over to the kitchen.

Jungkook prepares breakfast carefully, zoning out a bit to the sound of the sizzling bacon and the low hum of the toaster. He makes the eggs last, frying them carefully before making two bacon and egg sandwiches. He sets the two plates and two mugs of green tea on a tray and is extra cautious as he makes his way - waddles- to Taehyung. The older looks over and smiles when he hears his approach. Jungkook kinda wants to make breakfast for the other for the rest of his life. Taehyung hops up from the floor and takes the tray from Jungkook’s hands.

“You’re spoiling me too much. Sit down, baby.”

Jungkook listens, placing a cushion from the couch on the carpet to sit on. He moves Taehyung’s laptop out of the way when Taehyung lowers the tray onto the table. They eat sitting close together, Jungkook squirming happily when Taehyung says it’s the best bacon and egg sandwich he’s ever had. Jungkook clears up for them and lays down the couch when he returns. He switches on the television and settles on his back, smiling softly when he feels the back of Taehyung’s head rest against his hip. He plays with Taehyung’s hair idly as he watches a rerun of a variety show. About two episodes later Jungkook feels Taehyung turn his head, his cheek now resting against the younger’s side. Jungkook’s lips dance up into a little smile when he meets Taehyung’s thoughtful gaze. He runs the tips of his fingers along Taehyung’s cheek and smiles wider when the other presses a kiss to Jungkook’s thumb.

“How far are you?” Jungkook asks.

“I’ve done a decent amount. I’m done for the day though.” Taehyung closes his eyes when Jungkook tucks chestnut hair behind his ear.

Taehyung stands and lifts up Jungkook’s feet to slip into the open space. The younger presses the soles of his feet to Taehyung’s thigh, settling deeper into the couch when Taehyung curls a hand around Jungkook’s ankle. Taehyung rests his other elbow on the back of the couch, head leaning against his fist.

“I think we need to have a little talk, baby.” Taehyung says, a corner of his mouth turning up at the innocent way Jungkook tilts his head in confusion.

“What about?”

“About last night.” Taehyung massages the space below Jungkook’s outer ankle, thumb digging in smooth and firm circles.

Jungkook is distracted by how good it feels, sighing when Taehyung slides his hand up to cup Jungkook’s calf.

“About you calling me Daddy.” Taehyung specifies when Jungkook doesn’t react.

Jungkook freezes, eyes snapping down to look at Taehyung. His whole body flushes with heat - embarrassment or arousal, he’s not sure which - as the previous night flashes through his mind. He reacts by instinct, grabbing a cushion and shoving his face into it to hide the white hot embarrassment staining his cheeks. Maybe Taehyung hated what Jungkook called him. Maybe he was just going along with it so the younger wouldn’t freak out. They hadn’t ever brought it up beforehand and Jungkook hadn’t even realised it was something he wanted before that dream. He was selfish, so so selfish to just force Taehyung into that and -

He squeals when Taehyung tugs on his ankle with enough strength to pull the younger towards him. Jungkook ends up with his legs bent over Taehyung’s own and his butt pressed against Taehyung’s thigh. He’s left slightly breathless, the surprise of the movement causing him to weaken his death grip on his cushion. Taehyung tugs it away easily, leaning down into the younger’s space.

“You know I hate when you hide from me, little one.”

Jungkook whines, feeling overwhelmed and embarrassed and maybe a little turned on by Taehyung’s easy strength. He pushes up into Taehyung until they’re both sitting up. Jungkook shifts until he’s sitting in the older’s lap as he buries his face in Taehyung’s neck.

“Now you’re just being cute.” Taehyung says, one hand sliding up the outer edge of Jungkook’s boxers to cup his upper thigh. The other smoothes up Jungkook’s back to tangle in his hair.

“It’s weird.” Jungkook complains, arms squished between both of their chests so he can fiddle with Taehyung’s hoodie strings.

“What’s weird, bunny?” Taehyung runs his hand down the younger’s back.

“W-what I c-called you last night.” Jungkook stutters over his words and Taehyung pulls him closer, hand sliding back up to cup his nape. Jungkook sighs at motion, the touch weighted and grounding.

“I don’t think it was weird.” Taehyung says honestly.

Jungkook moves his head out of his hiding spot to regard his hyung closely.


“Really. Last night was perfect to me - you were perfect, baby.”

“You weren’t just going along with it?” Jungkook asks timidly. He kind of already knows Taehyung’s answer but he still needs the reassurance.

“Not at all. To be honest, I’ve thought about it before. I just didn’t know you were into it.”

Jungkook pauses, flushing at the thought of Taehyung thinking about it, but also greatly relieved that he didn’t just force this onto their relationship.

“I didn’t know either.” Jungkook maneuvers himself to straddle Taehyung, the older’s hands coming up to grip Jungkook’s waist. “It was in my dream.”

It takes a moment for Taehyung to realize what the younger is talking about before a wolfish grin spreads across his face.

“Your wet dream?” He teases, hands sliding up the younger’s t-shirt to feel his skin. Jungkook’s cheeks warm considerably and he swats at Taehyung’s chest as the older laughs.

“Don’t be embarrassed.” Taehyung circles his arms around the younger’s waist to bring him closer. “You were so sexy last night, I was losing my mind with how much I wanted you.”

Something warm and tingly blossoms in Jungkook’s chest at Taehyung’s admission. His hyung thought he was sexy. The idea of it made Jungkook want to giggle like the blushing virgin he was - before last night that is.


Taehyung nods. “You’re so gorgeous, baby, in every sense of the word. But when you’re like that, vulnerable and precious and submissive, you’re just.” Taehyung cups Jungkook’s face with a warm palm. “You’re so beautiful and I’m so incredibly lucky to be the one you give yourself to when you’re like that, baby.”

Jungkook closes his eyes and turns his cheek to nuzzle into Taehyung’s palm. He breathes, takes a moment to absorb Taehyung’s words and feel the weight of Taehyung’s love and care for him. He follows easily when Taehyung pulls him down, enveloping the younger in his arms as Jungkook snuggles into his neck again.

“That’s why we have to talk about this so I can look after you properly.”

Jungkook nods, winding his arms around Taehyung’s torso and squeezing gently before sitting back up.

“Can you start?” Jungkook asks hopefully, curling his fingers around Taehyung’s shoulders.

“Sure, baby.” Taehyung smiles. “It’s pretty clear I have a bit of a biting kink.”

Jungkook giggles, hands sliding up to play with Taehyung’s hair. “Just a bit?”

Taehyung attacks the younger’s ribcage with tickling fingers in retaliation to Jungkook’s teasing. Jungkook squeals and laughs with wheezing breaths as he tries to squirm out of his hyung’s hold, complaining when he feels the twinge in his lower back and ass again. Taehyung relents easily, not giving the younger a moment to breathe when he pulls him close for a tender kiss. Jungkook is shocked out of his laughter, gasping around Taehyung’s soft lips. Jungkook is still short of oxygen but he finds he wouldn't mind suffocating if it was by Taehyung's lips.

“Love it when you laugh.” Taehyung says when they pull away.

He chuckles lightly when all Jungkook does is pant against his lips.

“Sap.” The younger gets out, leaning forward for another breathless kiss. He purposely leaves out the fact that he loves when Taehyung laughs too, the way Jungkook's chest squeezes when he hears it fall from his hyung’s lips.

“Your turn, angel.” Taehyung says, leaning back to look at him.

Jungkook takes a deep breath and drops his gaze from Taehyung’s. He leans forward, pressing himself into Taehyung’s chest and ducking his head under the older’s chin.

“Okay, let’s make this easier.” Taehyung murmurs, pressing his lips to Jungkook’s hair.

“When I’m Daddy,” he begins, and Jungkook fights the urge to curl into himself, “is it purely in a sexual context or do you see yourself calling me that in another context? ”

Jungkook thinks about it, willing his blush away and relaxing at the hand rubbing his back.

“Um, sexual.” He says shyly. “I only see you like that when I’m feeling that submissive, when I’m in my headspace.”

“Okay, thank you for telling me.” Taehyung presses a kiss to the younger’s temple. “Should I do or say anything specific as your Daddy?”

Jungkook squirms at the way Taehyung refers to himself, suppresses a shiver. “No, everything you do is already perfect.”

“You sure, baby? Anything you wanna say, just to be extra sure?”

Jungkook thinks for another moment before pulling back to look at his hyung.

“Just, be extra careful with me? Like I get super sensitive and extra needy and I just need you by my side always when I’m like that. I don’t think rationally at all when I’m subby, so if you’re not touching me in some way, I’ll freak out a bit. It can be scary, being that vulnerable, but you make me feel safe, hyungie.”

Taehyung had already picked up on all this but he was glad Jungkook was aware of himself and knew what to ask of Taehyung. He tilts Jungkook’s chin up and presses their lips together. “I’m so proud of you for telling me that, baby.”

Jungkook melts into Taehyung. He loves making the older proud.

“Always wanna make you proud.” Jungkook says, pressing closer at the warm, possessive gleam in Taehyung’s eyes.

“My good boy, hmm?” A large hand cups the nape of Jungkook's neck, causing him to melt a little more.

The younger nods, tilting his head up for a kiss that’s more teeth than anything because of how wide he’s smiling.


Thank you so so much for being so patient with me. Things at home ave been hectic and I really am so sorry to keep you guys waiting like this.

I still can’t promise regular updates but I will update whenever I can!

Thank you everyone for your comments - they really make me so so so happy.

I hope you enjoy this chapter ! <3

Chapter 34: His distraction


8k words of fluff and smut to reward you guys for being so patient with my mess of a self

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Jungkook reaches a hand out and feels along the space next to him, frowning when all he’s met with are cool sheets. He opens his eyes and is heavily disappointed to discover that he is alone in bed. Last night, Taehyung had laid the younger out on his tummy and has massaged Jungkook's lower back. Jungkook had found it so soothing that he pouted for his whole back to be massaged, and then his arms and legs too. Taehyung had even rubbed his thumbs along the arches of Jungkook's feet. So even though Jungkook woke up feeling loose-muscled and incredibly comfy, it didn't count as a good morning because his hyung wasn't here. He sighs, quietly mourning the loss of Taehyung’s body heat and soothing scent. He rolls over to face plant into the bed, throwing a silent hissy fit at the fact that he’d actually have to get out of bed, if only to drag his hyung back in.

He stumbles out of bed and ends up in the kitchen when he doesn’t find Taehyung in the living room. He finds his hyung sitting at the kitchen table, typing away on his laptop. The older’s back faces Jungkook and the latter doesn’t hesitate to pad across the cold kitchen tiles to bury his face in the warm crook of Taehyung’s neck. He brings his arms around Taehyung’s shoulder and squeezes tight, sighing at the hand that comes up to bury in his hair.

“I’m surprised you’re up so early, baby.” Taehyung muses, titling his neck to accommodate Jungkook’s wandering nose.

Jungkook grumbles into Taehyung’s shoulder, something about “mean” and “alone”. Taehyung huffs a soft laugh, guiding the boy around him so that he can settle in his lap. Jungkook straddles him, eyes drooping sleepily as he pouts at the older.

“What was that?” Taehyung asks with warm eyes as he tries to bring some semblance of order to the mess of hair atop Jungkook’s head.

“Hyungie is mean for letting me wake up alone.” Jungkook says, tilting his head to lean into the hand that slides into his hair.

“Is that so?” Taehyung teases, massaging the younger’s scalp with gentle fingers. "Last night I was the "best boyfriend ever" with "the best hands in the world."

The younger only pouts, eyes fluttering shut at the careful pressure on his head, face going slack in relaxation.

“You’re still tired, angel. Go get some more rest.” Taehyung suggests, stopping his ministrations to simply cradle the back of the younger’s head.

“Come with me." The sulky boy retorts, words sleepy yet adorably demanding.

"Baby, I have to finish this before we go to Daegu because I know I won't be able to focus on this while we're there." Taehyung is gentle yet stern with his words, showing Jungkook that he’s serious.

Jungkook turns his head and sees Taehyung's laptop open with the application for the internship. He frowns in distaste and looks back at the older.

"But hyung ," he whines, too tired to be ashamed at how childish he sounds, "we have four whole days before we have to leave."

"Exactly. One of those days is going to be spent packing and sorting out last-minute preparations." Taehyung runs his hand down Jungkook's back when his frown depends. "That leaves three days to make the most of my time with you alone and stress-free, and I can't do that with this application looming over my head. I'd rather finish it today than break it up over three days."

Jungkook slides his hands down to Taehyung's chest and his lips push out sweetly as he mulls over his hyung's words.

"You're gonna be busy the entire day?" Jungkook sounds incredulous, like he can't believe that Taehyung's attention is going to be on anything other than the younger himself for a. whole. day.

Taehyung grimaces apologetically. "At least until around dinner time, yeah."

"But, why?" Jungkook whines, laying his head on Taehyung's shoulder in defeat.

"I have to write a 3000 word essay on a case study that I haven't even researched yet." Taehyung sighs, hugging Jungkook tightly when the younger sleepily nuzzles into his hyung's neck.

"I'm sorry, baby. But hyung really has to finish this today or else I won't have peace of mind."

Jungkook sits up and looks at Taehyung with pleading eyes."Can we cuddle while you work?"Jungkook bites his lip as Taehyung deliberates his request.

"I don't know if that's a good idea.”

Jungkook drops his gaze in disappointment.

“You're too distracting." Taehyung continues quickly, bringing a hand up to cup the younger's cheek. Jungkook’s eyes shoot back up to his hyung’s. "All I ever think about is kissing you when you climb into my lap like this."

Jungkook flushes, warmth pooling in his cheeks and down his neck, wonderfully pleased at Taehyung's confession. He squirms and Taehyung's eyes darken the slightest bit, no doubt at the apparent neediness the younger displays.

He always wants to kiss Taehyung, lap or not. Anywhere, really. Anytime, any day. Just.

Always wants to kiss him.

"You haven't even kissed me yet." Jungkook says, eyes widening imploringly as his hands curl into the fabric of Taehyung's t-shirt.

"And look how worked up you are just at the thought of getting a kiss, little one." Taehyung is teasing him now, voice deep and quiet in the way that makes Jungkook suppress a shiver.

The younger's eyes drop to Taehyung's lips, body subconsciously tipping forward to connect them to his own. Taehyung prevents him from reaching his target, swiftly turning his head just slightly so that Jungkook’s kiss lands on a soft cheek.

Jungkook is momentarily shocked before he growls and nips at the skin his lips are pressed against. Taehyung’s head jerks away from Jungkook’s teeth, eyes crinkling as he laughs lightly at the younger.

“Hey, biting is my thing.” Taehyung admonishes, pinching Jungkook’s cheek lightly, clearly enjoying the displeased glower Jungkook is sending his away.

Jungkook whines, not entertained at all by Taehyung’s teasing. It’s way too early and he’s cold and grumpy.

“Just kiss me and I’ll leave you alone, swear,” Jungkook says, impatience clear in his voice.

Taehyung smiles softly and tugs him closer. “That’s just the thing though. I don’t want you to leave me alone.”

Taehyung presses their foreheads together and Jungkook’s annoyance ebbs away. His lips curl up into a little smile in the way they always do when Taehyung is the one being a bit clingy. He sighs through his nose and curls his arms tighter around Taehyung’s neck.

“You have to work.” Jungkook says, their roles suddenly reversed. The younger has to force himself not to tell Taehyung to leave the application for tomorrow and come back to bed.

“I do.” Taehyung sighs. He slowly rubs the tips of their noses together and the younger softens further.

“Just kiss me, damn it.” Jungkook demands, tone too sweet and pleading for the words they embellish.

Jungkook's smile returns when he gets another laugh out of Taehyung. “So cute,” Taehyung says quietly before he uses his hold on Jungkook’s jaw to finally, finally, press their lips together.

Jungkook sighs happily, leaning his weight further into Taehyung as the older wraps his arms securely around his waist. Their lips separate and Jungkook dives back in, taking Taehyung’s bottom lip in between his own. Taehyung kisses him slowly, hands tenderly trailing along Jungkook’s sides. Jungkook curls his hands around Taehyung’s shoulders, bunching up the fabric of his t-shirt and gripping it in gentle fists. The kiss remains sweet and slow, Taehyung’s hands light and adoring as they roam Jungkook’s back and thighs. He unexpectedly squeezes his toned thighs tightly and grins at the little yelp of surprise that Jungkook lets out. Jungkook ends up kissing the older’s teeth, which in turn makes the younger release a little giggle.

Taehyung looks at him with fond eyes and Jungkook is certain the look he returns is even sappier. Taehyung dips in to kiss him again and Jungkook manages to suppress most of his smile to kiss him properly.

“‘Mkay.” Jungkook sighs when they separate for air, feeling sated and warm. “I’m gonna go away now.”

Taehyung shakes his head before pressing his lips to Jungkook’s cheek.

“Just one more.” Taehyung murmurs, hands smoothing up the younger’s thighs to grip his hips.

“You’re greedy today.” Jungkook teases, bringing a hand up to trail his fingers along the other’s swollen lips.

“I need your kisses to motivate me.” Taehyung puckers his lips to dance feathery kisses on Jungkook's fingertips.

“Oh, really?” Jungkook’s eyes twinkle as he smiles at his hyung.

“Hmm.” Taehyung confirms seriously. “The sooner I finish this, the sooner I get to keep you hostage in our bed.”

Jungkook’s cheeks heat up considerably as he lets out a pleased giggle. He said our bed.

“Bold of you to assume I’ll let you.” Jungkook says, pursing his lips to prevent the absolutely goofy smile threatening to split from his lips.

He actually loves this idea- adores it - but he’s playing it cool. Taehyung, of course, sees right through him.

“I have no doubt you will. Baby likes attention, hm?” It’s Taehyung’s turn to sport twinkling eyes as he smirks at the flustered boy in his lap.

Jungkook whines softly in embarrassment at how affected he is by a few harmless words. He tucks his head away under Taehyung’s chin, burying his nose in Taehyung’s sternum.

“Only when it’s yours.” Jungkook mumbles, squirming a little when Taehyung uses his thumbs to rub circles along the younger’s hip bones.

“Only mine.” Taehyung says, voice deep and underlined with that warm, possessive tone he gets whenever Jungkook gets sweet and a little shy.

Jungkook nods, nuzzling his nose against the soft cotton of Taehyung’s shirt.

“Give hyung a kiss, little one.” Taehyung speaks softly yet the command in his tone is undeniable.

Jungkook leans back, red cheeked and wide eyed, to comply. He takes in the warm, weighted look Taehyung regards him with and takes stock of the butterflies wreaking havoc in his ribcage. He brings both hands down to cup Taehyung’s jaw, appreciating how beautiful and vulnerable Taehyung looks at the touch. He tips forward to join their lips once more, pressing closer at the sigh Taehyung lets out. This kiss is just as languid as the previous ones, except somehow heavier - more intent behind it. Jungkook feels the effects of the kiss right through his body, down to his toes. He releases the smallest sound of content that has Taehyung running warm palms up the younger’s back. Jungkook tilts his head back to break the kiss.

“The sooner you finish, the sooner you can give me more kisses.” Jungkook says, completely serious and a bit dazed as Taehyung smiles at him.

“I’m waiting for you to go away.”

“Hyung! You’re so mean-”

Jungkook is cut off by Taehyung lips and when he refuses to yield to the kiss, Taehyung starts tickling him until loud laughter fills the kitchen. When Jungkook finally relents, Taehyung kisses him until the younger’s body returns to the soft, sleepy state of calm he woke up with.

“Go back to bed, sleepy baby.” Taehyung croons, kissing Jungkook’s eyelids when they droop shut from lethargy.

Jungkook sighs, feeling all warm and fuzzy as Taehyung presses kisses to his forehead. With a colossal amount of effort, Jungkook peels himself away from his hyung and stands up on the cold floor.

“Focus really hard and don’t stress yourself out or overwork yourself, ‘kay? Else I’m gonna cuddle you to death.”

Taehyung’s face splits into an enamoured grin. “That doesn’t seem like much of a threat.”

“Well it is.” Jungkook says, tired and pouty and a little cold again but using his Serious Voice because Taehyung needs to look after himself.

“I’ll work well baby, don’t worry.” Taehyung tangles their fingers together as he smiles up at the younger.

Jungkook feels his heart flutter and presses one last peck to Taehyung’s lips and leaves the kitchen before he tries to convince Taehyung to join him in bed. He knows that with enough pouting and whining, he can get Taehyung to do almost anything - but he preserves this little superpower for special occasions. Such as getting Taehyung to watch three Avengers movies with him in a row on a weeknight.

Jungkook flops into the bed and curls up into Taehyung’s spot, burying his face in his hyung’s pillow. He inhales deeply before snuggling into the sheets and letting himself drift off.

Jungkook wakes up about an hour later and lazes in bed while scrolling through his phone. He gets a text from Jimin telling him to stop by at the studio to check out his dance routine. Jungkook loves watching Jimin dance and has even learned some of the choreography for fun. He tells him he’ll be there in a bit before he pulls himself out of bed and into the shower. He’s walking out into the kitchen in sweatpants and a t-shirt when he spots Taehyung pacing around the kitchen while reading the notes in his hands.He stops in front of Taehyung, causing the latter to look up from his notes with surprise. Jungkook’s got his backpack slung over his shoulder and a beanie shoved over his messy hair.

“Where are you off to?” Taehyung asks as Jungkook leans forward into a hug.

“I’m gonna go get some of my art stuff from the studio and then watch Jiminie practice some new choreography.” Jungkook says, soaking up the warmth of Taehyung’s chest.

“Record him for me? I haven’t seen him dance yet.”

Jungkook nods, tilting his head to press his lips to Taehyung’s collarbone.

“See you later.” Jungkook sighs, put out at the thought of being gone for a mere few hours.

Taehyung squeezes him tightly. “Aigoo, why do you sound so down, baby?” He chuckles warmly. “I’ll see you soon, yeah?”

Jungkook hums in assent, tilting his chin up for a kiss. Taehyung indulges him, pressing a firm kiss to his lips before pecking his forehead and sending the younger on his way.

It’s much later when Taehyung finally finishes his application and saves it. He didn’t have the energy to proofread and edit so he figured he’d do that tomorrow. Jungkook wasn’t home yet but Taehyung wasn’t too worried as Yoongi had texted him to say he’d bring the younger home. He stood up and stretched, almost shivering at how good it felt to feel his muscles lose some tension. After clearing up the kitchen table and having a quick meal of leftovers, he took a nice, long shower that worked away some more tension.

He texts Jungkook once he’d crawled into the lonely bed, missing the younger one especially now. Jungkook doesn’t reply but Taehyung let it be, hoping he'd be back soon.

He’s roused awake by a dip in the bed and a warm body pressing into his back.

“Baby?” He mumbles, half asleep as he holds onto the cool hand that comes to rest on his stomach.

“Didn’t mean to wake you.” The younger whispers, pressing his nose into Taehyung’s nape.

“‘S okay.” Taehyung mumbles, feeling his body relax fully at the little kiss Jungkook plants on his nape.

“And I’m sorry for not letting you know I’d be late. I forgot and then when I wanted to my phone died. I should have asked Min-” Jungkook rambles, tightening his arms around Taehyung and pressing his chest more firmly into Taehyung’s back.

“Shh, baby.” Taehyung soothes, his brain becoming more alert at Jungkook’s minor fretting. He shuffles around to curl his arms around Jungkook. “It’s okay. I knew you were with Minnie and Yoongi said he’d bring you home. You don’t have to tell me your every move, hm?”

Jungkook is quiet, fiddling with the collar of Taehyung’s shirt as he rests his head on the older’s chest. He curls his hand into Taehyung’s shirt when the older kisses his temple.

“But… what if I want you to know?” His voice the smallest bit shy.

“You can always tell me, angel.” Taehyung assures, carding loving fingers through Jungkook’s hair. “Honestly, I’ll probably message you first, asking where you are, but only because it puts me at ease. If you don’t see my message or your phone dies like today, or even if you just think it’s none of my damn business, it’s okay.”

“You won’t get mad?” Jungkook shifts up so that his forehead is snug against the side of Taehyung’s neck.

“Baby, of course not. I mean, if you were somewhere sketchy without telling anyone there would maybe be an issue, but you can go and do whatever you want. You know that, right? I know I got mad about that one time with Namjoon but I was being jealous and insecure and-”

Jungkook hushes Taehyung with a kiss, only pulling back when Taehyung relaxes beneath him.

“Yeah, I know I can.” Jungkook whispers, slipping his hand under Taehyung’s shirt to feel warm skin.

“Did Namjoon ever get mad at you when-”

“No.” Jungkook assures quickly. “He was too preoccupied to care about my whereabouts.”

Taehyung squeezes Jungkook tightly, resting his mouth against Jungkook’s temple. “Then where is this coming from, baby?”

“I don’t know.” Jungkook shrugs, slinging his leg in between Taehyung’s own. “I just...I kinda want us to check in with each other and stuff? Just to see if the other is okay?”

Taehyung hums in assent, resting his hand on Jungkook’s nape to hopefully ease the uncertainty he heard in his voice.

“That’s a good idea, baby.” Taehyung muses, smiling at the cute little way Jungkook wiggles at getting Taehyung’s approval.

He trails his hands down Jungkook’s back until his fingers dance over the younger’s ribcage. It’s Jungkook’s turn to tense, knowing that’s Taehyung’s favourite place to tickle him.

“So, do you also want me to get mad when you don’t message me or..?” Taehyung is only teasing but Jungkook doesn't need to know that.

“Tae, shutupohmygod, no.” Jungkook whines, body cringing against Taehyung’s as the older enjoys himself way too much.

“I think you do.” Taehyung continues, hands starting to tickle along Jungkook’s ribcage. “I think you want me to get all hot and angry and then I’d have no choice but to teach you how to behave like a good boy.”

Jungkook is full-on giggling and squirming away from Taehyung’s tickling fingers. He manages to push away from Taehyung and lands on his back, which gives Taehyung the perfect opportunity to cage the glowing boy against the mattress. His eyes have long-adjusted to the darkness of the room. Some light emitted from the streetlights outside provide just enough illumination for Taehyung to make out Jungkook’s sparkling eyes and the planes and slopes of his face.

“Am I right?” Taehyung says, smiling at the way Jungkook tries and fails to slap his hand across Taehyung’s mouth to get him to shut up.

No.” Jungkook says, still giggling even though Taehyung has stopped tickling him.

“How so?” Taehyung says, keeping himself poised above the younger on his hands, arms-length away because he loves the way Jungkook curls his hands into the front of the older’s shirt and tries to tug him closer.

“Because I’m always a good boy and you’d never have to teach me in the first place.” Jungkook says matter-of-factly and Taehyung is feeling entirely too fond. He lowers himself onto his elbows and presses a kiss to Jungkook’s forehead.

“And I hate when you’re mad at me.” Jungkook says, voice back to that sweet, airy timbre. Taehyung hums soothingly against his forehead, before pressing his lips to the younger’s nose.

“And I’m your baby so you’re not allowed to get angry with me anyway.” Jungkook adds cheekily, tilting his chin up in anticipation of Taehyung’s next kiss.

Taehyung huffs in amusem*nt before planting a tender kiss on Jungkook’s lips. Jungkook hums happily into it, sliding his fingers into Taehyung’s hair. Taehyung kisses him lazily, body feeling heavier as his exhaustion from the day catches up to him. Jungkook notices easily, slowly pushing Taehyung until they’re laying on their sides, heads cushioned by the same pillow.

“Tired, hyungie?” Jungkook is soft and sweet as his fingers start lightly massaging Taehyung’s scalp.

“A little.” Taehyung admits, tugging Jungkook closer until their chests are pressed together.

“Go to sleep.” Jungkook whispers, pressing one last kiss to Taehyung’s lips.

Taehyung is all too ready to sink into Jungkook’s warmth. He tangles their legs together and they shuffle around until Jungkook’s head is tucked under Taehyung’s chin, the older’s nose burying into Jungkook’s silken hair.

“Night, baby.” Taehyung mumbles, smiling sleepily when Jungkook replies in kind and gives Taehyung a little squeeze.

When Taehyung wakes up, Jungkook is on his back and Taehyung on his tummy, arm slung over the younger’s torso. Jungkook’s hand is weakly gripping Taehyung’s forearm, his head tilted in Taehyung’s direction. He presses a featherlight kiss to the younger’s supple cheek before slowly extracting his arm and getting out of bed. He wants to get his proofreading and editing finished before Jungkook wakes up so that he can give the younger his undivided attention as promised. So as much as it kills him to leave an adorable, cosy Jungkook in bed, he knows that getting this done sooner rather than later will work in both their favours. He presses a light kiss to Jungkook’s hair before he leaves the bedroom, making himself some green tea before he settles at the table with his laptop.

This time, when Jungkook awakes alone he feels an irrational sense of anger and hurt in his chest. Taehyung promised that he wouldn’t have any other commitments so Jungkook was really looking forward to waking up with him. He hated waking up alone and Taehyung knew that. He rips the covers off of himself and stomps his way straight to the kitchen where he spots Taehyung and his stupid laptop.

“Hyung, you promised.” Jungkook crosses his arms over his chest, feeling both angry and vulnerable.

“I know, baby. I wanted to finish this before you woke up. I’ll be done soon.” Taehyung says, eyes apologetic as they take in Jungkook’s disgruntled state.

“Come here, little one.” Taehyung tells him softly, pushing his chair back a bit.

Jungkook feels the nasty feeling in his chest ebb away as Taehyung holds out a hand for him. He pads over quietly and hesitates once he’s there, but Taehyung swiftly grips onto his hips and guides him down to straddle the older.

“Just give me an hour and then I’m all yours, yeah?” Taehyung says softly, cupping Jungkook’s face in his hands and thumbing at his protruding bottom lip.

Jungkook is clearly not happy with this prospect but nods anyway, feeling himself settle into Taehyung’s touch. He closes his eyes and leans into Taehyung’s hand, his own gripping onto the bottom of Taehyung’s thick sweatshirt.

“Wanna sit here with me while I finish?” Taehyung offers softly.

Jungkook perks up at Taehyung’s words. “Really?” He asks with wide, hopeful eyes. Taehyung smiles softly at him. “But hyungie said he gets distracted when I sit with him.”

“I do. But luckily I’m only finishing this up so I’m going to tap into my superhuman strength in order to keep focused.” Taehyung runs his hand through the soft tangles in Jungkook’s hair.

Jungkook smiles at the older’s words, infinitely more at ease that he won’t have to leave his hyung’s warmth.

“It’s chilly here in the kitchen, baby. Don’t you want to put on a hoodie or something?” Taehyung asks, warming Jungkook’s bare arms with his hands.

Jungkook does register that the air feels colder this morning but he’s not willing to leave Taehyung even for a few moments. He shakes his head no and Taehyung regards him for a second before stripping off his own woolen sweater and wrestling it onto Jungkook. Jungkook giggles as Taehyung yanks the material over his head and pulls the younger’s arms through the warm sleeves. Jungkook smiles brightly at his hyung when the older pats down Jungkook’s hair.

“That’s better.” Taehyung nods, self-satisfied.He pinches Jungkook’s cheek which is no doubt warming from the attention he’s getting from the older.

“But now hyungie’s gonna get cold.” Jungkook says, running his hands along the t-shirt the other wears.

“You’re going to keep me warm.” Taehyung retorts, pulling Jungkook close until he ends up cradled against Taehyung’s chest.

The younger sighs in content and nuzzles into Taehyung’s neck. He almost shivers at how good the boy always smells here. He wraps his arms around Taehyung’s torso and tries to squirm closer. Taehyung stops his movement by wrapping a firm arm around his waist.

“Stay still for me, bunny.” Taehyung says gently, hand rubbing the younger’s back while he finally settles. “Good boy.”

He earns a kiss on the forehead and Jungkook succeeds in suppressing the urge to squirm again - this time at Taehyung’s words. He chooses to focus on the warmth in his chest that always blooms when Taehyung calls him good. He sinks deeper into his hyung’s chest and listens to his steady heartbeat. He feels the rhythm and warmth lull him into a state of relaxation that hovers between sleep and wakefulness. He floats in that tranquil space as Taehyung continues touching him seemingly without thought. One hand is constantly on the younger; stroking his hair or swirling patterns on his clothed back or warming the cool skin of his bare thigh. The doting touches are occasionally interrupted when Taehyung corrects something on his laptop, causing Jungkook to wait impatiently for his hyung’s touch to return.

The younger sighs in relief when Taehyung’s hand finally returns to his hair. He nuzzles his nose into Taehyung’s neck as long fingers massage the base of his skull. Taehyung’s fingers trail down to his nape, causing goosebumps to rise along his arms. Jungkook very nearly shivers at that light touch alone, body feeling all sorts of warm and fuzzy and soft. Taehyung’s wide palm flattens across the back of Jungkook’s neck and a heavy sigh falls from the younger’s lips. Unthinkingly, Jungkook latches his mouth onto Taehyung’s exposed collarbone and begins to suck on the soft skin.

“What are you up to, little bunny?” Taehyung’s voice is that particular deep rumble that pushes Jungkook further into the fuzzy, safe space in his head.

“Nothing.” Jungkook mumbles against Taehyung’s skin, whimpering lightly when Taehyung gives his neck a gentle squeeze in warning.

“I’m almost finished, darling. Can you behave until then?”

Jungkook is all but preening at the nickname, toes wiggling and fingers curling into Taehyung’s shirt. He shuffles closer, an impossible feat as he’s already plastered to Taehyung’s front, before humming in vague agreement. He can’t make any promises of staying still because Taehyung is so warm and smells so good and Jungkook: he’s needy .

“Was that a yes?” Taehyung murmurs against the baby-soft curve of Jungkook’s cheek.

Jungkook tilts his head just enough so that Taehyung’s lips brush the corner of his mouth. He stays right there - not pressing their lips together - because he’s behaving.

“Yeah but hurry.” He’s not at all embarrassed by his whiny tone. His fingers curl tighter into Taehyung’s poor t-shirt.

Taehyung’s hand slips up into soft hair and tugs, causing Jungkook to gasp as his head tips back at Taehyung’s demand. Tingles shoot down from his scalp, through his spine and settle sharply in his hips, causing them to buck forward at the intoxicating feeling. He moans, mouth going slack and eyelashes fluttering as Taehyung’s grip on his hair tightens.

“Always so impatient.” Taehyung murmurs, eyes dark and hungry as they roam over Jungkook’s already blissed out face.

Taehyung slips his hand out of Jungkook’s hair and lets it rest opposite his other one on the table.

And oh no, Jungkook can’t have that.

“Tae.” Jungkook whispers, greedy hands sliding up his body to latch onto his thick neck.

“Yes, baby?” Taehyung feigns innocence as Jungkook’s lips push out in discontent.

“Touch me.” Jungkook begs, hips rolling in soft circles to entice the older.

“I don’t know, angel. Daddy’s busy working and you’re not sitting still like you agreed you would.”

Cheeks flush a deep red and pink little lips get caught around a gasp at Taehyung’s words. Jungkook sinks deeper into his headspace, feeling all sorts of vulnerable and wanting - needing - to be taken care of.

“Please.” Jungkook whispers, voice lost due to how overwhelmed he is. “I’m good. B-baby’s still good?”

And it’s really the absolute worst thing that Jungkook’s current mindset can think up. The very idea that Jungkook wasn’t good makes him want to cry.

Jungkook’s lips release a little sound when Taehyung brushes their noses together.

Always, my sweet boy.” Taehyung says it proudly and it calms something deep in Jungkook’s mind.

“Then touch me.” He abandons his previously pleading tone for a more demanding one, arousal hot and heavy against Taehyung’s stomach.

“Hmm, not so easy little one.” Jungkook catches sight of Taehyung’s smirk before he buries his flushed face in Taehyung’s chest. “How about I give you a choice, hmm?”

Jungkook freezes, head easing back to look at his hyung with wide eyes.

“You can either sit here, and behave , until I finish and then I’ll give you whatever you want - touch you however you want.” Taehyung uses his nose to skim along Jungkook’s jawline, causing even that area to feel hypersensitive. “Or.”

“Or?” Jungkook croaks, shivering lightly when Taehyung’s nose starts grazing his neck.

“Or. I’ll take you to bed right now and touch you how I want.” This option. Jungkook definitely chooses this option. “But you aren’t allowed to touch me until I say so.”

Jungkook whines at the thought. Not touching Taehyung?

He curls his arms around Taehyung’s neck and hugs him closer, burying his nose into Taehyung’s hair as he tries to clear the fog from his mind to think more clearly.

“What’s your colour, gorgeous?” Taehyung asks gently, lips dropping to press to Jungkook’s clothed shoulder.

The question helps centre the younger’s thoughts, bring him down a bit. Jungkook leans back to look at the other. Taehyung’s gaze is soft but alert, running over Jungkook’s face to gauge where he’s at.

“Green.” Jungkook says, quietly but with certainty.

This scenario is new but Jungkook can’t deny the excitement simmering low in his belly. Taehyung’s features shift the slightest bit, losing tension at Jungkook’s affirmation.

“How long would I have to wait?” Jungkook manages to murmur, already feeling too naked without Taehyung’s hands on him.

“About 20 minutes.” Taehyung might as well have said 20 hours. Jungkook drops his head to his hyung’s shoulder and sighs long-sufferingly.

“Wan’ now.” He mumbles against Taehyung’s shirt.

“What was that, angel?” Taehyung is murmuring right into Jungkook’s ear, causing the soft hairs on the back of his neck to rise.

“Want you now.” Jungkook says more clearly, shifting until his forehead is pressed to Taehyung’s. “Please, hyungie.”


Taehyung smiles, warm hands finally returning to Jungkook. Large palms plant themselves on pale, plush thighs and Jungkook whimpers at the feeling of warmth on his bare skin.

“You know what that means, right baby?” Taehyung murmurs, lips ghosting over a needy mouth. “No touching until I say.”

Jungkook nods, breath catching as Taehyung’s hands trail up along the length of his body and arms until they circle around his wrists. Slowly, he guides Jungkook’s hands to rest at the small of the younger’s own back. Jungkook’s body stills in obedience, eyes wide as he watches Taehyung with rapt attention. Taehyung manages to trap both of Jungkook’s wrists with just one hand, the other curling around the back of Jungkook’s knee. Jungkook feels his mind float into fuzziness again as Taehyung completely dominates the younger’s body with his hands alone.

“What are your safe words, pretty baby?” Taehyung is watching him carefully, thumb rubbing soothing circles on his knee.

“Yellow and red.” Jungkook says softly, voice sounding as light as his head feels.

Taehyung hums in approval, pecking Jungkook’s lips lightly before kissing him more firmly. Jungkook whimpers, body aching for more. He instinctively tries to wrap his arms around Taehyung to pull him closer, but as soon as his arms flex to move, Taehyung’s grip on his wrist tightens. Jungkook gasps into the older’s mouth, body squirming as Taehyung restrains his hands.

“Daddy.” Jungkook whispers, the word still clumsy on his tongue. “Wanna touch.”

Jungkook’s eyes close as Taehyung trails wet kisses along his jaw, reaching his ear.

“We made a deal, baby.” Taehyung says right into the younger’s ear. His voice alone causes Jungkook to whimper. “Are you going to be good and listen to me?”

“Yes.” Jungkook whines without hesitation, keening when Taehyung takes his earlobe between his teeth and tugs.

Taehyung releases his lobe and and presses his lips to the sensitive skin just below his ear. Jungkook shivers at the touch, overcome by the sharp jolts of pleasure zinging across his skin.

“Daddy. ” Jungkook mewls, tilting his head pliantly to accommodate Taehyung’s lips.

More, he always wants more.

“You always sound so pretty, baby.” Taehyung murmurs against his skin, warm tongue flicking out to wet Jungkook’s sweet spot.

Jungkook’s weight collapses forward onto Taehyung, sweet moans falling from his lips as Taehyung ravishes his sensitive neck. Jungkook almost can’t bear the pleasure, hips rutting against Taehyung’s own.

“Oh no you don’t.” Taehyung’s words are firm, hand squeezing Jungkook’s hip tightly to stop his movements.Jungkook whimpers at the reprimand, lifting his face up to blink watery eyes up at his hyung. “Baby’s overwhelmed, hm?” Taehyung croons, hand cupping Jungkook’s face. Jungkook nods, eagerly rubbing his cheek against Taehyung’s hand.

“Let’s get you on the bed.” Taehyung decides, letting go of Jungkook’s wrists. “I want you to hold onto me, okay? Put your arms around my neck, angel.”

Jungkook is relieved that Taehyung is giving him specific instructions - it makes navigating his headspace all the more easier. He complies, gingerly wrapping his arms around Taehyung’s neck, pulling himself so close that their noses brush. Jungkook’s nose scrunches at the tickle and Taehyung presses a kiss to the tip. Jungkook tilts his chin up, more timid than usual as he requests a kiss.Taehyung smiles softly before kissing him, lips swollen and soft against Jungkook’s own. The younger wraps his limbs tightly around Taehyung as the older stands, their lips still pressed together.

“What are you going to say if you want to stop, baby?” Taehyung asks as he makes his way down the short hallway and into their bedroom.

“Red.” Jungkook whispers, hooded eyes trained on his hyung’s face.

The younger feels little flutters of pleasure in his belly at how pleased Taehyung looks at Jungkook’s answer. Jungkook is lowered until he’s seated at the edge of the bed, bare legs hanging off the end. He reluctantly lets go of Taehyung to grip the sheets beneath him. This earns him another pleased smile. Taehyung stands in front of him, hands coming up to cup Jungkook’s face and tilt it upwards. Taehyung looks larger than life like this, as if he owns the whole world.

“And what if you want to slow down?” Taehyung continues, eyes dark as they lovingly run over Jungkook’s face.

“Yellow.” Jungkook whimpers, feeling more and more needy. “I told Daddy already, remember? In the kitchen?”

Jungkook can’t help the loud impatience he hears in his tone. He bites his lip nervously, looking up at Taehyung with doe eyes. He sighs when Taehyung starts chuckling, hands stroking through the younger’s hair.

“I remember. I’m just making sure, you impatient boy. I want to look after my baby properly.”Taehyung runs his hands down Jungkook’s back and grips the end up his sweater, slowly pulling both it and the shirt beneath up the younger’s body.

“You always do.” Jungkook assures him, lifting his arms up to let Taehyung pull off the clothing. He shivers lightly at the cool air, sighing as Taehyung runs warm hands down his back and arms in an attempt to warm him.

“And I want to keep it that way.” Taehyung responds, guiding the younger’s head up to look at him again. Jungkook melts at Taehyung’s warm gaze, love fierce and sure in his eyes.

“I love you.” Jungkook says, curling his hands tighter into the sheets to resist grabbing onto the older. He’s being good.

Taehyung’s entire demeanor softens at Jungkook’s words, lips curling into a besotted smile. “And I love you, my sweet boy,” Taehyung croons, bending down to kiss the younger.

Jungkook preens at the words, at the kiss, at the hands cradling his face.

“Lay back for me, baby.” Taehyung says against his lips.

Jungkook falls back pliantly with the little nudge Taehyung gives him. He gazes up at his hyung as his boxers get peeled off his legs.

“Arms up.” Taehyung commands as he slips Jungkook’s boxers off his ankles and tosses them to the side. Jungkook resists reaching out to Taehyung and drops his hands to lay above his head. He feels around for a pillow and clenched it in his fists.

When Taehyung sinks down onto the floor, Jungkook’s breath starts quickening in eager anticipation. The older circles his large hands around Jungkook’s calves to slide them apart, movement slow and deliberate as he exposes the younger. Jungkook whimpers softly when Taehyung curls the younger’s legs over his broad shoulders, knees bracketing the older’s head.

Taehyung keeps his gaze locked with Jungkook’s as he presses his lips to his inner thigh. Jungkook’s mouth drops open when Taehyung’s tongue slips out to slide along the younger’s skin. Taehyung smirks at the gasp Jungkook lets out, teeth grazing along the skin.

“You’re so soft here, baby. I always think about touching you here.” Taehyung runs his hands down his thighs and squeezes. “Kissing you.”

Jungkook moans at the firm kiss Taehyung presses further up his inner thigh, his legs already twitching at every touch.

“So sensitive here, too. Aren’t you, baby?” Taehyung coos, running the tip of his tongue over the spot he just kissed.

Jungkook jolts, head thrown back when Taehyung runs his teeth along the damp spot. He moans in frustration when Taehyung retreats, lips pressing to his opposite knee, starting the process over.

It drives Jungkook crazy. He has no idea how long Taehyung teases him for, lips wet and words dirty as he kisses, licks and sucks pretty bruises into Jungkook’s inner thighs. His hands cramp from his death grip on the pillow and his legs have been shaking for a while now. All he can focus on is the wet tongue, soft lips, and possessive hands attacking his thighs. Every now and then Taehyung groans or sighs or f*cking growls and each time Jungkook feels wave of arousal wash over him so strong that is makes him shudder. Jungkook is moaning and whimpering erratically when the older starts biting his overstimulated skin, teeth adding just the right amount of pressure as he nips at his thighs.

“Daddy, please.” Jungkook begs, voice hoarse from overuse. He can't take anymore, it feels too good, he's so close it hurts.

“Please what, precious?”

“Wanna come.” Jungkook nearly sobs, fists white from gripping too hard onto the pillow.

“Not yet, angel. Only when I say you may, yeah?”

Jungkook whines, biting his lip harshly as Taehyung’s tongue teases the crease at the very top of his inner thigh, infuriatingly close to where Jungkook is aching. Taehyung unexpectedly presses a kiss to Jungkook’s leaking tip and the younger would’ve shot off the bed if Taehyung wasn’t pinning him down.

Daddy.” Jungkook moans, blissed out at the pleasure wracking through his body. “Please, can’t hold it. Need to c- please.”

“Just wait a little bit more, pretty.” Taehyung starts using his tongue and Jungkook can’t even hear the loud moans falling from his own lips.

It’s when Taehyung deepthroats him that the younger feels every muscle in his body tense up, even his toes pointing. It takes everything in him to hold it, but he does, not even breathing until Taehyung comes back up.

“Let go for me, baby.” Taehyung rasps, right before he wraps his mouth back around the younger.

Jungkook nearly cries as his org*sm rips through him, finally, every single point in his body locked up as the pleasure wracks through him. Taehyung works him through it, gently pulling off when Jungkook weakly pushes at his shoulder. He feels Taehyung lower his legs back to the mattress and rubs them firmly to get his blood flowing. He's shaking all over, whimpers still leaving his mouth when Taehyung leans over him to smile at him. The older soothes him through the aftershocks shooting through his body, waiting for Jungkook to stop shaking before he touches his overworked body again. The older slides down the bed and settles on his knees between Jungkook's legs. Jungkook moans at the delicious pressure Taehyung exerts on his calves, hands strong and sure as they massage the muscle.

“Look at you.” Taehyung murmurs reverently.

Jungkook blinks open heavy eyes as his body tingles with the aftermath of pleasure.

“You’re a little pillow prince, aren’t you? You love just laying back as Daddy makes you feel good.” The older's teasing tone making Jungkook's cheeks that much hotter.

Jungkook whines at Taehyung’s words, embarrassed and hot with arousal.“‘M not.” Jungkook defends himself weakly, pouting up at Taehyung when the older crawls up to hover over him.

“Your blush says otherwise, pretty baby.” Taehyung teases, bringing Jungkook’s arms down to rub them out too.

Jungkook whines again, trying to hide his face without moving out of Taehyung’s touch. Taehyung clasps his hand around his jaw and turns his face back to him.

“Think you can go again, angel?” Taehyung murmurs, carefully watching Jungkook’s face to see any discomfort.

Jungkook freezes, staring up at Taehyung with huge eyes before he starts squirming. Taehyung can definitely read him, if his pleased smirk is anything to go by.

“Yes, Daddy.” Jungkook replies, voice lilting around his soft words.

Taehyung smiles, gently guiding his wrists to rest on either side of his head on the mattress. He curls his hands around the backs of Jungkook’s knees and guides his legs up so that his feet plant onto the mattress. Bent legs are pushed open and Jungkook feels his body react to Taehyung moving his body around to his own will.

Taehyung runs his hands down the marked up skin of Jungkook’s inner thigh and groans as they tremble at his light touch. Taehyung’s right hand glides all the way up his thigh as the other keeps his leg open. Jungkook gasps wetly when Taehyung’s fingers graze his hole.

“I’m gonna kiss you here, baby. Is that okay with you?”

Jungkook whimpers loudly, hips canting up into Taehyung’s touch, legs already burning with overexertion. He nods wildly, body already squirming at the thought alone.

“Give me words, precious boy.” Taehyung commands, leaning up to kiss his needy darling's lips.

“Yes. Please, Daddy.” Jungkook whines, stretching his arms up to grip back onto that poor pillow. "Please."

“You’re so polite today.” Taehyung muses, trailing wet kisses down the younger’s squirming body.

“Always am.” Jungkook quips breathlessly, even through his desperation.

Taehyung smiles at that before dipping his head to kiss him where promised. Jungkook very literally starts crying from how good it feels. His body is beyond his control, writhing on the bed as waves of pleasure shoot through his body. It’s wet and hot and Taehyung keeps doing this thing with his tongue that takes Jungkook’s breath away. He doesn't know how long Taehyung has his way with him, but it's long enough that Jungkook loses all sense of coherency. All he knows is Daddyandgood.

Jungkook doesn’t get a chance to warn Taehyung, his body too hyper-sensitised to hold back his org*sm. It hits him quickly, the younger moaning lewdly as his body spasms.


He comes to as he feels a cool wipe swiping across his tummy. He blinks his heavy eyelids open and sees Taehyung right in front of him, his whole body protectively poised over the younger’s. He wipes his thumbs across Jungkook’s tear-stained cheeks and kisses his forehead as the younger shakily exhales. Taehyung brings the younger’s hands to his lips and kisses his palms before placing them on his broad shoulders. Permission to touch.

Jungkook slides weak arms around his hyung’s torso and presses his hands flat onto Taehyung’s back. “I’m sorry, Daddy.” Jungkook whimpers, shaky legs curling around Taehyung’s hips.

Jungkook sees the confused concern flitter across Taehyung’s face as he leans back to assess the younger clearly. “What for, little one?” Taehyung asks, cupping Jungkook’s face and soothing his thumb across his cheek.

“Didn’t get your permission. Couldn’t hold it.” Jungkook says softly, looking up at Taehyung with pleading eyes.

“Oh, baby .” Warmth overflows from Taehyung’s eyes and Jungkook's heart clenches with hope that he made Taehyung happy. “You were so good. Listened to me the entire time. I tested your limits today angel, and you responded perfectly. I’m so proud of you, darling.”

Jungkook whimpers at the praise, feeling every submissive part of him settle into a deep satisfaction at making Taehyung proud. He tilts his chin up and Taehyung kisses him immediately, tongue warm and wet against Jungkook’s own.

“You kept your clothes on.” Jungkook pouts, skin sensitive to the brush of material.

“How dare I.” Taehyung teases.

Jungkook complains when Taehyung starts to move, stubbornly clinging to Taehyung until the older convinces him to let go long enough to take his shirt off. Taehyung slips the shirt over Jungkook’s body and smiles at the happy sound Jungkook makes. The older kisses the younger’s cheeks and rearranges them to lay on their sides. Jungkook makes himself smaller, curling into Taehyung’s body. He tucks his face into Taehyung’s neck, feeling warm and safe as he wades through the fuzziness in his head.

“Are you okay, little one?” Taehyung’s lips are pressed to his temple as his hand cards through the younger’s hair.

“I’m perfect.” Jungkook slurs, mouthing lazily at Taehyung’s neck.

“Yes you are.” Taehyung whispers against his temple. “Perfect boy.”

“Daddy’s.” Jungkook corrects, shifting his head back to look at the older with lazy eyes. His cheeks warm at the soft look Taehyung admires him with.

“Daddy’s perfect boy.” Taehyung amends, smiling softly when Jungkook tries to shift closer when they’re already as close as can be. “Love you so much.” Taehyung dances little kisses all over Jungkook’s face. “My precious, precious angel.”

Jungkook whines softly before catching Taehyung’s lips with his own. They share sweet little kisses and Jungkook melts further into his hyung.

“Are you up for a shower, baby?” Taehyung asks carefully, pushing Jungkook’s hair away from his forehead. Jungkook shakes his head no, undoing Taehyung’s grooming efforts.

“I’m hungry.” Jungkook says sweetly, that airy quality to his voice indicating he wasn’t fully back from his headspace.

“Yeah?” Taehyung says, adoring how innocent Jungkook sounds. Jungkook nods, eyelashes fluttering when Taehyung embarks on a second attempt to tame the younger’s hair.

“Want pancakes.” Jungkook sighs, before opening his eyes and shyly regarding Taehyung. “Please.”

Taehyung smiles softly, tilting forward to kiss Jungkook’s pink lips.

“That can be arranged.” Taehyung leans back to appreciate the precious bunny smile that spreads across Jungkook’s face. “But you’re going to have to help me, baby.”

Jungkook nods shyly, pliantly following Taehyung’s movements. The older gets them standing before he scoops Jungkook up into a koala hug. Jungkook giggles when Taehyung squeezes him playfully and nuzzles into Taehyung’s chestnut hair.

Jungkook sits on the counter, legs swinging as he reads out a chocolate chip pancake recipe to the older. Truth be told, Taehyung didn’t need a recipe but Jungkook was so eager to help and Taehyung was fawning over the sweet way the words rolled off the younger’s tongue.

The gentle activity seemed to bring Jungkook down enough that he switched to calling Taehyung hyungie . Taehyung whipped up the batter and eased the younger off the counter. He placed the younger in front of the stove and wrapped his arms around his waist. Jungkook carefully ladled some batter into the pan and even that simple action was incredibly endearing to the older. Taehyung couldn’t stop doting on the younger, lips always pressed to some part of him: his shoulder, hair, cheek, temple. Occasionally, Jungkook would tilt his head for a kiss on the lips or squeeze one of the arms wrapped around his waist. After, Jungkook plopped himself down on Taehyung’s lap at the table, seated opposite the laptop. Jungkook glared at the technology, as if deeply offended by its existence.

“I have to finish at some point.” Taehyung says, pressing kisses to Jungkook’s little pout.

“Later.” Jungkook grumbles, slicing some pancake and picking it up with his fork.

“Sooner is better tha-”

Jungkook slips his fork into Taehyung’s mouth, effectively shutting him up.

“Hyungie, I said later.” Jungkook smiles at the warning look Taehyung gives him. The older swallows and shakes his head at the younger’s antics.

“I think I’ve spoilt you.” The older muses, face stoic but it's his eyes that give away his fondness.

“It’s okay.” Jungkook shrugs. “I like being spoiled and you like spoiling me. Win-win.”

Taehyung blinks incredulously before smiling broadly.

“What on earth am I going to do with you, baby?”

“Love me.” Jungkook whispers, galaxies swirling in his eyes. “Just love me.”


thank you so much for the support and I hope this made you feel soft and fluffy and happy

Chapter 35: His healing (2/3)


soft and gentle because Taehyungie is anxious

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

As promised, Jungkook gets Taehyung all to himself for the few days leading up to their trip. Jungkook is in his element, refusing to put on pants as he prances around the apartment in his underwear and Taehyung’s t-shirts. It especially drives Taehyung crazy because he keeps catching glimpses of the pretty bruises he’d sucked onto the younger’s thighs. Jungkook has also picked up a habit of feeling Taehyung up when the older is simply brushing his teeth or frying eggs. It usually gets a giggling Jungkook hauled over the older’s shoulder and tossed onto his bed.

They make out a lot, kisses sometimes heated and needy, sometimes soft and comforting. Sometimes they talk so much that their mouths feel dry and their tummies hurt from laughing. Other times they don’t talk for hours, just existing in one another’s space, more often than not touching in some way. Today, Jungkook really wanted some quiet time to himself but also really wanted to cuddle up to a soft-looking Taehyung so he made a compromise. They’d made a little nest of blankets and pillows along the living room floor, pushing the coffee table up against the wall. Taehyung sat with his back against the couch, legs sprawled out in front of him as he watched some silent film from the 1920s. Jungkook had shyly settled himself between Taehyung’s legs, leaning back against the older’s chest with a handful of different pencils and his sketchbook balanced on his bent legs. Taehyung wrapped his arms around the younger’s waist without hesitation, resting his chin on Jungkook’s shoulder. At first, Jungkook had been a bit shy about letting Taehyung watch him go through his sketching process. When Jungkook sat down with no expectations of himself, only to draw, he never knew what he would produce. He let his creative instincts take over and left no room for reservations and inhibitions. Jungkook would say his art is his most vulnerable part, so deeply personal and expressive in a way Jungkook usually failed to produce with words.

“Don’t look.” Jungkook murmured, cheeks burning as he felt Taehyung’s gaze over his shoulder.

“But you draw so beautifully, baby.” Taehyung replied just as softly, pressing his lips to Jungkook’s hot cheek.

Jungkook sank further against Taehyung’s chest, wiggling down until his head rested on Taehyung’s collarbone. Taehyung pressed a placating kiss to the younger’s temple before leaning his head back to rest against the couch. Taehyung lightly played with Jungkook’s hair, helping the younger lose the bit of tension his shyness has caused. This was Taehyung, he told himself, and hyungie never judges him. Jungkook started sketching, peeking up at Taehyung every once in a while. Taehyung, sensing his unease, smiled and kissed his nose, promising that he’d pay all his attention to the movie.

Jungkook became more comfortable and focused as time ticked by. Eventually, he was so in the zone he hadn’t even realised he’d been humming and quietly singing along to whatever songs he had stuck in his head. He switched between pencils with practiced ease, hand never once pausing. Jungkook found out early on that the more he stops to think about what he's producing, the more in his head he gets to the point where he doesn't like anything he makes. He's learnt to just go with it. "No such things as mistakes" and all that.

When he felt his drawing was complete (enough for the moment at least) he put down his pencil and smiled softly at the image he produced. It was of the quaint beach in Busan that Jimin and Jungkook’s families often went to, the two boys spending a lot of time building sandcastles and trying to catch little fish. His chest aches in that happy-sad kind of way that only nostalgia can evoke. He'd had a good childhood, something he takes for granted all too often.

He sits up straight and feels all sorts of warm when Taehyung rests his chin on his shoulder.

“This is in Busan.” Jungkook whispers, fingertips trailing over the drawing. “Jimin’s and my family used to go here almost every saturday during summer.”

“It’s beautiful.” Taehyung murmurs, intertwining his fingers with Jungkook’s. “Thinking of home?”

Jungkook nods, relaxing into Taehyung so that the older takes more of his weight.

“I love home.” Jungkook says, smiling softly at the kiss Taehyung presses to his cheek. “I hope you can be there with me someday...and meet my family and stuff.”

Taehyung pulls back to look at the younger. Jungkook looks down, shyly avoiding the older’s gaze.

“If you wanna.” Jungkook shrugs, his pink cheeks exposing him. "I don't want you to be uncomfortable or anything. I'm being insensitive, aren't I? I'm sorry, forget I asked."

Taehyung untangles one of their hands and guides Jungkook to face him. He smiles so beautifully at Jungkook that his poor heart squeezes. Taehyung dips forward to kiss him, tender and slow.

“I’d love to.”

Jungkook lets out the breath he’d been holding as he stares into the endless depth of Taehyung’s eyes.“Yeah?”

“Of course. I have to meet the people who raised the best person I’ve ever met.” Taehyung says nonchalantly, the smallest of smiles present on his lips.

“Hyungie.” Jungkook's eyes are starting to sting.

“The most endearing thing about you is that you don’t even know how lovely you are.” Taehyung continues, gaze dropping down to where their hands are joined.

“Every single day I spend with you is just…” Taehyung pauses, a slight frown on his forehead as if he’s deep in thought. “I don’t even know how to put it into words. Like, today for example, you decide to crawl into my lap and completely take over my space. You sat here for hours, creating beautiful art with your beautiful hands as if it's as easy as breathing. And then you started singing these beautiful songs with your beautiful voice and I swear to God it felt like I was staring at the world - like nothing and nobody existed outside of you. About that, how did I not know you quite literally have the voice of an angel? It’s so beautiful, baby, every single thing about you is. I have to tell Yoongi to get you in the studio sometime-”


“Right, that’s for another time. What I’m trying to say is, you’re the most amazing thing to ever happen to me and sometimes I don’t even know what to do with myself because I’m so completely gone for you and-”

Jungkook turns around to straddle the older and shuts him up by sealing their mouths together. He feels like his chest is going to explode with the amount of love Taehyung pumped through his arteries, so he kisses the older with all he has. He slides his hands up Taehyung’s chest before they cradle the older’s jaw. Taehyung’s arms band around the younger’s midsection, pulling him in until their chests are pressed together. Jungkook feels their heartbeats slow and then sync up.

“I love you too.” Jungkook whispers, voice a bit shaky from all the emotions causing havoc inside him.

Taehyung lets out a long breath, keeping his eyes closed as he rests his forehead against Jungkook’s own.“I know.” Taehyung huffs a soft laugh before tilting his head back, his face smoothing out as he raises an eyebrow. “Slap some f*cking sense into me if I ever take you for granted, ‘kay?”

He says it so seriously that Jungkook lets out a watery giggle. He shakes his head lightly before going in for another kiss.

"I need to stop making you cry." Taehyung murmurs, a crease forming between his brows as he wipes away the little moisture that has escaped Jungkook's eyes.

"These are happy tears. Besides, I'm the biggest cry-baby out there."

"Your words, not mine." Taehyung smiles, frown finally smoothing out when no more tears fall.

"What brought all this on, huh?" Jungkook asks with a soft, bewildered giggle. He's used to Taehyung telling him he loves him but the older's little speech made him feel like he'd been hit by a truck. In a good way though.

Taehyung shrugs before tucking his head into Jungkook’s neck. Jungkook slips one hand into his hair, the other rubbing down Taehyung’s back. The younger easily picks up Taehyung’s request for comfort, even if Taehyung doesn’t.

“What’s on your mind, hyungie?” Jungkook asks softly, unconsciously swaying them side to side.

“Nothing.” Taehyung mumbles, his lips tickling Jungkook’s neck.

The younger presses his smile into Taehyung’s hair. He’s not used to the older being the one who wants to hide away for a little while.

“Hyungie.” Jungkook croons, caressing the expanse of the older’s broad shoulders. “Talk to me.”

Taehyung grunts, pressing his face further into Jungkook’s neck.

“Please.” Jungkook makes his voice extra sweet because he knows that word makes Taehyung weak.

Jungkook feels a kiss placed on his neck before the older moves back to regard the younger. Jungkook smiles softly at him, tipping forward to brush the tips of their noses together. He pulls back to see Taehyung’s lips quirk up into a tiny smile. He slips his hands under Jungkook’s t-shirt, the skin-on-skin contact grounding him.

“I’m just,” a faint sigh leaves him, “having a lot of thoughts.”

Jungkook prompts him gently, rubbing circles into Taehyung’s shoulders with his thumbs.

“This whole thing with my parents and Daegu,” Taehyung is speaking slowly, like his thoughts take a moment to organise, “it’s made me think about the life I’ve built for myself and the people that helped me do it.”

Taehyung’s eyes had been trained on Jungkook’s chest but they flitted up to the younger’s with his next words.

“And how happy I am. I thought I was happy when I finally moved to Seoul with Yoongi but baby, that was nothing compared to what I’ve been feeling since you stumbled into my life.” Taehyung’s eyes are flooded with sincerity and Jungkook’s breath catches yet again. "I’m just so thankful to have all the people who care about me in my life. I guess I’m just kind of freaking out because my life in Daegu was so incredibly different from my life here. And I know those old feelings are gonna come back and I don't know whether everything will fall to sh*t and I’m…”

Taehyung breathes in his first lungful or air since he'd started his anxious rambling.

“Scared?” Jungkook prompts gently, so focused on Taehyung that he’s barely blinking.

Taehyung huffs a humourless laugh and nods.

“Yeah. I’m pretty f*cking scared.”

“That’s okay.” Jungkook holds Taehyung's face in his hands. “I’m going to protect you.”

Taehyung mouth twitches. “Baby-”

“No, I’m serious.” Jungkook says. “I’m going to stay by your side. Always, hyungie.”

Taehyung falls silent, eyes overflowing with their usual warmth.

"I love you, okay? It's part of my official Boyfriend Duties."

“My protector, you say?” The older’s eyes are bright with adoration and Jungkook basks in it.

“Jeon Jungkook, at your service.” Jungkook dials up his aegyo to get a smile out of the older. It works.

They’re both smiling into each others’ lips when Taehyung pulls him in. Jungkook slides his right hand down to rest above Taehyung’s heart, feeling the steady rhythm, assuring him that Taehyung is feeling at least a bit calmer, safer. They part, foreheads resting together.

“Thank you.” Taehyung says quietly, laying his hand over the one Jungkook placed on his chest. "I feel like I can breathe better."

Jungkook leans back. “Never thank me for loving you, hyungie. I should be thanking you for letting me.”

Taehyung shakes his head, mouth already open to argue but Jungkook shuts him up with his favourite method. As soon as their lips meet, Jungkook is pulling Taehyung forward and rolling them around until they’re stretched out on the blankets, legs tangled together.They settle down, noses almost touching as they face one another.

“Sing for me?” Taehyung asks with a smile, caressing Jungkook’s cheek with the back of his fingers.

Jungkook’s face heats up instantly."Don't push it."

"But you're literally an angel."

“Hyungie.” He whines, nuzzling his face into the soft blanket beneath him. “Too shy.”

Taehyung lifts up onto his elbow and kisses Jungkook’s cheek.“Another time, then?”

Jungkook huffs but nods, closing his eyes when Taehyung presses his cheek against Jungkook’s and shifts until he’s laying down again. Jungkook feels wonderfully cocooned as he feels the weight of Taehyung’s arm wrap around him. Jungkook may have proclaimed his role as Taehyung’s protector but Taehyung has been protecting Jungkook from the moment they met. Jungkook tells Taehyung as much and the older hugs him closer, nuzzling into the younger’s neck.

“Always, baby.”


I sincerely hope you all are safe and healthy during this time and that it stays that way. Moreover, I hope this chapter provides a sort of safe space for you guys if you need it. Otherwise, I just hope it made you feel good feels.

I know this chapter was short but this little moment felt so intimate when I was writing it that I felt it the chapter had to end where it did. The next chapter will finally finally finally be centered in Daegu. Thank you for putting up with my messy plot and dodgy writing skills, I appreciate each and every motivating comment and I love any suggestions.

I'm going to try and update as much as possible before my online classes start but don't hold me to my word haha (I'm trying, I promise)

Chapter 36: His support system


Koo uses his safeword :(
No trigger warnings apply because the safeword scene is not hectic at all, i promise!!


Koo uses his safeword :( lots of fluff and cuddles and comfort from Taehyungie

We STILL have not reached Daegu I'm so sorry *cries*

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The day before they leave, Sunday, Taehyung is a bit all over the place. It’s not even lunchtime and he’s already repacked his suitcase thrice because he needed to keep his hands and mind busy. Jungkook is sitting in the middle of the bed, hugging his knees as Taehyung folds, unfolds and refolds the same shirt. He watches Taehyung wrestle with it, which he might have teased him about if it weren’t for the waves of anxiety rolling off the older - and of course, for his own uneasiness churning in his stomach.

Jungkook crawled over to the edge of the bed where Taehyung’s suitcase was. He pulled the shirt from Taehyung’s hands without a word, folded it up with dainty hands before carefully placing it in the suitcase. Taehyung sits down on the edge of the bed, his back towards the younger. Jungkook shifts over and wraps his arms around Taehyung’s waist, perching his chin on the round of Taehyung’s shoulder, tilted in a way that allows him to see the other’s face. Taehyung turns his face to Jungkook’s and rests his forehead on the younger’s temple.

“I must be driving you up the wall.” Taehyung lets out a little self-deprecating chuckle.

“Not at all,” Jungkook says, stroking a hand down the older’s tense back. “I was worried you were going to rip that shirt. I happen to like that one.”

Taehyung’s lips quirk up as he turns his head away. He brings up the hand Jungkook has on his shoulder to his lips, pressing the lightest of kisses to the silver ring on his pinky finger. Jungkook presses his mouth against the soft cotton covering Taehyung’s shoulder, doing his best to hide his worry. Otherwise, Taehyung will stress himself out over making Jungkook stressed and will pretend to be okay just to ease the younger. He could already tell that Taehyung was trying to hide just how anxious he was.

“Here’s the plan.” Jungkook lifts himself up on his knees so that he’s slouching over Taehyung’s back and nuzzling his face into the other’s cheek. “I’m gonna help you finish packing - for real this time - and then we’re gonna go fetch my clothes and have some lunch, okay?”

Taehyung tilts his face until his lips can reach the corner of Jungkook’s mouth.

“Okay,” he murmurs, squeezing Jungkook’s hands before the younger pulls away.

They finish packing Taehyung’s bag and then Jungkook shoves all the clothes he’d brought here into his own bag. When Taehyung hops into the shower, Jungkook starts neatening up the bedroom to get rid of his own nervous energy. As soon as Taehyung had left the room, the semblance of calm Jungkook had felt ebbed away. His heart was already picking up pace and his thoughts were hitting overdrive. He just wants to support Taehyung as best he can but he’s never had to deal with blatantly hom*ophobic people before - at least not face to face. He’s been sheltered for most of his life, an accepting family and a very protective Jimin allowed Jungkook to feel comfortable with who he is. He feels helpless because he only has some idea of what Taehyung’s going through, not nearly as much as Yoongi and Jin do. Without hesitation, Jungkook snatches up his phone and dials Yoongi’s number.

He picks up after two rings. “Jungkookie?”

“Hi hyung,” Jungkook says, nibbling at his lip.

“Hey, is everything alright?” Yoongi must be confused because it’s not like Jungkook calls him regularly.

“Well, yeah. I’m just calling ‘cause um Tae’s-” Jungkook takes a deep breath to ease the tightness in his chest.

“He’s acting a bit stressed out isn’t he?” Yoongi’s voice is calm, filled with understanding and Jungkook’s relief is audible in the breath he releases.

“Yeah. I don’t know how to help and I thought that maybe it’ll help if he talked to you or Jin-hyung for a bit. I’m feeling out of my depth here, you know?” Belatedly, Jungkook realises that Taehyung was capable of picking up his phone and calling them if he wanted to. Dread washed over him as he wondered if he was overstepping. “Actually, Tae would probably call you guys if he wanted to, right? I’m just worried for him, hyung. I’m sorry for bothering you.”

“I think you’re doing a good thing by calling me, Kook. Taehyungah...when things get difficult he tends to clam up. He tends to get in his head and usually needs a little push to open up.”

Jungkook nods, back to nibbling his lip. “We kind of spoke about how he’s feeling a few days ago but then he didn’t bring it up and he seemed totally fine until this morning.”

Yoongi hums in understanding.

“Are you at my place?” Jungkook asks as an idea pops into his head.

“No, I’m actually outside Jin’s cafe. Jiminah was meant to get us some coffee but he hasn’t stopped talking to Jin since we arrived.” Jungkook smiles at the fond chuckle Yoongi lets out.

“Could I ask you guys a favour?”

Half an hour later and they’re pulling up to Jungkook’s place. Taehyung swings Jungkook’s duffel bag over his shoulder before the younger can reach for it, silencing his protest with a kiss. They’re in the elevator when Taehyung slumps against the wall behind him.

“I’m sorry you have to deal with me right now.”

Jungkook frowns as he steps into Taehyung’s space, hands cupping the older’s jaw.


Taehyung sighs. “I’ve tried my best to keep it together today but I’m clearly not doing as good of a job as I thought because I can see how much stress I’m causing you.”

Taehyung looks regretful, brows furrowed as his head dips towards the floor. Jungkook’s heart aches.

“Hyungie,” Jungkook says, voice so gentle it’s almost a whisper. “I’m just worried about you.” He lifts Taehyung’s chin up to look into his eyes. “And I’m worried about you because I care about you.”

Taehyung deflates a bit, turning his head to kiss Jungkook’s palm.

“Might even love you.” Jungkook plays nonchalant, as if Taehyung’s kiss didn’t send pleasant little sparks up his arm and into his chest.

Taehyung smiles and Jungkook’s heart stutters.

“Might?” The older plays along and Jungkook’s bones all but turn to goo at the familiar playfulness in Taehyung’s eyes.

“Just a little.” Jungkook says, voice breathy as Taehyung presses his smile into the younger’s palm before gracing it with another kiss.

The elevator doors open and Jungkook is disappointed that their sweet moment comes to end. Taehyung takes Jungkook’s hand and leads them to his apartment. Jungkook is about to tell Taehyung that he loves more than anyone has loved anything in the entire history of the universe when the door flies open.

“There you are!” Jin exclaims happily, pulling Taehyung inside and consequently Jungkook.

“Hyung?” Taehyung is smiling but no doubt confused.

“You’re so happy to see me, yes I know.” Jin says, pulling Taehyung into a hug.

Jungkook sees Taehyung relax in his brother’s hold. He slips his bag off Taehyung’s shoulder and drops it by the door. Taehyung pulls out of the hug and then Jin is turning to Jungkook.

“Ah, my favourite dongsaeng.” Jin beams, pulling Jungkook into a similar bear hug.

“He said that when he saw me, don’t think you’re special.” Jungkook hears Jimin sass.

He pulls back to see Jimin walking out of the kitchen with a dishcloth in his hand.

“You’re both my favourite. Now follow me.” Jin concedes, ruffling Jungkook’s hair before he grabs the dishcloth from Jimin’s hand and hurries into the kitchen.

Jimin beams at them brightly as he grabs Jungkook and Taehyung’s hands to drag them to the living room. The sizable coffee table is laid out with six pretty bowls and a huge dish of steaming kimchi in the centre. It smells so good that Jungkook starts salivating instantly.

“Hyung, what on earth?” Taehyung is smiling, turning to his brother for an explanation.

“I know you haven’t had some in a while so I brought from home.” Jin shrugs. “I may have tweaked it here and there to make it just how you like.”

Yoongi and Irene come out of the kitchen with a side dish in each hand.

“Oh, hello.” Irene beams at them. “Yoongi made these so we’re in for a treat, hm?”

Yoongi rolls his eyes in good nature before they catch Jungkook’s. Thank you, the younger mouths and Yoongi smiles in return.

They eat well and laugh well and when Jimin brings out the soju, they drink well. Jungkook’s attention is naturally attuned to Taehyung and the younger all but vibrates with happiness when Taehyung laughs boisterously at one of Jin’s awful jokes. Taehyung isn’t much of a drinker but he still joins the table for two rounds of shots. Jungkook isn’t up to drinking, wanting to keep all his attention on Taehyung in case he needs him in any way. Taehyung catches his stare and Jungkook preens at the way the older’s smile softens, becomes more like the smile reserved only for Jungkook.

“Kookie, let’s get you packed before you start making out with your boyfriend at the dinner table.” Jimin calls loudly. His cheeks are flushed from the alcohol and Yoongi keeps reaching up to pinch them.

“I wasn’t gonna.” Jungkook denies, hoping the flush on his own cheeks looks like it's from the soju.

“Debatable.” Taehyung smirks, winking at Jungkook when the younger glares at him.

Jimin stands (with less grace than usual) and holds his hand out to the younger. Jungkook huffs before standing himself, shooting what he’s hoping to be a reproachful look at Taehyung for teasing him. His face must not do a very good job because Taehyung gives him that secret smile again and looks like he might just start making out with Jungkook. At the dinner table.

“Jesus, you two are insufferable.” Jimin sighs, dragging Jungkook away and towards his room.

“Wait, my bag.” Jungkook fetches his bag from beside the door before rushing back, swooping down to smack a kiss to Taehyung’s warm cheek and running into his room, narrowly dodging the hand Taehyun swipes out to grab his ankle.

Jungkook chucks the dirty clothes in the washing machine while Jimin packs his toiletries for him.

“How are you feeling about the trip?” Jimin asks from inside the shower, retrieving Jungkook’s body wash and hair products.

“Uhm, pretty okay,” Jungkook says, transferring the clothing to the dryer. “Like, I’m not nervous for myself, you know? I’m only worried about Taehyungie at this point. Maybe I’ll feel nervous once we’re there - meeting the Mins and all.”

“Oh, you’re going to love them,” Jimin gushes, launching into a story about how the first thing Yoongi’s mom did when she met him was show him all of Yoongi’s childhood photos. “And their little dogs! Holly and Yeontan were all over Yoongi every time they were in the same room.”

“Yoon’s parents come up to Seoul every now and then with the dogs to see Taehyungie and do some shopping. They always bring enough kimchi to last Tae and Yoonie at least a month - that’s why Jin made some tonight.” Jimin says, popping himself up onto the bathroom counter as they wait for the dryer to finish up.

“I’m glad he got to choose them as his family.” Jungkook’s voice is soft as he inspects the pineapple pattern of his socks.

“They’re glad too.” Jimin grasps Jungkook’s hand to catch his gaze. “Mrs Min keeps calling Yoongi to make sure that Taehyung is still planning on coming because she doesn’t want to pressure Tae.” Jimin’s eye smile makes an appearance. “She keeps asking if you’re coming too. She can’t wait to meet you.”

Jungkook’s chest warms yet he can’t help the nervous flutter he feels in his ribs. “Okay, now I’m nervous.”

“Why?” Jimin laughs.

“Because what if I don’t live up to their expectations?” Jungkook whispers. “What if they don’t like me?”

“Honey, everyone who knows you likes you. You’re too much of a sweetheart to ever be disliked. They’re gonna adore you.” Jimin reaches up to pinch Jungkook’s cheek.

“You think so?” Jungkook can’t help the worry he has. He wants to be good enough for Taehyung.

“I know so,” Jimin affirms, patting the younger’s cheek lightly. “Now let’s finish packing.”

Jungkook unloads the dryer and then they’re back in his bedroom. He spends quite a bit of time packing, mainly because he has to keep rummaging in Jimin’s closet for some of his own clothes. Likewise, Jimin takes back his own clothes that have ended up in the younger’s closet. By the time they’re done, they feel that particular type of sleepy after a good, warm meal kicks in. Jimin crawls onto Jungkook’s bed and smooshes his face into one of his pillows. They hear a knock at the door and look over to see Irene pop her head inside the room.

“Jin made hotteok, you better get some before they eat it all,” is all she has to say for the boys’ energy to be restored.

They push up off the bed and race into the kitchen, almost tripping over each other to get to the warm pancakes on the table. Jin, Irene and Yoongi are seated around the small table while Taehyung sits on the counter, long legs dangling over the edge. Jungkook eyes the small plate of hotteok in Taehyung’s hand before prancing over to stand between his legs. Like this, Jungkook’s forehead is at Taehyung’s eye level, causing the younger to tilt his head up to meet the older’s gaze head on. Taehyung raises a playful eyebrow at him, chucking him under the chin as the younger helps himself to the small pancake on the plate.

Jungkook munches on the sweet pastry and assesses the boy in front of him. Taehyung’s hair is disheveled, like he’d run his hand through it one too many times. His eyes are a bit puffy, a tinge of red lining them - like he’d been rubbing at his eyes too...or crying. Jungkook’s brow furrows as his eyes roam over the rest of the older’s face, leaning in closer as he takes in the slight ruddiness of Taehyung’s cheeks and the hunch of his shoulders. He looks into Taehyung’s eyes and feels a pang in his chest - the one he always feels when Taehyung is feeling a little too raw and it shows in his eyes. Jungkook’s chest gets all tight and worried.

“Okay?” Jungkook’s voice is a whisper, his hands warm and weighted as they smooth up Taehyung’s thighs.

Taehyung nods, placing his plate on the countertop next to him before looping his arms over Jungkook’s shoulder. He kisses the crease between Jungkook’s eyebrows and the younger sags into him, pressing forward until his hip bones are flush against the counter.

“Good tears?” Jungkook whispers, pulling back to blink concerned eyes up at his hyung.

Taehyung nods, lips curling into a tiny small. “We kinda had an impromptu heart-to-heart. I feel...lighter. More at ease.”

Jungkook reaches up to latch onto Taehyung’s hands, lacing their fingers together. He gives Taehyung’s hands a little squeeze of support. Taehyung looks the most peaceful he has all day. His gaze is warm on the younger, sweet as honey.

Jungkook looks around to gauge the room. Irene and Jin are seated close together, hands linked together on top of the table. Jin is gesturing wildly with his free hand as he tells some story about his cafe. Jimin sits with his legs draped over Yoongi’s lap, munching on the hotteok and feeding Yoongi every other bite. The atmosphere feels...good. Wholesome. Irene catches his eye and smiles, gesturing to the plate of hotteok in front of her. Jungkook grabs Taehyung’s plate and goes to pile a few small pancakes on it. Jin adds two more and sends a wink to their maknae. Jungkook feels his nose scrunch when he smiles at his oldest hyung.

Back between Taehyung’s legs, Jungkook angles his body so that the small plate is balanced on Taehyung’s thigh and he’s leaning sideways against Taehyung’s front. They share the pancakes, Jungkook’s chewing gradually slowing as Taehyung’s thumb traces patterns into his nape. Jungkook feels his mind start to settle down and his chest expand as he breathes more deeply. He relaxes against Taehyung, leaning into the kiss he gets on his temple as Taehyung tucks him in close. Feeling recharged from Taehyung’s reassurance, Jungkook tunes into the current topic of conversation. Jin was telling them how he gets asked if he’s an idol at least thrice a week.

“I don’t know hyung, sounds pretty fake.” Jimin says, spurred on by Yoongi’s agreeing hum.

“That’s what I said!” Irene exclaims. “I’m sorry hon, but you’re pushing 30.”

Jin gasps, hand clutching at his chest. Jungkook giggles at the oldest’s cry of betrayal.

“I believe you, Jin-hyung.” Jungkook pipes up, fingers playing with the rips in Taehyung’s jeans.

“This is why you’re my favourite.” Jin nods seriously. “Jiminie, you’ve been demoted.”

“Hyung!” Jimin protests, fighting to hold back a smile at the snooty look Jin throws him.

The sweet pastry settling in his belly and Taehyung’s overall body heat lulls Jungkook back into the sleepy state from earlier. His head sinks further into Taehyung’s shoulder, eyes drooping at the hand that comes up to cup the back of his head.

“Tired?” Taehyung’s voice is low and adds to the warmth Jungkook feels all over.

The younger hums in assent, nuzzling his nose into Taehyung’s chest. He feels worn out from having to keep his emotions in check so as not to worry his hyung. Jungkook was very sensitive to the moods of those around him, so he was affected by Taehyung’s stressed out energy on top of his own worries. Not to mention that the fact that Taehyung was going through something so intense made Jungkook worry to no end. Clamping down on all this had taken its toll.

“We’re going to be on our way,” Irene says, both her and Jin standing from their seats.

They all say goodbye at the door while Irene and Jin pull on their shoes. Jungkook sinks into the warm hug Jin pulls him into.

“Thank you for today, hyung.”

“No, thank you, Kook. I’ve said it before but I’m so happy that my brother has you loving him.”

Jungkook hugs Jin tighter, squeezing his eyes shut to ward off the oncoming tears. Jin smooths his hand over Jungkook’s head before pulling Taehyung aside to give him one last pep talk. Irene pulls back from hugging Jimin and Yoongi and steps up to Jungkook.

“Seokjinie and I are just a call or text away, okay? Anytime, day or night.” Irene cups Jungkook’s cheek, smiling in a way that reminds Jungkook of his mom.

“Thanks noona,” Jungkook says, hugging Irene much more delicately than he hugged Jin. “Also, thank you for today.” Jungkook pulls back and leans into Taehyung when he feels his arm wrap around his waist. “And for letting us stay in your home while we’re in Daegu.”

Irene and Jin assure them that they didn’t need to be thanked as the home was for all their family to use. Jungkook knew they were talking about Taehyung but he still felt so included in their circle of unconditional love and support. His eyes started burning again so he blinked rapidly until the sensation disappeared.

Taehyung turns to Jungkook after Jin and Irene have left. “Ready to go?”

Jungkook nods, moving to slip his shoes on alongside Taehyung. When he straightens up, Jimin comes back from where he’d vanished into the kitchen. He’s carrying a sizable brown paper bag which he thrusts into Jungkook’s hands.

“Yoon and I bought your guys’ favourite snacks.” Jimin’s eyes smile before his mouth does, which is one of Jungkook’s favourite things about him

Again, he feels incredibly thankful that Taehyung’s got such wonderful people who care about him. Jungkook hugs Jimin close, breathing in his familiar smell of his best friend, trying to show how thankful he is for such a small but thoughtful gesture.

“Everything’s going to be fine, Kookie. Trust me.” Jimin soothes as he rubs Jungkook’s back. “Yoongi’s parents are so lovely and they’re going to adore you.” Jimin pulls back slightly to look at the taller boy. As usual, Jimin reads Jungkook easily. “It’s okay to be anxious. This trip is a huge step in your relationship and you’re going to have to support Taehyung in a way you’ve hadn’t had to before.”

“What if I’m not what he needs? What if I f*ck it up?” Jungkook frets.

“Honey, you love Tae so, so much, anyone can see that. I know you’ll try your very best to help Taehyung in any way you can.” Jimin speaks with full confidence in Jungkook and it admittedly helps ease some of the younger’s worries.

“I will.” Jungkook murmurs, pulling Jimin back into another hug. Jimin gives great hugs. “Thanks Minnie. For everything. I’ll miss you.”

“I’ll see you back home in a week, hm?” Jimin gives his best friend a squeeze and two warm kisses to his cheek. “Love you Kookie-yah. Call me whenever, okay?”

Jungkook nods, pulling away from Jimin and hitching his duffle bag over his shoulder. They walk outside where Yoongi and Taehyung are talking by the car. Yoongi has got his hand on Taehyung’s shoulder, the younger’s head bowed slightly.

Jungkook and Jimin hang back for a moment, giving the Daegu boys their privacy. Yoongi pulls Taehyung into a hug and Jungkook’s heart softens at the sight of Taehyung being supported and cared for in the way only hyungs can provide. Taehyung eventually walks over and takes Jungkook’s bag, kissing his forehead before he loads the luggage in the car.

“I’m gonna say bye to Tae properly.” Jimin says, squeezing Jungkook’s hand before he runs over and launches himself at Taehyung and koalas around him.

Jungkook giggles at Taehyung’s panicked face as he tries to balance. Yoongi walks over and Jungkook feels some of his anxiety calm at the grounding presence Yoongi always possesses.

‘How’re you holding up?” Yoongi asks, looking at Jungkook intently.

The younger shrugs, eyes drifting to where Taehyung is smiling at Jimin.

“I'm alright.” Jungkook says quietly. “I don’t know how best to support him if this whole thing goes terribly.”

“Kook.” Jungkook’s eyes flutter back to Yoongi’s. “The fact that you’re even going with him is the biggest support Taehyung could ask for. He keeps asking me if it’s fair that he’s asked you to come with him. He’s afraid of burdening you.”

Jungkook stills, eyes back on Taehyung. Taehyung catches his gaze and he watches the small smile grace the older’s mouth.

“He could never.” Jungkook whispers, heart clenching at the thought of Taehyung seeing himself as anything but the light of Jungkook’s life.

“You’re already supporting him so much, you know that? Just do what you’ve always been doing. Love him and be by his side.” Yoongi says, hand squeezing Jungkook’s shoulder.

“Thanks for being such a good hyung to Taehyung, he’s so lucky to have you.” Jungkook says sincerely.

“Aish, I’m your hyung too, yeah?” Yoongi says, pinching Jungkook’s cheek in a gesture similar to Taehyung’s. “I’ll look out for you in the same way. You’re part of our family now, Kookie.”

Jungkook tips forward and bundles Yoongi into a hug, ignoring the little grunt Yoongi lets out. He squeezes tight and presses his face hard into Yoongi’s shoulder. He doesn’t have enough emotional strength to hold back this time.

“Can’t breathe kid.” Yoongi wheezes, awkwardly patting Jungkook’s back.

Jungkook pulls back a bit and to Yoongi’s horror, the younger’s eyes are welling up with tears.

“Why are you crying?” Yoongi asks, mildly panicked as he racks over what he just said to see if he offended Jungkook in any way.

And naturally, his question causes the barely contained tears to finally spill down Jungkook’s cheek. Jungkook is fiercely rubbing at his traitorous eyes when a familiar hand grasps his face to look at a blurry Taehyung.

“Hyungie,” he whines, going easily as he’s pulled into a warm chest, strong arms banding tightly around him.

“Jesus, hyung. What did you say to him?” Taehyung asks in bewilderment, cuddling Jungkook close as the younger sniffles pitifully into his chest.

“Nothing!” Yoongi exclaims, clearly at a loss.

Jimin is suddenly right by Jungkook, pressing close enough that their noses are touching.

“Why are you crying, honey?”

“Yoongi said I-” Jungkook’s bottom lip trembles as he leans back to look at Taehyung.

“Yoongi hyung said I’m f-family,” Jungkook hiccups, blinking up at Taehyung with wet eyelashes.

That’s why you're crying?” Yoongi asks, more confused than anything.

Taehyung shoots him a look. “Jungkookie’s sensitive.”

Yoongi just gapes at Taehyung dumbfoundedly. He turns to Jimin for guidance and is ten times more horrified at the tears welling up in Jimin’s eyes.

“Minnie, sweetheart, you too?”

“You really said that?” Jimin asks, sniffling as he clutches Jungkook’s hand.

Yoongi nods.

“It’s true.” Taehyung says, leaning his head on top of Jungkook’s. “You’re family. Both of you.”

Jimin’s lips push out in a heartbreaking pout, chin trembling as his face starts to scrunch.

“Come here.” Taehyung sighs fondly, wrapping an arm around Jimin until he joins Jungkook at his chest. “You too, hyung.”

Yoongi grumbles but steps forward until his arms are encircling Jimin and Jungkook, both boys trapped snuggly between their hyungs.

“You’re all ridiculous.” Yoongi grumbles, hugging them tightly.

“Can’t help it,” Jimin mumbles, shifting his head to lay on Yoongi’s shoulder. “I always cry when Kookie cries.”

They hug for an embarrassingly long time before Jungkook and Taehyung pile themselves into the car.

“Love you!” Jimin shouts as Taehyung pulls out of the driveway.

“Love you too!” Jungkook shouts back. Taehyung sends a finger heart through the open window

“Love you Yoongi-hyung!” Jungkook shouts and giggles at Yoongi’s pickening cheeks.

“Love you so much hyung!” Taehyung yells too, smiling widely at Yoongi’s now beetroot red face.

“Stop yelling that!” The disgruntled boy groans, dropping his face to hide it in Jimin’s shoulder. Jimin appears to whisper something to him and then Yoongi’s face reemerges.

“Love you brats too! Now please leave!”

Jungkook laughs delightedly and waves until they’re out of sight.

He turns to Taehyung and grasps his hand, interlacing their fingers securely. Taehyung smiles to himself before bringing their joint hands up to his lips. He presses a kiss to the back of Jungkook’s hand. The younger’s heart does a little happy dance in his chest.

“So Minnie told me this little gathering was your idea.” Taehyung muses, glancing over at Jungkook's widened eyes.

Jungkook shifts in his seat, eyes dropping to their joined hands that rest in his lap. “I just asked them to come over because I thought you needed to speak to your hyungs.” He traces over the prominent veins that stretch from his knuckles and up his forearm. “And I maybe asked Jin to bring some food because I knew he’d bring something homemade and homemade food is the best comfort food.”

They slow to a stop at a red light and just before Taehyung turns to him. Taehyung’s eyes do that thing where they show Jungkook just how much fondness the older has for him. It makes the younger feel warm and loved and like he’s being a Good Boyfriend because he gets Taehyung to look at him like that. Jungkook gets all blushy and squirmy while Taehyung’s lips split into his Jungkookie-only smile. The light turns green and their gazes break. Jungkook’s eyes drop down to their hands again, smiling at the sweet way Taehyung rubs circles with his thumb into Jungkook’s skin.

It’s only a little after 6pm when they get home. Taehyung hauls Jungkook’s bag over his shoulder and guides a heavy-lidded Jungkook into his home, not before planting a firm kiss on the younger’s mouth. He doesn’t let Jungkook’s hand go until his knees press into the mattress. Jungkook promptly flops forward, crawling up the bed until his face smooshes into a pillow.

“You wanna change?” Taehyung asks, dropping Jungkook’s bag next to his own by the dresser.

Jungkook whines, petulant and spoilt, wiggling his body to get more comfortable on his tummy.

“At least get out of these jeans, baby.” Taehyung sits on the edge of the bed and slips his hand under Jungkook’s sweater.

He curls his hand around Jungkook’s side and tugs until the younger rolls over. Jungkook’s eyes are barely open as they look up at Taehyung.

“Trynna get me outta my pants, hyungie?”

And really, Jungkook is a menace trying to flirt when he looks so precious and sleep soft.

“I’m very literally trying to do that, yes.” Jungkook’s giggles bounce through the room when Taehyung impulsively digs his fingers into Jungkook’s side. “Now take your pants off or I’ll tickle you out of them.”

Jungkook huffs at him but listens, yanking off his jeans and kicking them off his legs. Taehyung gets up and changes into his own sweats, smiling at the grabby hand Jungkook directs at him. He fetches his laptop and by the time he’s on the bed, Jungkook is already asleep. Taehyung props his back up on a few pillows and balances his laptop on his knees. He pulls up Netflix and clicks on one of the nature documentaries. He’s two episodes in when Jungkook starts shuffling around until his head is pillowed on Taehyung’s abdomen. His arm slings over Taehyung’s waist as he snuffles into Taehyung’s shirt before quieting again. Taehyung knows for a fact that his eyes are all but dripping honey as he looks down at the boy curling around him. Jungkook starts mumbling some incoherent words and Taehyung is going to have a heart attack from the way his heart squeezes. He runs his fingers through the fluffy mess of hair atop Jungkook’s head and feels his chest warm at the hum of content that vibrates through Jungkook’s lips. Taehyung eventually pulls his gaze away from the boy and focuses on the lion cubs running around on his screen. He reckons he’s watched around 3 episodes before Jungkook starts stirring. His breathing changes as his body starts to stretch out. He rolls until he’s on his tummy and turns his head to face Taehyung, his other cheek now pressed to the older’s abdomen. His eyes are open and twinkling at Taehyung. The older runs his finger tips down the soft skin of Jungkook’s nape, smiling at the slight shiver the younger fails to suppress. Sensitive baby.

“Have a good nap?"

Jungkook nods, eyes falling shut when Taehyung starts to lightly massage the back of his neck. Jungkook hums lazily, nosing the hem of Taehyung’s t-shirt out the way so that he can nuzzle into warm skin. He presses his cheek back onto Taehyung’s tummy, head managing to burrow beneath Taehyung’s shirt. His nose is filled with Taehyung’s scent and Jungkook inhales deeply. It’s warm and dark and smells so good and-.

“You falling asleep under there?”

Jungkook digs his smile into Taehyung’s stomach before lightly nipping at the skin. He giggles when Taehyung jolts and feels his own spine straighten at the firm squeeze Taehyung gives his nape. It’s Taehyung’s turn to chuckle, the gentle sound of his laughter making Jungkook’s tummy feel all fluttery. He leaves little kisses along Taehyung’s skin because he feels like he’ll burst if he doesn’t kiss his hyung all over. Jungkook is perfectly content in his newfound pursuit (kissing as much of Taehyung’s tummy as possible) and Taehyung leaves him be, keeping a large hand splayed on the younger’s waist. Eventually, Taehyung closes his laptop and places it on the bedside table. He pulls his shirt up to reveal a pink-cheeked Jungkook nuzzling into the stretch of warmed skin above his belly button. Jungkook blinks at the sudden loss of darkness and sends a bunny smile Taehyung’s way.

“Hi,” he says in that endearing way of his, a little shy and a lot sweet.

“Come here.” Taehyung’s voice is a low murmur, rumbling through upturned lips to reach the boy blinking up at him with doe eyes.

Taehyung keeps his one hand on Jungkook’s waist as the younger moves to straddle him. Jungkook moves like a cat, lean body moving fluidly as his legs tuck up into Taehyung’s sides. His hands press into the pillows of either side of Taehyung’s head before they slowly slide upwards, causing his body to lower onto Taehyung’s in stages; first their abdomens press together, then their chests and after a moment of sweet anticipation, their lips. Jungkook’s body curls around Taehyung’s, warm and snug, the weight of him evoking a primal need within Taehyung to keep him close, protected. It’s soothing, almost innocent in the way Jungkook leisurely presses close-mouthed kisses to Taehyung’s lips. Taehyung’s free hand cups Jungkook’s face when the younger pulls away, holding him still to press a few more kisses to rosy lips. He guides Jungkook’s face back to take in the smile he felt pressed against his mouth. Jungkook sits up and balances himself with his hands splayed on Taehyung's chest. Jungkook’s eyes drop down to watch his fingers span out on the older’s pectorals. Jungkook’s hands are big and yet they somehow look small on the broad expanse of Taehyung’s chest. He runs his hands up and then outwards, feeling out the stretch of bone, muscle and tissue that lead to his shoulders. He’s so transfixed that he doesn’t notice the sh*t-eating grin on Taehyung’s face. Jungkook’s running his index finger down the shallow groove between Taehyung’s pectorals when he feels Taehyung’s chest vibrate with silent laughter. He glances up to see the pure mirth on Taehyung’s face.

“You so have a thing.”

“Shut up,” Jungkook grumbles, kneading his hands into the subtle yet firm muscles of Taehyung’s chest.

Taehyung reaches up one hand to thumb at the heat blooming on Jungkook’s cheek. “Touch all you want. I’m yours, aren’t I?”

Jungkook’s breath hitches and Taehyung zones in on the younger’s mouth. Jungkook’s hands curl into Taehyung’s t-shirt, bunching up the fabric in his fists as Taehyung’s eyes darken. His hands trail down to grip at the hem of Taehyung’s shirt, slowly pulling it up and off the honey-toned boy below him.

“Mine,” Jungkook mouths, hands greedily roaming over Taehyung’s newly exposed skin.

Taehyung hums, pleased, as the hand on Jungkook’s waist slips down to his hip and grips tightly. Jungkook’s teeth snag onto his lower lip in an attempt to stop the noises that already want to tumble out. Taehyung’s thumb skirts across his cheek to the corner of Jungkook’s lips. Painfully slowly, his thumb leaves an acute trail of heat to the centre of Jungkook’s bottom lip, pulling so that it pops free.

“Such a pretty mouth.”

And Jungkook’s tongue feels heavy as he gets that urge to have something weigh it down. His jaw relaxes, causing his mouth to drop open just enough for Taehyung to slip his thumb inside. Jungkook stays perfectly still, head growing fuzzy as the pad of Taehyung’s thumb rubs along the surface of his tongue. He keeps his eyes trained on the older, unable to tear his eyes away from the reverence all over Taehyung’s face. His thumb slips back out to slide moisture across Jungkook’s lower lip. He feels like he’s slipping, feels the familiar fuzziness fill his head, but it doesn’t feel as good as usual. A part of him is desperately trying to keep his head clear but Taehyung’s words and actions were doing the exact opposite.

“Hyungie.” His voice is already breathless, from the way his hyung is treating him. Taehyung hums in question, eyes even darker as his heady gaze meets Jungkook’s. Jungkook opens his mouth to speak but moans when Taehyung tugs at his hair. Wait, he needs to tell Tae-

“f*ck, baby.” Taehyung’s voice comes out in a low groan, causing goosebumps to rise along Jungkook’s exposed arms. “Come here.”

Jungkook is torn, feeling like his body is operating without his own command as he melts against Taehyung. This is okay, it’s his hyung. Taehyung’s been so stressed and Jungkook should make him feel better. Jungkook loves him so he should make his hyung feel good.

Taehyung flips them over and Jungkook gasps into a wet kiss, body taut and eyes squeezed shut.

“Give me a colour, love,” Taehyung says, lips pressing firm and warm to all the sensitive spots in Jungkook’s neck. It feels good, pleasure zinging all the way down to the tips of his toes. He must be green if his body feels good, right?

“G-green,” Jungkook whispers, frustrated at how weak his voice sounds.

“My perfect bun,” Taehyung murmurs as his hands roam all over Jungkook. And really, now he has to be green because his hyung said he’s perfect. Jungkook needs to be good. Wants to be with everything in him.

Jungkook loves his hyung’s hands on him but for some reason his chest feels tight. Jungkook bites his lip, obediently lifting the necessary limbs when Taehyung undresses him.

“So beautiful, baby,” Taehyung says against Jungkook’s chest, mouthing down the younger’s torso and to his belly button.

Jungkook sighs at the praise, hands coming up to twirl into Taehyung’s hair. Taehyung always makes him feel good, this time is no different. Jungkook doesn’t know why it feels like he’s giving himself a pep talk. He tries to shut his mind up but it doesn’t work, neither does the tightness in his chest loosen. It’s when Taehyung lips ghost over Jungkook’s length that the younger freezes. He’s hard, his whole body responding to Taehyung’s touch but he’s so confused, because it doesn’t feel good, he feels scared and disconnected as he barely keeps himself out of his headspace.

“Hyungie,” Jungkook tries to say, but it comes out as a pathetic whisper. He curls his hands tighter into Taehyung’s hair and tugs, tries again. “Hyungie.”

“Hyung’s here, baby. I’m gonna make you feel good,” Taehyung says against the bump of Jungkook’s hipbone. Jungkook whines in frustration, trying to tell Taehyung that’s not what he meant at all, but his brain is struggling to find the right word - any words.


“Shh, sweet. I’ve got you,” Taehyung cuts him off, mouthing back towards the heat between Jungkook’s legs.

Taehyung presses his lips against his erection and Jungkook is slipping fast, back arching into the touch as his mind struggles to stay afloat. Something isn’t right. He doesn’t want this, not now, something feels wrong; he feels wrong and panicky and his chest is too tight-


There’s a horrible beat of silence where Jungkook watches Taehyung’s face morph from confusion to fear. The look on his face is awful and Jungkook promptly bursts into tears.

“Oh baby, no. No no no, you’re okay.” Taehyung swoops Jungkook up into his lap and bundles him close.

Jungkook clings to him, scrambling as close as possible to wrap his whole body around the older. “Sorry, ‘m sorry,” he blubbers, winding his arms around Taehyung’s neck and his legs around his waist. He doesn’t know what the f*ck just happened. It just didn’t feel right and he was scared and he doesn’t know why. He wanted to be good for Taehyung, to ease the stress off of him and make him feel good but he ruined it. This was supposed to be about Taehyung and Jungkook messed it all up.

“Shh, angel. You did nothing wrong. It was me, I should have been more careful. I’m so sorry, f*ck bun, so sorry.” Taehyung has one arm wrapped tightly around Jungkook’s waist and his other hand cradling the back of his head. “You’re okay, baby.”

Jungkook whimpers, body trembling in Taehyung’s tight hold. His hyung is wrong. It’s not his fault at all.

“Hyungie, no. Hyungie did everything right, it was me. I- I-” He keeps trying to apologise but his voice comes out in these terrible hiccups that put him into a further panic. He’s useless. He ruined it. He’s a bad boyfriend and a bad sub and -

“Jungkook.” Taehyung says it so sharply that Jungkook’s spine straightens instantly and he stops breathing for a moment. Taehyung moves Jungkook back until they’re looking at each other, hushing Jungkook’s startled whimper. Taehyung swears under his breath at Jungkook’s reaction, not meaning to upset the boy further. He slides the hand cupping Jungkook’s head to cradle his cheek. “Breathe for me, darling. Hyungie’s not mad, not at all. I just need you to focus on me, okay? Come on, take a deep breath.”

Taehyung does the motion with him, exaggerating his inhale as Jungkook mimics him, nails digging into the older’s shoulders. Jungkook isn’t brave enough to look Taehyung in the eye, so he keeps his eyes trained on Taehyung’s lips, watching them shape the encouraging words Taehyung tells him. Hyungie isn’t mad, he just wants Jungkook to focus. He can do that. He needs to prove that he’s good.

“There we go, nice and easy,” Taehyung soothes when Jungkook takes a big lungful of air. Jungkook exhales shakily, eyes squeezing shut when Taehyung plants a warm kiss on his forehead. “Doing so well for me, bunny. My good boy.”

Jungkook is used to hearing these words when his body is burning with hot want, but this feels just as good. Feels like a steady source of gentle warmth that spreads through his body. Feels like safety and love.

Taehyung stretches out to reach the nightstand where the tissues are. He holds up a tissue to Jungkook’s nose and Jungkook blows, Taehyung’s gesture both sweet and embarrassing for the younger. Relieved of the uncomfortable pressure in his nose, Jungkook breathes deeply, head tipping forward until it rests against Taehyung’s.

“I ruined it,” Jungkook whispers, voice barely audible with how wrecked it sounds - and not for the fun reasons. “Wasn’t good for you.”

“Uh uh, none of that.” Taehyung pulls back and dips his head to catch Jungkook’s eyes. The younger’s chest squeezes at the tenderness in Taehyung’s gaze. “You’re my good boy, yeah? You didn’t ruin anything. You were so good for using your safeword, hm? You’re hyung’s perfect, perfect boy.”

“Really?” Jungkook whimpers, more tears slipping out as relief washes over him.

“Of course, little one. Always so good for me. Good to me.” Taehyung tips forward, pressing a feather-light kiss to the corner of Jungkook’s mouth, like he’s waiting for permission. Jungkook is greedy for the contact, tilting his head to connect their lips more firmly. “You’re the kindest,” he punctuates each praise with a kiss, “loveliest, sweetest, most gorgeous boy. I love you so much. More than anything.”

Jungkook whines, trying to curl tighter around Taehyung, as if to cuddle right into the warm words dancing out of Taehyung’s mouth. He feels the last remnants of the panicked shakiness leave his body as Taehyung wraps him up in soothing words and tender kisses.

“Hyungie,” Jungkook whispers, overwhelmed with the love Taehyung bathes him in. Taehyung thumbs his tears away and kisses each cheek firmly. He takes a moment to just look at Jungkook, a crease in his brow as he assesses Jungkook with worry. Jungkook tilts his chin up, wanting a kiss and to get rid of his hyung’s frown in the process. He gets both, with a bonus of Taehyung’s fond smile. That smile alone makes Jungkook emotional all over again and he goes to bury his face in the older’s neck. He can’t help the whimper that leaves him when the older cradles the back of his head once more. Taehyung hushes him, rocking them side to side.

“My baby boy,” Taehyung croons, pressing kisses to the patch of skin the wide neckline of Jungkook’s shirt exposes. “Hyungie’s got you.”

Jungkook shuffles so that his arms curl around Taehyung’s torso, making himself small and safe in his hyung’s embrace. Taehyung keeps him close, hands running through his hair and down his back in soothing strokes. Eventually, Jungkook’s breathing returns to normal and the tightness in his chest has long evaporated.

Taehyung manages to coax Jungkook into agreeing to get some sugar in his system. It takes lots of kisses for Jungkook to let go so that Taehyung can get some clothes on him, putting the younger’s discarded clothing back on him. Jungkook isn’t much help, only holds out his hands to call Taehyung back to him while the older pulls on his own shirt. Taehyung takes his hands and pulls until the younger is kneeling up at the edge of the bed, body aligned with Taehyung’s standing one. They move in tandem, Jungkook looping his arms around Taehyung’s waist and the other boy smoothing back Jungkook’s hair before resting his hands on Jungkook’s neck.

“My poor baby.” Taehyung croons, wiping away the drying tears on Jungkook’s ruddy cheeks. Jungkook preens, red-eyed and pouty as Taehyung cradles his face and whispers another apology into the boy’s temple. “Can I make you something warm to drink, angel?”

Jungkook nods, wrapping himself around Taehyung when the older hoists him up. Taehyung takes his weight easily, kissing Jungkook’s temple when the younger lays his head in the crook of his neck. Taehyung places Jungkook on the counter, holding him close as the younger is still curled tightly around him. He coaxes Jungkook to straighten up and smiles at the sweet way Jungkook tilts his chin up for a kiss.

“What are we having, hmm?” Taehyung asks after a gentle press of lips. “Tea?” Another kiss. “Hot chocolate? Anything you want.” Another kiss that Jungkook sighs into. “Except coffee, it’s too late for my baby boy to drink that.” Taehyung murmurs against his lips, chest expanding when Jungkook giggles into his fourth kiss. Jungkook gets another three warm pecks for that one. “Milk and honey?”

“The last one please,” Jungkook hums, pressing forward for another kiss because kissing Taehyung is the best feeling in the world.

They rest their foreheads together, noses brushing. “I’m just gonna get the milk and heat it up, hm? I’ll be right here.”

Jungkook doesn’t really understand why Taehyung is explicitly narrating what he’s about to do until Taehyung slowly unhooks Jungkook’s legs from his waist and steps back. Jungkook panics instinctively, hands curling into the front of Taehyung’s shirt to stop him from backing up any further. He needs Taehyung close. Taehyung dips forward to press his lips to Jungkook’s forehead and the younger’s hands unclench as his body loses tension.

“I’m right here, baby.” Taehyung wraps his hands around Jungkook’s fists, rubbing his thumbs against the back of his hand. “Hyungie’s right here.”

Taehyung manages to uncurl Jungkook’s fists and interlace their fingers together. The older gives his hands a little squeeze, head tipping down to nuzzle their noses together. The younger takes a deep breath and reassures his unreasonable brain that Taehyung isn’t going to disappear into thin air. He’s alright, Taehyung’s going to be in the same room as him. Jungkook nods, pressing a kiss to the corner of Taehyung’s mouth before nudging the older backwards, instantly regretting it as he loses his hyung’s warmth.

Taehyung winks at him (Jungkook does not blush) as he goes to the fridge and takes out the bag of snacks Jimin had given them. He roots around in it for a moment and then pulls out a choco pie. He holds it up to Jungkook and chuckles at the demanding hand the younger holds out. He tosses the treat to eager hands and praises Jungkook for the good catch. Jungkook eats his choco pie slowly, legs swinging as he watches Taehyung stir the pot of milk on the stove. By the time Jungkook has finished his choco pie, he feels more like himself but still a little too delicate for his liking. He’s about to demand a big cuddle when Taehyung turns off the stove and pours the warm milk into two mugs. Jungkook sits on his hands so he doesn’t reach out to Taehyung before the older can finish preparing their drinks. Taehyung mixes a teaspoon of honey in each cup before he sucks off the remaining honey clinging to the spoon. Jungkook stares unashamedly and all but stumbles off the countertop when Taehyung motions him over with a tilt of his head. Taehyung hands him a deliciously warm mug and Jungkook cups both his hands around it, a little hum of content leaves him as he leans his weight forward into his hyung. Taehyung uses a finger under Jungkook’s chin and presses honeyed lips to the younger’s mouth.

“Thanks, hyungie,” Jungkook whispers, not moving one inch because he’s in a prime Kissing Position.

“My pleasure, sweet boy.”

Jungkook’s lips curl up into a tiny, besotted smile before he ghosts his lips across the older’s.

“You’re the sweet boy,” Jungkook murmurs, tongue flicking out in a little lick across Taehyung’s bottom lip. “Hyungie tastes like honey,” Jungkook whispers, feeling his tummy tingle at the fondness in Taehyung’s gaze.

“And you taste like chocolate,” the other replies, slowly licking into Jungkook’s mouth. Jungkook sighs, all content and warm, and then Taehyung is pressing a few chaste pecks to his lips.

Taehyung steers a slow-moving Jungkook to the couch. He makes sure Jungkook sits down without spilling before he finds the remote and puts on Rick & Morty. He sits down next to Jungkook and curls a steady arm around the younger’s shoulders, kissing his temple when Jungkook leans into him. Jungkook half-watches the show, mind drifting off every now and then in a daze, but it’s nice. The milk is warming him from the inside out and his hyung’s fingers are gently running through his hair, applying a careful pressure to his scalp in a little massage. It’s when Jungkook has finished his milk that Taehyung speaks.

“Wanna tell me what happened earlier?” Taehyung asks softly, not letting up his petting as he kisses Jungkook’s temple.

Jungkook groans, turning his head to press his face into Taehyung’s bicep. Taehyung carefully places their mugs on the coffee table before pulling Jungkook’s legs to lay across his lap and resting his arms over them in a loose grasp. Jungkook curls his arms around the one he has his face pressed to, shimmying his head up until it's laying on Taehyung’s shoulder. Taehyung runs a warm hand down Jungkook’s calf, lightly massaging the skin as the younger slowly tilts his head to blink worried eyes at him. The older dips his head to press a chaste kiss to Jungkook’s nose, moving back to see the adorable way it scrunches.

“Speak to me, angel,” Taehyung requests softly, mirroring the younger as he shuffles a bit to rest his head on top of the backrest on the couch.

Jungkook lets out an audible sigh, his whole body deflating and softening further against the couch cushions.

“I’m not really sure,” he begins softly, eyes flitting down to study Taehyung’s collar bones. Taehyung hums in encouragement, running his hand along Jungkook’s leg. “I- my body felt good, but my head...didn’t? Hyungie, I don’t know what happened but it didn’t feel…” Jungkook peeks up at Taehyung.

“Didn’t feel right?” Taehyung prompts gently, face looking troubled.

Jungkook nods, heart clenching with guilt because why did it feel wrong? Nothing ever feels wrong with Taehyung.


A short, near-bratty whine interrupts him. “Not Jungkook,” the younger complains.

“Baby,” Taehyung amends softly, lifting a hand to cradle the younger’s jaw. “I’m so proud of you for using your safeword.”

Jungkook looks up at his hyung with those doe eyes, imploring. “But hyung -”

“Nuh-uh, angel. Let hyung finish.” Taehyung strokes the younger’s jaw with his thumb. “We have safewords for a reason, hm? Even though I’m your dom, do you think I could use a safeword?”

Jungkook gasps, scandalised. “Hyungie, of course. If you don’t feel good, you have to tell me immediately.”

“And would you want me to apologise for safewording?”

“Hyungie, never,” Jungkook’s sporting an adorable frown, face puckering petulantly in the way it does whenever he tries to give Taehyung a scolding. Taehyung smiles softly, tucking a curl behind Jungkook’s ear. He waits for Jungkook to think about what he’s just said and chuckles at the way Jungkook deflates in realisation.

“See what I mean, precious?” Taehyung croons, voice soft and doting on the younger. Jungkook nods. “I never want you to apologise for that ever again, okay?”

Jungkook bites his lip, shoulders scrunching up as if he’d just been scolded. Taehyung dips forward to kiss the pout right off his lips. Jungkook lifts a hand up to cup Taehyung’s neck, thumb smoothing over warm skin. Taehyung rests his forehead against the younger’s, smoothing his hand back up Jungkook’s leg.

“Do you have any kind of idea why you felt that way, bunny? Any guesses so we can know what to check for next time?” Taehyung asks gently, kissing his boy’s cheek at the harsh exhale he feels against his face.

“I dunno,” Jungkook whispers, nibbling on his bottom lip, “I guess I just felt a lot of things today. Like today was emotional - not in a bad way.” Jungkook rushes to add when Taehyung’s mouth pulls into a grimace. “I just, I was a bit worried about you this morning and I didn’t know how to make you feel better. And then I was kinda worrying about whether Mr and Mrs Min will like me, whether Holly and Tannie will like me and then the hyungs and noona made everything better at lunch and they were being so kind and they love you so much - and I’m so happy about that hyungie. So, so happy that they look after you so well and I’m happy that I get to be one of those people too, you know? Like we’re all a team that gets to look out for you and it really made me worry less. And then Yoongi-hyungie said I’m family and that really just-

“Baby,” Jungkook stops to look at warm eyes, “breathe, yeah? You’re not doing enough of that.”

Cheeks aflame, Jungkook obediently takes in a deep breath and sighs at the release of the pressure in his lungs that he hadn’t even realised was there. Taehyung manhandles Jungkook around until he’s straddling the older’s lap. Jungkook loops one hand around his hyung’s neck and brings the other to fiddle with the neckline of Taehyung’s shirt.

“I just kind of felt emotionally exhausted today and whenever I drop it’s really emotional, you know?” Taehyung nods, hands soothing up the younger’s back. Jungkook is staring at Taehyung’s chest, watching his own fingers tap little rhythms over the older’s heart.

“I think my subconscious or something didn’t really want me to go into headspace because it would have been overwhelming.”

Taehyung brings one hand around to tilt the younger’s chin up and press a sweet kiss to his lips, a kiss so sweet that Jungkook just melts forward into it. He curls his arms around his hyung’s neck and presses close close close until their fronts are molded together. Their lips separate with a soft smack and Jungkook tips forward to make the sound again, smiling when it makes Taehyung laugh. The older tips his head back and regards Jungkook sincerely.

“I’m going to look after you better, baby. Especially in headspace. I never want to hurt you, ever.” Taehyung promises, mouth tugging down slightly as if he’s displeased with himself.

Jungkook slips one hand into Taehyung’s hair and uses the other to trace along his jaw.

“I know, hyungie,” he whispers. “I trust you.” Jungkook tips forward to brush the tips of their noses together. “Love you.”

Taehyung’s smile makes Jungkook’s chest squeeze.

“I know, baby,” the older answers, smile teasing as he mimics the younger’s words.

Jungkook doesn’t need him to say it back because he feels Taehyung press all the love in the world into the way he kisses him right then.


FIRSTLY, please forgive me for being so inconsistent :((

I'm sure we're all having struggles during this time and I hope everyone is doing okay or at least on their way to being okay!! I haven't been in the best mental/emotional space for a while but I'm doing much better and I am determined to finish this story!!

Thank you so so so much for all you lovely people for commenting on my work even when I wasn't updating. I hope this chapter makes up for my absence :(

Chapter 37: His hometown


Felt the last chapter was too rushed and too short, hope you guys like the added fluff :)

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

It’s a cold Sunday morning and they’re on a train to Daegu. A sleepy Jungkook is cuddled up into Taehyung’s side, both boys bundled up in as many layers as possible at Jungkook’s insistence because it’s cold hyungie. Taehyung has begrudgingly put on a beanie, scarf and coat - the latter he had pulled off as soon as they had reached their seats in the train. Jungkook himself is layered in a thick hoodie with an oversized bomber jacket, a scarf, beanie and these baby blue gloves which have Taehyung internally cooing every time he looks at Jungkook’s hands. Despite their numerous layers, Taehyung is pretty sure the younger is trying to zap up his body heat. His little one keeps pressing closer, nuzzling his cold nose into Taehyung’s scarf, trying to reach the warm skin of his neck. Taehyung huffs fondly, unlooping his scarf until it hangs loosely around his neck so that Jungkook can finally reach his target. Jungkook sighs contentedly just as Taehyung feels a cold nose against his neck. He leans back against the seat, thankful that they’re at the very back of their carriage and no one can see him fuss over his boy.

Taehyung had barely slept last night, too wound up from Jungkook’s drop. Once the younger had been sleeping peacefully for a good few hours, Taehyung’s mind had switched to his parents and all the worst case scenarios he could conjure up. He’d just fallen into a light sleep when his alarm blared. Turning it off quickly, he turned to the slumbering boy next to him, pulling him close and coaxing him awake with kisses and soft words. Jungkook had been quiet and clingy and still is. Taehyung was worried about his headspace and told Jungkook they should rather leave tomorrow - to which the younger vehemently disagreed, whining that he was perfectly fine and wanted everything to go as planned. Taehyung had agreed, although now his thoughts are bouncing between stressing over Jungkook and his parents and being back home and whether his old friends even still like him. If he’s even still welcome back here. Four years since he’s seen his parents and three since he’d packed up and moved to Seoul. Realistically, not much can drastically change a city in three years but Taehyung wonders if he’ll feel like a tourist. An outsider.

Taehyung gets lost in his head, staring unseeingly outside the window. Bottom lip bitten and leg bouncing, he feels a bit like a live wire with uncontrolled energy. When Jungkook blinks awake from his nap, wiggling his head out of Taehyung’s neck so that the younger can press warm kisses to his cheek, the older feels the energy inside him soften a little into something more subdued and gentle. Taehyung sighs deeply, the younger drawing him out of his head so sweetly that for a moment, his thoughts quieten.

“My sleepy boy’s awake, hm?” Taehyung murmurs into the corner of Jungkook’s mouth, placing a little kiss there.

Jungkook hums an affirmative, stealing a sweet kiss and Taehyung’s breath along with it.

Jungkook peels off his gloves before doing the same with his jacket and scarf as he whines about being too hot.

“I did say you were wearing too many layers this morning,” Taehyung muses, delighting in the look of pure sass the younger throws at him.

“There’s no such thing as too many layers in winter. It’s four degrees outside. FOUR,” his petulant boy gripes, as if the weather has committed a personal offence against him.

“Yes but we’re not outside now, are we?” Taehyung teases just to be a pain.

Jungkook frowns with that pout that says “Hyungie stop teasing” and Taehyung just hasto kiss it. Twice. And then a third time because Jungkook curls a hand around the back of his neck to keep him there. Taehyung pulls back a bit, bringing a hand up to cradle the younger’s cheek.

“How are you feeling?” The older asks softly, looking attentively into those doe eyes.

Jungkook scoffs lightly. “Hyungie, that’s my line.”

Taehyung frowns, thumb stroking a soft cheek. “I’m not the one that dropped last night.”

Jungkook huffs, leaning into the hand cupping his cheek. “Well, I’m not the one meeting their estranged parents after four years,” Jungkook says softly, mirroring Taehyung and stroking his thumb soothingly across the side of his neck.

“Point made,” Taehyung sighs, dipping his head forward to rest their foreheads together. “I’m just worried about you. That’s the first time you’ve dropped and now I’m dragging you across the country-”

“You’re not dragging me anywhere,” Jungkook says, pulling back to cradle Taehyung’s face in both hands. “I’m so happy you asked me to come.”

“Yeah?” Taehyung whispers, soft and a little insecure.

“Yeah,” Jungkook whispers right back, tipping forward to share a soft kiss. “Love that I get to be here with you. Here for you.”

“And I love you,” Taehyung counters, nudging their noses together. He adores this boy. His boy.

“Well, aren’t I lucky?” Jungkook teases, all his co*ckiness and sweetness conveyed in one cheeky tilt of his head. Has Taehyung mentioned he loves him?

“You’re a brat is what you are,” Taehyung scoffs, his words having absolutely zero bite at all because of the fondness thick and gooey in his voice.

Taehyung is granted a giggle and a sweet nose-scrunch that makes Taehyung’s heart just ache in the best way.

"You sure you're okay, baby? You'll tell me if something is wrong?" He has to check, Jungkook's wellbeing always on the top of his list of priorities.

Still cradling Taehyung's face in his hands, the younger turns to face him fully to show that he is serious and certain about his answer. "Hyungie, I feel fine - no good. I feel good and well-rested and well-fed and I have no issues concerning any of the other things you worry about, okay? You took care of me so perfectly last night and are still doing so. I'm good hyungie, promise." Jungkook ends his little speech with a series of soft, punctual kisses on Taehyung's lips. The older's heart just about combusts when he realises that his little Jungkookie is giving him the special pecks Taehyung indulges him with. When Jungkook pulls back he searches Taehyung's face and must see something he likes (probably the abject adoration seeping out of Taehyung's entire being) because Taehyung gets one of those self-satisfied-yet-still-shy smiles. Taehyung's gaze must turn out to be too much after a few moments because the younger dives his face into the older's chest and lets out a cute little whine. It snaps Taehyung out of his love-struck daze enough to curl his arms around the boy and squeeze him tight as he teases and coos at his baby.

They spend the rest of the ride demolishing the bag of snacks Jimin had packed for them, Jungkook being especially adorable because he hums happily the entire time.

Taehyung’s heart swells as he sees his city and all its familiarity greet him from his window. Tall buildings and wide streets. Daegu always looks a bit sharper in winter, the icy air and bare trees making everything look clear-cut and sure. Taehyung makes a mental note to ask Jungkook to maybe paint some Daegu scenery. Or draw. Or photograph. Jungkook is just so talented at everything. Taehyung turns to said perfect boy and pulls him close, feeling excitement tickle his chest at the thought of having Jungkook in his hometown. He gives Jungkook a squeeze and presses a kiss to his temple.

“You ready?” he asks against the younger’s skin.

Jungkook pulls back to show him bunny teeth and crinkled eyes.



Jin and Irene’s house in Daegu is different from their place in Seoul - more modest and quaint. Taehyung already loved it but he loves it even more because Jungkook’s got that happy sparkle in his eye as he gushes over nearly every single feature of the place. Irene had taken a traditional hanok and gave it a few modern twists. Shiny wooden floors and soft yellow lighting make the place look permanently warm. When Taehyung turns on the floor-heating Jungkook throws himself down onto his back and just about starts falling asleep. An exasperated, wholly endeared Taehyung pulls the boy up and into his arms, smacking a loud peck onto pink lips. Jungkook giggles, a bit winded, as he curls his arms around Taehyung’s waist. Taehyung feels the ever-present anxiety over being in Daegu simmer down, replaced by a wave of affection for the angel in front of him.

“I’m really happy you’re here with me,” Taehyung whispers, nose nudging against Jungkook’s cheek. Jungkook’s eyes get all sparkly and gorgeous when he smiles up at Taehyung.

An hour later and the two are on a bus to the Mins’ house. Taehyung is on the cusp of bursting into tears the entire ride because he’d forgotten. Forgotten how much he loves Daegu - the sidewalks, the buses, the dialects. Forgotten all the different scents one would smell when sitting by an open window like he was now. The wind dried his eyes out enough that he was certain no traitorous tears would slip out. He wants to hold Jungkook’s hand or cuddle into him but he’s so afraid that one small act of intimacy will have him sobbing on the bus. Jungkook had simply hooked his arm into Taehyung’s when they sat down and that’s enough for the older as of now. Jungkook is here and Taehyung is so grateful.

Taehyung’s quiet. Jungkook seems to understand because he simply looks out the window with the older, doesn’t attempt to break him out of his little daze. The bus stops quicker than Taehyung expected. He looks over and sure enough they’re in Yoongi’s street. He takes a deep breath to steel himself, shutting his eyes quickly when he feels a burst of emotion at the feel of Jungkook’s lips at the back of his hand.

“Let’s go, hyungie,” Jungkook encourages gently. His eyes are warm and sure when Taehyung finally looks at him. The younger nods gently in encouragement and Taehyung attempts a smile.

They shuffle down the aisle and step off onto the sidewalk. Taehyung begins a brisk walk to the house, Jungkook’s arm still curled around his. Taehyung doesn’t stop until they’re on the doorstep, afraid that if he does, he’ll do something embarrassing like cry or run away.

The strange thing is - the awful, laughable, anxiety-inducing thing is - that Taehyung isn’t even going to see his parents right now. Not even today. He’s meeting the Mins, his second pair of parents, the sweet ajhumma and ahjussi that took him in and fed him, clothed him, loved him and accepted him.

And yet he’s just about having a breakdown for being here because they remind him of everything his parents were supposedto be.

f*ck, he’s just about to turn around and sprint the f*ck away when he feels cold fingers on his cheek. His face is turned to look at his Jungkook. Beautiful and bright and good. Taehyung leans into the touch, letting himself take a breather.

“I’m here,” his sweetheart promises. “I’m gonna protect you, remember? Even if it’s from sweet old ladies.”

Taehyung is surprised at the little laugh that bubbles out of his own lips. They share a moment, just looking and appreciating one another. Silently loving and supporting. Reassuring.

Taehyung nods, grabbing Jungkook’s hand to press a kiss to his fingertips. He intertwines them with his own before he knocks on the old wooden door before him.

There’s a beat before it opens, and then Taehyung is staring down at Mrs Min’s smiling face. The dam breaks.


Jungkook tears up as soon as Taehyung starts crying, desperately wanting to hold him but Taehyung is being held by Mr and Mrs Min. For a few long moments, Jungkook is standing to the side, awkward and tearful as he watches Taehyung release the emotion he knew the older was trying to temper on the bus. It looks kind of funny: Taehyung, tall and broad-shouldered, smothered in the arms of a tiny, delicate woman. He’s stooping down so that her arms can go around his shoulders and in any other moment Jungkook might have giggled. Mr Min is not much taller than his wife. It’s been but a few minutes and Jungkook can already feel that the man has the same calming, reassuring presence of Yoongi. He catches Jungkook’s eye and smiles kindly at him as he steps away from the hugging pair.

“Come on kid, help me make some tea,” he rumbles, voice deep and gruff but still gentle. Again, just like his Yoongi-hyung.

Jungkook looks back at his hyung. The older is no longer hugging Mrs Min, but rather standing in front of her as she wipes his tears and pinches his cheeks. Jungkook turns back to Mr Min and nods, smiles when he gets a fatherly pat on his shoulder. Inside the kitchen, Jungkook bows as he introduces himself properly to Mr Min.

“Ah, a polite one. My wife will love you. Although, I do believe that Jimin boy stole her heart two times over,” Mr Min chuckles.

Jungkook smiles. “Don’t be fooled, Jimin is both a sweetheart and a brat.”

“He said the exact same thing about you.” Jungkook turns to Mrs Min at the sound of her voice as she walks in, laughing at her words.

Jungkook smiles impishly, eyes flickering to Taehyung when the older follows Mrs Min into the room. He bows to Mrs Min in the same manner he introduced himself to her husband before immediately zeroing in on Taehyung’s movements. The older smiles softly at him, walking over to entangle their fingers. Jungkook searches his face, puffy eyes and ruddy cheeks, and gently smoothes over the little moisture left behind.

Jungkook’s heart aches. He wants to kiss Taehyung’s face all over but he knows it’s not appropriate. One side of Taehyung’s mouth curls up in a knowing smile before he presses a peck to Jungkook’s forehead.

“Aigoo, look at you two lovebirds!”

Jungkook’s face is on fire immediately as Mrs Min continues to tease them. He presses his face into Taehyung’s shoulder until the heat bleeds out, smiling when he feels Taehyung’s body vibrate with laughter. The older curls his arms around Jungkook and the younger doesn’t hesitate to reciprocate the embrace, pressing secret kisses to his hyung’s shoulder.

They’re settled around the low dining table, cross-legged on the floor and seated on thick cushions that Mrs Min embroidered herself. They’d just finished eating - an entire spread of Taehyung’s favourite foods cooked by both Mr and Mrs Min. The meal was hearty and warm, filling Jungkook up with feelings of home and family. The house itself is warm and the soju they’re currently drinking only adds to the warmth. Jungkook is sure his cheeks are a generous red.

Jungkook looks over at Taehyung seated next to him, the older boy laughing at something Mrs Min has said. Surprisingly, Taehyung is drinking along with them, said today had to be celebrated right. The older’s cheeks also have a lovely flush to them, his eyes sparkling in the hazy way alcohol induces. It’s ridiculously attractive when Taehyung’s eyes slide over to Jungkook’s, lids slightly hooded and mouth upturned in the barest of smirks. Jungkook’s blush only intensifies and he has to remind himself that they’re sitting opposite Yoongi’s parents.

“Jungkook,” Mr Min’s voice breaks him out of his Taehyung-induced stupor, “Taehyungie told us you’re majoring in art?”

“Yes sir,” Jungkook says, “majoring in art and minoring in photography.”

Mr Min’s eyes light up. “Ah, photography? Yoongi used to do photography as a hobby, used to carry his camera around with him everywhere.”

“I had no idea,” Jungkook says, looking at Taehyung in admonishment, “why don’t I know this?” He accuses. Taehyung smiles cheekily, eyes all fond and warm and Jungkook kind of wants to crawl into his lap, Mr and Mrs Min be damned.

“Yah, why is it my fault? Yoongi should have told you,” Taehyung teases, lips curling into a smile that Jungkook feels mirror on his own face.

He’s a bit tipsy, the kind of tipsy that makes him feel light and giddy and want to drape himself all over Taehyung. Though, he supposes he always kind of wants to be all over Taehyung - all versions of Jungkook want that. Jungkook doesn’t realise that he and Taehyung are just staring at one another until a voice breaks him out of yet another Taehyung-induced stupor.

“Aigoo, you two are so in love,” Mrs Min sighs, leaning over to pinch Taehyung’s cheek when the older whines at her to not embarrass him.

“Yah, we’re also so in love,” Mr Min says, and Jungkook can’t help but laugh at seeing the 50-odd year old man pout at his wife. Mrs Min rolls her eyes, huffing like she’s exasperated but Jungkook can see the fondness in her eyes.

They stop drinking soon after, clearing up the dishes. Jungkook and Taehyung offer to do the dishes but Mrs Min insists she do them alone. Even so, Mr Min picks up a dish towel and picks up drying duty.

Jungkook takes the time to study the living room, admiring each family picture, artwork and ornament decorating the room. He coos at the picture he finds of teenage Taehyung, the older not looking much different from now, except he was much lankier and had purple hair.

“Purple?” Jungkook giggles, leaning into the warm body that presses up behind him.

“Hey, it was a look,” the older defends, arms curling around the younger’s waist to pull him close.

“An adorable look,” Jungkook coos, turning to nuzzle his nose against the curve of Taehyung’s cheek.

“You’re an adorable look,” Taehyung grumbles, the comeback considerably weak.

Jungkook laughs, turning around to loop his arms around Taehyung’s neck. “Hyungie, that doesn’t even make sense.” He’s still giggling as he teases the older.

“Hush,” Taehyung dismisses him entirely too sweetly, hand gently tilting the younger’s chin up.

“Make me,” Jungkook says, sliding his hands into the soft hair falling over Taehyung’s nape.

Taehyung huffs, lips curling up into a smile as he shakes his head in fond exasperation. “You’re awful,” he murmurs before leaning forward to press their lips together.

Jungkook sighs into it, soothed by the sweet way Taehyung kisses him. His hand moves from the younger’s chin to cup his cheek and Jungkook loves this too. Loves how carefully Taehyung holds him, cradles his face like he's precious. And Jungkook knows he is - knows he’s precious to Taehyung in the same way Taehyung is precious to him.

They pull back, Taehyung sliding up his other hand to hold the other side of Jungkook’s face. Jungkook is sure he must be sporting all kinds of gooey and adoring looks if it’s anything like the way Taehyung is looking at him.

Jungkook feels an overwhelming wave of affection for the older, as he often does. He manifests the affection into an ardent hug, lifting up onto his toes so that he can lean all his weight into the older and curl his arms tight around his neck. Taehyung hugs him back just as enthusiastically, arms sure and secure around his waist.

Jungkook is content to rest in the hug, face tucked into the older’s shoulder. After a while, Taehyung starts rocking them, gently swaying their weight from left to right. Jungkook startles lightly when music interrupts their cosy silence and lifts his head to spot the source. Mr Min is standing by a record-player - a record-player with the vinyl and needle thing and everything - and Jungkook finds it so romantic, that Mr and Mrs Min have a record-player to listen to music together. The boy just about gasps out loud when Mr Min pulls his wife into his arms and starts swaying to the slow jazz filling the room. Mrs Min pretends to resist her husband, releasing a shocked laugh when he yanks her close. They fall into step easily, so sweet and pure and just freaking adorable.

Jungkook looks up at his hyung. “They’re so cute I wanna cry,” he whispers, serious as can be.

Taehyung laughs at the younger, earning a little pout. “I know,” he concedes, “s’why Yoongi-hyung is so sweet. He grew up with this pure kind of love. You don’t know it when you first meet him, but hyung is the softest person I know - after you, that is.”

Jungkook wrinkles his nose at the older. “Not true, you’re softer than me.”

Taehyung laughs again, taking the younger’s hand and twirling him right around before reeling him back in and beginning to sway to the music. “Angel, I’m only ever soft with you.”

Jungkook sputters, feeling embarrassed and shy but thoroughly woo’ed by Taehyung’s candid if not corny line.

“Hyungie,” Jungkook whines softly, hiding his head in Taehyung’s neck as the older spins them in a gentle circle.

“It’s true,” Taehyung says, dipping his head to kiss the heat of Jungkook’s cheek. Jungkook doesn’t even try to hide how charmed he is, simply tilts his head on Taehyung’s shoulder to blink up at him with the same horribly sappy look he’s been giving the older whole evening.

“You, on the other hand,” his hyung continues, “are just the sweetest boy to everyone you meet. Soft and kind in every way.”

“Hyungie, stop,” Jungkook complains, voice quiet so that it doesn’t escape the intimate bubble the two are wrapped up in.

Taehyung smiles, cheeky and so beautiful that Jungkook loses his breath for a moment. “Didn’t think your cheeks could get redder.”

And Jungkook is struggling. Having a playful, teasing Taehyung wrap his arms around him and murmur sweet words to him is too much for his health. The younger pulls back, feeling a jolt of satisfaction when Taehyung simply pulls him back, locking his arms even tighter around his waist.

“Okay, okay, I’ll stop.” The older concedes, eyes filled with mirth. Jungkook adores him.

The music changes tempo to a slower melody accompanied by a crooning voice. Taehyung’s mood changes with it, becoming less playful and more mellow. He rests his forehead against Jungkook’s, noses lightly brushing as they sway to the music.

Jungkook doesn’t recognise the song but Taehyung knows it, starts singing the English words softly to Jungkook. The younger doesn’t understand a lot of it but he catches the important bits, the repeated “loving you” that falls tenderly from his hyung’s lips. He holds Jungkook close, embraces him, and his eyes never leaving Jungkook's.

Jungkook feels ridiculous when his eyes start to burn with the threat of tears. He can’t help it, he just loves Taehyung so much . It always makes him emotional. He drops his head back to Taehyung’s shoulder, nuzzling close as Taehyung kisses his temple.

They dance to the love song, mirroring the older couple who are still dancing by the record-player. This makes Jungkook emotional too so he hides his face away to shed a few tears in secret, rubbing his cheeks dry on Taehyung’s chest.

The song comes to a gentle end and Jungkook resurfaces from his hiding place, pressing his forehead to his hyung’s and whispers how much he loves him.


*virtual hug*

I’m yours and you’re mine - Ottaekook - 방탄소년단 | Bangtan Boys (2024)
Top Articles
Latest Posts
Article information

Author: Sen. Ignacio Ratke

Last Updated:

Views: 6252

Rating: 4.6 / 5 (56 voted)

Reviews: 87% of readers found this page helpful

Author information

Name: Sen. Ignacio Ratke

Birthday: 1999-05-27

Address: Apt. 171 8116 Bailey Via, Roberthaven, GA 58289

Phone: +2585395768220

Job: Lead Liaison

Hobby: Lockpicking, LARPing, Lego building, Lapidary, Macrame, Book restoration, Bodybuilding

Introduction: My name is Sen. Ignacio Ratke, I am a adventurous, zealous, outstanding, agreeable, precious, excited, gifted person who loves writing and wants to share my knowledge and understanding with you.